QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 7, 2004

Registration No. 333-



SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549


FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933


TEXAS ROADHOUSE, INC.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware   5812   20-1083890
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

6040 Dutchmans Lane, Suite 400
Louisville, Kentucky 40205
(502) 426-9984
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number,
including area code, of Registrant's principal executive offices)


G.J. Hart
Chief Executive Officer
Texas Roadhouse, Inc.
6040 Dutchmans Lane, Suite 400
Louisville, Kentucky 40205
(502) 426-9984
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,
including area code, of agent for service)


Copies to:
William G. Strench
James A. Giesel
Frost Brown Todd LLC
400 West Market Street, Suite 3200
Louisville, Kentucky 40202
  Christopher C. Paci
John P. Berkery
Shearman & Sterling LP
599 Lexington Avenue
New York, NY 10022-6069

         Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

        If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. o


        If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o


        If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.
o


        If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.
o


        If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, check the following box.  o


CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE


Title of Each Class of Securities to be Registered

  Proposed Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price(1)

  Amount of
Registration Fee


Class A Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share   $230,000,000   $29,141

(1)
Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933.

         The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to Section 8(a), may determine.




The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

Prospectus             SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED              , 2004

                     Shares

TEXAS ROADHOUSE LOGO

Texas Roadhouse, Inc.

Class A Common Stock


        Texas Roadhouse, Inc. is offering                        shares of Class A common stock and our founder and chairman is offering                        shares of Class A common stock. This is our initial public offering and no public market currently exists for our Class A common stock. We anticipate that the initial public offering price will be between $                      and $                              per share. We will not receive any of the proceeds from shares sold by any selling stockholder.


        We will apply to quote our Class A common stock on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol "TXRH."


Investing in our Class A common stock involves a high degree of risk. See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 11.


 
  Per Share

  Total


Offering price   $     $  

Discounts and commissions to underwriters   $     $  

Offering proceeds to us, before expenses   $     $  

Offering proceeds to the selling stockholder   $     $  

        Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved these securities or determined if this prospectus is accurate or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

        Some of our stockholders have granted the underwriters the right to purchase up to            additional shares of Class A common stock to cover any over-allotments. The underwriters can exercise this right at any time within 30 days after the offering. The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of Class A common stock to investors on or about                        , 2004.


 

 
Banc of America Securities LLC RBC Capital Markets

SG Cowen & Co. Wachovia Securities

The date of this prospectus is                        , 2004.


[Inside Front Cover Graphics to be filed by Amendment. We anticipate that this would include our logo, pictures of our restaurants, pictures of our menu offerings and a map of our restaurants.]


         You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized anyone to provide you with different information. We, the selling stockholders and the underwriters are not making offers to sell or seeking offers to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that the information contained in this prospectus is accurate as of the date on the front of this prospectus only. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

         "Texas Roadhouse," "Texasroadhouse.com" and the Texas Roadhouse logo are our registered trademarks. This prospectus also contains trademarks of companies other than Texas Roadhouse and use of these marks in this prospectus does not indicate an affiliation with or endorsement by these third parties.



TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
  Page
Summary   1
Risk Factors   11
Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements   21
Market Data and Forecasts   22
Use of Proceeds   23
Dividend Policy   24
Capitalization   25
Dilution   27
Selected Historical and Pro Forma Combined Financial and Operating Data   28
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations   32
Business   44
Management   55
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions   66
Principal and Selling Stockholders   70
Description of Capital Stock   72
Shares Eligible for Future Sale   76
Material U.S. Federal Tax Considerations for Non-U.S. Holders of Our Class A Common Stock   78
Underwriting   81
Legal Matters   85
Experts   85
Where You Can Find More Information   85
Index to Combined Financial Statements   F-1



SUMMARY

         This summary does not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in our Class A common stock. You should read the entire prospectus carefully, including "Risk Factors" and the combined financial statements and accompanying notes, before making an investment decision. Texas Roadhouse, Inc. is referred to in this prospectus as "our company," "we," "our," and "us."


Our Business

        Texas Roadhouse is a growing, moderately priced, full-service restaurant chain. Our founder and chairman, W. Kent Taylor, started the business in 1993. Our mission statement is "Legendary Food, Legendary Service." Our operating strategy is designed to position each of our restaurants as the local hometown destination for a broad segment of consumers seeking high quality, affordable meals served with friendly, attentive service. As of December 30, 2003, 162 Texas Roadhouse restaurants were operating in 32 states. We owned and operated 87 restaurants in 24 states, and franchised and licensed an additional 75 restaurants in 18 states.

        We have successfully grown the total number of Texas Roadhouse restaurants over the past five years from 67 restaurants in 1999 to 162 as of December 30, 2003, representing a 24.7% compounded annual growth rate. Over the same period, our revenue increased from $71.0 million to $286.5 million and income from operations increased from $7.1 million to $35.3 million, representing compounded annual growth rates of 41.7% and 49.3%, respectively. We believe that the broad appeal of our concept and our compelling restaurant model provide us with significant opportunities for continued profitable growth.

Operating Strategy

        The operating strategy that underlies the growth of our concept is built on the following key components:

1



Long-Term Strategies to Grow Earnings Per Share

        Our long-term strategies with respect to increasing net income and earnings per share include the following:

        Expanding Our Restaurant Base.     We believe our concept has broad appeal and strong economics that will allow us to significantly increase the number of restaurants in operation. Restaurants that we owned and operated for the full 18 months before the end of 2003 generated average unit volumes of $3.4 million for 2003. Our average cash investment to develop and open a new restaurant, including the cost of land and pre-opening expenses, is $2.5 million to $3.0 million.

        Improving Restaurant Operating Margin.     We plan to increase restaurant operating margin through a combination of increased comparable restaurant sales and operating cost management.

        Leveraging Our Scalable Infrastructure.     Over the past several years, we have made significant investments in our infrastructure, including information systems, marketing and operations. As a result, we believe that our general and administrative costs will increase at a slower growth rate than our revenue.


Our Fiscal Year and Principal Office

        Our fiscal year consists of 52 or 53 weeks and ended on the last Sunday in December in fiscal years 1999, 2000 and 2001, and on the last Tuesday in December in fiscal years 2002 and 2003. Throughout this prospectus, our fiscal years are referred to as set forth below:

Fiscal Year Ended

  Reference in This Prospectus

December 26, 1999   1999
December 31, 2000   2000
December 30, 2001   2001
December 31, 2002   2002
December 30, 2003   2003

Fiscal year 2000 included 53 weeks and fiscal year 2002 included 52 weeks and 2 days as a consequence of the transition from a weekly period ending on a Sunday to a weekly period ending on a Tuesday. All other fiscal years shown included 52 weeks.

        Our principal executive office is located at 6040 Dutchmans Lane, Suite 400, Louisville, Kentucky 40205, and our telephone number is (502) 426-9984. We maintain a website at www.texasroadhouse.com on which we will post all reports we file with the Securities and Exchange Commission under Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 after the closing of this offering. We also will post on this site our key corporate governance documents, including our board committee charters, our ethics policy and our principles of corporate governance. Information on our website is not, however, a part of this prospectus.

2



Background to the Offering

The Combination of Our Operations Under a New Holding Company

        Before this offering, we conducted the Texas Roadhouse restaurant business through:


all of which were entities under the common control of W. Kent Taylor, our founder and chairman. To prepare for this offering, we will undertake a series of transactions that will result in the above affiliated entities being combined under our new holding company, Texas Roadhouse, Inc. The combined historical financial statements and related notes of Texas Roadhouse, Inc. that appear elsewhere in this prospectus reflect the combined operations and financial position of Texas Roadhouse Holdings LLC and the above affiliated entities. In connection with these transactions, we will issue an aggregate of             shares of Class A common stock and             shares of Class B common stock.

The Acquisition of Remaining Equity Interests in Company Restaurants, Texas Roadhouse Development Corporation and One Franchise Restaurant

        As of December 30, 2003, the operations that we conducted that are reflected in our combined financial statements consisted of 87 "company restaurants" that we owned and operated, of which 56 were wholly-owned and 31 were majority-owned or controlled by us. In addition, as of such date, there were 75 "franchise restaurants," of which 71 were franchise restaurants and four were license restaurants.

        Immediately before the completion of this offering, we will acquire the remaining equity interests in all 31 of our majority-owned or controlled company restaurants and in Texas Roadhouse Development Corporation and all of the equity interests in one franchise restaurant in exchange for an aggregate of             shares of our Class A common stock. As a result, immediately before the completion of this offering, (i) an aggregate of            shares of Class A common stock and             shares of Class B common stock will be issued and outstanding, (ii) we will have a total of 88 company restaurants, all of which will be wholly-owned and (iii) there will be a total of 74 franchise restaurants.

3




The Offering

Class A common stock offered by us               shares    

Class A common stock offered by our founder and chairman

 

            shares

 

 

Shares to be outstanding after this offering

 

 

 

 

 

 
 
Class A common stock

 

            shares

 

 
  Class B common stock               shares    
   
   
    Total               shares    

Voting rights

 

Holders of our Class A common stock and our Class B common stock will generally vote together as a single Class on all matters submitted to a vote of our stockholders. The holders of Class A common stock are entitled to one vote per share and the holders of Class B common stock are entitled to 10 votes per share. W. Kent Taylor, our founder and chairman, and certain entities controlled by him will be the only holders of Class B common stock. Upon the completion of this offering, W. Kent Taylor and such entities will own             shares of our Class B common stock and             shares of Class A common stock, representing approximately    % of the voting power of our outstanding common stock.

Conversion rights

 

Our Class B common stock is convertible as follows:

 

 


 

upon the transfer of any share of Class B common stock to anyone other than W. Kent Taylor or any entity controlled by W. Kent Taylor, such share of Class B common stock will be automatically converted into one share of Class A common stock;

 

 


 

all of the Class B common stock will automatically convert into Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis upon the earliest to occur of (i) June 30, 2009,
i.e. , approximately 5 years from the completion of this offering, (ii) the date upon which the number of shares of Class A and Class B common stock held or controlled by W. Kent Taylor represents less than 20.0% of the total number of shares of Class A and Class B common stock outstanding, or (iii) upon the death or disability of W. Kent Taylor; and

 

 


 

at the election of the holder of Class B common stock, any share of Class B common stock may be converted into one share of Class A common stock.
             

4



Other common stock provisions

 

With the exception of voting rights and conversion rights, holders of Class A and Class B common stock generally have identical rights. See "Description of Capital Stock" for a description of the material terms of our common stock.

Use of proceeds

 

We estimate that the net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $         million after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and expenses payable by us and assuming a public offering price of $            per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus. We will use these net proceeds:

 

 


 

to repay approximately $         million of outstanding borrowings under our credit facility and other loan agreements, including accrued interest thereon;

 

 


 

to fund approximately $24.6 million of unpaid distributions to equity holders of Texas Roadhouse Holdings LLC relating to its income for periods before December 30, 2003 and to fund additional distributions relating to its income for the periods from December 31, 2003 through the effective date of the combination of our operations under Texas Roadhouse, Inc.;

 

 


 

to fund restaurant development; and

 

 


 

for general corporate purposes.

 

 

We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares of our Class A common stock offered by any selling stockholder.

Proposed Nasdaq National Market symbol

 

"TXRH"

        Unless otherwise indicated, all of the information in this prospectus related to the number of shares of Class A common stock to be outstanding after this offering:

5



Summary Historical and Pro Forma Combined Financial and Operating Data

        You should read the data set forth below in conjunction with the combined financial statements and related notes of Texas Roadhouse, Inc., "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and other financial information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. We based the pro forma adjustments on available information and on assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances. The unaudited pro forma, pro forma as adjusted and pro forma as further adjusted financial data do not purport to represent what our results of operations or financial position actually would have been if the transactions set forth below had occurred on the dates indicated or what our results of operations or financial position will be for future periods.

        Historical Combined Financial and Operating Data.     We derived the summary historical combined financial data as of and for the years 2001, 2002 and 2003 from our audited combined financial statements, which have been audited and reported upon by KPMG LLP, independent auditors. Our audited combined financial statements present the combined operations of Texas Roadhouse Holdings LLC and its wholly-owned and majority-owned restaurants, Texas Roadhouse Development Corporation, Texas Roadhouse Management Corp., WKT Restaurant Corp., and nine franchise restaurants, all of which were entities under the common control of W. Kent Taylor. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of our results for any future period.

        Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial and Operating Data.     The pro forma combined statement of income data for 2003 give effect to the combination of our operations under Texas Roadhouse, Inc., a new holding company that is a "C" corporation. All taxes on the income of Texas Roadhouse Holdings LLC were payable by its members. As a "C" corporation, we will be responsible for the payment of all federal and state corporate income taxes and, accordingly, the pro forma combined statement of income data give effect to the pro forma provision for income taxes. The pro forma share and net income per share data as of and for 2003 also give effect to the issuance of shares of Class A and Class B common stock in connection with the combination of our operations under Texas Roadhouse, Inc. The pro forma balance sheet data as of December 30, 2003 give effect to such issuance of Class A and Class B common stock and the accrual of a liability for unpaid distributions of $24.6 million to equity holders of Texas Roadhouse Holdings LLC relating to its net income for periods before December 30, 2003, in each case, in connection with the combination of our operations under Texas Roadhouse, Inc.

        Unaudited "Pro Forma as Adjusted for the Acquisition Transactions" Combined Financial and Operating Data.     The "Pro Forma as Adjusted for the Acquisition Transactions" combined financial data as of and for the year 2003 give further effect to our acquisition of the remaining equity interests in all of our 31 majority-owned or controlled company restaurants and Texas Roadhouse Development Corporation and all of the equity interests in one franchise restaurant in exchange for an aggregate of              shares of our Class A common stock.

        Unaudited "Pro Forma as Further Adjusted for This Offering" Combined Financial and Operating Data.     The "Pro Forma as Further Adjusted for This Offering" combined financial data as of and for the year 2003 give further effect to:

6



 
   
   
   
  Unaudited
 
 
  2001
  2002
  2003
  Pro Forma
2003

  Pro Forma
as Adjusted
for the
Acquisition
Transactions
2003

  Pro Forma
as Further
Adjusted
for This
Offering
2003

 
 
  (in thousands, except unit and per share data)

 
Combined Statements of Income:                                      
Revenue:                                      
  Restaurant sales   $ 154,359   $ 226,756   $ 279,519   $ 279,519   $     $    
  Franchise royalties and fees     5,553     6,080     6,934     6,934              
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Total revenue   $ 159,912   $ 232,836   $ 286,453   $ 286,453   $     $    

Income from operations

 

$

14,377

 

$

27,300

 

$

35,328

 

$

35,328

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

Interest expense, net

 

 

3,649

 

 

4,212

 

 

4,350

 

 

4,350

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Minority interest     2,899     5,168     6,704     6,704              
Equity income (loss) from investments in unconsolidated affiliates     25     21     (61 )   (61 )            
Other income     125                          
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income before taxes   $ 7,979   $ 17,941   $ 24,213   $ 24,213   $     $    

Provision for income taxes(1)

 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 

8,790

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 

Net income

 

$

7,979

 

$

17,941

 

$

24,213

 

$

15,423

 

$

 

 

$

 

 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 

Net income per common share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Basic                     $ 0.73   $     $    
  Diluted                     $ 0.70   $     $    
Weighted average shares outstanding                                      
  Basic                       20,990              
  Diluted                       22,113              

Selected Operating Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Company restaurants:                                      
  Number open at end of period     56     77     87     87              
  Average unit volumes(2)   $ 3,313   $ 3,270   $ 3,401   $ 3,401   $     $    
  Comparable restaurant sales growth(3)     1.5 %   3.7 %   3.4 %   3.4 %     %     %
Restaurant operating margin(4)   $ 28,621   $ 46,537   $ 56,158   $ 56,158   $     $    
Restaurant operating margin as a % of sales     18.5 %   20.5 %   20.1 %   20.1 %     %     %
EBITDA(5)(6)   $ 16,650   $ 29,029   $ 37,125   $ 37,125   $     $    
EBITDA as a % of revenue     10.4 %   12.5 %   13.0 %   13.0 %     %     %
Net cash provided by operating activities   $ 22,502   $ 31,718   $ 42,158   $ 42,158   $     $    
Net cash used in investing activities     (35,769 )   (32,764 )   (26,524 )   (26,524 )            
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities     9,894     4,945     (17,722 )   (17,722 )            

7



 


 

As of December 30, 2003

 
   
  Unaudited
 
  Historical
  Pro Forma
  Pro Forma
as Adjusted
for the
Acquisition
Transactions

  Pro Forma
as Further
Adjusted
for This
Offering

 
  (in thousands)

Combined Balance Sheet Data:                        
  Cash and cash equivalents(7)   $ 5,728   $ 5,728   $     $  
  Total assets     148,193     148,193            
  Long-term debt and obligations under capital leases, including current portion     65,448     65,448            
  Total members'/stockholders' equity     37,902     13,325            

(1)
The pro forma provision for income taxes is based upon an effective federal tax rate of 38.41% and a combined state tax rate of 5.25%, which is our estimate of the average state tax rate we would have paid based on the mix and volume of business we do in the states and the relevant apportionment factors for those states. After giving effect to the deductibility of state taxes at the federal level and giving effect to tip tax credits, the combined effective federal and state tax rate would have been 36.3%. Upon becoming a "C" corporation, we will record a cumulative net deferred tax liability and corresponding charge to our income tax provision of approximately $                    which is not reflected in the pro forma information.

(2)
Average unit volume represents the average annual restaurant sales for all company restaurants open for a full 18 months before the end of the period measured.

(3)
Comparable restaurant sales growth reflects the change in year-over-year sales for the comparable restaurant base. We define the comparable restaurant base to include those restaurants open for a full 18 months before the beginning of the later fiscal period.

(4)
We define restaurant operating margin to be restaurant sales minus restaurant operating costs. Restaurant operating margin does not include general and administrative expenses, depreciation and amortization expenses and pre-opening expenses. We exclude general and administrative expenses because they are not restaurant specific; we exclude depreciation and amortization expenses because they are non-cash costs and are primarily unrelated to the ongoing operations of a restaurant; and we exclude pre-opening expenses because they are also unrelated to the ongoing operations of a restaurant. We use restaurant operating margin to evaluate the performance of each individual restaurant and our restaurants as a whole, as well as the performance of our managing and market partners. Additionally, we use restaurant operating margin to measure the impact of business decisions we make to increase profitability at the restaurant level. These decisions include changes to menu pricing, the testing and introduction of new menu items, various marketing promotions, the implementation of new systems or technology, and the refurbishment or remodeling of existing restaurants. We also use restaurant operating margin as a measure to, in part, determine which restaurants should remain open and which should be closed. We also believe that it is a measure commonly used in the restaurant industry to evaluate operating performance. However, restaurant operating margin is not a measurement determined in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, and should not be considered in isolation as an indicator of financial performance or liquidity or as an alternative to net income, income from operations, net cash provided by operating activities or other financial measures presented in accordance with GAAP. Restaurant operating margin as presented may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures of other companies.


The following tables set forth our calculation of restaurant operating margin, along with a reconciliation to income from operations:

8


 
   
   
   
  Unaudited
Calculation of Restaurant Operating Margin:

  2001
  2002
  2003
  Pro Forma
2003

  Pro Forma
as Adjusted
for the
Acquisition
Transactions
2003

  Pro Forma
as Further
Adjusted
for This
Offering
2003

 
  (in thousands)

Restaurant sales   $ 154,359   $ 226,756   $ 279,519   $ 279,519   $     $  

Restaurant operating costs:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Cost of sales     53,342     74,351     91,904     91,904            
  Labor     43,607     64,506     78,070     78,070            
  Rent     4,410     5,125     6,005     6,005            
  Other operating     24,379     36,237     47,382     47,382            
   
 
 
 
 
 
  Total restaurant operating costs   $ 125,738   $ 180,219   $ 223,361   $ 223,361   $     $  
 
Restaurant operating margin

 

$

28,621

 

$

46,537

 

$

56,158

 

$

56,158

 

$

 

 

$

 

Reconciliation to Income From Operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restaurant operating margin

 

$

28,621

 

$

46,537

 

$

56,158

 

$

56,158

 

$

 

 

$

 

Franchise royalties and fees

 

 

5,553

 

 

6,080

 

 

6,934

 

 

6,934

 

 

 

 

 

 
Pre-opening expenses     (3,640 )   (4,808 )   (2,571 )   (2,571 )          
Depreciation and amortization expenses     (5,022 )   (6,876 )   (8,562 )   (8,562 )          
General and administrative expenses     (11,135 )   (13,633 )   (16,631 )   (16,631 )          
   
 
 
 
 
 
Income from operations   $ 14,377   $ 27,300   $ 35,328   $ 35,328   $     $  
   
 
 
 
 
 
(5)
EBITDA consists of net income plus interest expense, plus income tax provision and plus depreciation and amortization. This term, as we define it, may not be comparable to a similarly titled measure used by other companies and is not a measure of performance presented in accordance with GAAP. We use EBITDA as a measure of operating performance, but we do not use it as a measure of liquidity. EBITDA should not be considered as a substitute for net income, net cash provided by or used in operations or other financial data prepared in accordance with GAAP, or as a measure of liquidity.


We believe EBITDA is useful to an investor in evaluating our operating performance because:

      it is a widely accepted financial indicator of a company's ability to service its debt and a variation of it is used in determining compliance with certain covenants under our credit facility and other loan agreements;

      it is widely used to measure a company's operating performance without regard to items such as depreciation and amortization, which can vary depending upon accounting methods and the book value of assets, and to present a meaningful measure of corporate performance exclusive of our capital structure and the method by which assets were acquired; and

      it helps investors to more meaningfully evaluate and compare the results of our operations from period to period by removing from our operating results the impact of our capital structure, primarily interest expense from our outstanding debt, and asset base, primarily depreciation and amortization of our property and equipment.


Our management uses EBITDA:

      as a measurement of operating performance because it assists us in comparing our performance on a consistent basis, as it removes from our operating results the impact of our capital structure, which includes interest expense from our outstanding debt, and our asset base, which includes depreciation and amortization of our property and equipment; and

      in presentations to the members of our board to enable our board to have the same consistent basis for measuring operating performance used by management.

9



The following table provides a reconciliation of net income to EBITDA:

 
   
   
   
  Unaudited
 
  2001
  2002
  2003
  Pro Forma
2003

  Pro Forma
as Adjusted
for the
Acquisition
Transactions
2003

  Pro Forma
as Further
Adjusted
for This
Offering
2003

 
  (in thousands)

Net income   $ 7,979   $ 17,941   $ 24,213   $ 15,423   $     $  

Provision for income taxes

 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 

8,790

 

 

 

 

 

 
Interest expense     3,649     4,212     4,350     4,350            
Depreciation and amortization     5,022     6,876     8,562     8,562            
   
 
 
 
 
 

EBITDA

 

$

16,650

 

$

29,029

 

$

37,125

 

$

37,125

 

$

 

 

$

 
   
 
 
 
 
 
(6)
EBITDA includes rent expense of $4.4 million, $5.1 million and $6.0 million for the years ended December 30, 2001, December 31, 2002, and December 30, 2003. For the year ended December 30, 2003, Pro Forma, "Pro Forma as Adjusted for the Acquisition Transactions" and "Pro Forma as Further Adjusted for This Offering," EBITDA includes rent expense of $      million.

(7)
We will also use a portion of the net proceeds of this offering to fund additional distributions relating to the net income of Texas Roadhouse Holdings LLC for periods from December 31, 2003 through the effective date of the combination of our operations under Texas Roadhouse, Inc., which we estimate to be approximately $      million.

10



RISK FACTORS

         An investment in our Class A common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully read and consider the risks described below before deciding to invest in our Class A common stock. If any of the following risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition, results of operation or cash flows could be materially harmed. In any such case, the trading price of our Class A common stock could decline and you could lose all or part of your investment. When determining whether to buy our Class A common stock, you should also refer to the other information in this prospectus, including our combined financial statements and the related notes.

Risks Related to Our Business

If we fail to manage our growth effectively, it could harm our business.

        Failure to manage our growth effectively could harm our business. We have grown significantly since our inception and intend to grow substantially in the future. Our existing restaurant management systems, financial and management controls and information systems may not be adequate to support our planned expansion. Our ability to manage our growth effectively will require us to continue to enhance these systems, procedures and controls and to locate, hire, train and retain management and operating personnel. We cannot assure you that we will be able to respond on a timely basis to all of the changing demands that our planned expansion will impose on management and on our existing infrastructure. If we are unable to manage our growth effectively, our business and operating results could be materially adversely impacted.

You should not rely on past increases in our average unit volumes or our comparable restaurant sales as an indication of our future results of operations because they may fluctuate significantly.

        A number of factors have historically affected, and will continue to affect, our average unit volumes and comparable restaurant sales, including, among other factors:

        Our average unit volumes and comparable restaurant sales may not increase at rates achieved over the past several years. Changes in our average unit volumes and comparable restaurant sales could cause the price of our Class A common stock to fluctuate substantially.

Our growth strategy, which primarily depends on our ability to open new restaurants that are profitable, is subject to many factors, some of which are beyond our control.

        Our objective is to grow our business and increase shareholder value by (1) expanding our base of company restaurants (and, to a lesser extent, franchise restaurants) that are profitable and (2) increasing sales and profits at existing restaurants. While both these methods of achieving our objective are important to us, historically the most significant means of achieving our objective has been through opening new restaurants and operating these restaurants on a profitable basis. We expect this to continue to be the case in the future.

11



        We cannot assure you that we will be able to open new restaurants in accordance with our expansion plans. We have experienced delays in opening some of our restaurants in the past and may experience delays in the future. Delays or failures in opening new restaurants could materially adversely affect our growth strategy. One of our biggest challenges in executing our growth strategy is locating and securing an adequate supply of suitable new restaurant sites. Competition for suitable restaurant sites in our target markets is intense and we cannot assure you that we will be able to find sufficient suitable locations, or suitable purchase or lease terms, for our planned expansion in any future period. Our ability to open new restaurants will also depend on numerous other factors, some of which are beyond our control, including, but not limited to, the following:

        Once opened, we anticipate that our new restaurants will generally take several months to reach planned operating levels due to start-up inefficiencies typically associated with new restaurants. We cannot assure you that any restaurant we open will be profitable or obtain operating results similar to those of our existing restaurants. Our ability to operate new restaurants profitably will depend on numerous factors, some of which are beyond our control, including, but not limited to, the following:

Our failure to successfully open new restaurants that are profitable in accordance with our growth strategy could harm our business and future prospects.

Our franchisees could take actions that could harm our business.

        Our franchisees are contractually obligated to operate their restaurants in accordance with Texas Roadhouse standards. We also provide training and support to franchisees. However, franchisees are independent third parties that we do not control, and the franchisees own, operate and oversee the daily operations of their restaurants. As a result, the ultimate success and quality of any franchise restaurant rests with the franchisee. If franchisees do not successfully operate restaurants in a manner consistent with our standards, the Texas Roadhouse image and reputation could be harmed, which in turn could adversely affect our business and operating results.

12



Our quarterly operating results may fluctuate significantly and could fall below the expectations of securities analysts and investors due to seasonality and other factors, some of which are beyond our control, resulting in a decline in our stock price.

        Our quarterly operating results may fluctuate significantly because of several factors, including:

        Our business is also subject to seasonal fluctuations. Historically, sales in most of our restaurants have been higher during the summer months and winter holiday season of each year. As a result, our quarterly and annual operating results and comparable restaurant sales may fluctuate significantly as a result of seasonality and the factors discussed above. Accordingly, results for any one quarter are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for any other quarter or for any year and comparable restaurant sales for any particular future period may decrease. In the future, operating results may fall below the expectations of securities analysts and investors. In that event, the price of our common stock would likely decrease.

If we lose the services of any of our key management personnel, our business could suffer.

        Our future success significantly depends on the continued services and performance of our key management personnel, particularly G. J. Hart, our chief executive officer; Scott M. Colosi, our chief financial officer; Steven L. Ortiz, our chief operating officer; and W. Kent Taylor, our founder and chairman. Our future performance will depend on our ability to motivate and retain these and other key officers and managers, particularly market partners and managing partners. Competition for these employees is intense. The loss of the services of members of our senior management or other key officers or managers or the inability to attract additional qualified personnel as needed could materially harm our business.

Our failure or inability to enforce our trademarks or other proprietary rights could adversely affect our competitive position or the value of our brand.

        We own certain common law trademark rights and a number of federal and international trademark and service mark registrations, including the Texas Roadhouse name and logo, and proprietary rights to certain of our core menu offerings. We believe that our trademarks and other

13



proprietary rights are important to our success and our competitive position. We, therefore, devote appropriate resources to the protection of our trademarks and proprietary rights. The protective actions that we take, however, may not be enough to prevent unauthorized usage or imitation by others, which could harm our image, brand or competitive position and, if we commence litigation to enforce our rights, cause us to incur significant legal fees.

        We are not aware of any assertions that our trademarks or menu offerings infringe upon the proprietary rights of third parties, but we cannot assure you that third parties will not claim infringement by us in the future. Any such claim, whether or not it has merit, could be time-consuming, result in costly litigation, cause delays in introducing new menu items in the future or require us to enter into royalty or licensing agreements. As a result, any such claim could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We may need additional capital in the future and it may not be available on acceptable terms.

        The development of our business may require significant additional capital in the future to, among other things, fund our operations and growth strategy. We have historically relied upon bank financing and private sales of equity interests in certain restaurants to fund our operations. Going forward, we will continue to rely on bank financing and also expect to access the debt and equity capital markets. There can be no assurance, however, that these sources of financing will be available on terms favorable to us, or at all. Our ability to obtain additional financing will be subject to a number of factors, including market conditions, our operating performance and investor sentiment. These factors may make the timing, amount, terms and conditions of additional financings unattractive to us. If we are unable to raise additional capital, our growth could be impeded.

The acquisition of existing restaurants from our franchisees and licensees may have unanticipated consequences that could harm our business and our financial condition.

        We may seek to selectively acquire existing restaurants from our franchisees or licensees. To do so, we would need to identify suitable acquisition candidates, negotiate acceptable acquisition terms if not already detailed in the franchise agreement and obtain appropriate financing. Any acquisition that we pursue, whether or not successfully completed, may involve risks, including:


        Future acquisitions of existing restaurants from our franchisees, which may be accomplished through a cash purchase transaction, the issuance of shares of our Class A common stock or a combination of both, could have a dilutive impact on holders of our Class A common stock, and result in the incurrence of debt and contingent liabilities and impairment charges related to goodwill and other intangible assets, any of which could harm our business and financial condition.

Approximately 25% of our company restaurants are located in Texas and, as a result, we are sensitive to economic and other trends and developments in that state.

        As of December 30, 2003, we operated a total of 21 company restaurants in Texas. As a result, we are particularly susceptible to adverse trends and economic conditions in this state, including its labor market. In addition, given our geographic concentration in this state, negative publicity regarding any of our restaurants in Texas could have a material adverse effect on our business and operations, as could

14



other occurrences in Texas such as local strikes, energy shortages or increases in energy prices, droughts, earthquakes, fires or other natural disasters.

Our expansion into new markets may present increased risks due to our unfamiliarity with the area.

        Some of our new restaurants will be located in areas where we have little or no meaningful experience. Those markets may have different competitive conditions, consumer tastes and discretionary spending patterns than our existing markets, which may cause our new restaurants to be less successful than restaurants in our existing markets. An additional risk of expanding into new markets is the lack of market awareness of the Texas Roadhouse® brand. Restaurants opened in new markets may open at lower average weekly sales volumes than restaurants opened in existing markets, and may have higher restaurant-level operating expense ratios than in existing markets. Sales at restaurants opened in new markets may take longer to reach average unit volumes, if at all, thereby affecting our overall profitability.

Risks Relating to the Food Service Industry

Our business is affected by changes in consumer preferences and discretionary spending.

        Our success depends, in part, upon the popularity of our food products. Shifts in consumer preferences away from our restaurants or cuisine, particularly beef, would harm our business. Also, our success depends to a significant extent on discretionary consumer spending, which is influenced by general economic conditions and the availability of discretionary income. Accordingly, we may experience declines in sales during economic downturns or during periods of uncertainty like that which followed the terrorist attacks on the United States on September 11, 2001 and the possibility of further terrorist attacks. Any material decline in the amount of discretionary spending could have a material adverse effect on our sales, results of operations, business and financial condition.

Our success depends on our ability to compete with many food service businesses.

        The restaurant industry is intensely competitive and we compete with many well-established food service companies on the basis of taste, quality and price of product offered, guest service, atmosphere, location and overall guest experience. Our competitors include a large and diverse group of restaurant chains and individual restaurants that range from independent local operators that have opened restaurants in various markets to well-capitalized national restaurant companies. Many of our competitors or potential competitors have substantially greater financial and other resources than we do which may allow them to react to changes in pricing, marketing and the casual dining restaurant industry better than we can. As our competitors expand their operations, we expect competition to intensify. We also compete with other restaurant chains and other retail businesses for quality site locations and hourly employees.

Changes in food and supply costs could adversely affect our results of operations.

        Our profitability depends in part on our ability to anticipate and react to changes in food and supply costs. Any increase in food prices, particularly proteins, could adversely affect our operating results. In addition, we are susceptible to increases in food costs as a result of factors beyond our control, such as weather conditions, food safety concerns, product recalls and government regulations. We cannot predict whether we will be able to anticipate and react to changing food costs by adjusting our purchasing practices and menu prices, and a failure to do so could adversely affect our operating results. In addition, because we provide a moderately priced product, we may not seek to or be able to pass along price increases to our guests.

15



        We currently purchase most of our beef from one of the largest beef suppliers in the country. If this vendor were unable to fulfill its obligations under its contracts, we could encounter supply shortages and incur higher costs to secure adequate supplies, any of which would harm our business.

The food service industry is affected by litigation and publicity concerning food quality, health and other issues, which can cause guests to avoid our restaurants and result in significant liabilities or litigation costs.

        Food service businesses can be adversely affected by litigation and complaints from guests or government authorities resulting from food quality, illness, injury or other health concerns or operating issues stemming from one restaurant or a limited number of restaurants. Adverse publicity about these allegations may negatively affect us, regardless of whether the allegations are true, by discouraging guests from eating at our restaurants. We could also incur significant liabilities if a lawsuit or claim results in a decision against us or litigation costs regardless of the result.

Health concerns relating to the consumption of beef or other food products could affect consumer preferences and could negatively impact our results of operations.

        Like other restaurant chains, consumer preferences could be affected by health concerns about the consumption of beef, the key ingredient in many of our menu items, or negative publicity concerning food quality, illness and injury generally. In recent years there has been negative publicity concerning e-coli, hepatitis A, "mad cow" and "foot-and-mouth" disease. This negative publicity, as well as any other negative publicity concerning food products we serve, may adversely affect demand for our food and could result in a decrease in guest traffic to our restaurants. If we react to the negative publicity by changing our concept or our menu, we may lose guests who do not prefer the new concept or menu, and may not be able to attract sufficient new guests to produce the revenue needed to make our restaurants profitable. In addition, we may have different or additional competitors for our intended guests as a result of a change in our concept and may not be able to compete successfully against those competitors. A decrease in guest traffic to our restaurants as a result of these health concerns or negative publicity or as a result of a change in our menu or concept could materially harm our business.

Our business could be adversely affected by increased labor costs or labor shortages.

        Labor is a primary component in the cost of operating our business. We devote significant resources to recruiting and training our managers and hourly employees. Increased labor costs due to competition, increased minimum wage or employee benefits costs or otherwise, would adversely impact our operating expenses. In addition, our success depends on our ability to attract, motivate and retain qualified employees, including restaurant managers and staff, to keep pace with our growth strategy. If we are unable to do so, our results of operations may be adversely affected.

We may not be able to obtain and maintain licenses and permits necessary to operate our restaurants and compliance with laws could adversely affect our operating results.

        The restaurant industry is subject to various federal, state and local government regulations, including those relating to the sale of food and alcoholic beverages. Such regulations are subject to change from time to time. The failure to obtain and maintain these licenses, permits and approvals, including liquor licenses, could adversely affect our operating results. Difficulties or failure to obtain the required licenses and approvals could delay or result in our decision to cancel the opening of new restaurants. Local authorities may revoke, suspend or deny renewal of our liquor licenses if they determine that our conduct violates applicable regulations.

16



        In addition to our having to comply with these licensing requirements, various federal and state labor laws govern our relationship with our employees and affect operating costs. These laws include minimum wage requirements, overtime pay, unemployment tax rates, workers' compensation rates, citizenship requirements and sales taxes. A number of factors could adversely affect our operating results, including:

        The federal Americans with Disabilities Act prohibits discrimination on the basis of disability in public accommodations and employment. Although our restaurants are designed to be accessible to the disabled, we could be required to make modifications to our restaurants to provide service to, or make reasonable accommodations for disabled persons.

Complaints or litigation may hurt us.

        Occasionally, our guests file complaints or lawsuits against us alleging that we are responsible for some illness or injury they suffered at or after a visit to our restaurants, or that we have problems with food quality or operations. We are also subject to a variety of other claims arising in the ordinary course of our business, including personal injury claims, contract claims, claims from franchisees and claims alleging violations of federal and state law regarding workplace and employment matters, discrimination and similar matters, or we could become subject to class action lawsuits related to these matters in the future. The restaurant industry has also been subject to a growing number of claims that the menus and actions of restaurant chains have led to the obesity of certain of their guests. In addition, we are subject to "dram shop" statutes. These statutes generally allow a person injured by an intoxicated person to recover damages from an establishment that wrongfully served alcoholic beverages to the intoxicated person. Recent litigation against restaurant chains has resulted in significant judgments, including punitive damages, under dram shop statutes. Because a plaintiff may seek punitive damages, which may not be covered by insurance, this type of action could have an adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations. Regardless of whether any claims against us are valid or whether we are liable, claims may be expensive to defend and may divert time and money away from our operations and hurt our performance. A judgment significantly in excess of our insurance coverage for any claims could materially adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations. Further, adverse publicity resulting from these allegations may materially adversely affect us and our restaurants.

Our current insurance may not provide adequate levels of coverage against claims.

        We currently maintain insurance customary for businesses of our size and type. However, there are types of losses we may incur that cannot be insured against or that we believe are not economically reasonable to insure, such as losses due to natural disasters or acts of terrorism. Such damages could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations. In addition, we self-insure a significant portion of expected losses under our workers compensation, general liability and property insurance programs. Unanticipated changes in the actuarial assumptions and management estimates underlying our reserves for these losses could result in materially different amounts of expense under these programs, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

17



Risks Related to This Offering

We cannot assure you that a market will develop for our Class A common stock or what the market price of our Class A common stock will be.

        Before this offering, there was no public trading market for our Class A common stock, and we cannot assure you that one will develop or be sustained after this offering. If a market does not develop or is not sustained, it may be difficult for you to sell your shares of Class A common stock at an attractive price or at all. We cannot predict the prices at which our Class A common stock will trade. The initial public offering price for our Class A common stock will be determined through negotiations with the underwriters and may not bear any relationship to the market price at which it will trade after this offering or to any other established criteria of our value. It is possible that in some future quarter our operating results may be below the expectations of public market analysts and investors and, as a result of these and other factors, the price of our Class A common stock may fall.

Provisions in our charter documents and Delaware law may delay or prevent our acquisition by a third party.

        Our certificate of incorporation and by-laws contain several provisions that may make it more difficult for a third party to acquire control of us without the approval of our board of directors. These provisions include, among other things, elimination of stockholder action by written consent, advance notice for raising business or making nominations at meetings, a staggered board of directors and "blank check" preferred stock. Blank check preferred stock enables our board of directors to, without approval of the Class A shareholders, designate and issue additional series of preferred stock with such dividend, liquidation, conversion, voting or other rights, including the right to issue convertible securities with no limitations on conversion as our board of directors may determine. The issuance of blank check preferred stock may adversely affect the voting and other rights of the holders of our common stock as our board of directors may designate and issue preferred stock with terms that are senior to our common stock. These provisions may make it more difficult or expensive for a third party to acquire a majority of our outstanding common stock. These provisions also may delay, prevent or deter a merger, acquisition, tender offer, proxy contest or other transaction that might otherwise result in our stockholders' receiving a premium over the market price for their Class A common stock. See "Description of Capital Stock."

There may be an adverse effect on the value and liquidity of our Class A common stock due to the disparate voting rights of our Class A common stock and our Class B common stock.

        The holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock generally have identical rights except that (1) on all matters to be voted on by stockholders, holders of our Class A common stock are entitled to one vote per share while holders of our Class B common stock are entitled to ten votes per share, and (2) holders of our Class A common stock are not entitled to vote on any alteration of the powers, preferences or special rights of the Class B common stock that would not adversely affect the holders of our Class A common stock. The difference in the voting rights of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock could adversely affect the value of the Class A common stock to the extent that any investor or potential future purchaser of our Class A common stock ascribes value to the superior voting rights of our Class B common stock. The existence of two separate classes of common stock could result in less liquidity for either class of common stock than if there were only one class of our common stock. See "Description of Capital Stock" for a description of our common stock and rights associated with it.

18



Approximately    % of our outstanding shares of Class A common stock may be sold into the public market in the future, which could depress our stock price.

        The    shares of Class A common stock sold in this offering (and any shares sold upon exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option) will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act of 1933, except for any shares held by our officers, directors and principal stockholders and shares sold under our directed share program. As of            , 2004, approximately an additional            shares of Class A common stock are currently freely tradable under Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act, unless any of such shares are purchased by one of our existing affiliates as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

        As of            , 2004, approximately            shares of our common stock, including shares of both Class A and Class B common stock, which are outstanding and held by our affiliates, are subject to the volume and other limitations of Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act. W. Kent Taylor and four other of our stockholders have rights to require us to register their    shares.

        Approximately            shares of our common stock are subject to lock-up agreements under which the holders have agreed not to sell or otherwise dispose of any of their shares for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of Banc of America Securities LLC. In their sole discretion and at any time without notice, Banc of America Securities LLC may release all or any portion of the shares subject to the lock-up agreements. All of the shares subject to lock-up agreements will become available for sale in the public market immediately following expiration of the 180 day lock-up period, subject (to the extent applicable) to the volume and other limitations of Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act.

        Sales of substantial amounts of Class A common stock in the public market, or the perception that these sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price of our Class A common stock and our ability to raise capital through a public offering of our equity securities. See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale" which describes the circumstances under which restricted shares or shares held by affiliates may be sold in the public market.

Our founder and chairman will control our company and this control could inhibit potential changes of control.

        Following this offering, our founder and chairman, W. Kent Taylor, will beneficially own all of our outstanding shares of Class B common stock and             shares of Class A common stock, representing approximately            % of our voting power. As a result, W. Kent Taylor will have the ability to control our management and affairs and the outcome of all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election and removal of our entire board of directors, any merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets. The Class B common stock has ten votes per share, while Class A common stock, which is the stock we are offering in this prospectus, has one vote per share. Because of this dual-class structure, W. Kent Taylor will continue to be able to control all matters submitted to our stockholders even if in the future he were to own significantly less than 50% of the equity of our company. This concentrated control could discourage others from initiating any potential merger, takeover or other change of control transaction that may otherwise be beneficial to our businesses. As a result, the market price of Class A common stock could be adversely affected.

As a new investor, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution in net tangible book value.

        Investors purchasing shares of our Class A common stock in this offering will pay more for their shares than the amount paid by existing stockholders who acquired shares before this offering. Accordingly, if you purchase Class A common stock in this offering, you will incur immediate dilution in net tangible book value per share. If the holders of outstanding options exercise these options, you will incur further dilution. See "Dilution."

19



We have no plans to pay cash dividends.

        We do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. See "Dividend Policy."

The requirements of being a public company might strain our resources.

        As a public company, we will be subject to a number of additional requirements, including the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the listing standards of the Nasdaq National Market. These requirements might place a strain on our systems and resources. The Securities Exchange Act of 1934 requires, among other things, that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and financial condition. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls for financial reporting. In order to maintain and improve the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting, significant resources and management oversight will be required. As a result, our management's attention might be diverted from other business concerns, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results. In addition, we will need to hire additional accounting and financial staff with appropriate public company experience and technical accounting knowledge and we might not be able to do so in a timely fashion. We might not be able to retain our independent directors, or attract new independent directors, for our committees.

20




SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

        This prospectus contains statements about future events and expectations that constitute forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements are based on our beliefs, assumptions and expectations of our future financial and operating performance and growth plans, taking into account the information currently available to us. These statements are not statements of historical fact. Forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties that may cause our actual results to differ materially from the expectations of future results we express or imply in any forward-looking statements. In addition to the other factors discussed under "Risk Factors" elsewhere in this prospectus, factors that could contribute to these differences include, but are not limited to:

        The words "believe," "may," "will," "should," "anticipate," "estimate," "expect," "intend," "objective," "seek," "plan," "strive" or similar words, or the negatives of these words, identify forward-looking statements. We qualify any forward-looking statements entirely by these cautionary factors.

        Other risks, uncertainties and factors, including those discussed under "Risk Factors," could cause our actual results to differ materially from those projected in any forward-looking statements we make.

        We assume no obligation to publicly update or revise these forward-looking statements for any reason, or to update the reasons actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements, even if new information becomes available in the future.

21



MARKET DATA AND FORECASTS

        In this prospectus, we use market data and industry forecasts that we have obtained from industry publications, including the National Restaurant Association, and other publicly available information. Industry publications generally state that the information they provide has been obtained from other sources believed to be reliable, but the accuracy and completeness of such information is not guaranteed. We have not independently verified any of this information and therefore we also cannot guarantee the accuracy and completeness of such information. The industry forecasts we provided in this prospectus—particularly the growth rate in sales for the full-service restaurant industry, the full-service steak segment of the industry and the restaurant industry in general—are subject to numerous risks and uncertainties and actual results could be different from such predictions, perhaps significantly. Industry forecasts are also based on assumptions that events, trends and activities will occur. We have not independently verified the information and assumptions used in making these forecasts and, if the information and assumptions turn out to be wrong, then the forecasts will most likely be wrong as well.

22




USE OF PROCEEDS

        We estimate that the net proceeds from our sale of            shares of Class A common stock in this offering, at an assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, which is the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts, commissions and other estimated offering expenses payable by us, will be approximately $            million. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of Class A common stock offered by any selling stockholder. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering as follows:


        Banc of America Securities LLC, one of the underwriters in this offering, serves as a co-lead arranger of our credit facility. In addition, Bank of America, N.A., an affiliate of Banc of America Securities LLC, is a lender under the facility. As of March 30, 2004, $54.3 million was outstanding under this facility.

23



DIVIDEND POLICY

        Our predecessor companies paid aggregate distributions to their equity holders in 2002 and 2003 of $13.9 million and $21.7 million, respectively. These distributions were made monthly except for Texas Roadhouse Holdings LLC which made its distributions quarterly. These predecessor companies will continue to make distributions in respect of their income from December 31, 2003 through the effective date of their combination under Texas Roadhouse, Inc. We estimate that the aggregate amount of these distributions will be $         million.

        In addition, immediately before the completion of this offering, we will make a distribution of approximately $24.6 million to those of our existing stockholders who were formerly members of Texas Roadhouse Holdings LLC, representing distributions of $2.0 million, $3.7 million, $9.6 million and $9.3 million which have been declared, but not paid, in respect of the net income of Texas Roadhouse Holdings LLC for the years 2000, 2001, 2002 and 2003, respectively. We will make additional distributions in respect of its net income from December 31, 2003 through the effective date of the combination of our operations under Texas Roadhouse, Inc. which will occur immediately before the completion of this offering. We estimate that the aggregate amount of these distributions will be $         million.

        Upon the effective date of the combination, we intend to retain our future earnings, if any, to finance the future development and operation of our business. Accordingly, we do not anticipate paying any dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future.

        Our credit facility restricts us from declaring or paying any dividends or making any other distributions on any shares of our common stock.

        Any future changes in our dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on then existing conditions, including our financial condition, results of operations, contractual restrictions, capital requirements, business prospects and other factors our board of directors may deem relevant.

24




CAPITALIZATION

        The following table sets forth our capitalization as of December 30, 2003:

        You should read this table in conjunction with the sections of this prospectus captioned "Use of Proceeds," "Summary Historical and Pro Forma Combined Financial and Operating Data," "Selected Historical and Pro Forma Combined Financial and Other Data" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," as well as the audited combined financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

25


 
  As of December 30, 2003
 
   
  Unaudited
 
  Historical
  Pro Forma
  Pro Forma
as Adjusted
for the
Acquisition
Transactions

  Pro Forma
as Further
Adjusted
for This
Offering

 
  (in thousands)

Cash and cash equivalents(1)   $ 5,728   $ 5,728   $     $  
   
 
 
 
Debt and capital leases outstanding:                        
  Current maturities of long-term debt     8,059     8,059            
  Current maturities of obligations under capital leases     221     221            
  Long-term debt, excluding current maturities     56,254     56,254            
  Obligations under capital leases, excluding current maturities     914     914            
   
 
 
 
    Total debt and capital leases outstanding     65,448     65,448          
   
 
 
 
Members'/Stockholders' equity(2):                        
  Preferred stock ($0.001 par value,         shares authorized; no shares outstanding, historical, pro forma, pro forma as adjusted or pro forma as further adjusted)                
 
Class A common stock ($0.001 par value, shares authorized; no shares outstanding, historical;             shares outstanding, pro forma; and             shares outstanding, pro forma as adjusted;             shares outstanding, pro forma as further adjusted)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
 
Class B common stock ($0.001 par value, shares authorized; no shares outstanding, historical;             shares outstanding, pro forma; and             shares outstanding, pro forma as adjusted;             shares outstanding, pro forma as further adjusted)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
 
Additional paid-in capital

 

 

13,912

 

 

13,912

 

 

 

 

 

 
 
Retained earnings

 

 

24,155

 

 

(422

)

 

 

 

 

 
 
Accumulated other comprehensive income

 

 

(165

)

 

(165

)

 

 

 

 

 
   
 
 
 
  Total members'/stockholders' equity(3)     37,902     13,325            
   
 
 
 
Total debt and members'/stockholders' equity   $ 103,350   $ 78,773   $     $  
   
 
 
 

(1)
We will also use a portion of the net proceeds of this offering to fund additional distributions relating to the net income of Texas Roadhouse Holdings LLC for periods from December 31, 2003 through the effective date of the combination of our operations under Texas Roadhouse, Inc., which we estimate to be approximately $             million.

(2)
Excludes    shares of Class A common stock issuable on the exercise of stock options outstanding as of December 30, 2003.

(3)
We will make a distribution of approximately $24.6 million to equity holders of Texas Roadhouse Holdings LLC relating to its undistributed net income for periods before December 30, 2003. The $24.6 million liability was recorded in the pro forma amounts and will be paid from the net proceeds from this offering, as reflected in the pro forma as further adjusted for this offering amounts.

26



DILUTION

        Dilution is the amount by which the initial offering price paid by the purchasers of Class A common stock in this offering exceeds the net tangible book value per share of common stock following this offering. Our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share represents our tangible assets (total assets less intangible assets), less our total liabilities, divided by the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of December 30, 2003 after giving effect to all of the transactions described above under "Summary Historical and Pro Forma Combined Financial and Operating Data—Unaudited Pro Forma as Adjusted for the Acquisition Transactions." As of December 30, 2003, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value was approximately $                      million, or $                  per share of common stock. After giving effect to such pro forma adjustments and the sale of     shares of Class A common stock by us at the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, which is the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and the use of proceeds therefrom as described above under "Summary Historical and Pro Forma Combined Financial and Operating Data—Unaudited Pro Forma as Further Adjusted for This Offering," our pro forma as further adjusted net tangible book value at December 30, 2003 would have been approximately $            million, or $             per share of Class A common stock, representing an immediate increase in the net tangible book value of $            per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in the net tangible book value of $            per share to the investors who purchase our Class A common stock in this offering. The sale of shares by our selling stockholder in this offering does not affect our net tangible book value. The following table illustrates this per share dilution:

Assumed initial public offering price per share         $  
Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share as of December 30, 2003   $        
Increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors            
Pro Forma as further adjusted net tangible book value per share            
   
 
Dilution per share to new investors   $     $  
   
 

        The following table summarizes, on a pro forma as further adjusted basis, as of December 30, 2003, the difference between existing stockholders and new investors with respect to the number of shares of Class A common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us and the average price per share paid by our existing stockholders and by the investors purchasing shares of Class A common stock in this offering. The calculation below is based on an assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, which is the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 
  Shares Purchased
  Total Consideration
   
 
  Average
Price
Per Share

 
  Number
  %
  Amount
  %
Existing stockholders                   $  
New investors                   $  
   
 
 
 
     
Total       100 %     100 %    
   
 
 
 
     

        The share amounts in this table exclude            shares of our Class A common stock that were subject to outstanding options as of December 30, 2003 at a weighted average exercise price of $            per share. To the extent that any options are exercised, there will be further dilution to new investors. If all of our outstanding options as of December 30, 2003 had been exercised, the pro forma as further adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering would be $            per share, representing an immediate decrease in the pro forma as further adjusted net tangible book value to our new investors of $            per share.

27



SELECTED HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA

        You should read the data set forth below in conjunction with the combined financial statements and related notes of Texas Roadhouse, Inc., "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and other financial information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. We based the pro forma adjustments on available information and on assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances. The unaudited pro forma financial data do not purport to represent what our results of operations or financial position actually would have been if the combination of our operations under Texas Roadhouse, Inc. had occurred on the dates indicated or what our results of operations or financial position will be for future periods.

        Historical Combined Financial and Operating Data.     We derived the selected historical combined financial data as of and for each of the years 1999 through 2003 from our audited combined financial statements, which have been audited and reported upon by KPMG LLP, independent auditors. Our audited combined financial statements present the combined operations of Texas Roadhouse Holdings LLC and its wholly-owned and majority-owned restaurants, Texas Roadhouse Development Corporation, Texas Roadhouse Management Corp., WKT Restaurant Corp., and nine franchise restaurants, all of which were entities under the common control of Mr. Taylor. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of our results for any future period.

        Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial and Operating Data.     The pro forma combined statement of income data for the year ended December 30, 2003 give effect to the combination of our operations under Texas Roadhouse, Inc., a new holding company that is a "C" corporation. All taxes on the income of Texas Roadhouse Holdings LLC were payable by its members. As a "C" corporation, we will be responsible for the payment of all federal and state corporate income taxes and, accordingly, the pro forma combined statement of income data also give effect to the pro forma provision for income tax expense. The pro forma share and net income per share data as of and for the year ended December 30, 2003 give effect to the issuance of shares of Class A and Class B common stock in connection with the combination of our operations under Texas Roadhouse, Inc. The pro forma balance sheet data as of December 30, 2003 give effect to such issuance of Class A and Class B common stock and the accrual of a liability for unpaid distributions of $24.6 million to equity holders of Texas Roadhouse Holdings LLC relating to its net income for periods before December 30, 2003, in each case, in connection with the combination of our operations under Texas Roadhouse, Inc.

28


 
  1999
  2000
  2001
  2002
  2003
  Unaudited
Pro Forma
2003

 
 
  (in thousands, except unit and per share data)

 
Combined Statements of Income:                                      
Revenue:                                      
  Restaurant sales   $ 68,330   $ 111,739   $ 154,359   $ 226,756   $ 279,519   $ 279,519  
  Franchise royalties and fees     2,648     4,027     5,553     6,080     6,934     6,934  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Total revenue   $ 70,978   $ 115,766   $ 159,912   $ 232,836   $ 286,453   $ 286,453  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Costs and expenses:                                      
  Restaurant operating costs:                                      
    Cost of sales     23,276     38,422     53,342     74,351     91,904     91,904  
    Labor     19,787     32,048     43,607     64,506     78,070     78,070  
    Rent     1,962     3,401     4,410     5,125     6,005     6,005  
    Other operating     9,859     16,505     24,379     36,237     47,382     47,382  
  Pre-opening     2,512     3,322     3,640     4,808     2,571     2,571  
  Depreciation and amortization     2,042     3,150     5,022     6,876     8,562     8,562  
  General and administrative     4,437     7,466     11,135     13,633     16,631     16,631  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Total costs and expenses   $ 63,875   $ 104,314   $ 145,535   $ 205,536   $ 251,125   $ 251,125  
Income from operations     7,103     11,452     14,377     27,300     35,328     35,328  
Interest expense, net     1,654     2,546     3,649     4,212     4,350     4,350  
Minority interest     1,070     2,503     2,899     5,168     6,704     6,704  
Equity income (loss) from investments in unconsolidated affiliates         25     25     21     (61 )   (61 )
Other income             125              
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income before taxes   $ 4,379   $ 6,428   $ 7,979   $ 17,941   $ 24,213   $ 24,213  
Provision for income taxes(1)                         8,790  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income   $ 4,379   $ 6,428   $ 7,979   $ 17,941   $ 24,213   $ 15,423  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income per common share                                      
  Basic                                 $ 0.73  
  Diluted                                 $ 0.70  
Weighted average shares outstanding                                      
  Basic                                   20,990  
  Diluted                                   22,113  

Selected Operating Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Company restaurants:                                      
  Number open at end of period     29     44     56     77     87     87  
  Average unit volumes(2)   $ 3,118   $ 3,312   $ 3,313   $ 3,270   $ 3,401   $ 3,401  
  Comparable restaurant sales growth(3)     1.2 %   9.4 %   1.5 %   3.7 %   3.4 %   3.4 %
Restaurant operating margin(4)   $ 13,446   $ 21,363   $ 28,621   $ 46,537   $ 56,158   $ 56,158  
Restaurant operating margin as a % of sales     19.7 %   19.1 %   18.5 %   20.5 %   20.1 %   20.1 %
EBITDA(5)(6)   $ 8,075   $ 12,124   $ 16,650   $ 29,029   $ 37,125   $ 37,125  
EBITDA as a % of revenue     11.4 %   10.5 %   10.4 %   12.5 %   13.0 %   13.0 %

Combined Balance Sheet Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Total current assets   $ 7,971   $ 12,468   $ 9,392   $ 15,399   $ 20,974   $ 20,974  
Total current liabilities     9,536     23,170     29,215     30,850     40,573     65,150  
Total liabilities     33,228     54,692     75,238     95,690     104,606     129,183  
Total members'/stockholders' equity     10,227     12,222     16,535     26,987     37,902     13,325  

(1)
The pro forma provision for income taxes is based upon an effective federal tax rate of 38.41% and a combined state tax rate of 5.25%, which is our estimate of the average state tax rate we would have paid based on the mix and volume of business we do in the states and the relevant apportionment factors for those states. After giving effect to the deductibility of state taxes at the federal level and giving effect to tip tax credits, the combined effective federal and state tax rate would have been 36.3%. Upon becoming a "C" corporation, we will record a cumulative net deferred tax liability and corresponding charge to our income tax provision of approximately $            which is not reflected in the pro forma information.

(2)
Average unit volume represents the average annual restaurant sales for all company restaurants open for a full 18 months before the end of the period measured.

(3)
Comparable restaurant sales growth reflects the change in year-over-year sales for the comparable restaurant base. We define the comparable restaurant base to include those restaurants open for a full 18 months before the beginning of the later fiscal period.

29


(4)
We define restaurant operating margin to be restaurant sales minus restaurant operating costs. Restaurant operating margin does not include general and administrative expenses, depreciation and amortization expenses and pre-opening expenses. We exclude general and administrative expenses because they are not restaurant specific; we exclude depreciation and amortization expenses because they are non-cash costs and are primarily unrelated to the ongoing operations of a restaurant; and we exclude pre-opening expenses because they are also unrelated to the ongoing operations of a restaurant. We use restaurant operating margin to evaluate the performance of each individual restaurant and our restaurants as a whole, as well as the performance of our managing and market partners. Additionally, we use restaurant operating margin to measure the impact of business decisions we make to increase profitability at the restaurant level. These decisions include changes to menu pricing, the testing and introduction of new menu items, various marketing promotions, the implementation of new systems or technology, and the refurbishment or remodeling of existing restaurants. We also utilize restaurant operating margin as a measure to, in part, determine which restaurants should remain open and which should be closed. We also believe that it is a measure commonly used in the restaurant industry to evaluate operating performance. However, restaurant operating margin is not a measurement determined in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, and should not be considered in isolation as an indicator of financial performance or liquidity or as an alternative to net income, income from operations, net cash provided by operating activities or other financial measures presented in accordance with GAAP. Restaurant operating margin as presented may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures of other companies. The following tables set forth our calculation of restaurant operating margin, along with a reconciliation to income from operations:

Calculation of Restaurant Operating Margin:

  1999
  2000
  2001
  2002
  2003
  Unaudited
Pro Forma
2003

 
 
  (in thousands)

 
Restaurant sales   $ 68,330   $ 111,739   $ 154,359   $ 226,756   $ 279,519   $ 279,519  
Restaurant operating costs:                                      
  Cost of sales     23,276     38,422     53,342     74,351     91,904     91,904  
  Labor     19,787     32,048     43,607     64,506     78,070     78,070  
  Rent     1,962     3,401     4,410     5,125     6,005     6,005  
  Other operating     9,859     16,505     24,379     36,237     47,382     47,382  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Total restaurant operating costs   $ 54,884   $ 90,376   $ 125,738   $ 180,219   $ 223,361   $ 223,361  
 
Restaurant operating margin

 

$

13,446

 

$

21,363

 

$

28,621

 

$

46,537

 

$

56,158

 

$

56,158

 

Reconciliation to Income from Operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restaurant operating margin

 

$

13,446

 

$

21,363

 

$

28,621

 

$

46,537

 

$

56,158

 

$

56,158

 

Franchise royalties and fees

 

 

2,648

 

 

4,027

 

 

5,553

 

 

6,080

 

 

6,934

 

 

6,934

 
Pre-opening expenses     (2,512 )   (3,322 )   (3,640 )   (4,808 )   (2,571 )   (2,571 )
Depreciation and amortization expenses     (2,042 )   (3,150 )   (5,022 )   (6,876 )   (8,562 )   (8,562 )
General and administrative expenses     (4,437 )   (7,466 )   (11,135 )   (13,633 )   (16,631 )   (16,631 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income from operations   $ 7,103   $ 11,452   $ 14,377   $ 27,300   $ 35,328   $ 35,328  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
(5)
EBITDA consists of net income plus interest expense, plus income tax provision and plus depreciation and amortization. This term, as we define it, may not be comparable to a similarly titled measure used by other companies and is not a measure of performance presented in accordance with GAAP. We use EBITDA as a measure of operating performance, but we do not use it as a measure of liquidity. EBITDA should not be considered as a substitute for net income, net cash provided by or used in operations or other financial data prepared in accordance with GAAP, or as a measure of liquidity.


We believe EBITDA is useful to an investor in evaluating our operating performance because:

    it is a widely accepted financial indicator of a company's ability to service its debt and a variation of it is used in determining compliance with certain covenants under our credit facility and other loan agreements;

    it is widely used to measure a company's operating performance without regard to items such as depreciation and amortization, which can vary depending upon accounting methods and the book value of assets, and to present a meaningful measure of corporate performance exclusive of our capital structure and the method by which assets were acquired; and

    it helps investors to more meaningfully evaluate and compare the results of our operations from period to period by removing from our operating results the impact of our capital structure, primarily interest expense from our outstanding debt, and asset base, primarily depreciation and amortization of our property and equipment.

30



Our management uses EBITDA:

    as a measurement of operating performance because it assists us in comparing our performance on a consistent basis, as it removes from our operating results the impact of our capital structure, which includes interest expense from our outstanding debt, and our asset base, which includes depreciation and amortization of our property and equipment; and

    in presentations to the members of our board to enable our board to have the same consistent basis for measuring operating performance used by management.


The following table provides a reconciliation of net income to EBITDA:

 
  1999
  2000
  2001
  2002
  2003
  Unaudited
Pro Forma
2003

 
  (in thousands)

Net income   $ 4,379   $ 6,428   $ 7,979   $ 17,941   $ 24,213   $ 15,423

Provision for income taxes

 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 

8,790
Interest expense     1,654     2,546     3,649     4,212     4,350     4,350
Depreciation and amortization     2,042     3,150     5,022     6,876     8,562     8,562
   
 
 
 
 
 
EBITDA   $ 8,075   $ 12,124   $ 16,650   $ 29,029   $ 37,125   $ 37,125
   
 
 
 
 
 
(6)
EBITDA includes rent expense of $4.4 million, $5.1 million and $6.0 million for the years ended December 30, 2001, December 31, 2002, and December 30, 2003. For the year ended December 30, 2003, pro forma EBITDA includes rent expense of $6.0 million.

31



MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Our Company

        Texas Roadhouse is a growing, moderately priced, full-service restaurant chain. Our founder and chairman, W. Kent Taylor, started the business in 1993. Our mission statement is "Legendary Food, Legendary Service." Our operating strategy is designed to position each of our restaurants as the local hometown destination for a broad segment of consumers seeking high quality, affordable meals served with friendly, attentive service. As of December 30, 2003, 162 Texas Roadhouse restaurants were operating in 32 states. We owned and operated 87 restaurants in 24 states, and franchised and licensed an additional 75 restaurants in 18 states.

        Our primary focus is on serving "Legendary Food." Within each menu category, Texas Roadhouse restaurants offer a wide variety of high quality menu items at several price points, with the goal of fulfilling each customer's budget and value expectations. We offer a broad assortment of specially seasoned and aged steaks hand-cut daily on the premises and cooked over open gas-fired grills. We also offer our guests a selection of fish, chicken and vegetable plates, and an assortment of hamburgers, salads and sandwiches. The majority of our entrees include two made-from-scratch side items, and we offer all our guests a free unlimited supply of roasted in-shell peanuts and made-from-scratch yeast rolls. For company restaurants, our average per person guest check for 2003 was $13.53. While focusing primarily on dinner only and maintaining an attractive average per person guest check, the average unit volume for all company restaurants open for a full 18 months before the end of 2003 was $3.4 million.

        We are also committed to providing "Legendary Service." We staff each restaurant with an experienced management team to ensure the consistent delivery of both high quality food and guest service. We place particular emphasis on the friendly attitude and teamwork of our restaurant staff and on our restaurant managers' visibility and interaction with our staff and guests. In a high percentage of our restaurants, we limit our operating hours to dinner only during the weekdays. This enables our managers and staff to have more energy and enthusiasm for serving guests during what are primarily single evening shifts.

        We believe the atmosphere we establish in our restaurants is a key component for fostering repeat business. We create a fun, lively atmosphere with our rustic décor, outgoing, friendly service, jukeboxes which continuously play upbeat country hits, and in-house entertainment such as line dancing and birthday celebrations.

        The first Texas Roadhouse restaurant opened in Clarksville, Indiana in February 1993. As of December 30, 2003, we had opened 165 Texas Roadhouse restaurants. Of those, only three had closed, all of which were opened in 1994 before we developed our prototype restaurant and changed our site analysis and selection process. As of December 30, 2003, 162 Texas Roadhouse restaurants were in existence including:

32


        Pursuant to contractual arrangements, we have the right, upon becoming a public company, to acquire at pre-determined valuation formulas (i) the remaining equity interests in all 31 of our majority-owned or controlled company restaurants and (ii) 49 of the franchise restaurants. In connection with this offering, we are exercising this buyout right with respect to all 31 of such company restaurants and one such franchise restaurant.

Presentation of Financial and Operating Data

        We operated through 2001 on a fiscal year, which ended on the last Sunday in December. Beginning with fiscal year 2002, for operational reasons, we changed our fiscal year end to the last Tuesday in December. This change resulted in fiscal year 2002 consisting of 52 weeks and two days as compared to fiscal years 2001 and 2003, both of which were 52 weeks in length. The extra two days in 2002 were not significant to our results of operations.

        We conducted the Texas Roadhouse restaurant business through:

all of which were entities under the common control of W. Kent Taylor, our founder and chairman. To prepare for this offering, we will undertake a series of transactions that will result in the above affiliated entities being combined under our new holding company, Texas Roadhouse, Inc. The combined historical financial statements and financial data of our company reflect the combined operations and financial position of Texas Roadhouse Holdings LLC and the above affiliated entities. In connection with these transactions, we will issue an aggregate of            shares of Class A common stock and            shares of Class B common stock.

        Immediately before the completion of this offering, we will acquire the remaining equity interests in all 31 of our majority-owned or controlled company restaurants and Texas Roadhouse Development Corporation and all of the equity interests in one franchise restaurant in exchange for an aggregate of            shares of our Class A common stock. As a result, immediately before the completion of this offering, (i) an aggregate of                        shares of Class A common stock and            shares of Class B common stock will be issued and outstanding, (ii) we will have a total of 88 company restaurants, all of which will be wholly-owned and (iii) there will be a total of 74 franchise restaurants. Going forward, these transactions will have the following effect on our financial position and results of operations:

33


Long-Term Strategies to Grow Net Income and Net Income Per Share

        Our long-term strategies with respect to increasing net income and net income per share include the following:

        Expanding Our Restaurant Base.     We believe our concept has broad appeal and strong economics that will allow us to significantly increase the number of restaurants in operation. Our average cash investment to develop and open a new restaurant, including the cost of land and pre-opening expenses, is $2.5 million to $3.0 million. We prefer to purchase land when it is possible to do so. Excluding the cost of land, our average cash investment is $1.9 million to $2.1 million. While company restaurants on owned property require a larger initial capital investment to purchase the land, such restaurants tend to have better restaurant operating margins since they do not have rent expense. To the extent we need to borrow funds to finance the purchase of site locations, our interest expense will increase. Of the 87 company restaurants open at December 30, 2003, we owned 43 properties and leased 44 properties.

        Company restaurants open for a full 18 months before the end of 2003 generated average unit volumes of $3.4 million. In 2003, restaurant operating margin for all company restaurants, including rent expense, as a percent of sales was 20.1%. Rent expense was 2.1% of sales in 2003.

        Improving Restaurant Operating Margin.     We plan to increase restaurant operating margin through a combination of increased comparable restaurant sales and operating cost management.

        Leveraging Our Scalable Infrastructure.     Over the past several years, we have made significant investments in our infrastructure, including information systems, marketing, and operations. As a result, we believe that our general and administrative costs will increase at a slower rate than revenue growth.

Key Operating Personnel

        Key personnel who have a significant impact on the performance of our restaurants include managing and market partners. Each company restaurant has one managing partner who serves as the general manager. Market partners provide supervisory services to up to 14 managing partners and their respective management teams. Market partners also assist with our site selection process and recruitment of new management teams. The managing partner of each company restaurant and their corresponding market partners are required, as a condition of employment, to sign a multi-year employment agreement. The annual compensation of our managing and market partners includes a base salary plus a percentage of the pre-tax net income of the restaurant(s) they operate or supervise. In 2003, the average annual bonus as a percentage of total compensation for managing and market partners was 54% and 75%, respectively. Managing and market partners are eligible to participate in our stock option plan and are required to make deposits of $25,000 and $50,000, respectively towards the exercise price of such options.

Key Measures We Use To Evaluate Our Company

        Key measures we use to evaluate and assess our business include the following:

        Number of Restaurant Openings.     Number of restaurant openings reflects the number of restaurants opened during a particular fiscal period. For company restaurant openings we incur pre-opening costs, which are defined below, before the restaurant opening. Typically new restaurants open with an initial start-up period of higher than normalized sales volumes, which decrease to a steady level approximately three to six months after opening. However, although sales volumes are generally higher, so are initial costs, resulting in restaurant operating margins that are generally lower during the start-up period of operation and increase to a steady level approximately three to six months after opening.

        Comparable Restaurant Sales Growth.     Comparable restaurant sales growth reflects the change in year-over-year sales for the comparable restaurant base. We define the comparable restaurant base to

34



include those restaurants open for a full 18 months before the beginning of the later fiscal period. Comparable restaurant sales growth can be generated by an increase in guest traffic counts or by increases in the per person average check amount. Menu price changes and the mix of menu items sold can affect the per person average check amount.

        Average Unit Volume.     Average unit volume represents the average annual restaurant sales for all company restaurants open for a full 18 months before the end of the period measured. Growth in average unit volumes in excess of comparable restaurant sales growth is generally an indication that newer restaurants are operating with sales levels in excess of the system average. Conversely, growth in average unit volumes less than growth in comparable restaurant sales growth is generally an indication that newer restaurants are operating with sales levels lower than the system average.

        Restaurant Operating Margin.     We define restaurant operating margin to be restaurant sales minus restaurant operating costs. Restaurant operating margin does not include general and administrative expenses, depreciation and amortization expenses and pre-opening expenses. We exclude general and administrative expenses because they are not restaurant specific; we exclude depreciation and amortization expenses because they are non-cash costs and are primarily unrelated to the ongoing operations of the restaurant; and we exclude pre-opening expenses because they are also unrelated to the ongoing operations of a restaurant. We use restaurant operating margin to evaluate the performance of each individual restaurant and our restaurants as a whole, as well as the performance of our managing and market partners. Additionally, we use restaurant operating margin to measure the impact of business decisions we make to increase profitability at the restaurant level. These decisions include changes to menu pricing, the testing and introduction of new menu items, various marketing promotions, the implementation of new systems or technology, and the refurbishment or remodeling of existing restaurants. We also use restaurant operating margin as a measure to, in part, determine which restaurants should remain open and which should be closed. We also believe that it is a measure commonly used in the restaurant industry to evaluate operating performance. However, restaurant operating margin is not a measurement determined in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles or GAAP and should not be considered in isolation as an indicator of financial performance or liquidity or as an alternative to net income, income from operations, net cash provided by operating activities or other financial measures presented in accordance with GAAP. Restaurant operating margin as presented may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures of other companies.

        Net Income Margin.     Net income margin represents net income as a percentage of revenue.

        Store Weeks.     Store weeks represent the number of weeks that our company restaurants were open during the year.

        Per Person Average Check.     Per person average check represents restaurant sales divided by the number of guests served. We consider each sale of an entree to be a single guest served.

Other Key Definitions

        Restaurant Sales.     Restaurant sales include gross food and beverage sales, net of promotions and discounts.

        Franchise Royalties and Fees.     Franchisees typically pay a $40,000 initial franchise fee for each new restaurant. Franchise royalties consist of royalties in the amount of 2.0% to 4.0% of gross sales paid to us by our franchisees.

        Restaurant Cost of Sales.     Restaurant cost of sales consists of food and beverage costs.

        Restaurant Labor Expenses.     Restaurant labor expenses include all direct and indirect labor costs incurred in operations except for profit sharing incentive compensation expenses earned by our

35



managing and market partners. These profit sharing expenses are reflected in restaurant other operating expenses.

        Restaurant Rent Expense.     Restaurant rent expense includes all rent payments associated with the leasing of real estate and includes base, percentage and straight-line rent.

        Restaurant Other Operating Expenses.     Restaurant other operating expenses consist of all other restaurant-level operating costs, the major components of which are utilities, supplies, advertising, repair and maintenance and other expenses. Profit sharing allocations to market partners and managing partners are also included in restaurant other operating expenses.

        Restaurant Pre-opening Expenses.     Restaurant pre-opening expenses, which are charged to operations as incurred, consist of expenses incurred before the opening of a new restaurant and are comprised principally of training and opening team salaries, travel expenses, and food, beverage and other initial supplies and expenses.

        General and Administrative Expenses.     General and administrative expenses ("G&A") is comprised of expenses associated with corporate and administrative functions that support development and restaurant operations and provide an infrastructure to support future growth. Supervision and accounting fees received from certain franchise restaurants and license restaurants are offset against general and administrative expenses.

        Depreciation and Amortization Expenses.     Depreciation and amortization expenses ("D&A") includes the depreciation of fixed assets and, for 2001 only, the amortization of goodwill associated with the acquisition of the ownership interests in the three original restaurants. In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets , issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board in July 2001, we, as of the beginning of 2002, ceased amortizing our goodwill. We perform periodic assessments of whether our goodwill is impaired and make an earnings charge only if such impairment exists.

        Interest Expense, Net.     Interest expense includes the cost of our debt obligations including the amortization of loan fees.

        Minority Interest.     Our combined subsidiaries at December 30, 2003 included 31 majority-owned or controlled restaurants and Texas Roadhouse Development Corporation. Minority interest represents the portion of income attributable to the other owners of the majority-owned or controlled restaurants and Texas Roadhouse Development Corporation.

        Equity Income from Unconsolidated Affiliates.     We own a 10.0% equity interest in two franchise restaurants, a 5.0% interest in six franchise restaurants, and a 1.0% equity interest in one franchise restaurant. Equity income from unconsolidated affiliates represents our percentage share of net income earned by these unconsolidated affiliates.

36



Results of Operations

 
  2001
  2002
  2003
 
 
  $
  %
  $
  %
  $
  %
 
 
  (in thousands)

 
Combined Statements of Income:                                
Revenue:                                
  Restaurant sales   $ 154,359   96.5 % $ 226,756   97.4 % $ 279,519   97.6 %
  Franchise royalties and fees     5,553   3.5     6,080   2.6     6,934   2.4  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
      Total revenue   $ 159,912   100.0 % $ 232,836   100.0 % $ 286,453   100.0 %
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Costs and expenses:                                
  (As a percentage of restaurant sales)                                
  Restaurant operating costs:                                
    Cost of sales     53,342   34.6     74,351   32.8     91,904   32.9  
    Labor     43,607   28.3     64,506   28.4     78,070   27.9  
    Rent     4,410   2.9     5,125   2.3     6,005   2.1  
    Other operating     24,379   15.8     36,237   16.0     47,382   17.0  
  (As a percentage of total revenue)                                
  Pre-opening     3,640   2.3     4,808   2.1     2,571   0.9  
  Depreciation and amortization     5,022   3.1     6,876   3.0     8,562   3.0  
  General and administrative     11,135   7.0     13,633   5.9     16,631   5.8  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
      Total costs and expenses   $ 145,535   91.0 % $ 205,536   88.3 % $ 251,125   87.7 %
Income from operations     14,377   9.0     27,300   11.7     35,328   12.3  
Interest expense, net     3,649   (2.3 )   4,212   (1.8 )   4,350   (1.5 )
Minority interest     2,899   (1.8 )   5,168   (2.2 )   6,704   (2.3 %)
Equity income (loss) from investments in unconsolidated affiliates     25   0.0     21   0.0     (61 ) 0.0  
Other income     125   0.1       0.0       0.0  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income   $ 7,979   5.0 % $ 17,941   7.7 % $ 24,213   8.5 %
   
 
 
 
 
 
 

Restaurant Unit Activity

 
  Company
  Franchise
  Total
Balance at December 31, 2000   44   48   92
Openings   13   15   28
Acquisitions (Dispositions)   (1 ) 1  
Closures      
   
 
 
Balance at December 30, 2001   56   64   120
Openings   20   2   22
Acquisitions (Dispositions)   1   (1 )
Closures      
   
 
 
Balance at December 31, 2002   77   65   142
Openings   10   10   20
Acquisitions (Dispositions)      
Closures      
   
 
 
Balance at December 30, 2003   87   75   162
   
 
 

        Restaurant Sales.     Restaurant sales increased by 23.3% in 2003 as compared to 2002 and by 46.9% in 2002 as compared to 2001. The increases in 2003 and 2002 were primarily attributable to the

37



opening of new restaurants. The following table summarizes additional factors that influenced the changes in restaurant sales at company restaurants for 2003 and 2002.

 
  2001
  2002
  2003
 
Company Restaurants                    
  Store weeks     2,490     3,528     4,234  
  Comparable restaurant sales growth     1.5 %   3.7 %   3.4 %
  Average unit volumes (in thousands)   $ 3,313   $ 3,270   $ 3,401  
  Average per person check   $ 12.46   $ 13.05   $ 13.53  

        Franchise Royalties and Fees.     Franchise royalties and fees increased by $854,000, or by 14.0%, in 2003 as compared to 2002. This increase was primarily attributable to the opening of new franchise restaurants. Franchise restaurant count activity is shown in the Restaurant Unit Activity table above. Royalties and fees increased by $527,000, or by 9.5%, in 2002 as compared to 2001. This increase was primarily attributable to the opening of new restaurants and comparable restaurant sales growth.

        Restaurant Cost of Sales.     Restaurant cost of sales increased slightly as a percentage of restaurant sales to 32.9% in 2003 from 32.8% in 2002. This increase was primarily due to the higher cost of pork ribs. Restaurant cost of sales decreased as a percentage of restaurant sales to 32.8% in 2002 from 34.6% in 2001. This decrease was primarily due to the lower cost of beef and chicken. Although the market prices of those items actually increased during 2002, we negotiated fixed prices with our vendors for those items in late 2001 at a time when the market prices were considerably lower.

        Restaurant Labor Expenses.     Restaurant labor expenses, as a percentage of restaurant sales, decreased from 28.4% in 2002 to 27.9% in 2003. The percentage of sales benefit generated from comparable sales growth more than offset modest wage rate inflation. Restaurant labor expenses, as a percentage of sales, remained primarily stable between 2001 and 2002.

        Restaurant Rent Expense.     Restaurant rent expense, as a percentage of restaurant sales, decreased to 2.1% in 2003 from 2.3% in 2002 and from 2.9% in 2001. During 2002 and 2003, a higher percentage of our restaurants, versus what we have done historically, were developed on owned versus leased properties.

        Restaurant Other Operating Expenses.     Restaurant other operating expenses increased as a percentage of restaurant sales to 17.0% in 2003 from 16.0% in 2002. Increased spending on equipment leases, supplies, and repair and maintenance combined with inflation in utilities, particularly natural gas, were the primary drivers of this increase. Restaurant other operating expenses increased as a percentage of restaurant sales to 16.0% in 2002 from 15.8% in 2001. Increased spending on equipment leases was the primary driver.

        Restaurant Pre-Opening Expenses.     Restaurant pre-opening expenses in 2003 decreased to $2.6 million from $4.8 million in 2002. This decrease was due to the opening of fewer restaurants in 2003 as compared to 2002. Pre-opening expenses in 2002 increased to $4.8 million from $3.6 million in 2001. This increase was due to opening additional restaurants in 2002 as compared to 2001.

        Depreciation and Amortization Expenses.     D&A, as a percentage of revenue, remained constant at 3.0% for 2003 as compared to 2002. D&A, as a percentage of revenue, fell slightly to 3.0% in 2002 versus 3.1% in 2001.

        General and Administrative Expenses.     G&A expenses increased in 2003 to $16.6 million (5.8% of revenue) from $13.6 million (5.9% of revenue) in 2002. G&A expenses increased in 2002 to $13.6 million (5.9% of revenue) from $11.1 million (7.0% of revenue) in 2001. For both years, the cost increases were primarily due to infrastructure additions including executive, supervisory, operational,

38



systems, and training personnel put into place during the last two fiscal years to accommodate our growth plans.

        Before this offering, some of our executive officers earned compensation at rates significantly below market levels and we paid no salary or bonus compensation to our chairman. These executives were compensated through the payment of certain royalties and distributions earned on their respective investments in our restaurants. With the completion of this offering, we will purchase these royalty rights and the equity interests of a portion of restaurant investments held by our executive officers. With the completion of this offering, our annual G&A will be approximately $3.0 to $3.5 million higher than it would have otherwise been, reflecting increases in executive compensation and other expenses, including public company compliance, audit, director and officers insurance coverage and director compensation expenses.

        Interest Expense, Net.     Interest expense increased slightly in 2003 to $4.4 million from $4.2 million in 2002. In July, 2003 we completed a $100.0 million, three year credit facility that enabled us to refinance 80.0% of our existing debt at much lower rates of interest and provide us with roughly $50.0 million of available financing to fund the development of new restaurants. Interest expense included the write-off of approximately $332,000 of loan fees related to the refinanced debt. This increase was partially offset by a reduction in interest rates on approximately $47.6 million of the refinanced debt. We have been able to borrow at steadily decreasing interest rates due both to the favorable interest environment and to our steadily improving earnings and resulting creditworthiness. The weighted average interest rate for our installment loans decreased from 5.88% at December 31, 2002 to 4.59% at December 30, 2003. Interest expense increased in 2002 to $4.2 million from $3.6 million in 2001. The increase was due to $14.8 million in additional debt. The increase in interest expense attributable to new debt was partially offset by a reduction in interest rates on approximately $11.2 million of debt which was refinanced during the year. The weighted average interest rate for our installment loans decreased from 8.08% at December 30, 2001 to 5.88% at December 31, 2002. With the completion of this offering, our interest expense will significantly decrease as we pay down a substantial portion of our outstanding debt.

        Minority Interest.     The minority interest deducted from income in 2003 increased to $6.7 million from $5.2 million in 2002. The increase was primarily due to an increase in majority-owned restaurant store weeks resulting from the addition of seven majority-owned or controlled restaurants which opened in 2002. The minority interest deducted from income in 2002 increased to $5.2 million from $2.9 million in 2001. The increase was primarily due to an increase in majority-owned or controlled restaurant store weeks resulting from the addition of seven majority-owned or controlled restaurants, which opened in 2001.

        Equity Income from Unconsolidated Affiliates.     In 2003, we reported a loss of $61,000 from unconsolidated affiliates compared to income of $21,000 reported in 2002. In 2003, seven franchise restaurants opened in which we owned either a 5.0% or 10.0% interest. Primarily due to pre-opening expenses, new restaurants take three to six months to become profitable; hence, these new restaurants produced net losses in 2003. While we expect to add a few franchise restaurants in 2004 in which we will have a small ownership interest, we expect to report income for the equity income from unconsolidated affiliates line in 2004 as the aforementioned 2003 restaurant openings report profits in 2004.

        Other Income.     During 2001, we sold a 50.0% interest in a majority-owned restaurant to the restaurant's minority owners.

        Net Income Margin.     Net income margin increased from 7.7% in 2002 to 8.5% in 2003. Lower pre-opening expenses were the key driver of this increase. Net income margin increased from 5.0% in 2001 to 7.7% in 2002. Increased restaurant operating margin and G&A leverage were the key components of this increase.

39



Liquidity and Capital Resources

        The following table presents a summary of our net cash provided by operating, investing and financing activities:

 
  December 30,
2001

  December 31,
2002

  December 30,
2003

 
 
  (in thousands)

 
Net cash provided by operating activities   $ 22,502   $ 31,718   $ 42,158  
Net cash used in investing activities     (35,769 )   (32,764 )   (26,524 )
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities     9,894     4,945     (17,722 )
   
 
 
 
Net increase (decrease) in cash   $ (3,373 ) $ 3,899   $ (2,088 )
   
 
 
 

        We require capital principally for the development of new company restaurants and the refurbishment of existing restaurants. Capital expenditures totaled approximately $26.9 million, $34.7 million and $35.9 million for the years ended December 30, 2003, December 31, 2002, and December 30, 2001, respectively. We either lease our restaurant site locations under operating leases for periods of five to 30 years (including renewal periods) or purchase the land where it is cost effective. As of December 30, 2003, there were 43 restaurants developed on land which we owned.

        We have also required cash to pay distributions to our equity holders. Our predecessor companies paid aggregate distributions to their equity holders in 2002 and 2003 of $13.9 million and $21.7 million, respectively. These predecessor companies will continue to make distributions in respect of their income from December 31, 2003 through the effective date of their combination under Texas Roadhouse, Inc. We estimate that the aggregate amount of these distributions will be $         million.

        Additionally, immediately before the completion of this offering, we will make a distribution of approximately $24.6 million to those of our existing stockholders who were formerly members of Texas Roadhouse Holdings LLC, representing distributions which have been declared, but not paid, in respect of the income of Texas Roadhouse Holdings LLC for the years 2000 through 2003. We will make additional distributions in respect of its income from December 31, 2003 through the effective date of the combination of our operations under Texas Roadhouse, Inc. which will occur immediately before the completion of this offering. We estimate that the aggregate amount of these distributions will be $         million.

        Upon the effective date of the combination, we intend to retain our future earnings, if any, to finance the future development and operation of our business. Accordingly, we do not anticipate paying any dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future.

        In 2003, we used cash on hand, borrowings under our credit facility and net cash provided by operating activities to fund capital expenditures and distributions. In addition, we were able to reduce our debt by approximately $1.2 million in 2003 as compared to 2002.

        In July 2003, we completed a $100.0 million, three year credit facility that enabled us to refinance 80.0% of our existing debt at much lower rates of interest and provide us with roughly $50.0 million of available financing to fund the development of new restaurants. The terms of the facility require us to pay interest on outstanding borrowings at LIBOR plus a margin of 1.50% to 2.75% (depending on our leverage ratio) and pay a commitment fee of 0.25% per year on any unused portion of the facility. The credit facility contains various covenants and restrictions that, among other things, require the maintenance of stipulated leverage and fixed charge coverage ratios and minimum combined net worth. We are currently in compliance with such covenants. At December 30, 2003, we had $50.2 million of borrowings outstanding under our credit facility and $47.0 million of availability net of $1.4 million of outstanding letters of credit. In addition, we had various other notes payable totaling $14.1 million with

40



interest rates ranging from 4.2% to 10.8%. Each of these notes relate to the financing of specific restaurants. Our total weighted average effective interest rate for 2003 was 4.6%.

        In 2003, we entered into a fixed rate swap agreement for $31.2 million of the outstanding debt under our credit facility to limit the variability of a portion of our interest payments. This swap changes the variable-rate cash flow exposure on the debt obligations to fixed cash flows. Under the terms of this interest rate swap, we receive variable interest rate payments and make fixed interest rate payments, thereby creating the equivalent of fixed-rate debt. In connection with the completion of this offering, we expect to terminate this arrangement.

        Our future capital requirements will primarily depend on the number of new restaurants we open and the timing of those openings within a given fiscal year. These requirements will include costs directly related to opening new restaurants and may also include costs necessary to ensure that our infrastructure is able to support a larger restaurant base. In 2004 and 2005, we expect our capital expenditures to be approximately $40.0 million to $50.0 million, and $50.0 million to $60.0 million, respectively, substantially all of which will relate to planned restaurant openings. We intend to satisfy our capital requirements over the next 18 months with cash on hand, net cash provided by operating activities and funds available under our credit facility.

Contractual Obligations

        The following table summarizes the amount of payments due under specified contractual obligations as of December 30, 2003:

 
  Payments Due by Period
 
  Total
  Less than
1 Year

  1-3
Years

  3-5
Years

  More than
5 Years

 
  (in thousands)

Long-term debt obligations   $ 64,313   $ 8,059   $ 47,636   $ 3,018   $ 5,600
Capital lease obligations     1,716     305     473     234     704
Operating lease obligations     79,077     8,509     16,659     12,634     41,275
Capital obligations     22,602     22,602            
   
 
 
 
 
  Total contractual obligations   $ 167,708   $ 39,475   $ 64,768   $ 15,886   $ 47,579
   
 
 
 
 

        See Notes 3 and 6 to the combined financial statements for details of contractual obligations.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

        Except for operating leases (primarily restaurant leases), we do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements.

Guarantees

        We have not entered into any transactions with unconsolidated entities that are financial guarantees.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

        See Note 2 in the accompanying combined financial statements.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

        The above discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our combined financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting

41



principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities. Our significant accounting policies are described in Note 2 to the accompanying combined financial statements. Critical accounting policies are those that we believe are most important to portraying our financial condition and results of operations and also require the greatest amount of subjective or complex judgments by management. Judgments or uncertainties regarding the application of these policies may result in materially different amounts being reported under different conditions or using different assumptions. We consider the following policies to be the most critical in understanding the judgments that are involved in preparing the combined financial statements.

        Impairment of Long-Lived Assets.     We adopted Accounting for Impairment or Disposal of Long-lived Assets ("SFAS No. 144") on December 31, 2001. The adoption of SFAS No. 144 did not affect our combined financial statements. In accordance with SFAS No. 144, long-lived assets, such as property and equipment, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its estimated future cash flows, an impairment charge is recognized by the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset. Assets to be disposed of would be separately presented in the balance sheet and reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell, and are no longer depreciated. The assets and liabilities of a disposal group classified as held for sale would be presented separately in the appropriate asset and liability sections of the balance sheet.

        Our judgments and estimates related to the expected useful lives of long-lived assets are affected by factors such as changes in economic conditions and changes in operating performance. As we assess the ongoing expected cash flows and carrying amounts of our long-lived assets, these factors could cause us to realize a material impairment charge.

        Goodwill.     Goodwill is tested annually for impairment, and is tested for impairment more frequently if events and circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired. An impairment loss is recognized to the extent that the carrying amount exceeds the asset's fair value. This determination is made at the reporting until level and consists of two steps. First, we determine the fair value of a reporting unit and compare it to its carrying amount. Second, if the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is recognized for any excess of the carrying amount of the reporting unit's goodwill over the implied fair value of the goodwill. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined by allocating the fair value of the reporting unit in a manner similar to a purchase price allocation, in accordance with SFAS No. 141, Business Combinations . The residual fair value after this allocation is the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill. There were no changes to the carrying amount of goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2002 or December 30, 2003.

        Insurance Reserves.     We self-insure a significant portion of expected losses under our workers compensation, general liability and property insurance programs. We record a liability for all unresolved claims and for an estimate of incurred but not reported claims at the anticipated cost to us based on estimates provided by a third party administrator and insurance company. Our accounting policies regarding insurance reserves include certain actuarial assumptions and management judgments regarding economic conditions, the frequency and severity of claims and claim development history and settlement practices. These assumptions are closely reviewed, monitored, and adjusted when warranted by changing circumstances. Unanticipated changes in these factors may produce materially different

42



amounts of expense that would be reported under these programs. We purchase insurance for individual claims that exceed the amounts listed below:

Workers Compensation   $ 250,000
General Liability   $ 100,000
Property   $ 50,000

Effects of Inflation

        We do not believe inflation has had a significant effect on our operations during the past several years. We generally have been able to substantially offset increases in our restaurant and operating costs resulting from inflation by altering our menu, increasing menu prices or making other adjustments.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

        We are exposed to market risk from changes in interest rates on debt and changes in commodity prices. Our exposure to interest rate fluctuations is limited to our outstanding bank debt. At December 30, 2003, outstanding borrowings under our revolving lines of credit bear interest at approximately 150 to 275 basis points (depending on our leverage ratios) over the 30, 60, 90 or 180 day London Interbank Offered Rate. The weighted average effective interest rate on the $50.2 million outstanding balance under these lines at December 30, 2003 was 3.7%. In addition, we had various other notes payable totaling $14.1 million with interest rates ranging from 4.2% to 10.8%. Each of these notes relate to the financing of specific restaurants. Our total weighted average effective interest rate for 2003 was 4.6%.

        In 2003, we entered into a fixed rate swap agreement for $31.2 million of the outstanding debt under our credit facility to limit the variability of a portion of our interest payments. These swaps change the variable-rate cash flow exposure on the debt obligations to fixed cash flows. Under the terms of the interest rate swaps, we receive variable interest rate payments and make fixed interest rate payments, thereby creating the equivalent of fixed-rate debt. In addition, approximately $8.0 million of the $14.1 million outstanding of notes payable are fixed rate notes. Hence, at the end of 2003, approximately $25.1 million of our total debt outstanding was floating or variable. Should interest rates based on these borrowings increase by one percentage point, our estimated annual interest expense would increase by approximately $250,000 over the amounts reported for the year ended December 30, 2003.

        Many of the ingredients used in the products sold in our restaurants are commodities that are subject to unpredictable price volatility. Although we attempt to minimize the effect of price volatility by negotiating fixed price contracts for the supply of key ingredients, there are no established fixed price markets for certain commodities such as produce and cheese and we are subject to prevailing market conditions when purchasing those types of commodities. Other commodities are purchased based upon negotiated price ranges established with vendors with reference to the fluctuating market prices. The related agreements may contain contractual features that limit the price paid by establishing certain price floors and caps. We do not use financial instruments to hedge commodity prices because these purchase arrangements help control the ultimate cost paid. Extreme changes in commodity prices and/or long-term changes could affect our financial results adversely. We expect that in most cases increased commodity prices could be passed through to our consumers via increases in menu prices. However, if there is a time lag between the increasing commodity prices and our ability to increase menu prices or, if we believe the commodity price increase to be short in duration and we choose not to pass on the cost increases, our short-term financial results could be negatively affected. Additionally, from time to time, competitive circumstances could limit menu price flexibility, and in those cases margins would be negatively impacted by increased commodity prices.

        We are subject to business risk as our beef supply is highly dependent upon four vendors. We currently purchase most of our beef from one of the largest beef suppliers in the country. If this vendor was unable to fulfill its obligations under its contracts, we may encounter supply shortages and incur higher costs to secure adequate supplies, any of which would harm our business.

43



BUSINESS

General

        Texas Roadhouse is a growing, moderately priced, full-service restaurant chain. Our founder and chairman, W. Kent Taylor, started the business in 1993. Our mission statement is "Legendary Food, Legendary Service." Our operating strategy is designed to position each of our restaurants as the local hometown destination for a broad segment of consumers seeking high quality, affordable meals served with friendly, attentive service. As of December 30, 2003, 162 Texas Roadhouse restaurants were operating in 32 states. We owned and operated 87 restaurants in 24 states, and franchised and licensed an additional 75 restaurants in 18 states.

        Our primary focus is on serving "Legendary Food." Within each menu category, Texas Roadhouse restaurants offer a wide variety of high quality menu items at several price points, with the goal of fulfilling each guest's budget and value expectations. Our menu features a broad assortment of specially seasoned and aged steaks, hand-cut daily on the premises and cooked over open gas-fired grills. We also offer our guests a selection of fish, chicken and vegetable plates, and an assortment of hamburgers, salads and sandwiches. The majority of our entrees include two made-from-scratch side items, and we offer all our guests a free unlimited supply of roasted in-shell peanuts and made-from-scratch yeast rolls. While focusing primarily on dinner only and maintaining an attractive average per person guest check average of $13.53, average unit volumes for all company restaurants open for a full 18 months before the end of 2003 were $3.4 million.

        We are also committed to providing "Legendary Service." We staff each restaurant with an experienced management team to ensure the consistent delivery of both high quality food and guest service. We place particular emphasis on the friendly attitude and teamwork of our restaurant staff and on our restaurant managers' visibility and interaction with our staff and guests. In a high percentage of our restaurants, we limit our operating hours to dinner only during the weekdays to enable our managers and staff to have more energy and enthusiasm for serving guests during what are primarily single evening shifts.

        We believe the atmosphere we establish in our restaurants is a key component of driving repeat business. We create a fun, lively atmosphere with our rustic décor, outgoing, friendly service, jukeboxes which continuously play upbeat country hits, and in-house entertainment such as line dancing and birthday celebrations.

        We have successfully grown the total number of Texas Roadhouse company and franchise restaurants over the past five years from 67 restaurants in 1999 to 162 restaurants as of the end of 2003, representing a 24.7% compounded annual growth rate. Over the same period, our revenue increased from $71.0 million to $286.5 million and operating income from $7.1 million to $35.3 million, representing compounded annual growth rates of 41.7% and 49.3%, respectively. We believe that the broad appeal of our concept and our compelling restaurant model provide us with significant opportunities for continued profitable growth.

Restaurant Industry Overview

        According to the National Restaurant Association, or NRA, the restaurant industry represents approximately 4.0% of the United States' gross domestic product. The NRA forecasts that restaurant industry sales will continue to rise in 2004, reaching $440.1 billion. The NRA estimates that the industry today encompasses approximately 878,000 full-service restaurants, and this number is expected to grow to over 1.0 million by 2010.

        The NRA also estimates that:

44


        Technomic, Inc., a national consulting and research firm, forecasts sales at U.S. full-service restaurants, such as Texas Roadhouse, to grow at a compounded annual rate of 5.5% from 2002 through 2007, compared to forecasted compounded annual growth of 5.0% for the total U.S. restaurant industry for the same period. According to Technomic, the varied menu category within the full-service restaurant segment of the U.S. restaurant industry is projected to grow at an 8.5% compounded annual growth rate from 2002 through 2007. In 2002, the full-service steak segment accounted for 7.5% of sales within the full-service category and 3.8% of sales within the total restaurant industry. Technomic estimates that this segment will grow at a compounded annual rate of 7.0% from 2002 through 2007.

        Within the consumer food industry, studies show that there has been a steady shift away from the consumption of "food-at-home" towards the purchase of "food-away-from-home" over the past 50 years. According to the NRA, "food-away-from-home" is expected to represent in excess of 50.0% of all food purchases made by consumers by 2010.

        We believe that this growth in purchases of "food-away-from-home" is attributable to, among other things, the following demographic, economic and lifestyle trends:


        We believe these trends have contributed to an increased demand for full-service dining and that this demand will continue to increase.

Operating Strategy

        The operating strategy that underlies the growth of our concept is built on the following key components:

45


Unit Prototype and Economics

        We designed our prototype Texas Roadhouse to provide a relaxed atmosphere and maximize restaurant sales. The Texas Roadhouse prototypical restaurant consists of a freestanding building with approximately 6,300 to 6,900 square feet of space constructed on sites of approximately 1.7 to 2.0 acres, with seating at approximately 56 tables for a total of 239 guests, including 15 bar seats, and parking for approximately 150 automobiles. Our current prototype is adaptable to in-line locations.

        The total cash cost of developing the current prototype Texas Roadhouse restaurant in which we own the land is $2.5 to $3.0 million. This cost includes $600,000 to $1.0 million for land, $1.0 million to $1.1 million for building and site construction, approximately $630,000 for furniture, fixtures, signage and equipment, and approximately $240,000 for pre-opening costs. When we lease the land, the total cash cost of developing our prototype restaurant is between $1.9 million and $2.1 million. As of December 30, 2003, we owned 43 properties and leased 44 properties. Our 2004 development plan includes both the purchase and lease of real property.

        Our average unit volume for 2003 was $3.4 million and our restaurant operating margin as a percent of restaurant sales was 20.1%. Our rent expense as a percent of restaurant sales was 2.1%. The time required for a new restaurant to reach a steady level of cash flow is approximately three to six months.

46



Growth Strategy

        Our long-term strategies with respect to increasing net income and net income per share include the following:

        Expanding Our Restaurant Base.     We target mid-sized trade areas that we believe include significant opportunities for potential guests because of population size, income levels, and the presence of shopping, entertainment centers and a significant employment base. We also target smaller markets where we believe the appeal of our concept, together with fewer competing casual dining restaurants, provides an attractive opportunity for success. We continually evaluate our market selection criteria and alter them when necessary to reflect new data acquired in conjunction with executing our growth strategy. We expect that approximately three-quarters of our growth in the next several years will be in markets where we have an existing market partner. The remainder will be in markets where we have yet to hire a market partner. Each year, for the next several years, we expect to hire one or two additional market partners. We typically develop one to two restaurants during the first year of a new market partner's employment with us.

        In 2004, we plan to open 15 to 17 additional company restaurants. All but two of these will be in markets where we have an existing market partner. We have either begun construction or have sites currently under contract for purchase or lease for all of these restaurants.

        We may, at our discretion, add franchise stores primarily with franchisees who have demonstrated prior success with the Texas Roadhouse or other restaurant concepts and in markets in which the franchisee demonstrates superior knowledge of the demographics and restaurant operating conditions. We believe that our concept and brand can support as many as 600 additional company or franchise restaurants throughout the United States.

        Improving Restaurant Operating Margin.     We plan to increase restaurant operating margin through a combination of increased comparable store sales and operating cost management.

        Leveraging Our Scalable Infrastructure.     Over the past several years, we have made significant investments in our infrastructure, including information systems, marketing, and operations. As a result, we believe that our general and administrative costs will increase at a slower rate than revenue growth.

Site Selection

        We continue to develop and refine our site selection process. In analyzing each prospective site, management devotes significant time and resources to the evaluation of local market demographics, population density, household income levels and site-specific characteristics such as visibility, accessibility, traffic generators, proximity of other retail activities, traffic counts and parking. Our management works actively with real estate brokers in target markets to select high quality sites and to maintain and regularly update our database of potential sites. Management typically requires three to nine months to locate, approve and control a restaurant site and typically three to ten additional months to obtain necessary permits. Upon receipt of permits, it requires approximately four months to construct, equip and open a restaurant.

47



Existing Restaurant Locations

        As of December 30, 2003, we had 87 company restaurants and 75 franchise restaurants in 32 states as shown in the chart below.

 
  Number of Restaurants
 
  Company
  Franchise
  Total
Arizona   3     3
California     1   1
Colorado   7   2   9
Delaware   1     1
Florida   1   4   5
Georgia     6   6
Idaho   2     2
Illinois   4     4
Indiana   3   14   17
Iowa   3     3
Kansas   1     1
Kentucky   4   4   8
Louisiana   2     2
Maryland     4   4
Massachusetts   3   1   4
Michigan   4   2   6
Missouri     1   1
Montana     1   1
New Hampshire   1     1
New York   1     1
North Carolina   7     7
Ohio   4   11   15
Oklahoma   3     3
Pennsylvania   5   4   9
South Carolina     6   6
Tennessee     8   8
Texas   21   3   24
Utah   1     1
Virginia   3     3
West Virginia     2   2
Wisconsin   2   1   3
Wyoming   1     1
   
 
 
Total   87   75   162
   
 
 

Food

        Menu.     Texas Roadhouse restaurants offer a wide variety of menu items at attractive prices that are designed to appeal to a broad range of consumer tastes. Our dinner entrée prices range from $6.99 to $17.99. We offer a broad assortment of specially seasoned and aged steaks, including 6 and 8 oz. Filets; 6, 8, 11 and 16 oz. Sirloins; and 10 and 12 oz. Rib-eyes, hand-cut daily on the premises and cooked over open gas-fired grills. We also offer our guests a selection of fish, chicken and vegetable plates, and an assortment of hamburgers, salads and sandwiches. Most entrée prices include made-from-scratch yeast rolls and two of the following made from scratch sides: baked potato, sweet potato, steak fries, mashed potatoes, house or Caesar salad, green beans, chili, seasoned rice, baked beans and steamed vegetables. Our menu allows guests to customize their meals by ordering steaks that

48


are "smothered" either in cheese, onions, gravy or mushrooms and baked potatoes "loaded" with cheese and bacon. Other menu items include specialty appetizers such as the "Cactus Blossom," "Rib Appetizer," and "Chicken Critters" (chicken tenders). We also provide a "12 & Under" menu for children that includes a sirloin steak, Chicken Critters, cheeseburger, hot dog and macaroni and cheese, all served with a beverage for under $4.00.

        Almost all of our restaurants feature a full bar which offers an extensive selection of draft and bottled beer. Managing partners are encouraged to tailor their beer selection to include regional brands and microbrews. We serve a selection of major brands of liquor and wine, as well as frozen margaritas. Alcoholic beverages accounted for 12.4% of restaurant sales at Texas Roadhouse in 2003.

        We have maintained a consistent menu over time, with a selection of approximately 60 menu items. We continually review our menu to consider enhancements to existing menu items or the introduction of new items. We change our menu only after guest feedback and an extensive study of the operational and economic implications. To maintain our "Legendary Food and Legendary Service," we generally remove one menu item for every new menu item introduced, so as to facilitate our ability to execute high quality meals on a focused range of menu items.

        Food Quality.     We are committed to serving a varied menu of high-quality, great tasting food items, with an emphasis on freshness. We have developed proprietary recipes to ensure consistency in quality and taste throughout all restaurants and provide a unique flavor experience to our guests. At each restaurant, a fully trained meat cutter hand cuts our steaks and other restaurant team members prepare all side items and yeast rolls from scratch in the restaurants daily. We assign individual kitchen employees to the preparation of designated food items in order to focus on quality, consistency, and speed. Additionally, every entrée is inspected by a manager before it leaves the kitchen to ensure it matches the guest's order and meets our standards for quality, appearance and presentation.

        We employ a team of product coaches whose sole function is to provide continual, hands-on training and education to the kitchen staffs in all Texas Roadhouse restaurants for the purpose of assuring uniform adherence to recipes, food preparation procedures, food safety standards, food appearance, freshness and portion size. The team currently consists of 20 product coaches, each handling an average of nine restaurants. We expect to maintain a comparable ratio of product coaches to restaurants as we continue to grow.

        Purchasing.     Our purchasing philosophy is designed to consistently supply fresh, quality products to the restaurants at competitive prices while maximizing operating efficiencies. We negotiate directly with suppliers for substantially all food and beverage products to ensure consistent quality and freshness and obtain competitive prices. Certain products, such as dairy products and selected produce, are purchased locally to assure freshness.

        Food and supplies are ordered by, and shipped directly to, the restaurants, as we do not maintain a central product warehouse or commissary. We strive to qualify more than one supplier for all key food items and believe that beef of comparable quality as well as all other essential food and beverage products are available, upon short notice, from alternative qualified suppliers.

        Food Safety.     Food safety is of utmost importance to Texas Roadhouse. We currently employ several programs to ensure adherence to proper food preparation procedures and food safety standards. Texas Roadhouse has an established Quality Assurance department whose function is to develop, enforce and maintain programs designed to ensure strict adherence to food safety guidelines. Where required, all food items purchased from qualified vendors have been inspected by reputable, outside inspection services confirming that the vendor is compliant with FDA and USDA guidelines.

        Each product coach is required to perform a sanitation audit on two stores each month and send the results to our Quality Assurance department for review. Furthermore, though it is typically required for food manufactures and not for restaurants, Texas Roadhouse has developed a HAACP (Hazard Analysis and Critical Points) plan which specifies food handling and sanitation procedures for all menu

49



items. To reinforce the importance of food safety, all HAACP points are printed in bold type on each recipe.

Service

        Guest Satisfaction.     We are committed to providing our guests with prompt, friendly, efficient service, keeping table-to-server ratios low and staffing each restaurant with an experienced management team to ensure attentive guest service and consistent food quality. Through the use of guest surveys, our website "texasroadhouse.com," a toll-free guest response telephone line and personal interaction in the restaurant, we receive valuable feedback from guests and, through prompt responses, demonstrate a continuing dedication to guest satisfaction. Additionally, we employ an outside service to administer a "Secret Shopper" program whereby trained individuals periodically dine and comprehensively evaluate the guest experience at each of our restaurants. Particular attention is given to food and service quality, cleanliness, staff attitude and teamwork, and manager visibility and interaction. The resulting reports are used for follow up training feedback to both staff and management.

        Atmosphere.     The fun and lively atmosphere of Texas Roadhouse restaurants is intended to appeal to broad segments of the population, children and adults, families, couples, single adults and business persons. Substantially all Texas Roadhouse restaurants are of our prototype design, reflecting a rustic southwestern lodge atmosphere, featuring an exterior of rough-hewn cedar siding and corrugated metal. The interiors feature pine floors and are decorated with hand-painted murals, neon signs, southwestern prints and rugs and artifacts. The restaurants contain jukeboxes which continuously play upbeat country hits. Guests may also view a display-cooking grill and a meat cooler displaying fresh cut steaks, and may wait for seating in either a spacious, comfortable waiting area or a southwestern style bar. While waiting for a table, guests can enjoy complimentary roasted in-shell peanuts and watch as cooks prepare steaks and other entrees on the gas-fired grills. Immediately upon being seated at a table, guests can enjoy made-from-scratch yeast rolls along with the peanuts. We place particular emphasis on the friendly attitude and teamwork of our restaurant staff and we encourage our managers to promote in-house entertainment such as line dancing and birthday celebrations.

People

        Management and Employees.     Each of our restaurants has one managing partner, one kitchen manager and one service manager, and in some cases an additional assistant manager. The managing partner of each restaurant has primary responsibility for the day-to-day operations of the entire restaurant and is responsible for maintaining the standards of quality and performance established by us. We use market partners to supervise the operation of our restaurants including the continuing development of each restaurant's management team. Through regular visits to the restaurants, the market partners ensure adherence to all aspects of our concept, strategy and standards of quality. To further assure adherence to our standards of quality and to achieve uniform execution throughout the system, we employ product coaches who regularly visit the restaurants to assist in training of both new and existing employees and to grade food quality. The attentive service and high quality food, which results from each restaurant having a managing partner, two to three managers and the hands-on assistance of a product coach, are critical to our success.

        Training and Development.     All restaurant employees are required to complete varying degrees of training before and during employment. Our detailed training program emphasizes our operating strategy, procedures and standards and is conducted individually at Texas Roadhouse restaurants and in groups in Louisville, Kentucky.

        All managing and market partners are required to have significant experience in the full-service restaurant industry and are generally hired six to twelve months before their placement in a new or existing restaurant to allow time to fully train in all aspects of restaurant operations. All managing partners are required to complete a comprehensive 16-week training course, which includes training for every position in the restaurant. Other management team members, including kitchen and service

50



managers, are required to complete a similar, slightly shorter course. All trainees are validated at pre-determined points in training by either a product coach or a training manager.

        A number of our restaurants have been certified as training centers by our training department. This certification confirms that the training center adheres to established operating procedures and guidelines. Additionally, each restaurant is staffed with training coordinators responsible for ongoing daily training needs.

        For new restaurant openings, a full team of designated trainers, each specializing in a specific restaurant position, is deployed to the restaurant at least ten days before opening. Formal employee training begins seven days before opening, and follows a uniform, comprehensive training course as directed by a training manager.

Marketing

        Our marketing strategy aims to promote the Texas Roadhouse brand, while retaining a localized focus, to:

        We accomplish these objectives through three major initiatives.

        In-Restaurant Marketing.     A significant portion of our marketing fund is spent in communicating with our guests while they are in our restaurants through point of purchase materials. We believe special promotions such as Valentine's Day and Mother's Day, as well as our annual "Rib Fest," drive significant repeat business. In addition, our mascot, Andy Armadillo, provides our guests with a familiar and easily identifiable face.

        Local Restaurant Area Marketing.     Given our strategy to be a neighborhood destination, local area marketing is integral in developing brand awareness in each market . We allocate roughly 50% of all marketing dollars for local restaurant area marketing. To enhance our visibility in new markets, we deliver free food to local businesses in connection with new store openings. Managing partners are encouraged to participate in creative community-based marketing, such as hosting local radio or television programs. We also engage in a variety of promotional activities, such as contributing time, money and complimentary meals to charitable, civic and cultural programs. For instance, our involvement with the Special Olympics, a local Little League baseball team, a local church or the Armed Forces, shows our "Legendary Care, Concern and Support" for our communities. We leverage the corresponding recognition in our public relations and marketing efforts to communicate our corporate values and mission statement to our guests. We employ marketing coordinators at the restaurant and market level to develop and execute the majority of the local marketing strategies.

        Advertising.     Although our restaurant concept is not media driven, to build brand awareness we spend a limited amount of our marketing dollars on various advertising channels, including billboard, print, radio and television. These advertisements are designed to reflect "Legendary Food, Legendary Service," as well as our fun and welcoming restaurant environment.

Restaurant Franchise Arrangements

        Franchise Restaurants.     As of December 30, 2003, we had 19 franchisees that operated 75 restaurants in 18 states. Franchise rights are granted for specific restaurants and we do not grant any rights to develop a territory. Approximately 70% of our franchise restaurants are operated by seven franchisees. No franchisee operates more than 10 restaurants. In 2003, 10 franchise restaurants were opened and we expect 12 to 14 franchise restaurants to open in 2004.

51


        Our standard franchise agreement has a term of 10 years with two renewal options for an additional five years each if certain conditions are satisfied. Our current form of franchise agreement requires the franchisee to pay a royalty fee of 4.0% of gross restaurant sales. The royalty fee varies depending on when the agreements were entered into and range from 2.0% of gross sales to the current 4.0% fee. "Gross sales" means the total selling price of all services and products related to the restaurant. Gross sales do not include:

        Franchisees are required to spend a minimum of 2.0% of their restaurant's gross sales on local advertising or promotional activities. Franchisees are required to pay 0.3% of gross sales to a national advertising and marketing fund for the development of advertising materials, system-wide promotions and related marketing efforts, which amount is credited against the local advertising spending requirement. We have the ability under our agreements to increase the required national advertising and marketing fund contribution up to 2.5% of gross sales. We may also charge a marketing fee of 0.5% of gross sales which we may use for market research and to develop system-wide promotional and advertising materials. A franchisee's total required advertising contribution or spending will not be more than 3.0% of gross sales.

        Our standard franchise agreement gives us the right, but not the obligation, to compel a franchisee to transfer its assets to us in exchange for shares of our stock, or to convert its equity interests into shares of our stock. The amount of shares that a franchisee would receive is based on a formula which is included in the franchise agreement.

        Franchise Compliance Assurance.     We have instituted a comprehensive system to ensure the selection of quality franchisees and compliance with our systems and standards, both during the development and operating of franchise restaurants. After a preliminary franchise agreement is signed, we actively work with and monitor our franchisees to ensure successful franchise operations as well as compliance with the Texas Roadhouse standards and procedures. During the restaurant development phase, we approve the selection of restaurant sites and make available copies of our prototype building plans to franchisees. During construction, we review the building for compliance with our standards. We provide training to the managing partner and up to three other managers of a franchisee's first restaurant. We also provide trainers for a period of 12 to 15 days to assist in the opening of every franchise restaurant. Finally, on an ongoing basis, we conduct reviews on all franchise restaurants to determine their level of effectiveness in executing our concept at a variety of operational levels. Our franchisees are required to follow the same standards and procedures regarding equipment, food purchases and food preparation as we maintain in our company restaurants. Reviews are conducted by seasoned operations teams, and focus on key areas including health, safety and execution proficiency.

        To continuously improve our communications with franchisees and the consistency of the brand, we maintain a business development council which includes representatives of our franchisees. The council's functions are advisory. Its members review and comment on proposed advertising campaigns and materials and budget expenditures. In addition, several times each year we solicit feedback and insights on specific topics from the broad group of franchisees and then get together with them to discuss and share their insights. These gatherings are an effort to attain a high level of franchisee participation and to assure the system is evolving in a positive direction through the exchange of best practices.

        Management Services.     We provide management services to seven of the franchise restaurants in which we or our founder have an ownership interest. Such management services include accounting, operational supervision, human resources, training, and food, beverage and equipment consulting for which we receive monthly fees of up to 2.5% of gross sales. We also make available to these

52



restaurants certain legal services through outside sources on a pass-through cost basis. We also provide restaurant employees on a pass-through cost basis to three franchise restaurants in which we have an ownership interest. In addition, we receive a monthly fee of $1,250 from three franchise restaurants for providing payroll and accounting services.

Management Information Systems and Restaurant Reporting

        All of our company restaurants use computerized management information systems, which are designed to improve operating efficiencies, provide restaurant and Support Center management with timely access to financial and operating data and reduce administrative time and expense. With our current information systems, we have the ability to generate reports showing weekly and period-to-date numbers on a company-wide, regional or individual restaurant basis. Together, this enables us to closely monitor sales, food and beverage costs and labor and operating expenses at each of our restaurants. We have created reports that provide comparative information that enables both restaurant and Support Center management to supervise the financial and operational performance of our restaurants and to recognize and understand trends in the business. Our accounting department prepares monthly profit and loss statements, which provide a detailed analysis of sales and costs, and which are compared both to the restaurant-prepared reports and to prior periods. We have implemented satellite technology at the restaurant level, which serves as a communication link between the restaurants and our Support Center as well as our credit and gift card processor. We are in the process of implementing technology that will interface every restaurant management information system with the management information systems at our Support Center. When these improvements are in place, restaurant level data will automatically be posted and compiled into our Support Center accounting and other information systems. We believe our management information systems are and will continue to be scalable to support our restaurant expansion plans.

Competition

        Competition in the restaurant industry is intense. Texas Roadhouse restaurants compete with mid-priced, full-service, casual dining restaurants primarily on the basis of taste, quality and price of the food offered, service, atmosphere, location and overall dining experience. Our competitors include a large and diverse group of restaurants that range from independent local operators to well-capitalized national restaurant chains. We believe that the Texas Roadhouse dining experience which combines our "Legendary Food and Legendary Service" at various attractive pricing points, in a lively, fun and comfortable atmosphere positions us well in our target markets. Although we believe that we compete favorably with respect to each of the above factors, other restaurants operate with concepts that compete for the same casual dining guests as we do, with the number of casual dining restaurants emphasizing steaks increasing in recent years. We also compete with other restaurants and retail establishments for quality site locations and restaurant-level employees.

Properties

        Our Support Center is located in Louisville, Kentucky. We occupy this facility under a lease with Paragon Centre Holdings, LLC, a limited liability company in which we have a minority ownership position. We currently lease 34,055 square feet. Our lease expires on March 31, 2014. We have rights to expand our leased space as additional space in the building becomes available. We have an option to renew the lease for an additional five years. Of the 87 company restaurants in operation as of December 30, 2003, 43 locations are owned and 44 are leased.

Employees

        As of December 30, 2003, the Company employed approximately 9,700 people, of whom 163 were executive and administrative personnel, 395 were restaurant management personnel and the remainder were hourly restaurant personnel. Many of our hourly restaurant employees work part-time. None of our employees are covered by a collective bargaining agreement.

53



Trademarks

        Our registered trademarks and service marks include, among others, the marks "Texas Roadhouse®" and our stylized logo set forth on the front and back pages of this prospectus. We have registered all of our marks with the United States Patent and Trademark Office. We have registered or have registrations pending for our most significant trademarks and service marks in ten foreign jurisdictions including the European Union. To better protect our brand, we have also registered the Internet domain name "www.texasroadhouse.com." We believe that our trademarks, service marks, and other proprietary rights have significant value and are important to our brand-building efforts and the marketing of our restaurant concepts.

Government Regulation

        We are subject to a variety of federal, state and local laws. Each of our restaurants is subject to permitting, licensing and regulation by a number of government authorities, relating to alcoholic beverage control, health, safety, sanitation, building and fire codes, and to compliance with the applicable zoning, land use and environmental laws and regulations. Difficulties in obtaining or failure to obtain required licenses or approvals could delay or prevent the development of a new restaurant in a particular area.

        In 2003, 12.4% of our restaurant sales were attributable to the sale of alcoholic beverages. Alcoholic beverage control regulations require each of our restaurants to apply to a state authority and, in certain locations, county or municipal authorities for a license which must be renewed annually and may be revoked or suspended for cause at any time. Alcoholic beverage control regulations affect numerous aspects of restaurant operations, including minimum age of patrons and employees, hours of operation, advertising, wholesale purchasing, inventory control and handling, storage and dispensing of alcoholic beverages.

        The failure of a restaurant to obtain or retain liquor or food service licenses would have a material adverse effect on the restaurant's operations. To reduce this risk, each company restaurant is operated in accordance with procedures intended to assure compliance with applicable codes and regulations.

        We are subject in certain states to "dram shop" statutes, which generally provide a person injured by an intoxicated person the right to recover damages from an establishment that wrongfully served alcoholic beverages to the intoxicated person. We carry liquor liability coverage as part of our existing $1.0 million comprehensive general liability insurance, as well an excess umbrella coverage of $50.0 million per occurrence, with no deductible.

        Our restaurant operations are also subject to federal and state laws governing such matters as the minimum hourly wage, unemployment tax rates, sales tax and similar matters, over which we have no control. Significant numbers of our service, food preparation and other personnel are paid at rates related to the federal minimum wage (which currently is $5.15 per hour), and further increases in the minimum wage could increase our labor costs.

Litigation

        Occasionally, we are a defendant in litigation arising in the ordinary course of our business, including claims resulting from "slip and fall" accidents, employment related claims and claims from guests or employees alleging illness, injury or other food quality, health or operational concerns. None of these types of litigation, most of which are covered by insurance, has had a material effect on us, and as of the date of this prospectus, we are not a party to any litigation which we believe would have a material adverse effect on our business.

54



MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

        Set forth below are the name, age, position and a brief account of the business experience of each of our executive officers and director as of the date of this prospectus:

Name

  Age
  Position
W. Kent Taylor   48   Chairman of the Company and Board
G. J. Hart   46   Chief Executive Officer
Steven L. Ortiz   46   Chief Operating Officer
Scott M. Colosi   39   Chief Financial Officer
Sheila C. Brown   51   General Counsel, Corporate Secretary

         W. Kent Taylor.   Mr. Taylor is our founder and, since 2000, Chief Executive Officer. Upon the completion of the offering, Mr. Taylor will become Chairman of the Company and Board. Before his founding of our concept, Mr. Taylor founded and co-owned Buckhead Bar and Grill in Louisville, Kentucky. Mr. Taylor has over 20 years of experience in the restaurant industry.

         G. J. Hart .  Mr. Hart has served as our President since May 15, 2000. Upon the completion of the offering, Mr. Hart will become Chief Executive Officer. From October 1995 until May 2000, Mr. Hart was President of Al Copeland Investments in Metairie, Louisiana, a privately held business consisting of 26 operating companies including four restaurant concepts, hotels, gaming, entertainment and food processing operations. From June 1991 to September 1995, Mr. Hart was President of TriFoods International, Inc., a producer of prepared food products. Mr. Hart has over 25 years of experience in the food industry.

         Steven L. Ortiz .  Mr. Ortiz has served as our Executive Vice President of Operations since May 2001. Upon the completion of the offering, Mr. Ortiz will become Chief Operating Officer. Mr. Ortiz joined our company in 1996 as a Market Partner in which capacity he was responsible for developing and starting new Texas Roadhouse restaurants in Texas. From 1982 to 1996, Mr. Ortiz was employed by Bennigan's Restaurants in various capacities, including General Manager, Area Director and Regional Vice President. Mr. Ortiz has over 20 years of experience in the restaurant industry.

         Scott M. Colosi .  Mr. Colosi has served as our Chief Financial Officer since September 2002. From 1992 until September 2002, Mr. Colosi was employed by YUM! Brands, Inc., owner of the KFC, Pizza Hut, and Taco Bell brands. During this time, Mr. Colosi served in various financial positions and, immediately prior to joining us, was Director of Investor Relations. Mr. Colosi has 17 years of experience in the restaurant industry.

         Sheila C. Brown .  Ms. Brown has served as our General Counsel and Secretary since November 2001. From August 2000 to November 2001, Ms. Brown was our Director of Property Acquisition and, from September 1998 to August 2000, Development Coordinator, in which capacity Ms. Brown was responsible for our real estate development activities. Ms. Brown has over 20 years of experience in the restaurant industry.

Board Composition

        Upon the completion of this offering, our bylaws will provide for a board of directors consisting of not less than two nor more than 15 members. W. Kent Taylor is currently our sole director. We are currently in discussions with potential candidates for membership on our board of directors, and we expect to have a board consisting of five members upon the closing of this offering. Our board will be divided into three classes, each serving staggered three-year terms.

55


        As a result, only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective terms. Each officer is elected by the board of directors and serves at its discretion.

        Because of Mr. Taylor's controlling ownership position that results from his holdings of Class B common stock, we will not be subject to the director independence requirements applicable to most Nasdaq National Market companies following the completion of this offering. However, the majority of our directors will be independent.

Board Committees

        After the offering, we anticipate that our board of directors will establish standing committees in connection with the discharge of its responsibilities. These committees will include an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and governance committee. The board of directors will also establish such other committees as it deems appropriate, in accordance with applicable law and regulation and our articles of incorporation and bylaws.

        Audit Committee.     Our board of directors will establish an audit committee that will assist our board in monitoring the integrity of the financial statements, the independent auditor's qualifications and independence, the performance of our internal audit function and independent auditors and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements. We will comply with the Nasdaq National Market's independent director and audit committee composition requirements.

        Compensation Committee.     We expect that members of the compensation committee will be appointed promptly following the completion of this offering. All of the members of the compensation committee will be independent, as determined in accordance with the terms of the Nasdaq National Market and any relevant federal securities laws and regulations. The compensation committee will have overall responsibility for evaluating and approving our executive officer incentive compensation, benefit, severance, equity-based or other compensation plans, policies and programs. The compensation committee will also be responsible for producing an annual report on executive compensation for inclusion in our proxy statement.

        Nominating and Governance Committee.     We expect that the members of the nominating and governance committee will be appointed promptly following the completion of this offering. All of the members of the nominating and governance committee will be independent, as determined in accordance with the rules of the Nasdaq National Market and any relevant federal securities laws and regulations. The nominating and governance committee will assist our board of directors in promoting our best interests and the best interests of our shareholders through the implementation of sound corporate governance principles and practices. In furtherance of this purpose, the nominating and governance committee will identify individuals qualified to become board members and recommend to our board of directors the director nominees for the next annual meeting of shareholders. It will also review the qualifications and independence of the members of our board of directors and its various committees on a regular basis and make any recommendations the committee members may deem appropriate from time to time concerning any recommended changes in the composition of our board.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

        Upon completion of this offering, none of our executive officers will serve on the compensation committee or board of directors of any other company of which any of the members of our compensation committee or any of our directors is an executive officer. While serving as one of our officers, Mr. Taylor will not serve as a member of our compensation committee.

56



Limitation of Liability and Indemnification

        Our certificate of incorporation limits the liability of directors to the maximum extent permitted by Delaware law. Specifically, a director will not be personally liable for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except liability for:

    any breach of their duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

    acts of omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

    unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions; or

    any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

        The limitation of liability does not apply to liabilities arising under the federal securities laws and does not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission.

        Our certificate of incorporation provides that we will indemnify our directors and officers and may indemnify our employees and other agents to the fullest extent permitted by law. We believe that indemnification under our certificate of incorporation covers at least negligence and gross negligence on the part of indemnified parties. Our certificate of incorporation also permits us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in his or her capacity as an officer, director, employee or other agent.

        The limited liability and indemnification provisions in our certificate of incorporation may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors for breach of their fiduciary duty and may reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though a derivative action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our stockholders. A stockholder's investment in us may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement or damage awards against our directors and officers under these indemnification provisions.

        At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any director, officer or employee in which indemnification is sought, nor are we aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

        Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted for directors, officers and controlling persons of us pursuant to the foregoing provisions or otherwise, we have been informed that, in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable.

Compensation of Independent Directors

        During the time we operated as a limited liability company, none of the members of our board of advisors received any compensation for serving on our board of advisors until October, 2003, at which time, non-employee members began receiving $1,000 for each board meeting attended. Following the completion of this offering, directors of our company who are also employees of Texas Roadhouse will not receive any additional compensation for serving on the board of directors or any of its committees.

        Non-employee directors will each receive an annual fee of $            for service on the board of directors. In addition, each non-employee director will be paid $            for each board of directors meeting they attend. Each non-employee director will also receive an option to purchase    shares of our Class A common stock upon the later to occur of their initial appointment or election to our board of directors or the completion of this offering and, on an annual basis, each non-employee director will receive an additional option to purchase    shares of Class A common stock. The per share exercise

57



price of all of the options granted to our non-employee directors will be equal to the fair market value per share on the date the option is granted.

        Non-employee directors who serve on our audit or other committees will receive cash compensation in addition to the compensation they receive for service on our board of directors. All members of our audit committee, other than the chairperson, will receive $            per year for service on the committee. The chairperson will receive $            per year. All audit committee members will also receive an additional $            for each audit committee meeting they attend.

        All members of any other committee of our board of directors, other than the chairperson of a committee, will receive $            per year for each committee on which they serve. The chairperson of each other committee will receive $            per year. All other committee members will also receive an additional $            for each committee meeting they attend.

Executive Compensation

        The compensation of our executive officers is currently determined by our board of directors and, after completion of this offering, will be determined by the compensation committee we will establish after the completion of this offering. In determining compensation levels, the compensation committee will consider the executive officers' performance, the market compensation level for comparable positions, our performance goals and objectives and other relevant information. In addition, we intend to compensate our executive officers and key employees with stock options or other types of equity incentives. Please see "Employee Plans—2004 Equity Incentive Plan" for a description of the plan under which these options may be granted.

        The following table sets forth the total compensation paid or accrued during the year ended December 30, 2003 for W. Kent Taylor, our Chief Executive Officer during such year, and each of our four other most highly compensated executive officers whose combined salary and bonus exceeded $100,000 during the periods noted below for services rendered to us in all capacities. In this prospectus we may refer to these officers, together with the Chief Executive Officer, as our "named executive officers." In accordance with the rules of the SEC, the compensation described in this table does not include (a) medical, group life insurance or other benefits received by the named executive officers that are available generally to all of our salaried employees, or (b) perquisites and other personal benefits received by the named executive officers that do not exceed the lesser of $50,000 or 10% of the officer's salary and bonus disclosed in this table.

58




Summary Compensation Table

 
   
   
   
   
  Long-term
Compensation
Awards

   
 
  Annual Compensation
   
   
Name and Principal Position

  Other Annual
Compensation
($)

  All Other
Compensation
($)

  Year
  Salary ($)
  Bonus ($)
  Options (#)
W. Kent Taylor
Chief Executive Officer
  2003          

G.J. Hart
President

 

2003

 

338,679

 

127,975

 


 


 


Steven L. Ortiz
Executive Vice President
of Operations

 

2003

 


 

174,858

 

100,000

(1)

 

 


Scott M. Colosi
Chief Financial Officer

 

2003

 

179,615

 

80,725

 


 


 


Sheila C. Brown
General Counsel, Corporate Secretary

 

2003

 

93,269

 

29,575

 


 

 

 


(1)
Mr. Ortiz received payments of $100,000 in 2003 for restaurant management fees.

Option Grants in Last Fiscal Year

        The following table sets forth information concerning the stock option grants made to our named executive officers during 2003. The exercise price per share for the options was equal to the fair market value of the common stock as of the grant date as determined by an independent appraiser. The options expire on the tenth anniversary of the grant date. Potential realizable value is calculated net of exercise prices and before taxes based on the assumption that our common stock appreciates at the annual rate shown, compounded annually, from the date of grant until the expiration of the option term. The potential realizable value is calculated based on the requirements of the SEC and does not reflect our estimate of future stock price growth. Actual gains, if any, on stock option exercises will depend on the future performance of our common stock and the date on which the options are exercised. We have prepared this table as if our reorganization had already occurred at the time that the option grants were made.

59


 
  Individual Grants
   
   
 
  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Options
Granted
(#)

   
   
   
  Potential Realizable
Value at Assumed
Annual Rate of Stock Price Appreciation
For Option Term

 
  Percent of
Total Options
Granted
to Employees
in 2003

   
   
 
  Exercise
Price
per
Share

   
Name

  Expiration
Date

  5% ($)
  10% ($)
W. Kent Taylor                        

G.J. Hart

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Steven L. Ortiz

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Scott M. Colosi

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sheila C. Brown

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Aggregated Option Exercises in Last Fiscal Year and Fiscal Year-End Option Values

        The following table sets forth information regarding exercisable and unexercisable stock options held as of December 30, 2003 by each of the named executive officers. The value of unexercised in-the-money option represents the total gain which would be realized if all in-the-money options held at December 30, 2003 were exercised, determined by multiplying the number of shares underlying the options by the difference between the per share fair market value of our shares as of December 30, 2003, as determined by our board, and the per share option exercise price. An option is in-the-money if the fair market value of the underlying shares exceeds the exercise price of the option. We have prepared this table as if our reorganization had already occurred at the time that the option grants were made.

Name

  Shares Acquired
on Exercise (#)

  Value
Realized ($)(1)

  Number of Securities
Underlying Unexercised
Options at
December 30, 2003 (#)
Exercisable/Unexercisable

  Value of Unexercised In-The-Money Options as of December 30, 2003 ($)
Exercisable/Unexercisable

W. Kent Taylor                

G. J. Hart

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Steven L. Ortiz

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Scott M. Colosi

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sheila C. Brown

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)
The value realized is the difference between the fair market value of the shares on the exercise date, as determined by our board, and the exercise price of the shares.

Employment Agreements

        In May 2004, we entered into employment agreements with each of W. Kent Taylor, G. J. Hart, Steven L. Ortiz, Scott M. Colosi and Sheila C. Brown, each of which commences upon the completion of this offering and continues until the end of the twelfth full fiscal quarter thereafter. Each officer has agreed not to compete with us during the term of his employment and for a period of two years following his termination of employment.

60



        Pursuant to the terms of Mr. Taylor's Employment Agreement, Mr. Taylor will serve as our Chairman and receive, among other things: (1) an annual base salary of $300,000, and (2) an annual performance bonus of up to $200,000.

        Pursuant to the terms of Mr. Hart's Employment Agreement, Mr. Hart will serve as our Chief Executive Officer and receive, among other things: (1) an annual base salary of $500,000, (2) an annual performance bonus of up to $300,000 and (3) options under our 2004 Equity Incentive Plan to purchase an aggregate of            shares of our Class A common stock.

        Pursuant to the terms of Mr. Ortiz' Employment Agreement, Mr. Ortiz will serve as our Chief Operating Officer and receive, among other things: (1) an annual base salary of $400,000, (2) an annual performance bonus of up to $200,000 and (3) options under our 2004 Equity Incentive Plan to purchase an aggregate of            shares of our Class A common stock.

        Pursuant to the terms of Mr. Colosi's Employment Agreement, Mr. Colosi will serve as our Chief Financial Officer and receive, among other things: (1) an initial annual base salary of $210,000, (2) an annual performance bonus of up to $115,000 and (3) options under our 2004 Equity Incentive Plan to purchase an aggregate of              shares of our Class A common stock.

        Pursuant to the terms of Ms. Brown's Employment Agreement, Ms. Brown will serve as our General Counsel, Corporate Secretary and receive, among other things: (1) an initial annual base salary of $120,000, (2) an annual performance bonus of up to $40,000 and (3) options under our 2004 Equity Incentive Plan to purchase an aggregate of              shares of our Class A common stock.

        No severance will be paid to Mr. Taylor, Mr. Hart or Mr. Ortiz upon termination of employment. If we terminate Mr. Colosi's or Ms. Brown's employment without cause before the end of the term, and if Mr. Colosi or Ms. Brown signs a release of all claims against us, we will pay a severance payment equal to the officer's then current base salary for a period of 90 days in addition to 25% of the performance bonus earned by the officer during the last four full fiscal quarters of employment with us, which payment will be prorated (for the number of days remaining in the quarter) if the termination occurs during the last fiscal quarter of the term.

Employee Plans

        Our board of directors adopted our 2004 Equity Incentive Plan in May 2004, and our stockholders approved it in May 2004, to be effective upon the completion of the offering. The incentive plan is an amendment and restatement of our Texas Roadhouse Management Corp. Stock Option Plan.

        Administration.     The board of directors administers the incentive plan unless it delegates administration to a committee. The board of directors has the authority to construe, interpret and amend the incentive plan as well as to determine:

        Share Reserve.     We have reserved a total of            shares of our Class A common stock for issuance under the incentive plan. On January 1 of each year during the term of the plan, beginning on January 1, 2005 through and including January 1, 2014, the number of shares in the reserve automatically will be increased by the lesser of:

61


        However, the automatic increase is subject to reduction by the board of directors. If the recipient of a stock award does not purchase the shares subject to his or her stock award before the stock award expires or otherwise terminates, the shares that are not purchased again become available for issuance under the incentive plan.

        Eligibility and Types of Awards.     The board of directors may grant incentive stock options that qualify under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code to our employees and to the employees of our affiliates. The board of directors may also grant non-statutory stock options, stock bonuses and rights to acquire restricted stock to our employees, directors and consultants as well as to the employees, directors and consultants of our affiliates.

        Section 162(m).     Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, among other things, denies a deduction to publicly held corporations for compensation paid to the Chief Executive Officer and the four highest compensated officers in a taxable year to the extent that the compensation for each officer exceeds $1.0 million. When we become subject to Section 162(m), in order to prevent options granted under the incentive plan from being included in compensation, the board of directors may not grant options under the incentive plan to an employee covering an aggregate of more than 2,000,000 shares in any calendar year.

        Option Terms.     The board of directors may grant incentive stock options with an exercise price of not less than the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the grant date. The board of directors may grant non-statutory stock options with an exercise price not less than 85.0% of the fair market value of a share of our Class A common stock on the grant date.

        The maximum option term is ten years. Subject to this limitation, the board of directors may provide for exercise periods of any length in individual option grants. However, generally an option terminates three months after the option holder's service to our affiliates and to us terminates. If this termination is due to the option holder's disability, the exercise period generally is extended to 12 months. If this termination is due to the option holder's death or if the option holder dies within three months after his or her service terminates, the exercise period generally also is extended to 12 months following the option holder's death.

        The board of directors may provide for the transferability of non-statutory stock options but not incentive stock options. However, the option holder may designate a beneficiary to exercise either type of option following the option holder's death. If the option holder does not designate a beneficiary, the option holder's option rights will pass by his or her will or by the laws of descent and distribution.

        Terms of Other Stock Awards.     The board of directors determines the purchase price of other stock awards. However, the board of directors may award stock bonuses in consideration of past services without a purchase payment. Shares that we sell or award under the incentive plan may, but need not be, restricted and subject to a repurchase option in our favor in accordance with a vesting schedule that the board of directors determines. The board of directors, however, may accelerate the vesting of the restricted stock.

        Other Provisions.     Transactions not involving our receipt of consideration, including a merger, consolidation, reorganization, stock dividend, and stock split, may change the class and number of shares subject to the incentive plan and to outstanding awards. In that event, the board of directors will appropriately adjust the incentive plan as to the class and the maximum number of shares subject to the incentive plan, to the annual increase to the shares subject to the incentive plan, and to the Section 162(m) limit. It also will adjust outstanding awards as to the class, number of shares and price per share subject to the awards.

        If we dissolve or liquidate, then outstanding stock awards will terminate immediately before this event. However, we treat outstanding stock awards differently in the following situations:

62


        In these situations, the surviving entity may either assume or replace all outstanding awards under the incentive plan. If the surviving entity does not assume or replace outstanding awards, then generally the vesting and exercisability of the awards will accelerate.

        Business Criteria.     The compensation committee will use one or more of the following business criteria, on a combined basis, and/or with respect to specified subsidiaries or lending groups (except with respect to the total shareholder return and earnings per share criteria), in establishing performance goals for awards intended to comply with Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code granted to covered employees:

        The board of directors may also reduce the exercise price of outstanding options, cancel options and regrant in their place either options, stock or cash, and take other actions to reprice options under the incentive plan.

        Stock Awards Granted.     As of March 30, 2004, options to purchase            shares of our Class A common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $            were outstanding; with            shares of our Class A common stock remaining available for future grant. As of March 30, 2004, the board of directors had not granted any stock bonuses or restricted stock under the incentive plan.

        Plan Termination.     The incentive plan will terminate in 2014 unless the board of directors terminates it sooner.

        Adjustments for Stock Dividends and Similar Events.     The compensation committee will make appropriate adjustments in outstanding awards and the number of shares of our Class A common stock

63



available for issuance under the equity incentive plan, including the individual limitations on awards, to reflect common stock dividends, stock splits, spin-offs and other similar events.

        Our board of directors adopted the 2004 Employee Stock Purchase Plan in May 2004, and our stockholders approved it in May 2004, to be effective upon the completion of the offering.

        Share Reserve.     We authorized the issuance of    shares of our Class A common stock pursuant to purchase rights granted to eligible employees under the purchase plan. On January 1 of each year for ten years, beginning on January 1, 2005, through and including January 1, 2014, the number of shares of our Class A common stock in the reserve automatically will be increased by the lesser of:

        However, the board of directors may provide for a lesser increase each year.

        Eligibility.     The purchase plan is intended to qualify as an employee stock purchase plan within the meaning of Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code. The purchase plan provides a means by which eligible employees may purchase our common stock through payroll deductions. We implement the purchase plan by offerings of purchase rights to eligible employees. Generally, all of our employees and the employees of our affiliates incorporated in the United States may participate in offerings under the purchase plan. However, no employee may participate in the purchase plan if immediately after we grant the employee a purchase right, the employee has voting power over 5.0% or more of our outstanding capital stock.

        Offerings.     The board of directors has the authority to set the terms of an offering. It may specify offerings of up to 27 months where Class A common stock is purchased for accounts of participating employees at a price per share equal to the lower of:

        For the first offering, which will begin on the effective date of this initial public offering, we will offer shares of Class A common stock registered on a Form S-8 registration statement. The fair market value of the shares on the first date of this offering will be the price per share at which our shares are first sold to the public as specified in the final prospectus with respect to our initial public offering. Otherwise, fair market value generally means the closing sales price (rounded up where necessary to the nearest whole cent) for such shares (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on the Nasdaq National Market on the trading day before the relevant determination date, as reported in The Wall Street Journal.

        The board of directors may provide that employees who become eligible to participate after the offering period begins nevertheless may enroll in the offering. These employees will purchase our stock at the lower of:

        The board of directors has determined that participants may authorize payroll deductions of up to 15% of their base compensation for the purchase of stock under the purchase plan. These employees may end their participation in the offering at any time before a purchase date. Their participation ends automatically on termination of their employment.

         Other Provisions. A participant's right to purchase our Class A common stock under the purchase plan, plus any other purchase plans established by us or by our affiliates, is limited. The right may

64


accrue to any participant at a rate of no more than $25,000 worth of our stock for each calendar year in which the purchase right is outstanding. We determine the fair market value of our Class A common stock, for the purpose of this limitation, as of the first day of the offering.

        In the event of our dissolution or liquidation or certain other corporate transactions involving a change in control, the surviving corporation will continue, assume or substitute for outstanding purchase rights. Alternatively, the offering period will terminate and our Class A common stock will be purchased for the participants under outstanding purchase rights within five days before the change in control.

        Shares Issued.     The purchase plan will not be effective until this initial public offering of our Class A common stock. Therefore, as of the date hereof, no shares of Class A common stock have been purchased under the purchase plan.

        Plan Termination.     The board of directors may terminate the purchase plan at any time after the end of an offering. Unless sooner terminated, the purchase plan will terminate on the tenth anniversary of the date the purchase plan is adopted by the board or when all shares subject to the purchase plan have been issued.

        We sponsor the Texas Roadhouse Management Corp. 401(k) Plan, referred to as the 401(k) Plan, a defined contribution plan intended to qualify under Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code. All non-highly compensated full-time salaried employees who are at least 21 years old are eligible to participate. Participants may make pre-tax contributions to the 401(k) Plan of up to 15.0% of their eligible earnings, subject to a statutorily prescribed annual limit. We do not currently make matching contributions to the 401(k) Plan. Each participant is fully vested in his or her contributions. Contributions by the participants or by us to the 401(k) Plan, and the income earned on such contributions, are generally not taxable to the participants until withdrawn. Contributions by us, if any, are generally deductible by us when made. All contributions are held in trust as required by law. Individual participants may direct the trustee to invest their accounts in authorized investment alternatives.

65



CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

Transactions With Restaurants in Which Related Parties Have an Interest

        Immediately before the completion of this offering, we will complete a tax free combination of our operations under Texas Roadhouse, Inc. in which, among other things, we will acquire equity interests in the Texas Roadhouse restaurants listed below from the executive officers and 5% stockholders identified below, or their family members.

        Also as set forth below, beginning in 2003, we loaned funds that we borrowed under our credit facility to 12 of these restaurants which were majority-owned or controlled by us. The restaurants borrowed the funds to refinance their real estate and equipment purchases. The loans bear interest at rates that are equal to those paid by us on such funds. As set forth below, the outstanding loan balances as of December 30, 2003 totaled $14.2 million.

 
  Restaurant

  Outstanding Loan Balance
as of December 30, 2003

  Related Party and
Ownership %

   
    Amarillo, TX   $ 1,382,633   Steven L. Ortiz (42.4%)    
    Boise, ID       W. Kent Taylor (50.0%)    
    Cheyenne, WY       W. Kent Taylor (40.0%)    
    College Station, TX       Steven L. Ortiz (27.2%)    
    Conroe, TX     1,295,237   Steven L. Ortiz (34.9%)    
    Corpus Christi, TX     1,171,503   Steven L. Ortiz (29.1%)    
    Denton, TX     1,505,202   Steven L. Ortiz (36.9%)    
    East Peoria, IL       Amar Desai (47.4%)    
    Elkhart, IN     1,208,239   G. J. Hart (45.0%)    
    Elyria, OH     458,423   W. Kent Taylor (47.5%)
G. J. Hart (47.5%)
   
    Fort Wayne, IN       W. Kent Taylor (55.1%)    
    Friendswood, TX     1,091,143   Steven L. Ortiz (42.4%)    
    Grand Junction, CO       W. Kent Taylor (9.9%)    
    Grand Prairie, TX       Steven L. Ortiz (22.4%)    
    Houston, TX     1,469,755   Steven L. Ortiz (27.1%)    
    Lansing, MI       W. Kent Taylor (70.0%)    
    Live Oak, TX       Steven L. Ortiz (24.7%)    
    Longview, TX       Steven L. Ortiz (49.6%)    
    Lubbock, TX       W. Kent Taylor (47.5%)
Steven L. Ortiz (36.5%)
   
    Lynchburg, VA     1,407,658   G. J. Hart (31.0%)
George S. Rich (9.0%)
   
    Mesquite, TX       W. Kent Taylor (37.5%)
G. J. Hart (10.0%)
John D. Rhodes (42.8%)
   
    New Philadelphia, OH       W. Kent Taylor (50.1%)    
    Richmond, VA     1,299,607   G. J. Hart (45.0%)    
    Texarkana, TX     892,973   Steven L. Ortiz (25.8%)    
    Tyler, TX     990,837   Steven L. Ortiz (37.9%)    
    Waco, TX       W. Kent Taylor (40.0%)
Steven L. Ortiz (10.0%)
   

66


        In exchange for the equity interests in the above restaurants, we will issue shares of our Class A common stock to W. Kent Taylor (         shares), G. J. Hart (         shares), Steven L. Ortiz (         shares), John D. Rhodes (         shares), Amar Desai (         shares) and George S. Rich (         shares).

        As part of the combination, we will also issue shares of our Class A common stock to the equity holders of Texas Roadhouse Holdings LLC, which include, among others, the executive officers, directors and 5% stockholders listed below, in exchange for their membership shares in Texas Roadhouse Holdings LLC. In addition, we will distribute securities of Texas Roadhouse Holdings LLC to such equity holders immediately before the combination which will have a value approximately equal to the undistributed net income of Texas Roadhouse Holdings LLC before the combination. We will use approximately $            of the proceeds of this offering to repurchase these securities from these equity holders at such value. Of this amount, our executive officers, directors and 5% stockholders will receive the amounts set forth below:

Name

  Shares
  Payment
W. Kent Taylor        
G. J. Hart        
Steven L. Ortiz        
Sheila C. Brown        
Amar Desai        
John D. Rhodes        
Mehendra Patel        
George S. Rich        

        In addition, as part of the combination, we will:

        In connection with the combination, we will grant registration rights to W. Kent Taylor and our 5% stockholders as described under "Shares Eligible for Future Sale."

Management Services

        Before our combination, Texas Roadhouse Development Corporation, which has the right to franchise Texas Roadhouse restaurants, was owned by W. Kent Taylor and three of our 5% stockholders and their family members. Texas Roadhouse Holdings LLC, through Texas Roadhouse Management Corp., provided management services to Texas Roadhouse Development Corporation for a fee equal to the net income of Texas Roadhouse Development Corporation after required distributions to the stockholders. One percent of the gross sales of all restaurants franchised by Texas Roadhouse Development Corporation is required to be distributed to the shareholders. The management fee totaled $3.8 million, $4.2 million and $4.9 million for 2001, 2002 and 2003 respectively.

        Before our combination, W. Kent Taylor owned all of the outstanding voting shares of Texas Roadhouse Management Corp. which provides management services to us and our affiliated entities. In 2001, 2002 and 2003, we paid Texas Roadhouse Management Corp. $72.8 million, $103.6 million and

67



$136.6 million, respectively, all of which represented a passthrough of Texas Roadhouse Management Corp.'s costs of providing such services.

Grants of Franchise or License Rights

        We have licensed or franchised restaurants to companies owned by the executive officers, directors and 5% stockholders listed below. The licensing or franchise fees paid by these companies to us range from 0.0% to 4.0% of restaurant sales. None of these restaurants will be acquired by us in the combination.

 
   
   
  Fees Paid to Us
   
 
  Restaurant

   
   
 
  Name and Ownership (%)
  2001
  2002
  2003
   
 
   
   
  (in thousands)

   
    Billings, MT   W. Kent Taylor (55.0%)
Scott M. Colosi (2.0%)
  $   $   $ 27.0    

 

 

Brownsville, TX

 

W. Kent Taylor (30.0%)
G.J. Hart (30.0%)
Steven L. Ortiz (30.0%)

 

 


 

 


 

 

91.1

 

 

 

 

Everett, MA

 

W. Kent Taylor (59.0%)
George S. Rich (2.0%)

 

 


 

 


 

 

160.8

 

 

 

 

Melbourne, FL

 

W. Kent Taylor (34.0%)

 

 

78.6

 

 

83.8

 

 

85.7

 

 

 

 

Muncie, IN

 

W. Kent Taylor (9.9%)

 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 

 

 

Port Arthur, TX

 

W. Kent Taylor (30.0%)
G. J. Hart (30.0%)
Steven L. Ortiz (29.0%)
Scott M. Colosi (3.0%)

 

 


 

 


 

 

7.9

 

 

 

 

Hiram, GA

 

Amar Desai (90.0%)

 

 


 

 

10.0

 

 

111.5

 

 

 

 

Marietta, GA

 

Amar Desai (90.0%)

 

 


 

 


 

 

22.6

 

 

 

 

Fort Wright, KY

 

George S. Rich (6.0%)

 

 


 

 


 

 

10.0

 

 

 

 

Paducah, KY

 

George S. Rich (2.0%)

 

 

78.3

 

 

106.4

 

 

113.2

 

 

        We have entered into franchise agreements or commitments with the following executive officers, directors and 5% stockholders to develop restaurants which have not opened as of the date of this prospectus.

 
  Name

  Restaurant
  Ownership
   
    W. Kent Taylor   Longmont, CO

Missoula, MT

Wichita, KS
  47.5

95.0

50.1
%



 

 

 

G. J. Hart

 

McKinney, TX

New Berlin, WI

Omaha, NE

New Orleans, LA

 

30.0

30.0

85.0

85.0

 

 

 

 

Steven L. Ortiz

 

Bossier City, LA

McKinney, TX

New Berlin, WI
Temple, TX

 

95.0

30.0

30.0
95.0

 

 

 

 

Scott M. Colosi

 

McKinney, TX

New Berlin, WI

Omaha, NE

New Orleans, LA

 

2.0

2.0

10.0

10.0

 

 

 

 

John D. Rhodes

 

Montgomeryville, PA

 

90.0

 

 

 

 

Amar Desai

 

Memphis, TN

 

90.0

 

 

68


        The terms of such franchise agreements or commitments provide for initial franchise fees of between $0 and $25,000 and royalties of between 2.5% and 4.0% of restaurant sales. Through March 30, 2004, we have received no payments from these franchise restaurants as none were due. After the completion of this offering, the executive officers will not be granted any additional franchise rights.

Other Related Transactions

        W. Kent Taylor owns a substantial interest in Buffalo Construction, Inc., a restaurant construction business which provides services to us and other restaurant companies. In 2001, 2002 and 2003, we made payments to Buffalo Construction, Inc. totaling $13.4 million, $20.4 million and $15.0 million, respectively, for such services. At the completion of this offering, Mr. Taylor will sell his entire ownership interest in Buffalo Construction, Inc.

        The Longview, Texas restaurant, which is being acquired by us in connection with the completion of this offering, leases the real estate on which the restaurant is located from an entity controlled by Steven L. Ortiz, our Chief Operating Officer. Total rent payments in each of the years 2001, 2002 and 2003 were $186,492.

        Our Elizabethtown, Kentucky restaurant leases the land and restaurant building from an entity which is owned by W. Kent Taylor and three of our 5% stockholders. Total rent payments were approximately $140,000 in each of the years 2001, 2002 and 2003.

        We employ Juli Miller Hart, the wife of G.J. Hart, our Chief Executive Officer, as Director of Public Relations for which she was paid total compensation of $132,800 for services rendered in 2003 and $107,800 for services rendered in 2002. Ms. Hart reports to W. Kent Taylor who conducts her performance reviews and determines her compensation.

        WKT Restaurant Corp. which is owned by W. Kent Taylor received royalties of $1.4 million, $2.1 million and $2.6 million in 2001, 2002 and 2003 that it was entitled to receive as consideration for its contribution of the Texas Roadhouse operating system and concept to Texas Roadhouse Holdings LLC. After the completion of this offering, WKT Restaurant Corp. will no longer receive such royalties.

        John D. Rhodes is a director and substantial stockholder of Confluent Inc. which provided certain business intelligence services to us through February 2004 for which it was paid an aggregate of $91,000.

69




PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

        The following tables set forth information known to us regarding beneficial ownership of our common stock as of April 30, 2004, and as adjusted to reflect our corporate reorganization, by:

    each person known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of either class of common stock;

    each of the selling stockholders;

    each named executive officer;

    each of our directors; and

    all of our executive officers and directors as a group.

        Unless otherwise noted below, and subject to applicable community property laws, to our knowledge, each person has sole voting and investment power over the shares shown as beneficially owned, except to the extent authority is shared by spouses under applicable law and except as set forth in the footnotes to the table.

        The number of shares beneficially owned by each shareholder is determined under rules promulgated by the SEC and assumes the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option. The information does not necessarily indicate beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Under these rules, the number of shares of common stock deemed outstanding includes shares issuable upon exercise of options held by the respective person or group which may be exercised within 60 days after April 30, 2004. For purposes of calculating each person's or group's percentage ownership, stock options exercisable within 60 days after April 30, 2004 are included for that person or group but not the stock options of any other person or group.

        As of April 30, 2004, after giving effect to the combination of our operations under Texas Roadhouse, Inc., there would have been            shares of common stock outstanding.

 
  Before the Offering
  Following the Offering
 
   
   
   
   
  Beneficial Ownership of
Common Stock

   
   
   
   
  Beneficial Ownership of
Common Stock(3)

 
  Class A
Common
Stock

  Class B
Common Stock(2)

  Class A
Common
Stock

  Class B
Common Stock(2)

Beneficial Owner(1)

  Economic
Interest
(%)

  Voting
Power
(%)

  Economic
Interest
(%)

  Voting
Power
(%)

  Shares
  Percent
  Shares
  Percent
  Shares
  Percent
  Shares
  Percent
W. Kent Taylor(4)                                                
John D. Rhodes(5)                                                
Amar Desai(6)                                                
Mehendra Patel(7)                                                
George S. Rich(8)                                                
G.J. Hart(9)                                                
Steven L. Ortiz(10)                                                
Scott M. Colosi(11)                                                
All Executive Officers and Directors as a Group
(        persons)(12)
                                               

*
Less than 1% of the class.

(1)
Unless otherwise indicated in the footnotes, the address of each of the beneficial owners identified is c/o Texas Roadhouse, Inc., 6040 Dutchmans Lane, Suite 400, Louisville, Kentucky 40205.

(2)
Share numbers and percentages reflect amount after this offering.

70


(3)
These numbers do not take into account any exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option. This option has been granted by some of our stockholders, as follows:
Up to                        shares of our Class A common stock from                        of the                        shares of Class A common stock he individually holds;
Up to                        shares of our Class A common stock from                        of the                        shares of Class A common stock he individually holds;
Up to                        shares of our Class A common stock from                        of the                        shares of Class A common stock he individually holds;
Up to                        shares of our Class A common stock from                        of the                        shares of Class A common stock he individually holds; and
Up to                        shares of our Class A common stock from                        of the                        shares of Class A common stock he individually holds.

71



DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

        The following description of our capital stock and provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws are summaries and are qualified by reference to the terms of these documents. Copies of these documents have been filed with the SEC as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

        Our authorized capital stock consists of             shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.001 per share,              shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.001 per share and             shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share.

Common Stock

        Of the authorized shares of common stock, after giving effect to this offering and the combination of our operations under Texas Roadhouse, Inc., on the closing date there will be outstanding:

    shares of Class A common stock; and

    shares of Class B common stock, all of which will be held by W. Kent Taylor.

        The common stock to be outstanding after this offering excludes shares of Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options. The material terms and provisions of our certificate of incorporation affecting the relative rights of the Class A common stock and the Class B common stock are described below. The following description of our capital stock is intended as a summary only and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the certificate of incorporation and bylaws filed with the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and to the Delaware General Corporation Law.

Dividends

        Subject to the rights of the holders of any preferred stock that may be outstanding, holders of Class A common stock are entitled to receive, share for share with holders of Class B common stock, dividends as may be declared by our board of directors out of funds legally available to pay dividends, and, in the event of liquidation, to share pro rata with the holders of Class A common stock in any distribution of our assets after payment or providing for the payment of liabilities and the liquidation preference of any outstanding preferred stock.

Voting Rights

        Except as required by Delaware law or except as otherwise provided in our certificate of incorporation, Class A common stock and Class B common stock will vote together as a single class on all matters presented to a vote of stockholders, including the election of directors. Each holder of Class A common stock is entitled to one vote for each share held of record on the applicable record date for all of these matters. Holders of Class A common stock have no cumulative voting rights or preemptive rights to purchase or subscribe for any stock or other securities, and there are no conversion rights or redemption or sinking fund provisions with respect to Class A common stock. All outstanding shares of Class A common stock are, and the shares of Class A common stock offered in this prospectus will be when issued, fully paid and nonassessable. Additionally, our certificate of incorporation requires that we reserve and keep available out of authorized but unissued Class A common stock, solely for effecting conversion of Class B common stock, sufficient shares to effect conversion of all outstanding shares of Class B common stock.

        Class B common stock is identical in all respects to Class A common stock, except with respect to voting and conversion rights. Class A common stock and Class B common stock will vote together as a single class on all matters presented to a vote of stockholders, including the election of directors. Each

72



holder of Class B common stock is entitled to ten votes for each share held of record on the applicable record date for all of these matters. W. Kent Taylor, or other entities controlled by him, will be the only holders of shares of Class B common stock.

Conversion Rights

        Each share of our Class B common stock is automatically convertible into one share of Class A common stock upon the earliest of:

    the date such share ceases to be beneficially owned, as such term is defined under Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, by W. Kent Taylor;

    the date that W. Kent Taylor ceases to beneficially own at least 20% of the outstanding shares of our common stock;

    the death or permanent disability of W. Kent Taylor; and

    June 30, 2009.

        In addition, each share of Class B common stock may be converted at any time into one share of Class A common stock at the option of the holder. The one-to-one conversion ratio will be equitably preserved in the event of any stock dividend, stock split or combination or merger, consolidation or other reorganization of Texas Roadhouse with another entity.

Preferred Stock

        Upon completion of this offering, our board of directors is authorized, without further vote or action by the stockholders, to issue from time to time up to an aggregate of             shares of preferred stock in one or more series. Each series of preferred stock shall have the number of shares, designations, preferences, voting powers, qualifications and special or relative rights or privileges as shall be determined by our board of directors, which may include, but are not limited to, dividend rights, voting rights, redemption and sinking fund provisions, liquidation preferences, conversion rights and preemptive rights.

        Upon completion of this offering, our board of directors has the authority to issue preferred stock and to determine its rights and preferences in order to eliminate delays associated with a stockholder vote on specific issuances. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing desired flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of our common stock, and could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or could discourage a third party from attempting to acquire, a majority of our outstanding voting stock. We have no present plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Transfer Agent

        We have appointed                        as transfer agent and registrar for shares of our common stock.

Delaware Law and Certain Charter and Bylaw Provisions

        We are subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware. In general, the statute prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a "business combination" with "interested" stockholders for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. A "business combination" includes certain mergers, asset sales and other transactions resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. Subject to exceptions, an "interested" stockholder is a person who, alone or together with his affiliates and associates, owns, or within the prior three years did own, 15.0% or more of the corporation's voting stock. The existence of

73



this provision may have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions not approved in advance by the board of directors, including discouraging attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares of common stock held by stockholders.

        Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that:

    directors may be removed with or without cause by the affirmative vote of at least a majority of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors voting together as a single class; and

    any vacancy on the board of directors, however the vacancy occurs, including a vacancy due to an enlargement of the board, may only be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority the directors then in office.

        The bylaws also provide that:

    any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders at an annual meeting or special meeting of stockholders may only be taken if it is properly brought before such meeting; and

    special meetings of the stockholders may be called by our board of directors, the chairman of our board of directors, our Chief Executive Officer or our President and shall be called by our Secretary at the written request of at least 50.0% in voting power of all capital stock outstanding and entitled to cast votes at the meeting.

        Our bylaws provide that, in order for any stockholder business (other than stockholder nominations of directors) to be considered "properly brought" before a meeting, a stockholder must comply with requirements regarding advance notice to us. For business to be properly brought before a meeting by a stockholder, it must be a proper matter for stockholder action under the Delaware General Corporation Law, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to our Secretary, and the notice must comply with the procedures set forth in our bylaws. A stockholder's notice, to be timely, must be delivered to or mailed and received at our principal executive offices, not less than 120 calendar days before the one year anniversary of the date of our proxy statement issued in connection with the prior year's annual meeting in the case of an annual meeting, and not less than 60 calendar days before the meeting in the case of a special meeting; provided, however, that if a public announcement of the date of the special meeting is not given at least 70 days before the scheduled date for the special meeting, then a stockholder's notice will be timely if it is received at our principal executive offices within 10 days following the date public notice of the meeting date is first given, whether by press release or other public filing.

        Our bylaws also provide that subject to the rights of holders of any class or series of capital stock then outstanding, nominations for the election or re-election of directors at a meeting of the stockholders may be made by any stockholder entitled to vote in the election of directors generally who complies with the procedures set forth in our bylaws and who is a stockholder of record at the time notice is delivered to our Secretary. Any stockholder entitled to vote in the election of directors generally may nominate one or more persons for election or re-election as directors at an annual meeting only if timely notice of such stockholder's intent to make such nomination or nominations has been given in writing to our Secretary. To be timely, a stockholder's notice must be delivered to or mailed and received at our principal executive offices not less than 120 calendar days before the one year anniversary of the date of our proxy statement issued in connection with the prior year's annual meeting in the case of an annual meeting, and not less than 60 calendar days before the meeting in the case of a special meeting; provided, however, that if a public announcement of the date of the special meeting is not given at least 70 days before the scheduled date for the special meeting, then a stockholder's notice will be timely if it is received at our principal executive offices within 10 days following the date public notice of the meeting date is first given, whether by press release or other public filing.

74



        The purpose of requiring stockholders to give us advance notice of nominations and other stockholder business is to afford our board of directors a meaningful opportunity to consider the qualifications of the proposed nominees and the advisability of the other proposed business and, to the extent deemed necessary or desirable by our board of directors, to inform stockholders and make recommendations about such qualifications or business, as well as to provide a more orderly procedure for conducting meetings of stockholders. Although our bylaws do not give our board of directors any power to disapprove stockholder nominations for the election of directors or proposals for action, they may have the effect of precluding a contest for the election of directors or the consideration of stockholder proposals if proper procedures are not followed and of discouraging or deterring a third party from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of directors or to approve its own proposal without regard to whether consideration of such nominees or proposals might be harmful or beneficial to us and our stockholders. These provisions could also delay stockholder actions which are favored by the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities until the next stockholders' meeting.

        As discussed above, our Class B common stock has ten votes per share, while Class A common stock, which is the class of stock we are selling in this offering and which will be the only class of stock which is publicly traded, has one vote per share. After the offering, 100% of our Class B common stock will be controlled by W. Kent Taylor, representing             % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock. Because of our dual class structure, W. Kent Taylor will continue to be able to control all matters submitted to our stockholders for approval even if he owns significantly less than 50% of the number of shares of our outstanding common stock. This concentrated control could discourage others from initiating any potential merger, takeover or other change of control transaction that other stockholders may view as beneficial.

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors

        Our bylaws provide indemnification, including advancement of expenses, to the fullest extent permitted under applicable law to any person made or threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of Texas Roadhouse, or is or was serving at our request as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan.

        Our certificate of incorporation provides that our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for breaches of their fiduciary duty as directors, unless they violated their duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders, acted in bad faith, knowingly or intentionally violated the law, authorized illegal dividends or redemptions or unlawful stock repurchases as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law or derived an improper personal benefit from their action as directors. This provision does not limit or eliminate our rights or the rights of any stockholder to seek nonmonetary relief such as an injunction or rescission in the event of a breach of a director's duty of care. In addition, this provision does not limit the directors' responsibilities under Delaware law or any other laws, such as the federal securities laws. Finally, this provision applies to an officer of a corporation only if he or she is a director of the corporation and is acting in his capacity as director, and does not apply to the officers of the corporation who are not directors.

        We have obtained insurance that insures our directors and officers against certain losses and which insures us against our obligations to indemnify the directors and officers and we intend to obtain greater coverage. We also intend to enter into indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers.

75




SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

        Upon completion of this offering and our corporate reorganization and assuming an initial public offering price of $            per share of Class A common stock, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, we will have            shares of Class A common stock outstanding. If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, we will have a total of            shares of our Class A common stock outstanding. Additionally, we will have            shares of Class B common stock outstanding, which may be converted into shares of Class A common stock. All of the shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act of 1933, unless such shares are purchased by "affiliates" as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Substantially all of the remaining shares of Class A and Class B common stock held by existing stockholders are "restricted securities" as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, described below. Substantially all of these shares are subject to lock-up agreements as described below and commencing 180 days after the date of this prospectus will be freely tradeable subject to applicable volume limitations under Rule 144.

        Before this offering, there has been no public market for shares of our Class A common stock. No predictions can be made as to the effect, if any, that sales of shares of our Class A common stock from time to time, or the availability of shares of our Class A common stock for future sale, may have on the market price for shares of our Class A common stock. Sales of substantial amounts of Class A common stock, or the perception that such sales could occur, could adversely affect prevailing market prices for our Class A common stock and could impair our future ability to obtain capital through an offering of equity securities.

Sales of Restricted Securities

        Restricted shares may be sold in the public market only if registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144, 144(k) or 701 promulgated under the Securities Act, each of which is summarized below.

        Rule 144.     In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus a person who has beneficially owned restricted shares for at least one year and has complied with the requirements described below would be entitled to sell a specified number of shares within any three-month period. That number of shares cannot exceed the greater of one percent of the number of shares of common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately    shares immediately after this offering, or the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on the Nasdaq National Market during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 reporting the sale. Sales under Rule 144 are also restricted by manner of sale provisions, notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us. Rule 144 provides that our affiliates who are selling shares of our common stock that are not restricted shares must comply with the same restrictions applicable to restricted shares with the exception of the holding period requirement.

        Rule 144(k).     Under Rule 144(k), a person who is not deemed to have been our affiliate at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least two years, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, is entitled to sell those shares without complying with the manner of sale, public information, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. Accordingly, unless otherwise restricted, these shares may be sold upon the expiration of the lock-up period described below.

        Rule 701.     Rule 701 provides that the shares of common stock acquired upon the exercise of currently outstanding options or pursuant to other rights granted under our equity incentive plans may be resold, to the extent not restricted by the terms of the lock-up agreements, by persons, other than

76



affiliates, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, subject only to the manner of sale provisions of Rule 144, and by affiliates under Rule 144, without compliance with its one-year minimum holding period. As of    , 2004 options to purchase a total of    shares of Class A common stock were outstanding,    of which options are exercisable. Of the total shares issuable upon exercise of these options,    are subject to 180-day lock-up agreements.

        Lock-up Agreements.     We, our directors and executive officers, most of our existing stockholders and the holders of a majority of our options have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters. Under these agreements, subject to exceptions, we may not issue any new shares of Class A common stock, and those holders of stock and options may not, directly or indirectly, offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of or hedge any Class A common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock, or publicly announce the intention to do any of the foregoing, without the prior written consent of Banc of America Securities LLC for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus.

        As a result of lock-up agreements and the provisions of Rules 144 and 701, an additional    shares may be available for sale in the public market after 180 days from the date of the prospectus subject, in some cases, to volume limits. The Rule 144 holding period for some of the restricted shares may, however, be deemed to commence upon closing of this offering as a result of our reorganization as a Delaware corporation, and, in such case such shares would not be available for sale in the public market pursuant to Rule 144 until after one year following the date of our issuance of these shares upon closing of the reorganization.

Registration Statements

        We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act promptly following the offering to register up to           shares of our Class A common stock underlying outstanding stock options or reserved for issuance under our equity incentive plans. This registration statement will become effective upon filing, and shares covered by it will be eligible for sale in the public market immediately after its effective date, subject to Rule 144 volume limitations applicable to affiliates and the lock-up agreements described above.

Registration Rights

        Subject to limitations contained in the registration rights agreement that we, W. Kent Taylor and other stockholders have executed in connection with the combination of our operations under Texas Roadhouse, Inc., at any time beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus, the parties to the registration rights agreement may require that we use our best efforts to register up to            of their shares of Class A common stock for public resale. In addition, if we register any of our securities either for our own account or for the account of other security holders, the parties to the registration rights agreement will be entitled to include their shares of Class A common stock in the registration, subject to the ability of the underwriters to limit the number of shares included in the offering. Registration of such shares under the Securities Act would, except for shares purchased by affiliates, result in such shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of such registration.

77




MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR
NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK

        The following discussion of certain U.S. federal income and estate tax considerations relevant to Non-U.S. Holders of our Class A common stock is for general information only.

        As used in this prospectus, the term "Non-U.S. Holder" is a beneficial owner of our Class A common stock other than:

    a citizen or resident of the United States;

    a corporation or other entity taxable as a corporation under U.S. federal income tax laws created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or of any state of the United States or the District of Columbia;

    an estate the income of which is includable in gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of its source; or

    a trust subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and the control of one or more U.S. persons, or a trust that has validly elected to be treated as a domestic trust under applicable Treasury regulations.

        If a partnership, including any entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is a holder of our Class A common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. A holder that is a partnership, and partners in such partnership, should consult their own tax advisors regarding the tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our Class A common stock.

        This discussion does not consider:

    U.S. federal income, estate or gift tax consequences other than as expressly set forth below;

    any state, local or foreign tax consequences;

    the tax consequences to the stockholders, beneficiaries or holders of other beneficial interests in a Non-U.S. Holder;

    special tax rules that may apply to selected Non-U.S. Holders, including without limitation, partnerships or other pass-through entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes, banks or other financial institutions, insurance companies, dealers or traders in securities, tax-exempt entities and certain former citizens or residents of the United States;

    special tax rules that may apply to a Non-U.S. Holder that holds our Class A common stock as part of a "straddle," "hedge" or "conversion transaction;" or

    a Non-U.S. Holder that does not hold our Class A common stock as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code").

        The following discussion is based on provisions of the Code, applicable Treasury regulations and administrative and judicial interpretations thereof, all as of the date of this prospectus, and all of which are subject to change, retroactively or prospectively. We have not requested a ruling from the U.S. Internal Revenue Service or an opinion of counsel with respect to the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the purchase or ownership of our common stock to a Non-U.S. Holder. There can be no assurance that the U.S. Internal Revenue Service will not take a position contrary to such statements or that any such contrary position taken by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service would not be sustained.

        YOU ARE URGED TO CONSULT YOUR TAX ADVISOR WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO YOUR PARTICULAR

78



SITUATION AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES ARISING UNDER THE U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE OR GIFT TAX RULES OR UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL, FOREIGN OR OTHER TAXING JURISDICTION OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE TAX TREATY.

Dividends

        We do not anticipate paying cash dividends on our Class A common stock in the foreseeable future. See "Dividend Policy." If distributions are paid on shares of our Class A common stock, such distributions will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. If a distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, it will constitute a return of capital that is applied against and reduces, but not below zero, a Non-U.S. Holder's adjusted tax basis in our Class A common stock. Any remainder will constitute gain on the Class A common stock. The dividends on our common stock paid to a Non-U.S. Holder generally will be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a 30% rate on the gross amount of the dividend or such lower rate as may be provided by an applicable income tax treaty.

        Dividends that are effectively connected with a Non-U.S. Holder's conduct of a trade or business in the United States or attributable to a permanent establishment or a fixed base in the United States under an applicable income tax treaty, known as "U.S. trade or business income," are generally not subject to the 30% withholding tax if the Non-U.S. Holder files the appropriate U.S. Internal Revenue Service form with the payor. However, such U.S. trade or business income, net of specified deductions and credits, generally is taxed at the same graduated rates as applicable to U.S. persons. Any U.S. trade or business income received by a Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation may also, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional "branch profits tax" at a 30% rate or such lower rate as specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

        A Non-U.S. Holder who claims the benefit of an applicable income tax treaty generally will be required to satisfy applicable certification and other requirements before the distribution date. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under a relevant income tax treaty.

        A Non-U.S. Holder of our Class A common stock that is eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. federal withholding tax or other exclusion from withholding under an income tax treaty but that did not timely provide required certifications or other requirements, or that has received a distribution subject to withholding in excess of the amount properly treated as a dividend, may obtain a refund or credit of any excess amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for refund with the U.S. Internal Revenue Service.

Gain on Disposition of Common Stock

        A Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax in respect of gain recognized on a disposition of our Class A common stock unless:

    the gain is U.S. trade or business income, in which case such gain generally will be taxed in the same manner as gains of U.S. persons, and such gain may also be subject to the branch profits tax in the case of a corporate Non-U.S. Holder;

    the Non-U.S. Holder is an individual who holds our Class A common stock as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment), is present in the United States for more than 182 days in the taxable year of the disposition and meets certain other requirements;

    the Non-U.S. Holder is subject to tax pursuant to the provisions of the Code applicable to certain former citizens or residents of the United States; or

79


    we are or have been a "U.S. real property holding corporation" for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time during the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of disposition or the period that the Non-U.S. Holder held our Class A common stock.

        Generally, a corporation is a "U.S. real property holding corporation" if the fair market value of its "U.S. real property interests" equals or exceeds 50.0% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide real property interests plus its other assets used or held for use in a trade or business. The tax relating to stock in a "U.S. real property holding corporation" generally will not apply to a Non-U.S. Holder whose holdings, direct and indirect, at all times during the applicable period, constituted 5.0% or less of our Class A common stock, provided that our Class A common stock was regularly traded on an established securities market. We believe we have never been, are not currently and are not likely to become a U.S. real property holding corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes. However, since we own a significant amount of real property interests and may acquire such interests in the future, no assurance can be given that we will not become a U.S. real property holding corporation in the future.

Federal Estate Tax

        Class A common stock owned or treated as owned by an individual who is a Non-U.S. Holder at the time of death will be included in the individual's gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, unless an applicable estate tax or other treaty provides otherwise.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding Tax

        We must report annually to the U.S. Internal Revenue Service and to each Non-U.S. Holder the amount of dividends paid to that holder and the tax withheld with respect to those dividends. Copies of the information returns reporting those dividends and the amount of tax withheld may also be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which the Non-U.S. Holder is a resident under the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty or agreement.

        U.S. federal backup withholding, currently at a 28.0% rate, generally will not apply to payments of dividends made by us or our paying agents, in their capacities as such, to a Non-U.S. Holder if the holder has provided the required certification that it is not a U.S. person or certain other requirements are met. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding may apply if either we or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that the holder is a U.S. person that is not an exempt recipient.

        Payments of the proceeds from a disposition effected outside the United States by or through a non-U.S. broker generally will not be subject to information reporting or backup withholding. However, information reporting, but generally not backup withholding, generally will apply to such a payment if the broker has certain connections with the United States unless the broker has documentary evidence in its records that the beneficial owner is a Non-U.S. Holder and specified conditions are met or an exemption is otherwise established.

        Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a Non-U.S. Holder that result in an overpayment of taxes generally will be refunded, or credited against the holder's U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the U.S. Internal Revenue Service.

        Non-U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding application of backup withholding in their particular circumstance and the availability of, and procedure for obtaining, an exemption from backup withholding under current U.S. Treasury regulations.

80




UNDERWRITING

        We and W. Kent Taylor, the primary selling stockholder, are offering the shares of Class A common stock described in this prospectus through a number of underwriters. Banc of America Securities LLC, RBC Capital Markets Corporation, SG Cowen & Co., LLC and Wachovia Capital Markets, Inc. are the representatives of the underwriters. We, Mr. Taylor and certain other selling stockholders have entered into an underwriting agreement with the representatives. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, we and the primary selling stockholder have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each underwriter has agreed to purchase, the number of shares of Class A common stock listed next to its name in the following table:

Underwriter

  Number of Shares
Banc of America Securities LLC    
RBC Capital Markets Corporation    
SG Cowen & Co., LLC    
Wachovia Capital Markets, Inc.    
 
Total

 

 
   

        The underwriting agreement is subject to a number of terms and conditions and provides that the underwriters must buy all of the shares if they buy any of them. The underwriters will sell the shares to the public when and if the underwriters buy the shares from us and the primary selling stockholder.

        The underwriters initially will offer the shares to the public at the price specified on the cover page of this prospectus. The underwriters may allow a concession of not more than $                              per share to selected dealers. The underwriters may also allow, and those dealers may re-allow, a concession of not more than $                               per share to some other dealers. If all the shares are not sold at the public offering price, the underwriters may change the public offering price and the other selling terms. The Class A common stock is offered subject to a number of conditions, including:

    receipt and acceptance of the shares of our Class A common stock by the underwriters upon satisfaction or waiver of all conditions to their purchase in accordance with the underwriting agreement; and

    the underwriters' right to reject orders from prospective investors in whole or in part.

        Over-Allotment Option.     Certain of the selling stockholders (other than the primary selling stockholder) have granted the underwriters an over-allotment option to buy up to            additional shares of our Class A common stock at the same price per share as they are paying for the shares shown in the table above. These additional shares would cover sales of shares by the underwriters which exceed the total number of shares shown in the table above. The underwriters may exercise this option at any time within 30 days after the date of this prospectus. To the extent that the underwriters exercise this option, each underwriter will purchase additional shares from such selling stockholders in approximately the same proportion as it purchased the shares shown in the table above. If purchased, the additional shares will be sold by the underwriters on the same terms as those on which the other shares are sold. We will pay the expenses associated with the exercise of this option.

        Discount and Commissions.     The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by us and by the selling stockholders. These

81



amounts are shown assuming no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares.

 
  Paid by Us
  Paid by the
Selling Stockholders

 
  No Exercise
  Full Exercise
  No Exercise
  Full Exercise
Per Share   $     $     $     $  
   
 
 
 
  Total   $     $     $     $  
   
 
 
 

        We estimate that the expenses of the offering to be paid by us, not including underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $                  .

        Listing.     We expect our Class A common stock to be approved for quotation on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol "TXRH."

        Stabilization.     In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in activities that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of our Class A common stock, including:

    stabilizing transactions;

    short sales;

    syndicate covering transactions;

    imposition of penalty bids; and

    purchases to cover positions created by short sales.

        Stabilizing transactions consist of bids or purchases made for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our Class A common stock while this offering is in progress. Stabilizing transactions may include making short sales of our Class A common stock, which involves the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares of Class A common stock than they are required to purchase in this offering, and purchasing shares of Class A common stock from us or on the open market to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales may be "covered" shorts, which are short positions in an amount not greater than the underwriters' over-allotment option referred to above, or may be "naked" shorts, which are short positions in excess of that amount. Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of our Class A common stock in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover syndicate short positions.

        The underwriters may close out any covered short position either by exercising their over-allotment option, in whole or in part, or by purchasing shares in the open market. In making this determination, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market compared to the price at which the underwriters may purchase shares through the over-allotment option.

        A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the Class A common stock in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchased in this offering. To the extent that the underwriters create a naked short position, they will purchase shares in the open market to cover the position.

        The representatives also may impose a penalty bid on underwriters and dealers participating in the offering. This means that the representatives may reclaim from any syndicate members or other dealers participating in the offering the underwriting discount, commissions or the selling concession on shares sold by them and purchased by the representatives in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

82



        These activities may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result of these activities, the price of our Class A common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If the underwriters commence these activities, they may discontinue them at any time. The underwriters and the selling stockholder may carry out these transactions on the Nasdaq National Market, in the over-the counter market or otherwise.

        The underwriters have informed us that they do not expect to make sales to accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority in excess of 5% of the shares of Class A common stock being offered.

        IPO Pricing.     Before this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be negotiated between us and the representatives of the underwriters. Among the factors to be considered in these negotiations are:

    the history of, and prospects for, our company and the industry in which we compete;

    our past and present financial performance;

    an assessment of our management;

    the present state of our development;

    the prospects for our future earnings;

    the prevailing conditions of the applicable United States securities market at the time of this offering;

    market valuations of publicly traded companies that we and the representatives of the underwriters believe to be comparable to us; and

    other factors deemed relevant.

        The estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover of this preliminary prospectus is subject to change as a result of market conditions and other factors.

        Qualified Independent Underwriter.     Because we anticipate that some of the underwriters will receive more than 10% of the net proceeds of this offering in connection with our application of the net proceeds, those underwriters may be deemed to have a "conflict of interest" under Rule 2710(c)(8) of the Conduct Rules of the National Association of Securities Dealers. Accordingly, this offering will be made in compliance with the applicable provisions of Rule 2720 of the Conduct Rules. In accordance with this rule, the initial public offering price is no higher than that recommended by a "qualified independent underwriter" meeting certain standards. In accordance with this requirement, SG Cowen & Co., LLC has assumed the responsibilities of acting as a qualified independent underwriter and has recommended a price in compliance with the requirements of Rule 2720. SG Cowen & Co., LLC, in its role as qualified independent underwriter, has performed due diligence investigations and reviewed and participated in the preparation of this prospectus and the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. SG Cowen & Co., LLC will receive no compensation for acting in this capacity; however, we and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify SG Cowen & Co., LLC for acting as a qualified independent underwriter against specified liabilities under the Securities Act. Furthermore, under Rule 2720, with respect to those customer accounts over which the underwriters have discretionary control, the underwriters will not execute any transaction in the shares of common stock being offered in connection with this offering without first obtaining the prior written approval of such customer.

        Lock-up Agreements.     We, our directors, executive officers and existing stockholders who in the aggregate beneficially own in excess of            % of the currently outstanding shares have entered into

83



lock-up agreements with the underwriters. Under these agreements, subject to exceptions, we may not issue any new shares of Class A common stock, and those holders of common stock may not, directly or indirectly, offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of or hedge any common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Class A common stock, or publicly announce the intention to do any of the foregoing, without the prior written consent of Banc of America Securities LLC for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus. This consent may be given at any time without public notice. In addition, during this 180 day period, we have also agreed not to file any registration statement for, and each of our officers and stockholders has agreed not to make any demand for, or exercise any right of, the registration of, any shares of Class A common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Class A common stock without the prior written consent of Banc of America Securities LLC.

        Directed Share Program.     At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale to our employees, franchisees, stockholders, majority-owned restaurant partners, directors and other third parties at the initial public offering price up to 5% of the Class A shares being offered by this prospectus. The sale of the reserved shares to these purchasers will be made by Banc of America Securities LLC. The purchasers of these shares may be subject to a lock-up agreement with us. We do not know if our employees, franchisees, stockholders, majority-owned restaurant partners, directors and other third parties will choose to purchase all or any portion of the reserved shares, but any purchases they do make will reduce the number of shares available to the general public. If all of these reserved shares are not purchased, the underwriters will offer the remainder to the general public on the same terms as the other shares offered by this prospectus.

        Indemnification.     We and the selling stockholders will indemnify the underwriters and the qualified independent underwriter against some liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. If we and the selling stockholders are unable to provide this indemnification, we will contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

        Conflicts/Affiliates.     The underwriters and their affiliates may in the future provide various investment banking, commercial banking and other financial services for us and our affiliates for which services they may receive customary fees. Banc of America Securities LLC, one of the underwriters in this offering, served as a co-lead arranger of our credit facility. In addition, an affiliate of Banc of America Securities LLC, is also a lender under the facility. As of March 30, 2004, $54.3 million was outstanding under this facility. As a lender under the facility, Bank of America, N.A. will receive a portion of the proceeds from this offering in connection with our partial repayment of outstanding indebtedness under the facility.

84




LEGAL MATTERS

        The validity of the common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Frost Brown Todd LLC, Louisville, Kentucky. As of the date of this prospectus, certain attorneys of Frost Brown Todd LLC hold an aggregate of            shares of our Class A common stock. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Shearman & Sterling LLP, New York, New York.


EXPERTS

        The combined financial statements of Texas Roadhouse, Inc. and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 2002 and December 30, 2003, and for each of the fiscal years in the three-year period ended December 30, 2003, have been included herein and in the registration statement in reliance on reports of KPMG LLP, independent certified public accountants, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.


WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

        We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of Class A common stock offered hereby. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement or the exhibits and schedules filed therewith. For further information with respect to Texas Roadhouse, Inc. and the Class A common stock offered hereby, reference is made to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed therewith. Statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any contract or any other document that is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are not necessarily complete, and each such statement is qualified in all respects by reference to the full text of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement.

        A copy of the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed therewith may be inspected without charge at the public reference room maintained by the SEC, located at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Room 1200, Washington, D.C. 20549, and copies of all or any part of the registration statement may be obtained from such offices upon the payment of the fees prescribed by the SEC. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information about the public reference room. The SEC also maintains an Internet website that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. The address of the site is www.sec.gov.

        Upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to the information and periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, and, in accordance therewith, will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. Such periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the public reference room and web site of the SEC referred to above. We also intend to furnish our stockholders with annual reports containing our financial statements audited by an independent public accounting firm and quarterly reports containing our unaudited financial information. We maintain a website at www.TexasRoadhouse.com . You may access our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act with the SEC free of charge at our website as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The reference to our web address does not constitute incorporation by reference of the information contained at this site.

85



INDEX TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 
  Page
Independent Auditors' Report   F-2

Combined Balance Sheets—December 31, 2002 and December 30, 2003

 

F-3

Combined Statements of Income—Years ended December 30, 2001, December 31, 2002 and December 30, 2003

 

F-4

Combined Statements of Members' Equity and Comprehensive Income—Years ended December 30, 2001, December 31, 2002 and December 30, 2003

 

F-5

Combined Statements of Cash Flows—Years ended December 30, 2001, December 31, 2002 and December 30, 2003

 

F-6

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

 

F-7

F-1


INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

The Board of Directors
Texas Roadhouse, Inc.:

        We have audited the accompanying combined balance sheets of Texas Roadhouse, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2002 and December 30, 2003, and the related combined statements of income, members' equity and comprehensive income and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 30, 2003. These combined financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these combined financial statements based on our audits.

        We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, the combined financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Texas Roadhouse, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2002 and December 30, 2003, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 30, 2003, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

        As discussed in note 2 to the combined financial statements, the Company adopted the provisions of the Financial Accounting Standards Board's Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets , in 2002.

/s/   KPMG LLP      
Louisville, Kentucky
April 26, 2004

F-2



Texas Roadhouse, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Combined Balance Sheets

(in thousands)

 
  December 31,
2002

  December 30,
2003

  Pro Forma
December 30,
2003

 
   
   
  (Unaudited)

Assets                  

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Cash and cash equivalents   $ 7,816   $ 5,728   $ 5,728
  Receivables, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $47 and $18 in 2002 and 2003, respectively     4,258     10,473     10,473
  Inventories     1,787     3,505     3,505
  Prepaid expenses     1,495     1,232     1,232
  Other current assets     43     36     36
   
 
 
Total current assets     15,399     20,974     20,974
Property and equipment, net     110,151     123,051     123,051
Goodwill     2,190     2,190     2,190
Other assets     787     1,978     1,978
   
 
 
    Total assets   $ 128,527   $ 148,193   $ 148,193
   
 
 

Liabilities and Members' Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Distributions payable   $   $   $ 24,577
  Current maturities of long-term debt     6,415     8,059     8,059
  Current maturities of obligations under capital leases     286     221     221
  Accounts payable     7,381     11,570     11,570
  Deferred revenue—gift certificates     7,364     10,885     10,885
  Accrued wages     4,975     4,182     4,182
  Accrued taxes and licenses     3,033     3,546     3,546
  Other accrued liabilities     1,396     2,110     2,110
   
 
 
Total current liabilities     30,850     40,573     65,150
Long-term debt, excluding current maturities     59,094     56,254     56,254
Obligations under capital leases, excluding current maturities     1,095     914     914
Stock option deposits     2,090     2,455     2,455
Deferred rent     1,182     1,405     1,405
Other liabilities     1,379     3,005     3,005
   
 
 
Total liabilities     95,690     104,606     129,183
Minority interest in consolidated subsidiaries     5,850     5,685     5,685
Members' equity     26,987     37,902     13,325
   
 
 
Total liabilities and members' equity   $ 128,527   $ 148,193   $ 148,193
   
 
 

See accompanying notes to combined financial statements.

F-3



Texas Roadhouse, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Combined Statements of Income

(in thousands, except per share data)

 
  December 30,
2001

  December 31,
2002

  December 30,
2003

 
Revenue:                    
    Restaurant sales   $ 154,359   $ 226,756   $ 279,519  
    Franchise royalties and fees     5,553     6,080     6,934  
   
 
 
 
Total revenue     159,912     232,836     286,453  
   
 
 
 
Costs and expenses:                    
  Restaurant operating costs:                    
    Cost of sales     53,342     74,351     91,904  
    Labor     43,607     64,506     78,070  
    Rent     4,410     5,125     6,005  
    Other operating     24,379     36,237     47,382  
  Pre-opening     3,640     4,808     2,571  
  Depreciation and amortization     5,022     6,876     8,562  
  General and administrative     11,135     13,633     16,631  
   
 
 
 
Total costs and expenses     145,535     205,536     251,125  
   
 
 
 
Income from operations     14,377     27,300     35,328  

Interest expense, net

 

 

3,649

 

 

4,212

 

 

4,350

 
Minority interest     2,899     5,168     6,704  
Equity income (loss) from investments in unconsolidated affiliates     25     21     (61 )
Other income     125          
   
 
 
 
Net income   $ 7,979   $ 17,941   $ 24,213  
   
 
 
 
Pro forma data (unaudited):                    
  Historical income before taxes               $ 24,213  
  Pro forma provision for income taxes                 8,790  
               
 
  Net income adjusted for pro forma provision for income taxes               $ 15,423  
               
 
Net income adjusted for pro forma provision for income taxes per common share:                    
  Basic               $ 0.73  
               
 
  Diluted               $ 0.70  
               
 
Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding:                    
  Basic                 20,990  
               
 
  Diluted                 22,113  
               
 

See accompanying notes to combined financial statements.

F-4



Texas Roadhouse, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Combined Statements of Members' Equity and Comprehensive Income

($ in thousands)

 
  Shares
  Paid in Capital
  Note
Receivable-
Stockholders

  Retained
Earnings

  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income

  Total
 
Balance, December 31, 2000   15,317,916   $ 10,918   $ (201 ) $ 1,492   $ 13   $ 12,222  

Comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Unrealized loss on available- for-sale securities                   (7 )   (7 )
  Net income               7,979         7,979  
                               
 
    Total comprehensive income                                 7,972  
                               
 
Distributions to members               (4,421 )       (4,421 )
Capital contributions by majority stockholder       407                 407  
Minority interest contributions and other   40,000     263                 263  
Repayment of note receivable-stockholders           92             92  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance, December 30, 2001   15,357,916   $ 11,588   $ (109 ) $ 5,050   $ 6   $ 16,535  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 

Net income

 


 

 


 

 


 

$

17,941

 

 


 

$

17,941

 

Exercise of stock options

 

189,546

 

 

342

 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 

342

 
Distributions to members               (8,265 )       (8,265 )
Capital contribution by majority stockholder       300                 300  
Minority interest contributions and other   259,546     33                 33  
Repayment of note receivable-stockholders           101             101  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance, December 31, 2002   15,807,008   $ 12,263   $ (8 ) $ 14,726   $ 6   $ 26,987  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 

Comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Unrealized loss on derivative     $   $   $   $ (165 ) $ (165 )
  Unrealized loss on available- for-sale securities                   (6 )   (6 )
  Net income               24,213         24,213  
                               
 
    Total comprehensive income                                 24,042  
                               
 
Exercise of stock options   368,147     1,429                 1,429  
Distributions to members               (14,784 )       (14,784 )
Minority interest contributions and other   305,147     220                 220  
Repayment of note receivable-stockholders           8             8  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance, December 30, 2003   16,480,302   $ 13,912   $   $ 24,155   $ (165 ) $ 37,902  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 

See accompanying notes to combined financial statements.

F-5



Texas Roadhouse, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Combined Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands)

 
  December 30,
2001

  December 31,
2002

  December 30,
2003

 
Cash flows from operating activities:                    
  Net income   $ 7,979   $ 17,941   $ 24,213  
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:                    
    Depreciation and amortization     5,022     6,876     8,562  
    Gain on sale of majority interest in consolidated affiliate     (125 )        
    Loss on disposal of assets     20     58     121  
    Minority interest     2,899     5,168     6,704  
    Equity income (loss) from investments in unconsolidated affiliates     (25 )   (21 )   61  
    Distributions received from investments in unconsolidated affiliates     28     22     46  
    Provision for doubtful accounts     54     190     100  
    Increase in receivables     (3 )   (824 )   (6,315 )
    Decrease (increase) in inventories     3     (854 )   (1,718 )
    (Increase) decrease in prepaid expenses and other current assets     (580 )   (599 )   264  
    Decrease in other assets     58     67     486  
    Increase (decrease) in accounts payable     4,443     (3,334 )   4,189  
    Increase in deferred revenue—gift certificates     1,783     2,663     3,521  
    Increase (decrease) in accrued wages     476     2,723     (793 )
    Increase in accrued taxes and licenses     553     (447 )   514  
    (Decrease) increase in accrued other liabilities     (218 )   1,516     549  
    Increase in deferred rent     288     301     223  
    (Decrease) increase in other liabilities     (153 )   272     1,431  
   
 
 
 
      Net cash provided by operating activities     22,502     31,718     42,158  
   
 
 
 
Cash flows from investing activities:                    
  Capital expenditures—property and equipment     (35,857 )   (34,696 )   (26,882 )
  Proceeds from sale-leaseback transactions         1,992      
  Proceeds from sale of property and equipment     163         358  
  Payment for additional ownership interest in joint venture         (60 )    
  Payment for investment in license restaurant     (75 )        
   
 
 
 
      Net cash used in investing activities     (35,769 )   (32,764 )   (26,524 )
   
 
 
 
Cash flows from financing activities:                    
  Repayments of note payable to bank     (1,457 )   (5,048 )    
  Proceeds from note payable to bank     624          
  Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt     17,821     38,512     59,130  
  Proceeds from minority interest contributions and other     2,776     1,476      
  Repayment of stock option deposits     (125 )   (98 )   (263 )
  Proceeds from stock option deposits     407     674     958  
  Principal payments on long-term debt     (2,237 )   (17,126 )   (55,082 )
  Proceeds from repayment of notes receivable-stockholders     92     101     8  
  Principal payments on capital lease obligations     (262 )   (255 )   (246 )
  Proceeds from capital contributions by majority stockholder     407     300      
  Payments for debt issuance costs     (131 )   (38 )   (1,673 )
  Proceeds from exercise of stock options         341     1,099  
  Maturity of restricted cash     200          
  Distributions to minority interest holders     (3,800 )   (5,629 )   (6,869 )
  Distributions to members     (4,421 )   (8,265 )   (14,784 )
   
 
 
 
      Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities     9,894     4,945     (17,722 )
   
 
 
 
      Net (decrease) increase in cash     (3,373 )   3,899     (2,088 )
Cash and cash equivalents—beginning of year     7,290     3,917     7,816  
   
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents—end of year   $ 3,917   $ 7,816   $ 5,728  
   
 
 
 
Cash paid during the year—interest, net of amounts capitalized   $ 3,556   $ 3,631   $ 3,426  
   
 
 
 

See accompanying notes to combined financial statements.

F-6



Texas Roadhouse, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

(Tabular amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

(1)    Description of Business

        The accompanying combined financial statements include the accounts of Texas Roadhouse Holdings LLC, its wholly-owned and majority-owned subsidiaries, Texas Roadhouse Development Corporation ("TRDC"), WKT Restaurant Corp., Texas Roadhouse Management Corporation and six license and three franchise restaurants, all of which are under common control by one controlling shareholder (collectively, "Texas Roadhouse, Inc." or the "Company"). The controlling shareholder has the unilateral ability to implement major operating and financial policies for the combining entities. Texas Roadhouse Holdings LLC and its combined subsidiaries (collectively, "Holdings"), operate Texas Roadhouse restaurants. Holdings also provides supervisory and administrative services for certain other license and franchise restaurants. TRDC sells franchise rights and collects the franchise royalties and fees. WKT Restaurant Corp. is the managing member of Holdings. Texas Roadhouse Management Corporation provides management services to Holdings, TRDC and certain franchise and license restaurants. At December 30, 2003 and December 31, 2002, there were 162 and 142 Texas Roadhouse restaurants operating in 32 and 28 states, respectively. Of the 162 restaurants operating at December 30, 2003, (i) 87 were Company restaurants, of which 56 were wholly-owned restaurants, and 31 were majority-owned or controlled restaurants which are combined by the Company and (ii) 75 were franchise restaurants, of which 4 were license restaurants and 71 were franchise restaurants. Of the 142 restaurants operating at December 31, 2002, (i) 77 were Company restaurants, of which 46 were wholly-owned restaurants, and 31 were majority-owned or controlled restaurants which were combined by the Company, and (ii) 65 were franchise restaurants, of which 4 were license restaurants and 61 were franchise restaurants.

        Holdings began operating April 1, 1997 as a limited liability company. It issued shares to its members in exchange for cash and, in a series of concurrent transactions, issued shares to the owners of certain predecessor entities for the acquisition of three Texas Roadhouse restaurants and to W. Kent Taylor for the acquisition of the Texas Roadhouse operating system, trademarks, and management rights. These transactions were accounted for as purchases and resulted in the recording of approximately $2.4 million in goodwill.

(2)    Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

    (a)
    Principles of Combination

      At December 31, 2002 and December 30, 2003, the Company had a minority ownership in one and eleven franchise restaurants, respectively. These unconsolidated restaurants are accounted for using the equity method. All significant intercompany balances and transactions for these unconsolidated restaurants as well as the combining companies have been eliminated.

    (b)
    Fiscal Year


    The Company utilizes a 52 or 53 week accounting period that ends on the last Tuesday in December. Beginning with fiscal year 2002, for operational reasons, the Company changed its fiscal year end from the last Sunday in December to the last Tuesday in December. This change resulted in fiscal year 2002 consisting of 52 weeks and two days as compared to fiscal years 2001 and 2003, which were both 52 weeks in length.

F-7


    (c)
    Cash and Cash Equivalents


    For purposes of the combined statements of cash flows, the Company considers all highly liquid debt instruments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

    (d)
    Receivables


    Receivables consist principally of amounts due from certain franchise and license stores for reimbursement of pre-opening and other expenses, amounts due for royalty fees from franchise stores, and credit card receivables.


    Receivables are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. The allowance for doubtful accounts is the Company's best estimate of the amount of probable credit losses in the Company's existing accounts receivable. The Company determines the allowance based on historical write-off experience. The Company reviews its allowance for doubtful accounts quarterly. Past due balances over 90 days and a specified amount are reviewed individually for collectibility. Account balances are charged off against the allowance after all means of collection have been exhausted and the potential for recovery is considered remote. The Company does not have any off-balance-sheet credit exposure related to its customers.

    (e)
    Inventories


    Inventories, consisting principally of food, beverages, and supplies, are valued at the lower of first-in, first-out cost or market. The Company purchases its products from a number of suppliers and believes there are alternative suppliers. The Company has no minimum purchase commitments from its vendors.

    (f)
    Pre-opening Expenses


    Pre-opening expenses are charged to operations as incurred. These costs include wages, benefits, travel and lodging for the training and opening management teams, and food, beverage and other restaurant operating expenses incurred prior to a restaurant opening for business.

    (g)
    Property and Equipment


    Property and equipment are stated at cost. Expenditures for major renewals and betterments are capitalized while expenditures for maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. Depreciation is computed over the estimated useful lives of the related assets using the straight-line method.


    The estimated useful lives are:

Land improvements   15 years
Buildings and leasehold improvements   10-25 years
Equipment and smallwares   3-10 years
Furniture and fixtures   3-10 years

    The Company leases land, buildings and/or certain equipment for several of its restaurants under noncancelable lease agreements. The Company's land and building leases typically have

F-8


      initial terms ranging from 10 to 15 years, and contain renewal options for one or more 5-year periods. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the term of the applicable lease or their useful lives, whichever is shorter.

    (h)
    Goodwill


    Goodwill represents the excess of cost over fair value of assets of businesses acquired. The Company adopted the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets ("SFAS No. 142"), as of December 31, 2001. Goodwill and intangible assets acquired in a purchase business combination and determined to have an indefinite useful life are not amortized, but instead tested for impairment at least annually in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 142. Goodwill is tested annually for impairment, and is tested for impairment more frequently if events and circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired. An impairment loss is recognized to the extent that the carrying amount exceeds the asset's fair value. This determination is made at the reporting until level and consists of two steps. First, the Company determines the fair value of a reporting unit and compares it to its carrying amount. Second, if the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is recognized for any excess of the carrying amount of the reporting unit's goodwill over the implied fair value of the goodwill. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined by allocating the fair value of the reporting unit in a manner similar to a purchase price allocation, in accordance with SFAS No. 141, Business Combinations . The residual fair value after this allocation is the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill. There were no changes to the carrying amount of goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2002 or December 30, 2003. SFAS No. 142 also requires that intangible assets with estimable useful lives be amortized over their respective estimated useful lives to their estimated residual values, and reviewed for impairment in accordance with SFAS No. 144, Accounting for Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets ("SFAS No. 144").


    Before the adoption of SFAS No. 142, goodwill was amortized on a straight-line basis over 40 years and assessed for recoverability by determining whether the amortization of the goodwill balance over its remaining life could be recovered through undiscounted future operating cash flows of the acquired operations.


    Amortization expense related to goodwill was $61,000 for the year ended December 30, 2001. The following table reconciles previously reported net income as if the provisions of SFAS No. 142 were in effect in 2001:

Reported net income   $ 7,979
Add back goodwill amortization     61
   
  Adjusted net income   $ 8,040
   
    (i)
    Other Assets


    Other assets consist primarily of costs related to the issuance of debt. The debt issuance costs are being amortized to interest expense over the term of the related debt.

F-9


    (j)
    Impairment of Long-Lived Assets


    The Company adopted SFAS No. 144 on December 31, 2001. The adoption of SFAS No. 144 did not affect the Company's combined financial statements.


    In accordance with SFAS No. 144, long-lived assets, such as property and equipment are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its estimated future cash flows, an impairment charge is recognized by the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset. Assets to be disposed of would be separately presented in the combined balance sheet and reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell, and would no longer be depreciated. The assets and liabilities of a disposal group classified as held for sale would be presented separately in the appropriate asset and liability sections of the combined balance sheet.

    (k)
    Segment Reporting


    As of December 30, 2003, we operated 87 Texas Roadhouse restaurants each as a single operating segment. The restaurants operate exclusively in the U.S. within the casual dining industry, providing similar products to similar customers. The restaurants also possess similar pricing structures, resulting in similar long-term expected financial performance characteristics. Revenues from external customers are derived principally from food and beverage sales. We do not rely on any major customers as a source of revenue. We have aggregated our operations into a single reportable segment.

    (l)
    Revenue Recognition


    Revenue from restaurant sales is recognized when food and beverage products are sold. Deferred revenue primarily represents the Company's liability for gift cards and certificates that have been sold, but not yet redeemed, and is recorded at the expected redemption value. When the gift cards and certificates are redeemed, the Company recognizes restaurant sales and reduces the deferred revenue.


    The Company franchises Texas Roadhouse restaurants and collects ongoing royalties of 2.0% to 4.0% of sales from franchise restaurants. These ongoing royalties are reflected in the accompanying combined statements of income as franchise royalties and fees. The Company recognizes initial franchise fees as revenue after performing substantially all initial services or conditions required by the franchise agreement, which is generally upon the opening of a restaurant. Continuing franchise royalties are recognized as revenue as the fees are earned. The Company also performs supervisory and administrative services for certain franchise and license restaurants for which it receives management fees, which are recognized as the services are performed. Revenue from supervisory and administrative services is recorded as a reduction of general and administrative expenses on the accompanying combined statements of income. Total revenue recorded for supervisory and administrative services for the years

F-10


      ended December 30, 2001, December 31, 2002, and December 30, 2003 was approximately $157,000, $118,000 and $255,000, respectively.

    (m)
    Income Taxes


    The Company files partnership returns for Federal and state income tax purposes. Accordingly, no provision has been made for Federal and state taxes since these taxes are the responsibility of the members.


    The reported amounts of the Company's assets and liabilities exceeded the tax basis of those assets and liabilities by approximately $10.4 million and $13.0 million at December 31, 2002 and December 30, 2003, respectively.

    (n)
    Advertising


    The Company has a system-wide marketing and advertising fund. Company and franchise restaurants are required to remit a designated portion of sales, currently 0.3%, to a separate advertising fund that is used for marketing and advertising efforts throughout the restaurant system. Company contributions to the fund are expensed as incurred.


    Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Advertising costs amounted to approximately $1,737,000, $2,047,000 and $2,493,000 for the years ended December 30, 2001, December 31, 2002 and December 30, 2003, respectively.

    (o)
    Rent


    Certain of the Company's operating leases contain predetermined fixed escalations of the minimum rent during the original term of the lease. For these leases, the Company recognizes the related rent expense on a straight-line basis over the life of the lease and records the difference between the amounts charged to operations and amounts paid as deferred rent.


    Additionally, certain of the Company's operating leases contain clauses that provide for additional contingent rent based on a percentage of sales greater than certain specified target amounts. The Company recognizes contingent rent expense prior to the achievement of the specified target that triggers the contingent rent, provided achievement of that target is considered probable.

    (p)
    Use of Estimates


    Management of the Company has made a number of estimates and assumptions relating to the reporting of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the combined financial statements and the reporting of revenue and expenses during the period to prepare these combined financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Significant items subject to such estimates and assumptions include the carrying amount of property and equipment, goodwill, and obligations related to workers' compensation insurance. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

F-11


    (q)
    Comprehensive Income


    SFAS No. 130, Reporting Comprehensive Income , establishes standards for reporting and presentation of comprehensive income and its components in a full set of financial statements. Comprehensive income consists of net income and net unrealized gains (losses) on securities and derivatives and is presented in the combined statements of members' equity and comprehensive income.

    (r)
    Stock Option Plan


    The Company applies the intrinsic-value-based method of accounting prescribed by Accounting Principles Board ("APB") Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees , and related interpretations including Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") Interpretation No. 44, Accounting for Certain Transactions involving Stock Compensation, an interpretation of APB Opinion No. 25 , to account for its fixed-plan stock options. Under this method, compensation expense is recorded on the date of grant only if the current market price of the underlying stock exceeded the exercise price. SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation , ("SFAS No. 123") and SFAS No. 148, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation—Transition and Disclosure , an amendment of SFAS No. 123, established accounting and disclosure requirements using a fair-value-based method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation plans. As allowed by existing accounting standards, the Company has elected to continue to apply the intrinsic- value-based method of accounting described above, and has adopted only the disclosure requirements of SFAS No. 123, as amended. The following table illustrates the effect on net income if the fair-value-based method had been applied to all outstanding and unvested awards in each period.

 
  December 30,
2001

  December 31,
2002

  December 30,
2003

 
Net income, as reported   $ 7,979   $ 17,941   $ 24,213  
Deduct total stock-based-employee compensation expense determined under fair-value-based method for all rewards     (551 )   (930 )   (933 )
   
 
 
 
  Pro forma net income   $ 7,428   $ 17,011   $ 23,280  
   
 
 
 

    The per share weighted average fair value of stock options granted during 2001, 2002 and 2003 was $1.00, $1.24 and $1.27, respectively using the Black Scholes option-pricing model (excluding a volatility assumption) with the following weighted average assumptions:

 
  December 30,
2001

  December 31,
2002

  December 30,
2003

 
Risk-free interest rate   4.67 % 3.81 % 2.82 %
Expected life (years)   5.0   5.0   5.0  
Expected dividend yield   0.0 % 0.0 % 0.0 %

F-12


    (s)
    Fair Value of Financial Instruments


    At December 31, 2002 and December 30, 2003, the fair value of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, and accounts payable approximated carrying value based on the short-term nature of these instruments. The fair value of the Company's long-term debt and debt-related derivative instruments is estimated based on the current rates offered to the Company for instruments of similar terms and maturities. The carrying amounts and related estimated fair values for the Company's debt and debt-related derivative instruments are as follows:

 
  Decmeber 31,
2002

  December 30,
2003

 
 
  Carrying Amount
  Fair Value
  Carrying Amount
  Fair Value
 
Installment loans   $ 65,509   $ 66,866   $ 14,126   $ 15,877  
Term loans             14,987     14,987  
Revolver             35,200     35,200  
Debt-related derivative:                          
  Open contract in a net liability position             (165 )   (165 )
    (t)
    Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities


    The Company accounts for derivatives and hedging activities in accordance with SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Certain Hedging Activities , as amended, which requires that all derivative instruments be recorded on the combined balance sheet at their respective fair values.


    The Company has entered in a derivative contract to manage its interest rate exposure on its debt instruments. On the date the derivative contract was entered into, the Company designated the derivative as a hedge of the variability of cash flows to be paid related to a recognized liability (cash-flow hedge). For the hedging relationship, the Company has formally documented the hedging relationship and its risk-management objective and strategy for undertaking the hedge, the hedging instrument, the item, the nature of the risk being hedged, how the hedging instrument's effectiveness in offsetting the hedged risk will be assessed, and a description of the method of measuring ineffectiveness. This process included linking the derivative that is designated as a cash-flow hedge to a specific liability on the combined balance sheet. The Company also formally assesses, both at the hedge's inception and on an ongoing basis, whether the derivative that is used in the hedging transaction is highly effective in offsetting changes in the cash flows of the hedged item. Changes in the fair value of a derivative that is highly effective and that is designated and qualifies as a cash-flow hedge are recorded in other comprehensive income to the extent that the derivative is effective as a hedge, until earnings are affected by the variability in cash flows of the designated hedged item. The ineffective portion of the change in fair value of a derivative instrument that qualifies as a cash-flow hedge is reported in earnings.

F-13


      The Company discontinues hedge accounting prospectively when it is determined that the derivative is no longer effective in offsetting changes in cash flows of the hedged item, the derivative expires or is sold, terminated, or exercised, the derivative is dedesignated as a hedging instrument, because it is unlikely that a forecasted transaction will occur, or management determines that the designation of the derivative as a hedging instrument is no longer appropriate.

      When hedge accounting is discontinued because it is probable that a forecasted transaction will not occur, the Company continues to carry the derivative on the combined balance sheet at its fair value with subsequent changes in fair value included in earnings, and gains and losses that were accumulated in other comprehensive income are recognized immediately in earnings. In all other situations in which hedge accounting is discontinued, the Company continues to carry the derivative at its fair value on the combined balance sheet and recognizes any subsequent changes in its fair value in earnings.

    (u)
    Recently Issued Accounting Standards


    In December 2003, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 46 (revised December 2003), Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities ("FIN 46R"), which addresses how a business enterprise should evaluate whether it has a controlling financial interest in an entity through means other than voting rights and accordingly should consolidate the entity. The Company will be required to apply FIN 46R to variable interests in variable interest entities (VIEs) created after December 30, 2003. For variable interests in VIEs created before January 1, 2004, the Interpretation is effective for the Company for the quarter ending March 30, 2004. For any VIEs that must be combined under FIN 46R that were created before January 1, 2004, the assets, liabilities and noncontrolling interests of the VIE initially would be measured at their carrying amounts with any difference between the net amount added to the balance sheet and any previously recognized interest being recognized as the cumulative effect of an accounting change. If determining the carrying amounts is not practicable, fair value at the date FIN 46R first applies may be used to measure the assets, liabilities and noncontrolling interest of the VIE.


    FIN 46R excludes from its scope businesses (as defined by FIN 46R) unless certain conditions exist. We believe the franchise entities which operate our restaurants meet the definition of a business. Thus, we are currently evaluating whether any conditions exist that would subject any of our franchisees to the provisions of FIN 46R, requiring us to determine if they are VIEs, and if so, whether we have a controlling financial interest in the entity. We do not possess any ownership interests in our franchisees other than our investment in various unconsolidated affiliates accounted for under the equity method. Additionally, we generally do not provide financial support to our franchisees in a typical franchise relationship. While we continue to evaluate the applicability of FIN 46R to our franchise relationships, at this time we do not expect FIN 46R to have a material impact on the Company's combined financial statements.


    The Company's majority-owned or controlled restaurant entities are currently combined. These entities would be considered variable interest entities under the provisions of FIN 46R, and the Company believes it will continue to combine them upon adoption of that

F-14


      interpretation. The Company's maximum exposure to loss as a result of its involvement with these entities is estimated to be the investment in the entities and the minority interests' portion of debt to the Company and totals approximately $8.4 million at December 30, 2003.


    SFAS No. 150, Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity , was issued in May 2003. This Statement establishes standards for the classification and measurement of certain financial instruments with characteristics of both liabilities and equity. The Statement also includes required disclosures for financial instruments within its scope. For the Company, the Statement was effective for instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003 and otherwise will be effective as of December 31, 2003, except for mandatorily redeemable financial instruments. For certain mandatorily redeemable financial instruments, the Statement will be effective for the Company on December 29, 2004. The effective date has been deferred indefinitely for certain other types of mandatorily redeemable financial instruments. The Company currently does not have any financial instruments that are within the scope of this Statement.

(3)    Long-term Debt

        Long-term debt consisted of the following:

 
  December 31,
2002

  December 30,
2003

Installment loans, due 2003-2026   $ 65,509   $ 14,126
Term loans, due in equal quarterly installments through June 2006         14,987
Revolver, due July 2006         35,200
   
 
      65,509     64,313
Less current maturities     6,415     8,059
   
 
    $ 59,094   $ 56,254
   
 

        Maturities of long-term debt, excluding capital leases, are as follows:

2004   $ 8,059
2005     6,899
2006     40,737
2007     2,234
2008     784
Thereafter     5,600
   
    $ 64,313
   

        During 2002, Holdings entered into several installment loans with financial institutions to finance land, buildings, and equipment of new restaurants. The weighted average interest rates for installment

F-15



loans outstanding at December 31, 2002 and December 30, 2003 were 5.88% and 7.70%, respectively. The debt is secured by certain land, buildings, and equipment.

        In July 2003, Holdings completed a $100 million three year syndicated banking arrangement (the "credit facility"), the proceeds of which were used to refinance approximately 80.0% of the existing debt. The credit facility includes approximately $50 million of available financing (the "revolver") to fund development of new restaurants. The terms of this credit facility require Holdings to pay interest on outstanding term and revolver borrowings at LIBOR plus a margin of 1.50% to 2.75%, plus a commitment fee of 0.25% per year on any unused portion of the credit facility. The weighted average interest rate for term loans outstanding at December 30, 2003 was 3.93%. The weighted average interest rate for the revolver at December 30, 2003 was 3.63%. The debt is secured by certain land, buildings, and equipment.

        Certain debt agreements require compliance with financial covenants including minimum debt service coverages and maximum debt to worth ratios. Holdings is currently in compliance with such covenants.

(4)    Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

        The Company has an interest-rate-related derivative instrument to manage its exposure on its debt facility. The Company does not enter into derivative instruments for any purpose other than cash-flow-hedging purposes. That is, the Company does not speculate using derivative instruments.

        By using the derivative financial instrument to hedge exposures to changes in interest rates, the Company exposes itself to credit risk and market risk. Credit risk is the failure of the counterparty to perform under the terms of the derivative contract. When the fair value of a derivative contract is positive, the counterparty owes the Company, which creates credit risk for the Company. When the fair value of a derivative contract is negative, the Company owes the counterparty and, therefore, it does not posses credit risk.

        Market risk is the adverse effect on the value of a financial instrument that results from a change in interest rates. The market risk associated with interest-rate contracts is managed by establishing and monitoring parameters that limit the types and degree of market risk that may be undertaken.

F-16



        The Company assesses interest rate cash flow risk by continually identifying and monitoring changes in interest rate exposures that may adversely impact expected future cash flows and by evaluating hedging opportunities. The Company maintains risk management control systems to monitor interest rate cash flow risk attributable to both the Company's outstanding or forecasted debt obligations as well as the Company's offsetting hedge positions. The risk management control systems involve the use of analytical techniques, including cash flow sensitivity analysis, to estimate the expected impact of changes in interest rates on the Company's future cash flows.

        The Company uses variable-rate debt to finance a portion of its operations. The debt obligations expose the Company to variability in interest payments due to changes in interest rates. Management believes that it is prudent to limit the variability of a portion of its interest payments. To meet this objective, management entered into an interest rate swap agreement during 2003 with a notional amount of approximately $31.2 million to manage fluctuations in cash flows resulting from interest rate risk. This swap changes the variable-rate cash flow exposure on a portion of the credit facility to fixed cash flows. Under the terms of the interest rate swap, the Company receives variable interest rate payments and makes fixed interest rate payments, thereby creating the equivalent of fixed-rate debt for the portion of debt hedged.

        Changes in the fair value of the interest rate swap designated as an hedging instrument that effectively offsets the variability of cash flows associated with variable-rate, long-term debt obligations are reported in accumulated other comprehensive income. These amounts subsequently are reclassified into interest expense as a yield adjustment of the hedged interest payments in the same period in which the related interest affects earnings. For the year ended December 30, 2003, the Company did not reclassify any amount into interest expense.

        As of December 30, 2003, approximately $36,000 of deferred losses on derivative instruments accumulated in other comprehensive income is expected to be reclassified to earnings during the next 12 months. Transactions and events expected to occur over the next twelve months that will necessitate reclassifying these derivatives losses to earnings include the repricing of variable-rate debt. There were no cash flow hedges discontinued during 2003.

F-17



(5)    Property and Equipment, Net

        Property and equipment were as follows:

 
  December 31,
2002

  December 30,
2003

 
Land and improvements   $ 22,457   $ 29,043  
Buildings and leasehold improvements     63,730     69,878  
Equipment and smallwares     26,777     31,972  
Furniture and fixtures     9,950     11,622  
Construction in progress     3,901     4,906  
Liquor licenses     797     899  
   
 
 
      127,612     148,320  
Accumulated depreciation and amortization     (17,461 )   (25,269 )
   
 
 
    $ 110,151   $ 123,051  
   
 
 

        The amount of interest capitalized in connection with restaurant construction was approximately $453,000, $407,000 and $227,000 for the years ended December 30, 2001, December 31, 2002 and December 30, 2003, respectively.

(6)    Leases

        The following is a schedule of future minimum lease payments required for capital leases and operating leases that have initial or remaining noncancelable terms in excess of one year as of December 30, 2003:

 
  Capital
leases

  Operating
leases

2004   $ 305   $ 8,509
2005     285     8,616
2006     188     8,043
2007     117     6,589
2008     117     6,045
Thereafter     704     41,275
   
 
  Total     1,716   $ 79,077
         
Less amount representing interest ranging from 9.6% to 11.4%     581      
   
     
 
Present value of minimum capital lease payments

 

 

1,135

 

 

 

Less current maturities of obligations under capital leases

 

 

221

 

 

 
   
     
  Obligations under capital leases, excluding current maturities   $ 914      
   
     

F-18


        Capitalized lease assets, primarily building and equipment, with an original cost of approximately $2.0 million are being amortized on a straight-line basis over the applicable lease terms and interest expense is recognized on the outstanding obligations. The total accumulated amortization of property and equipment held under capital leases totaled approximately $913,000 and $999,000 at December 31, 2002 and December 30, 2003, respectively.

        The Company previously financed a portion of its restaurant development program through sale-leaseback transactions. Proceeds from sale-leaseback transactions totaled approximately $7.3 million in 2002. The properties, which related to land and buildings for four restaurants, were sold at net book value during 2002. One of the resulting leases is being accounted for as an operating lease. The other three sale-leasebacks were accounted for as financings and reflected as debt in the combined balance sheet as of December 31, 2002 due to liens held by the buyer/lessor on certain personal property within the restaurants. The amount reflected as debt as of December 31, 2002 was approximately $5.3 million.

        During 2003, in connection with the new credit facility (see note 3) and the liens associated with the credit facility, the leases previously accounted for as financings qualified for sale-leaseback accounting and are now accounted for as operating leases. The Company deferred a gain of approximately $195,000 which is reflected in other liabilities in the accompanying combined balance sheet as of December 30, 2003 and will be amortized to rent expense over the remaining lease term.

        Rent expense for operating leases consisted of the following:

 
  December 30,
2001

  December 31,
2002

  December 30,
2003

Minimum rent—occupancy   $ 4,062   $ 4,715   $ 5,588
Contingent rent     348     410     417
   
 
 
  Rent expense, occupancy   $ 4,410     5,125     6,005

Minimum rent—equipment

 

 

631

 

 

1,647

 

 

2,706
   
 
 
  Rent expense   $ 5,041   $ 6,772   $ 8,711
   
 
 

        Equipment rent expense is included in other operating expenses in the accompanying combined statements of income.

(7)    Commitments and Contingencies

        The estimated cost of completing capital project commitments at December 30, 2003 was approximately $22.6 million.

        The Company is involved in various claims and legal actions arising in the normal course of business. In the opinion of management, the ultimate disposition of these matters will not have a material effect on the Company's combined results of operations, financial position or liquidity.

F-19



(8)    Other Comprehensive Income

        The accumulated balances for each classification of other comprehensive income are as follows:

 
  December 31,
2002

  December 30,
2003

 
Unrealized gain on security   $ 6   $  
Unrealized loss on derivative instruments         (165 )
   
 
 
    $ 6   $ (165 )
   
 
 

(9)    Stock Option Plan

        In 1997 Texas Roadhouse Management Corp. adopted a stock option plan (the "Plan") for eligible employees. The Plan provides for granting of options to purchase shares of common stock at an exercise price not less than the fair value of the stock on the date of grant. Options are exercisable at various periods ranging from one to ten years from the date of grant. Texas Roadhouse Management Corp. requires certain of its eligible employees to make refundable deposits to be applied to the exercise price of the options. These deposits are classified as stock option deposits in the accompanying combined balance sheets.

        Stock option activity during the periods indicated, is as follows:

 
  Number
of shares

  Weighted average
exercise price

Balance at December 31, 2000   1,752,564   $ 3.25
  Granted   544,947     5.04
  Expired   (57,003 )   3.23
  Exercised      
   
     

Balance at December 30, 2001

 

2,240,508

 

 

3.69
  Granted   1,174,341     7.73
  Expired   (71,676 )   5.73
  Exercised   (189,546 )   1.81
   
     

Balance at December 31, 2002

 

3,153,627

 

 

5.24
  Granted   458,674     10.03
  Expired   (130,033 )   6.38
  Exercised   (368,972 )   3.88
   
     

Balance at December 30, 2003

 

3,113,296

 

$

6.06
   
     

F-20


        The following table presents summarized information about stock options outstanding and exercisable at December 30, 2003:

 
   
  Options outstanding
  Options exercisable
Range of
exercise prices

  Options
  Weighted average
remaining
contractual life

  Weighted average
exercise price

  Options
  Weighted average
exercise price

$2.50 -  3.40   122,696   5.24   $ 2.91   112,577   $ 2.89
  3.48 -  5.37   1,565,127   6.57     4.04   1,143,825     4.00
  5.87 -  9.30   1,099,150   8.54     8.01   479,771     7.74
  9.60 - 10.75   326,323   9.51     10.32      
   
           
     
    3,113,296             1,736,173      
   
           
     

(10)    Related Party Transactions

        W. Kent Taylor owns a substantial interest in Buffalo Construction, Inc., a restaurant construction business which provides services to us and other restaurant companies. The Company paid Buffalo Construction, Inc. amounts totaling $13.4 million, $20.4 million and $15.0 million during 2001, 2002 and 2003, respectively.

        One restaurant is currently leased from an entity owned by W. Kent Taylor and three other stockholders. Rent expense for this restaurant was approximately $140,000 in each of the years 2001 through 2003.

        We have nine license and franchise restaurants owned in whole or part by certain officers, directors and stockholders of the Company. These nine entities paid us fees of $157,000, $200,000, and $630,000 during the years ended December 30, 2001, December 31, 2002 and December 30, 2003, respectively.

(11)    Pro forma Adjustments (unaudited)

        Immediately before the Company's reorganization as a C corporation, the Company will make a distribution of approximately $24.6 million to Holdings members, representing undistributed income for periods before December 30, 2003. This distribution is shown on the accompanying pro forma combined balance sheet as distributions payable.

        In connection with the reorganization as a C corporation, a pro forma income tax provision has been calculated as if the Company were taxable at an estimated combined effective income tax rate of 36.3% for the year ended December 30, 2003 and included in the accompanying pro forma combined statement of income. The pro forma income tax provision does not include an adjustment to establish a deferred tax liability related to the $13.0 million excess of the reported amounts the Company's assets and liabilities over the tax basis of those assets and liabilities at December 30, 2003.

        Under the terms of an agreement associated with its formation by contributing all of his interests in WKT Restaurant Corp., our majority stockholder will contribute his right to receive a one percent

F-21



distribution on all sales of company and license Texas Roadhouse restaurants to Texas Roadhouse, Inc. in exchange for shares of Texas Roadhouse, Inc. common stock. The shares expected to be issued and the related distribution have been reflected in the accompanying pro forma combined balance sheet and calculation of pro forma net income per share.

        Our majority stockholder will also receive shares in Texas Roadhouse, Inc. in exchange for his shares in TRDC, six license restaurants and three franchise restaurants. The shares expected to be issued have been reflected in the accompanying calculation of pro forma net income per share.

(12)    Employment Agreements

        In May 2004, the Company entered into employment agreements with certain executive officers subject to completing and closing an initial public offering on or before September 1, 2004. The agreements articulate compensation arrangements including salary and bonus amounts, certain non-compete provisions, and termination rights.

F-22




                                                                        Shares

TEXAS ROADHOUSE LOGO

Texas Roadhouse, Inc.

Class A Common Stock



Prospectus
                  , 2004


Banc of America Securities LLC

RBC Capital Markets


SG Cowen & Co.

Wachovia Securities

        Until            , 2004 all dealers that buy, sell or trade our Class A common stock may be required to deliver a prospectus, regardless of whether they are participating in this offering. This is in addition to the dealers' obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.





PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

        The following table shows the costs and expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable in connection with the sale and distribution of the securities being registered. The registrant will pay all of these amounts. All amounts except the SEC registration fee are estimated.

SEC Registration Fee   $ 29,141
Accounting Fees and Expenses      
Legal Fees and Expenses (excluding Blue Sky)      
Printing and Engraving Fees and Expenses      
Blue Sky Fees and Expenses      
Transfer Agent and Registrar Fees and Expenses      
Nasdaq National Market Listing Fee      
NASD Filing Fee      
Director and Officer Liability Insurance      
Miscellaneous      
   
Total   $  

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

        Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law permits a corporation to include in its charter documents, and in agreements between the corporation and its directors and officers, provisions expanding the scope of indemnification beyond that specifically provided by the current law.

        The Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws of the registrant provide that the registrant shall indemnify our directors and officers, and may indemnify its employees and agents, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law.

        Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law permits corporations to eliminate or limit the personal liability of their directors by adding to the certificate of incorporation a provision eliminating or limiting the personal liability of a director to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, provided that such provision shall not eliminate or limit the liability of a director for (a) any breach of any director's duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (b) acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (c) payment of dividends or repurchases or redemptions of stock other than from lawfully available funds, or (d) any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

        Article VI of the registrant's Certificate of Incorporation provides that:

"[n]o director of the Corporation shall be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not eliminate or limit the liability of a director (a) for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders; (b) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of the law; (c) under Section 174 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware; or (d) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. If the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware shall be amended to permit further elimination or limitation of the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as so amended. Any repeal or modification of

II-1



this Article VI by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of, or increase the liability of any director of the Corporation with respect to any acts or omission occurring prior to, such repeal or modification."

        In addition, the registrant intends to enter into indemnification agreements with each of its directors and officers. These indemnification agreements will provide for the indemnification of directors and officers of the registrant to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, whether or not expressly provided for in our Bylaws, and set forth the process by which claims for indemnification are considered.

        Reference is also made to Section 8 of the Underwriting Agreement contained in Exhibit 1.1 hereto, indemnifying officers and directors against certain liabilities.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

        Except as set forth below, in the three years preceding the filing of this registration statement, the registrant has not issued any securities that were not registered under the Securities Act.

        In May 2004, upon the incorporation of the registrant, the registrant issued 100 shares of Class A common stock to W. Kent Taylor in exchange for $1,000.

        In May 2004, the registrant will issue             shares of Class A common stock in connection with the merger of Texas Roadhouse Development Corp. into the registrant.

        Upon the consummation of the acquisitions, which will take place immediately before the closing of the offering contemplated by this registration statement:

    the registrant will issue an aggregate of            shares of Class A common stock and            shares of Class B common stock in exchange for all the outstanding equity interests of Texas Roadhouse Holdings LLC, Texas Roadhouse Management Corp., WKT Restaurant Corp., 31 majority-owned or controlled Texas Roadhouse restaurants and one franchise restaurant;
    all outstanding options issued by Texas Roadhouse Management Corp. will automatically be converted into options to acquire shares of Class A common stock of the registrant.

        The foregoing sales of securities were made, or will be made, in reliance upon the exemption from the registration provisions of the Securities Act provided for by Section 4(2) thereof for transactions not involving a public offering. All of the foregoing securities are deemed restricted securities for the purposes of the Securities Act.

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

    (a)
    Exhibits

        The Exhibit Index filed herewith is incorporated herein by reference.

    (b)
    Financial Statement Schedules

        None.

Item 17. Undertakings

        The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

        Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the provisions referenced in Item 14 of this registration statement or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion

II-2



of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

        The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

        (1)   For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

        (2)   For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-3




SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Louisville, Commonwealth of Kentucky, on May 6, 2004.


 

 

TEXAS ROADHOUSE, INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
G. J. HART       
G. J. Hart
Chief Executive Officer


POWER OF ATTORNEY

        We, the undersigned directors and officers of Texas Roadhouse, Inc., do hereby constitute and appoint W. Kent Taylor, G. J. Hart and Scott M. Colosi, and each and any of them, our true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, to do any and all acts and things in our names and our behalf in our capacities as directors and officers and to execute any and all instruments for us and in our name in the capacities indicated below, which said attorneys and agents, or either of them, may deem necessary or advisable to enable said Corporation to comply with the Securities Act of 1933 and any rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, in connection with this registration statement, or any registration statement for this offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, including specifically, but without limitation, any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) hereto; and we hereby ratify and confirm all that said attorneys and agents, or any of them, shall do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities on May 6, 2004.

Signature
  Title

 

 

 

/s/  
W. KENT TAYLOR       
W. Kent Taylor

 

Chairman of the Company and Board

/s/  
G. J. HART       
G. J. Hart

 

Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

/s/  
SCOTT M. COLOSI       
Scott M. Colosi

 

Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)

/s/  
TONYA ROBINSON       
Tonya Robinson

 

Controller (Principal Accounting Officer)

II-4



EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit No.

  Description

 

 

 

1.1

 

Form of Underwriting Agreement.*

3.1

 

Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant.

3.2

 

Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant to be filed prior to the closing of the Offering.*

3.3

 

Bylaws of the Registrant.

4.1

 

Master Transaction Agreement, dated as of May     , 2004, among Registrant and others*

4.2

 

Form of specimen certificate representing Class A common stock of Registrant.*

4.3

 

Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of May            , 2004, among Registrant and others.*

5.1

 

Opinion of Frost Brown Todd LLC as to the legality of the securities being registered.*

10.1

 

Amended and Restated Office Lease Agreement (One Paragon Centre), dated as of August 15, 2003, by and between Paragon Centre Associates, LLC and Texas Roadhouse Holdings LLC, as amended.

10.2

 

Amended and Restated Office Lease Agreement (Two Paragon Centre), dated as of August 15, 2003, by and between Paragon Centre Associates, LLC and Texas Roadhouse Holdings LLC, as amended.

10.3

 

Credit Agreement, dated as of July 16, 2003 among Texas Roadhouse Holdings LLC, Bank of America, N.A., for itself as a lender and as an agent for the benefit of the other lenders, Bank of America Securities LLC, as Co-Lead Arranger for the lenders and itself as a lender, and National City Bank of Kentucky, as Co-Lead Arranger and as Syndication Agent, and the other financial institutions as lenders.

10.4

 

Employment Agreement, dated as of May 5, 2004, between Registrant and G.J. Hart.

10.5

 

Employment Agreement, dated as of May 5, 2004, between Registrant and Scott M. Colosi.

10.6

 

Employment Agreement, dated as of May 5, 2004, between Registrant and Steven L. Ortiz.

10.7

 

Employment Agreement, dated as of May 5, 2004, between Registrant and W. Kent Taylor.

10.8

 

Employment Agreement, dated as of May 5, 2004, between Registrant and Sheila C. Brown.*

10.9

 

Form of Director and Executive Officer Indemnification Agreement.*

10.10

 

Employee Stock Purchase Plan.*

10.11

 

2004 Equity Incentive Plan.*

21.1

 

List of Subsidiaries.*

23.1

 

Consent of Frost Brown Todd LLC (included in Exhibit 5.1).*

23.2

 

Consent of KPMG LLP.

24.1

 

Power of Attorney (included on signature page).

*
To be filed by amendment.



QuickLinks

TABLE OF CONTENTS
SUMMARY
Our Business
Our Fiscal Year and Principal Office
Background to the Offering
The Offering
Summary Historical and Pro Forma Combined Financial and Operating Data
RISK FACTORS
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
MARKET DATA AND FORECASTS
USE OF PROCEEDS
DIVIDEND POLICY
CAPITALIZATION
DILUTION
SELECTED HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
BUSINESS
MANAGEMENT
Summary Compensation Table
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK
UNDERWRITING
LEGAL MATTERS
EXPERTS
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
INDEX TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Texas Roadhouse, Inc. and Subsidiaries Combined Balance Sheets (in thousands)
Texas Roadhouse, Inc. and Subsidiaries Combined Statements of Income (in thousands, except per share data)
Texas Roadhouse, Inc. and Subsidiaries Combined Statements of Members' Equity and Comprehensive Income ($ in thousands)
Texas Roadhouse, Inc. and Subsidiaries Combined Statements of Cash Flows (in thousands)
Texas Roadhouse, Inc. and Subsidiaries Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Tabular amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
SIGNATURES
POWER OF ATTORNEY
EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit 3.1

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
TEXAS ROADHOUSE, INC.

The undersigned, Sheila C. Brown, for the purpose of incorporating and organizing a corporation under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, does hereby execute this Certificate of Incorporation and does hereby certify as follows:

ARTICLE I

NAME

The name of the corporation is Texas Roadhouse, Inc.

ARTICLE II

REGISTERED OFFICE AND AGENT

The address of the Corporation's registered office in the State of Delaware is 9 East Loockerman Street, Suite 1B, Dover, Delaware 19901. The name of its registered agent at such address is National Registered Agents, Inc.

ARTICLE III

PURPOSE

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

ARTICLE IV

CAPITAL STOCK

The Corporation shall have the authority to issue One Thousand (1,000) shares of $0.001 par value Class A Common Stock (the "Class A Common Stock"), One Thousand (1,000) shares of $0.001 par value Class B Common Stock (the "Class B Common Stock," and together with the Class A Common Stock, the "Common Stock"), and One Thousand (1,000) shares of $0.001 par value Preferred Stock (the "Preferred Stock"). The number of authorized shares of any class or classes of stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the stock of the corporation entitled to vote, irrespective of Del. Code Ann. tit. 8, Section 242(b)(2).

A statement of the designations of each class and the powers, preferences and rights, and qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof is as follows:


A. CLASS A COMMON STOCK

(1) DIVIDENDS. The holders of the Class A Common Stock shall be entitled to receive, share for share with the holders of shares of Class B Common Stock, such dividends if, as and when declared from time to time by the Board of Directors. In the event that such dividend is paid in the form of shares of Common Stock, holders of Class A Common Stock shall receive Class A Common Stock and holders of Class B Common Stock shall receive Class B Common Stock.

(2) LIQUIDATION. In the event of the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, distribution of assets or winding-up of the Corporation, the holders of the Class A Common Stock shall be entitled to receive, share for share with the holders of shares of Class B Common Stock, all the assets of the Corporation of whatever kind available for distribution to stockholders, after the rights of the holders of the Preferred Stock have been satisfied.

(3) VOTING. Each holder of Class A Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share of Class A Common Stock held as of the applicable date on any matter that is submitted to a vote or for the consent of the stockholders of the Corporation. Except as otherwise provided herein or by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the holders of Class A Common Stock and the holders of Class B Common Stock shall at all times vote on all matters (including the election of directors) together as one class.

(4) REDESIGNATION. Upon the conversion of all of the outstanding Class B Common Stock into shares of Class A Common Stock, the Class A Common Stock shall be automatically redesignated as "Common Stock."

B. CLASS B COMMON STOCK

(1) DIVIDENDS. The holders of the Class B Common Stock shall be entitled to receive, share for share with the holders of shares of Class A Common Stock, such dividends if, as and when declared from time to time by the Board of Directors. In the event that such dividend is paid in the form of shares of Common Stock, holders of Class A Common Stock shall receive Class A Common Stock and holders of Class B Common Stock shall receive Class B Common Stock.

(2) LIQUIDATION. In the event of the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, distribution of assets or winding-up of the Corporation, the holders of the Class B Common Stock shall be entitled to receive, share for share with the holders of shares of Class A Common Stock, all the assets of the Corporation of whatever kind available for distribution to stockholders, after the rights of the holders of the Preferred Stock have been satisfied.

(3) VOTING. Each holder of Class B Common Stock shall be entitled to ten votes for each share of Class B Common Stock held as of the applicable date on any matter that is submitted to a vote or for the consent of the stockholders of the Corporation. Except as otherwise provided herein or by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware,

- 2 -

the holders of Class A Common Stock and the holders of Class B Common Stock shall at all times vote on all matters (including the election of directors) together as one class.

(4) CONVERSION.

(a) Each share of Class B Common Stock shall be convertible into one fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A Common Stock at the option of the holder thereof at any time.

(b) Each share of Class B Common Stock shall automatically be converted into one fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A Common Stock upon the earliest of (i) the date such shares cease to be beneficially owned (as such term is defined under Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended ("Section 13(d)") by W. Kent Taylor, (ii) the date that W. Kent Taylor ceases to beneficially own (as such term is defined under Section 13(d)) at least 20% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company, (iii) the death or "permanent and total disability" of W. Kent Taylor within the meaning of 26 CFR 7.105-1 and (iv) June 30, 2009.

(c) The one-to-one conversion ratio for the conversion of the Class B Common Stock into Class A Common Stock in accordance with Section 4(a) and 4(b) of this Article IV shall in all events be equitably adjusted in the event of any recapitalization of the Corporation by means of a stock dividend on, or a stock split or combination of, outstanding Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, or in the event of any merger, consolidation or other reorganization of the Corporation with another corporation.

(d) The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Class A Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of Class B Common Stock, such number of its shares of Class A Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock.

(e) If any shares of Class B Common Stock shall be converted pursuant to this Section 4, the shares so converted shall be retired and returned to the authorized but unissued shares of Class B Common Stock.

C. OTHER MATTERS AFFECTING SHAREHOLDERS OF CLASS A COMMON STOCK AND CLASS B COMMON STOCK

In no event shall any stock dividends or stock splits or combinations of stock be declared or made on Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock unless the shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock at the time outstanding are treated equally and identically, except that such dividends or stock splits or combinations shall be made in respect of shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock in the form of shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, respectively.

- 3 -

D. PREFERRED STOCK

The Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series. The Board of Directors is expressly authorized, by resolution adopted and filed in accordance with law, and with the consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock, to fix the number of shares in each series, the designation thereof, the powers (including voting powers, full or limited, if any), the preferences and relative participating, optional or other special rights thereof, and the qualifications or restrictions thereon, of each series and the variations in such voting powers (if any) and preferences and rights as between series. Any shares of any class or series of Preferred Stock purchased, exchanged, converted or otherwise acquired by the Corporation, in any manner whatsoever shall be retired and cancelled promptly after the acquisition thereof. All such shares shall upon their cancellation become authorized but unissued shares of Preferred Stock, without designation as to series, and may be reissued as part of any series of Preferred Stock created by resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors, subject to the conditions and restrictions on issuance set forth in this Certificate of Incorporation or in such resolution or resolutions.

ARTICLE V

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

The number of directors of the Corporation from time to time shall be as fixed by, or in the manner provided in, the bylaws of the Corporation. Effective upon the date of the closing of the Corporation's initial public offering (the "Effective Date"), the directors shall be divided into 3 classes, with the initial term of office of the first class to expire at the first annual meeting of stockholders held after the Effective Date; the initial term of office of the second class to expire at the second annual meeting of stockholders held after the Effective Date; and the initial term of office of the third class to expire at the third annual meeting of stockholders held after the Effective Date. At each annual meeting of stockholders following such initial classification and election, directors elected to succeed those directors whose terms expire shall be elected for a term of office to expire at the third succeeding annual meeting of the stockholders after their election, and shall continue to hold office until their respective successors are elected and qualified, except in case of the death, resignation, or removal of any director. In the event of any increase in the number of directors fixed by the Board of Directors, the additional directors shall be classified so that all classes of directors have as nearly equal numbers of directors as may be possible. In the event of any decrease in the number of directors, all classes of directors shall be decreased equally as nearly as may be possible. Except as may be provided by the terms of any series of Preferred Stock, each director of the Corporation shall be entitled to one vote on each matter voted or acted upon by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE VI

LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

No director of the Corporation shall be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director; provided, however,

- 4 -

that the foregoing shall not eliminate or limit the liability of a director (a) for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders; (b) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of the law; (c) under Section 174 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware; or (d) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. If the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware shall be amended to permit further elimination or limitation of the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as so amended. Any repeal or modification of this Article VI by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of, or increase the liability of any director of the Corporation with respect to any acts or omission occurring prior to, such repeal or modification.

ARTICLE VII

BYLAWS

The Board of Directors is expressly authorized to adopt, alter, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation by affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present. Any Bylaws made by the directors under the powers conferred hereby may be altered, amended or repealed by the directors or by the stockholders acting in accordance with the terms hereof or thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing and anything contained in this Certificate of Incorporation to the contrary, Sections 2, 3, 9, 10 and 14 of Article II and Sections 2, 3 and 5 of Article III of the Bylaws shall not be altered, amended or repealed and no provision inconsistent therewith shall be adopted without the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of the shares of capital stock of the Corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote, voting together as a single class.

ARTICLE VIII

AMENDMENT

The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

ARTICLE IX

DURATION

The Corporation is to have perpetual existence.

- 5 -

ARTICLE X

INDEMNIFICATION

The Corporation may indemnify to the fullest extent permitted by law any person made or threatened to be made a party to an action or proceeding, whether criminal, civil, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he, his testator or interstate is or was a director, officer or employee of the Corporation or any predecessor of the Corporation or serves or served at any other enterprise as a director, officer or employee at the request of the Corporation or any predecessor to the Corporation.

ARTICLE XI

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as determined by the Board of Directors. The books of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the Delaware General Corporation Law) outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

ARTICLE XII

RESERVATION OF RIGHTS

The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by the Delaware General Corporation Law, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation above, provided that the rights of the Class B Common Stock may not be amended, altered, changed or repealed without the approval of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock.

ARTICLE XIII

REMOVAL OF A DIRECTOR

A director may be removed, at any time, either with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of holders of a majority of the voting power of shares of stock then entitled to vote with respect to the election of such director.

The name and address of the incorporator is Sheila C. Brown, General Counsel, Texas Roadhouse Holdings LLC, 6040 Dutchmans Lane, Suite 400, Louisville, Kentucky 40205.

- 6 -

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, Sheila C. Brown, being the incorporator hereinbefore named, do hereby further certify that the facts hereinabove stated are truly set forth and, accordingly, I have hereunto set my hand this 5th day of May, 2004.

/s/ SHEILA C. BROWN
----------------------------------
Sheila C. Brown,
Incorporator


Exhibit 3.3

BYLAWS
OF
TEXAS ROADHOUSE, INC.

Adopted as of May 5, 2004

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1. REGISTERED OFFICE. The registered office of the Corporation shall be in Dover, County of Kent, State of Delaware and the registered agent in charge thereof shall be National Registered Agents, Inc.

Section 2. OTHER OFFICES. The Corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.

ARTICLE II

STOCKHOLDERS

Section 1. PLACE OF MEETINGS. Meetings of the stockholders may be held at such place (if any), either within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President and stated in the notice of the meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof. In lieu of holding a meeting of stockholders at a designated place, the Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that any meeting of stockholders may be held solely by means of remote communication.

Section 2. ANNUAL MEETINGS. The annual meeting of the stockholders for the election of directors and for the transaction of any other business as may be properly brought before a meeting shall be held on such date and at such time and place (if any) to be fixed by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of meeting.

Section 3. SPECIAL MEETINGS. Unless otherwise prescribed by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, special meetings of stockholders may be called at any time and for any purpose, by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President, or by the Secretary at the written request of the holders of at least 50% in voting


power of all capital stock outstanding and entitled to cast votes at the meeting. Such written request shall be addressed to the Secretary of the Corporation and shall state the purpose of the proposed meeting, which must be a proper matter for stockholder action under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, and shall contain such other information as would be required under Section 9 of Article II hereof were it to be brought before a meeting called by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President. In the case of any special meeting so requested by holders of at least 50% in voting power of all capital stock outstanding and entitled to cast votes at the meeting, the Board of Directors shall promptly, but in all events within 10 days after the date on which such written request is received, adopt a resolution fixing a date for such special meeting, which meeting date shall be no more than 90 days from the date of such resolution. If the Board of Directors fails to take such action, the record date shall be the 120th day after the date on which the written request was received. No business shall be conducted at any special meeting of stockholders other than the items of business stated in the notice of meeting given in accordance with Section 4 of this Article II.

Section 4. NOTICE OF MEETINGS. Notice of any meeting of stockholders, whether annual or special, stating the place (if any), date and time of the meeting, the means of remote communication, if any, by which the stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, and in the case of special meetings, the purpose for which such special meeting is called, shall be prepared and delivered by the Corporation not less than 10 days or more than 60 days before the date of the meeting (except to the extent that such notice is waived or is not required to be provided pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware). Notice shall be given either personally, or by mail, or to the extent and in the manner permitted by applicable law. If mailed, notice is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to each stockholder at his or her address as it appears on the records of the Corporation.

Section 5. RECORD DATE FOR STOCKHOLDER MEETINGS. For the purpose of determining the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or the allotment of any rights, or for the purpose of any other action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board, and which record date shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of any such meeting, and shall not be more than 60 days prior to any other action, except as provided by law. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

Section 6. LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS. After the record date for a meeting of stockholders has been fixed, at least 10 days before such meeting, the officer who has charge over the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least 10 days prior to the meeting: (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the

2

information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of meeting, or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the Corporation. If the list is made available on an electronic network, the Corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall be produced at the time and place of the meeting and kept open throughout the meeting for examination by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the entire time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of meeting. This list shall determine the identity of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting and the number of shares held by each of them.

Section 7. QUORUM AND ADJOURNMENT. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws, the holders of a majority in voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. Where a separate vote by a class or series is required, the holders of a majority in voting power of the outstanding shares of such class or series, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to the vote on that matter.

If a quorum shall fail to attend any meeting, the Chairman of the meeting or the holders of the majority in voting power of shares of capital stock entitled to vote who are present, in person or by proxy, may adjourn the meeting to another place, date and time. The holders of a majority in voting power of voting shares represented at a meeting, whether or not a quorum is present, may adjourn such meeting to another place, date or time. When a meeting is adjourned to another place (if any), date or time, written notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the place (if any), date and time thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken; PROVIDED HOWEVER, that if the date of the any adjourned meeting is more than 30 days after the date for which the meeting was originally noticed, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, written notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. At the adjourned meeting, the Corporation may transact any business that might have been transacted at the original meeting.

Section 8. CHAIRMAN OF MEETINGS. Meetings of the stockholders shall be presided over by the Chairman of the Board or, if the Chairman is not present, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or such other director or officer as may be designated by the Board of Directors to act as chairman, or if no designation has been made, a chairman shall be chosen at the meeting. The order of business at all meetings of the stockholders and the procedures at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of discussion, shall be determined by the chairman of the meeting. The chairman may impose reasonable limits on the amount of time taken up at the meeting on discussion in general or on remarks by any one stockholder. Should any person in attendance become unruly or obstruct the meeting proceedings, the chairman shall have the power to have such person removed from participation. The chairman shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare at the meeting that any proposed item of business was not properly brought before the meeting in accordance with Section 9

3

of this Article II, and any such business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be conducted.

Section 9. NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDER BUSINESS. At an annual or special meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. To be properly brought before a meeting of stockholders, business must be (i) specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given at the direction of the Board of Directors,
(ii) properly brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, or (iii) properly brought before a meeting by a stockholder. For business to be properly brought before a meeting by a stockholder, it must be a proper matter for stockholder action under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, and the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation. To be timely, notice by a stockholder must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation, not less than 120 calendar days prior to the one year anniversary of the date of the Corporation's proxy statement issued in connection with the prior year's annual meeting in the case of an annual meeting (or December 31, 2004, in the case of the 2005 Annual Meeting), and not less than 60 days prior to the meeting in the case of a special meeting; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if a public announcement of the date of the special meeting is not given at least 70 days before the scheduled date for such special meeting, then a stockholder's notice shall be timely if it is received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation within 10 days following the date public notice of the meeting date is first given, whether by press release or other public filing.

Notice by a stockholder to the Secretary of the Corporation shall set forth as to each matter the stockholder proposes to bring before the annual or special meeting (i) a description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, (ii) the name and address of the stockholder proposing such business and of the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the business is being brought, (iii) the class, series and number of shares of the Corporation which are beneficially owned by the stockholder and such other beneficial owner, and
(iv) any material interest of the stockholder and such other beneficial owner in such business. In no event shall an announcement of an adjournment or postponement of a meeting of stockholders commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder's notice as described above.

Section 10. NOMINATION OF DIRECTOR CANDIDATES. Subject to any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or any Certificate of Designations establishing the rights of holders of any class or series of capital stock then outstanding, nominations for the election or re-election of directors at a meeting of the stockholders may be made by (i) the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee thereof or (ii) any stockholder entitled to vote in the election of directors generally who complies with the procedures set forth in these Bylaws and who is a stockholder of record at the time notice is delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation. Subject to any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or any Certificate of Designations establishing the rights of holders of any class or series of capital stock then outstanding, any stockholder entitled to vote in the election of directors generally may nominate one or more persons for election or re-election as directors at an annual meeting only if timely notice of such stockholder's intent to make such nominations has been given in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation. To be timely, notice of a stockholder nomination for a director to be elected must be delivered to or

4

mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation, not less than 120 calendar days prior to the one year anniversary of the date of the Corporation's proxy statement issued in connection with the prior year's annual meeting in the case of an annual meeting (or December 31, 2004, in the case of the 2005 Annual Meeting), and not less than 60 days prior to the meeting in the case of a special meeting; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if a public announcement of the date of the special meeting is not given at least 70 days before the scheduled date for such special meeting, then a stockholder's nomination shall be timely if it is received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation within 10 days following the date public notice of the meeting date is first given, whether by press release or other public filing.

Each such notice shall set forth: (i) the name and address of the stockholder who intends to make the nomination, of the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is being made and of each person to be nominated;
(ii) a representation that the stockholder is the holder of record of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote for the election of directors on the date of such notice and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate each person specified in the notice; (iii) a description of all the arrangements or understandings between the stockholder or such beneficial owner and each nominee and any other person (naming such person) pursuant to which the nomination is to be made by the stockholder; (iv) such other information regarding each nominee proposed by such stockholder as would be required to be included in solicitations of proxies for the election of directors in an election contest or is otherwise required pursuant to the federal securities laws and regulations, had the nominee been nominated, or intended to be nominated, by the Board of Directors; and (v) the consent of each nominee to serve as a director of the Corporation if so elected.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the number of directors to be elected at an annual meeting is increased and there is no public announcement by the Corporation naming the nominees for the additional directorships at least 130 days prior to such meeting, a stockholder's notice required by this Section 10 shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for the additional directorships, if it shall be delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation no later than the close of business on the 10th day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Corporation. In no event shall an announcement of an adjournment or postponement of a meeting of stockholders commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder's notice as described above.

Section 11. PROXIES. At any meeting of stockholders, every stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action without a meeting may vote in person or may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy if such proxy is authorized by an instrument in writing or by electronic transmission as permitted by law and filed in accordance with the procedure established for the meeting, but no proxy shall be voted after 3 years from its date, unless such proxy provides for a longer period. Every proxy shall be executed in writing by the stockholder or by his or her authorized representative, or otherwise as provided under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

Except as otherwise provided by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation:

5

(a) Directors shall be elected by a plurality in voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at a meeting of the stockholders and entitled to vote in the election of directors; and

(b) Whenever any corporate action other than the election of directors is to be taken, it shall be authorized by a majority in voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at a meeting of stockholders and entitled to vote on the subject matter.

Any vote of stockholders may be taken by written ballot, and if so authorized by the Board of Directors, electronic transmission, telephonic communication or other means of remote communication shall constitute a written ballot. Every written ballot shall state the name of the stockholder or proxyholder voting and such other information as may be required under the procedures established for the meeting. If so authorized by the Board of Directors, and in addition to such guidelines and procedures as the Board may adopt, every stockholder vote taken by electronic or other means of remote communication shall set forth such information from which it can be determined that the communication was authorized by the stockholder or proxyholder. Every vote taken at the meeting shall be counted by an inspector or inspectors appointed by the chairman of the meeting. The Board of Directors may, and to the extent required by law shall, in advance of any meeting of the stockholders, appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting, decide upon the qualification of voters, count the votes, decide the results and make a written report thereof. The Board of Directors may designate one or more persons as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act, and if no inspector or alternate is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the person presiding at the meeting may, and to the extent required by law shall, appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his or her duties, shall take and sign an oath to faithfully execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability.

Section 12. MEETINGS BY REMOTE COMMUNICATION. If authorized by the Board of Directors, and subject to such guidelines and procedures as the Board may adopt, stockholders and proxyholders not physically present at a meeting of stockholders may, by means of remote communication, participate in the meeting and be deemed present in person and vote at the meeting, whether such meeting is to be held in a designated place or solely by means of remote communication, provided that (i) the Corporation shall implement reasonable measures to verify that each person deemed present and permitted to vote at the meeting by means of remote communication is a stockholder or proxyholder, (ii) the Corporation shall implement reasonable measures to provide such stockholders and proxyholders a reasonable opportunity to participate in the meeting and to vote on matters submitted to the stockholders, including an opportunity to read or hear the proceedings in the meeting substantially concurrently with such proceedings, and
(iii) if the stockholder or proxyholder votes or takes other action at the meeting by means of remote communication, a record of such vote or other action shall be maintained by the Corporation.

Section 13. STOCKHOLDER ACTION WITHOUT MEETING. Except as otherwise prohibited or restricted by law or the Certificate of Incorporation, any action that may be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders may be taken without a meeting and without prior notice, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the actions so taken, are signed by the holders of

6

outstanding shares having not less than the minimum number of votes which would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and are delivered to the Corporation. Such delivery shall be by delivery to the Corporation's registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the corporate records in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to a corporation's registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. All such consents shall be filed with the Secretary of the Corporation and shall be maintained in the corporate records. Written notice of the taking of a corporate action without a meeting shall be given to those stockholders who were entitled to take the corporate action and have not consented in writing.

An electronic transmission consenting to an action to be taken and transmitted by a stockholder or proxyholder, or other person authorized to act for the stockholder or proxyholder, shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated for the purpose of this Section 13, provided that such electronic transmission sets forth information from which the Corporation can determine (i) that the transmission was transmitted by the stockholder or by a person authorized to act for the stockholder and (ii) the date on which such stockholder or authorized person transmitted such transmission. The date of the electronic transmission shall be deemed the date the consent was signed. No consent given by electronic transmission shall be deemed to have been delivered to the Corporation until such consent is reproduced in paper form and delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the corporate records in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to a corporation's registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. Any copy, facsimile or other reliable reproduction of a consent in writing may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing for any and all purposes for which the original writing could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing.

Section 14. RECORD DATE FOR STOCKHOLDER ACTION WITHOUT A MEETING. In order to determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date. Such record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and shall not be more than ten days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors. Any stockholder of record seeking to have the stockholders authorize or take corporate action by written consent shall, by written notice to the Secretary, request the Board of Directors to fix a record date. The Board of Directors shall promptly, but in all events within 10 days after the date on which such a request is received, adopt a resolution fixing the record date. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors within 10 days after the date on which such a request is received, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action of the Board of Directors is required by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation, or these Bylaws, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation in the manner set forth in Section 13 of this Article II. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors and prior action of the Board of Directors is required by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation, or these Bylaws, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting

7

shall be the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

Section 15. GENERAL. For purposes of this Article II, "public announcement" shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"). Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this By-Law, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this By-Law. Nothing in this Article II shall be deemed to affect any rights (i) of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation's proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act or
(ii) of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors under specified circumstances.

ARTICLE III

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 1. GENERAL POWERS. The business of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of its Board of Directors. In addition to the powers and authorities by these Bylaws expressly conferred upon them, the Board of Directors may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws required to be exercised or done by the stockholders. In the event of a vacancy in the Board of Directors, the remaining directors, except as otherwise provided by law, may exercise the powers of the full Board until the vacancy is filled.

Section 2. NUMBER. The number of directors, which shall constitute the entire Board of Directors, shall not be fewer than one or more than 15 members, as shall be determined by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office.

Section 3. VACANCIES. Subject to the rights of holders of any class or series of capital stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, vacancies resulting from death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office or other cause, and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors, may be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, and directors so chosen shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the class of directors in which the new directorship was created or the vacancy occurred and until their successors have been duly elected and qualified. No decrease in the number of authorized directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

Section 4. RESIGNATION. Any director may resign at any time by giving notice in writing or by electronic transmission of his or her resignation to the Board of Directors. A resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein or, if not so specified, immediately upon its receipt. Unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

8

Section 5. REMOVAL. Subject to the rights of the holders of any class or series of capital stock then outstanding, if any, any director may be removed from office at any time only by the affirmative vote of at least a majority of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

Section 6. MEETINGS. The Chairman of the Board shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors at which he or she shall be present. In his or her absence, such other director as may from time to time be designated to serve as the presiding director by the Board of Directors shall so preside or, if both the Chairman and the presiding director are absent for a particular meeting, the Board of Directors shall choose a chairman of the meeting who shall preside thereat.

(a) REGULAR MEETINGS. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and place, within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors; provided that any director who is absent when such a determination is made shall be given notice of the determination. A regular meeting of the Board of Directors may be held without notice immediately after and at the same place as the annual meeting of stockholders.

(b) SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board, the President or two or more directors and may be held at any time and place, within or without the State of Delaware. The Secretary of the Corporation or the officer or one of the directors calling the meeting shall give notice of the time and place of any special meeting of directors to each director.

(c) NOTICE. Notice, if required, shall be given by (i) giving notice to such director in person or by telephone, facsimile, electronic transmission or voice message system at least twenty-four (24) hours in advance of the meeting,
(ii) delivering written notice by hand, to his or her last known business or home address at least twenty-four (24) hours in advance of the meeting, or (iii) mailing written notice to his or her last known business or home address at least 3 days in advance of the meeting. Notice of any meeting of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof need not be given to any director who shall submit, either before or after the time stated therein, a waiver of notice in writing or by electronic transmission or who shall attend the meeting, other than for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning thereof to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. A notice or waiver of notice of a meeting of the Board of Directors, if required, need not specify the purpose or purposes of the meeting.

Section 7. QUORUM AND ADJOURNMENT. Except as may be otherwise specifically provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, at all meetings of the Board of Directors, a majority of the entire Board of Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present. If

9

the place, date and time of the new meeting are not announced at the adjourned meeting, notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to all directors.

Section 8. ACTION WITHOUT A MEETING. Unless otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all the members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

Section 9. MEETINGS BY OTHER METHODS OF COMMUNICATION. Directors or any member of any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or such committee by means of a telephone conference or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this Section 9 shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

Section 10. DIVIDENDS. To the extent permitted by law, the Board of Directors shall have full power and discretion, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and the terms of any other corporate document or instrument binding upon the Corporation, to determine what, if any, dividends or distributions shall be declared and paid or made.

Section 11. COMMITTEES. The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees to serve at the pleasure of the Board; each committee shall consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation, with such lawfully delegated powers and duties as the Board of Directors shall therefore confer. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, if no alternate member has been designated by the Board of Directors, the member or members present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of the absent or disqualified member. Any committee, to the extent allowed by law and provided in the resolution establishing such committee, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation.

At all meetings of such committee, a majority of its members shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. The act of the committee members present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of such committee. Each committee shall keep regular minutes and report to the Board of Directors when required. Except as the Board of Directors may otherwise determine, any committee may make rules for the conduct of its business, but unless otherwise provided by such rules, its business shall be conducted as nearly as possible in the same manner as is provided in these Bylaws for the Board of Directors.

10

Section 12. COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS. Each director who is not an employee or officer of the Corporation or its subsidiaries, may be paid such compensation for their services as such and such reimbursement for expenses of attendance at meetings as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.

Section 13. INTERESTED DIRECTORS. No contract or transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors or officers, or between the Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association, or other organization in which one or more of its directors or officers are directors or officers, or has a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the Board of Directors or committee thereof which authorizes the contract or transaction, or solely because his or her votes are counted for such purpose if (i) the material facts as to his or her relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board of Directors or the committee, and the Board of Directors or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum; (ii) the material facts as to his or her relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the shareholders entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the shareholders; or (iii) the contract or transaction is fair to the Corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified, by the Board of Directors, a committee thereof or the shareholders. Interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors or of a committee, which authorizes the contract or transaction.

ARTICLE IV

OFFICERS

Section 1. GENERAL. The officers of the Corporation may include the Chairman of the Board, a Chief Executive Officer, a President, a Secretary, a Treasurer, a Chief Operating Officer, a Chief Financial Officer, and such other officers as may be appointed by the Board of Directors, including, but not limited to, a Vice Chairman, a General Counsel, one or more Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries, one or more Assistant Treasurers, one of more Controllers, and one or more Assistant Controllers. The same person may hold any number of offices unless otherwise prohibited by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws. Officers shall be entitled to such compensation or reimbursement as shall be fixed or allowed from time to time by the Board of Directors.

Section 2. TERM, RESIGNATION AND REMOVAL. The officers of the Corporation shall be appointed by the Board of Directors and shall hold office for such terms and shall exercise and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors, and all officers shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualified, unless a different term is specified in the vote appointing him or her, or until their earlier death, resignation or removal. Any officer may resign by delivering his or her resignation in writing or by electronic transmission to the Corporation at its principal office or to the President or Secretary of the Corporation. Such resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless it is specified to be effective

11

at some other time or upon the happening of some other event. Any officer may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors subject to any contractual rights held by such officer. The Board of Directors shall fill any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation.

Section 3. OTHER OFFICERS. Such other officers as the Board of Directors may appoint shall perform such duties and have such powers as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may delegate to any other officer of the Corporation the power to choose such other officers and to prescribe their respective duties and powers.

Section 4. AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS. All officers of the Corporation shall have such authority and perform such duties in the management of the business of the Corporation as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and, to the extent not so provided, as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the control of the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE V

CAPITAL STOCK

Section 1. FORM OF CERTIFICATE. A certificate for shares of stock in such form as prescribed by law and the Board of Directors shall evidence the interest of each stockholder of the Corporation. The Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President and the Treasurer or the Secretary of the Corporation shall sign each certificate in the name of the Corporation. Any or all signatures on the certificate may be facsimile signatures. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar whose signature or facsimile signature appears on a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before the certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

Section 2. LOST CERTIFICATES. The Corporation may issue a new certificate of stock in place of any previously issued certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, upon such terms and conditions as the Board of Directors may prescribe for the protection of the Corporation or any transfer agent or registrar, including the presentation of reasonable evidence of such loss, theft or destruction and the giving of such indemnity, not to exceed double the value of the stock, as a condition precedent to the issuance of the new certificate.

Section 3. TRANSFERS. Each certificate for shares of stock which are subject to any restriction on transfer pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws, applicable securities laws or any agreement among any number of shareholders or among such holders and the Corporation shall have conspicuously noted on the face or back the certificate either the full text of the restriction or a statement of the existence of such a restriction.

Except as otherwise established by rules and regulations established by the Board of Directors, and subject to applicable law, shares of stock may be transferred on the books of the Corporation by the surrender to the Corporation or its transfer agent of the certificate

12

representing such shares properly endorsed or accompanied by a written assignment or power of attorney properly executed, and with such proof of authority or authenticity of signature as the Corporation or its transfer agent may reasonably require. Except as may be otherwise required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the Corporation shall be entitled to treat the record holder of stock as shown on its books as the owner of such stock for all purposes, including the payment of dividends and the right to vote with respect to such stock, regardless of any transfer, pledge or other disposition of such stock, until the shares have been transferred on the books of the Corporation in accordance with the requirements of these Bylaws.

ARTICLE VI

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 1. FISCAL YEAR. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be as specified by the Board of Directors.

Section 2. CORPORATE SEAL. The corporate seal, if one is adopted, shall be in such form as shall be approved by the Board of Directors.

Section 3. VOTING SHARES IN OTHER BUSINESS ENTITIES. Except as the Board of Directors may otherwise designate, shares or equity interests in other corporations or business entities that are held by the Corporation shall be represented and voted only by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or a proxy appointed by any of them.

Section 4. CONTRACTS. Any officer having the power to sign certificates, contracts, obligations and other instruments of the Corporation may delegate such power to any other officer or employee of the Corporation, provided that the delegating officer shall be accountable for the actions of that officer or employee to whom power was delegated.

Section 5. OBLIGATIONS. All checks and drafts on the Corporation's bank accounts and all bills of exchange and promissory notes, and all acceptances, obligations, bonds and other orders or instruments for the payment of money, shall be signed by such officer, employee, or agent, as shall be authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may, in its discretion, also provide for the countersignature or registration of any or all such orders, instruments or obligations for the payment of money.

Section 6. EVIDENCE OF AUTHORITY. A certificate by the Secretary as to any action taken by the stockholders, directors, a committee or any officer or representative of the Corporation, shall as to all persons who rely on the certificate in good faith be conclusive evidence of such action.

Section 7. SEVERABILITY. Any determination that any provision of these Bylaws is for any reason inapplicable, illegal or ineffective shall not affect or invalidate any other provision of these Bylaws.

Section 8. FACSIMILE SIGNATURES. In addition to the provisions for use of facsimile signatures elsewhere specifically authorized by these Bylaws, facsimile signatures of any officer

13

or officers of the Corporation maybe used whenever and as authorized by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof.

Section 9. PLURAL. As contained in these Bylaws, references to the singular shall include the singular and the plural.

Section 10. ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION. For purposes of these Bylaws, "electronic transmission" means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved, and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

ARTICLE VII

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 1. INDEMNIFICATION. (a) Subject to Section 3 of this Article VII, the Corporation shall indemnify, to the full extent that it shall have power under applicable law to do so and in a manner permitted by such law, any person made or threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative (hereinafter, a "Proceeding"), by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan (collectively, "Another Enterprise").

(b) The Corporation may indemnify, to the full extent that it shall have power under applicable law to do so and in a manner permitted by such law, any person made or threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding, by reason of the fact that such person is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as an employee or agent of Another Enterprise.

Section 2. ADVANCEMENT OF EXPENSES. (a) Subject to Section 3 of this Article VII, with respect to any person made or threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending, or completed Proceeding, by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of Another Enterprise, the Corporation shall pay the expenses (including attorneys' fees) incurred by such person in defending any such Proceeding in advance of its final disposition (hereinafter an "advancement of expenses"); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that any advancement of expenses shall be made only upon receipt of an undertaking (hereinafter an "undertaking") by such person to repay all amounts advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal (hereinafter a "Final Adjudication") that such person is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this Article VII or otherwise.

(b) With respect to any person made or threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding, by reason of the fact that such person is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as an employee or agent of

14

Another Enterprise, the Corporation may, in its discretion and upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Corporation deems appropriate, pay the expenses (including attorneys' fees) incurred by such person in defending any such Proceeding in advance of its final disposition.

Section 3. ACTIONS INITIATED AGAINST THE CORPORATION. Anything in
Section 1(a) or Section 2(a) of this Article VII to the contrary notwithstanding, with respect to a Proceeding initiated against the Corporation by a director or officer of the Corporation (or by a person serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of Another Enterprise), the Corporation shall not be required to indemnify or to advance expenses (including attorneys' fees) to such person in connection with prosecuting such Proceeding (or part thereof) or in defending any counterclaim, cross-claim, affirmative defense, or like claim of the Corporation in such Proceeding (or part thereof) unless such Proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

Section 4. CONTRACT RIGHTS. With respect to any person made or threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding, by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of Another Enterprise, the rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in Sections 1(a) and 2(a) of this Article VII shall be contract rights. Any amendment, repeal, or modification of, or adoption of any provision inconsistent with, this Article VII (or any provision hereof) shall not adversely affect any right to indemnification or advancement of expenses granted to any person pursuant hereto with respect to any act or omission of such person occurring prior to the time of such amendment, repeal, modification, or adoption (regardless of whether the Proceeding relating to such acts or omissions is commenced before or after the time of such amendment, repeal, modification, or adoption).

Section 5. CLAIMS.

(a) If (X) a claim under Section 1(a) of this Article VII with respect to any right to indemnification is not paid in full by the Corporation within sixty days after a written demand has been received by the Corporation or (Y) a claim under Section 2(a) of this Article VII with respect to any right to the advancement of expenses is not paid in full by the Corporation within twenty days after a written demand has been received by the Corporation, then the person seeking to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses, as the case may be, may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim.

(b) If successful in whole or in part in any suit brought pursuant to
Section 5(a) of this Article VII, or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses (whether pursuant to the terms of an undertaking or otherwise), the person seeking to enforce a right to indemnification or an advancement of expenses hereunder or the person from whom the Corporation sought to recover an advancement of expenses, as the case may be, shall be entitled to be paid by the Corporation the reasonable expenses (including attorneys' fees) of prosecuting or defending such suit.

(c) In any suit brought by a person seeking to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not a suit brought by a person seeking to enforce a right to an advancement of

15

expenses hereunder), it shall be a defense that the person seeking to enforce a right to indemnification has not met any applicable standard for indemnification under applicable law. With respect to any suit brought by a person seeking to enforce a right to indemnification or right to advancement of expenses hereunder or any suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses (whether pursuant to the terms of an undertaking or otherwise), neither (i) the failure of the Corporation to have made a determination prior to commencement of such suit that indemnification of such person is proper in the circumstances because such person has met the applicable standards of conduct under applicable law, nor (ii) an actual determination by the Corporation that such person has not met such applicable standards of conduct, shall create a presumption that such person has not met the applicable standards of conduct or, in a case brought by such person seeking to enforce a right to indemnification, be a defense to such suit.

(d) In any suit brought by a person seeking to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses (whether pursuant to the terms of an undertaking or otherwise), the burden shall be on the Corporation to prove that the person seeking to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses or the person from whom the Corporation seeks to recover an advancement of expenses is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such an advancement of expenses, under this Article VII or otherwise.

Section 6. NON-EXCLUSIVE RIGHTS. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided in this Article VII shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which any person may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise, both as to action in such person's official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be such director, officer, employee, or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, and administrators of such person.

Section 7. INSURANCE. The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, or agent of Another Enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person's status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of this Article VII or otherwise.

Section 8. SEVERABILITY. If any provision or provisions of this Article VII shall be held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (1) the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Article VII (including, without limitation, each portion of any paragraph or clause containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable, that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby; and (2) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Article VII (including, without limitation, each such portion of any paragraph or clause containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal, or unenforceable.

16

ARTICLE VIII

AMENDMENT

Notwithstanding anything contained in the Certificate of Incorporation to the contrary, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to adopt, alter, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation by affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present. Any Bylaws made by the directors under the powers conferred hereby may be altered, amended or repealed by the directors or by the stockholders. Pursuant to Article VII of the Certificate of Incorporation, Sections 2, 3, 9, 10 and 14 of Article II herein and Sections 2, 3 and 5 of Article III herein shall not be altered, amended or repealed and no provision inconsistent therewith shall be adopted without the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of the shares of capital stock of the Corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote, voting together as a single class.

17

Exhibit 10.1

FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE ("Amendment"), made and entered into as of the 31 date of March, 2004, by and between PARAGON CENTRE HOLDINGS, LLC, a Kentucky limited liability company ("Landlord") and TEXAS ROADHOUSE HOLDINGS LLC, a Kentucky limited liability company ("Tenant");

WITNESSETH THAT:

WHEREAS, Paragon Centre Associates, LLC ("Original Landlord") and Tenant entered into that certain Amended and Restated Lease dated August 15, 2003 ("Lease"), for space in One Paragon Centre as follows: 3,296 square feet of rentable space known as Suite 200, 2,398 square feet of rentable space known as Suite 240, 3,281 square feet of rentable space known as Suite 300, all located in One Paragon Centre, for a total of 8,975 square feet of rentable space ("Premises");

WHEREAS, Landlord is successor-in-interest to Original Landlord;

WHEREAS, Tenant now occupies all of the aforesaid Suites and desires to extend the Initial Lease Term stated in the Lease; and

WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant desire to amend certain other terms and conditions of the Lease and evidence their agreements and other matters by means of this Amendment;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt, adequacy and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Lease is hereby amended and the parties hereby to agree as follows:

1. Landlord and Tenant agree to extend the initial Term of the Lease for an additional three (3) years. The Expiration Date under Article 1 of the Lease shall be amended to read March 31, 2014.

2. Landlord and Tenant agree that the Base Rent for Suites 200, 240 and 300 for the last three years of the Term beginning April l, 2011 through March 31, 2014, will be $18.25 per rentable square foot. Section 3.1 of the Lease will be amended as follows:

Months of                           Base Rent per                              Base Rent
  Term           Premises         Rentable Square Foot     Total Base Rent      Monthly
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
93-129     Suites 200, 240, 300       $ 18.25              $ 163,793.75       $ 13,649.48

3. Tenant and Landlord each represent and warrant to the other that neither party nor its officers or agents nor anyone acting on its behalf has dealt with any real estate broker or agent other than CBRE/Nicklies who represented Landlord in


the negotiating or making of this Amendment, and Tenant and Landlord agree to indemnify and hold each other, their agents, employees, partners, directors, shareholders and officers harmless from all liabilities, costs, demands, judgments, settlements, claims and losses, including reasonable attorneys' fees and costs, incurred by a party in conjunction with any such claim of any other agent, broker or brokers.

4. Paragraph 1 of the Lease regarding the address and notice to Landlord, shall be amended to provide that the address of Landlord is, and all notices to Landlord shall be sent as follows:

Notices to Landlord:

Paragon Centre Holdings, LLC
8401 Shelbyville Road
Louisville, KY 40222
Attn: David W. Nicklies

With a copy to:

Paragon Centre Holdings, LLC
6060 Dutchmans Lane, Suite 100
Louisville, KY 40205
Attn: Property Manager

5. All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Lease.

6. This Amendment shall not be valid and binding on Landlord and Tenant unless and until it has been completely executed by and delivered to both parties.

EXCEPT AS expressly amended and modified hereby, the Lease shall otherwise remain in full force and effect, the parties hereto hereby ratifying and confirming the same, including but not limited to the Special Stipulations detailed in Exhibit C of the Lease. To the extent of any inconsistency between the Lease and this Amendment, the terms of this Amendment shall control as to the subject matter covered herein.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned parties have duly executed this Amendment as of the date and year first above written.

LANDLORD:                                   TENANT:
PARAGON CENTRE HOLDINGS, LLC                TEXAS ROADHOUSE
A Kentucky limited liability company        HOLDINGS LLC
                                            a Kentucky limited liability company
                                            By: WKT Restaurant Corp., a
                                            Kentucky corporation, its Manager


By: /s/ David W. Nicklies                            By: /s/ G. J. Hart
   --------------------------------                     ------------------------
   David W. Nicklies, Manager                        Title: President
                                                           ---------------------


ONE PARAGON CENTRE

AMENDED AND RESTATED LEASE AGREEMENT

BY AND BETWEEN

PARAGON CENTRE ASSOCIATES, LLC, AS LANDLORD

AND

TEXAS ROADHOUSE HOLDINGS LLC, AS TENANT

August 15, 2003


LEASE AGREEMENT

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ARTICLE I.          Basic Lease Provisions

ARTICLE II.

  Section 2.1       Premises
  Section 2.2       Term
  Section 2.3       Use

ARTICLE III.

  Section 3.1       Rental Payments
  Section 3.2       Additional Rent
  Section 3.3       Security Deposit

ARTICLE IV.

  Section 4.1       Services
  Section 4.2       Keys and Locks
  Section 4.3       Graphics and Building Directory

ARTICLE V.

  Section 5.1       Occupancy of Premises
  Section 5.2       Entry for Repairs and Inspection
  Section 5.3       Hazardous Materials

ARTICLE VI.

  Section 6.1       Leasehold Improvements
  Section 6.2       Repairs by Landlord
  Section 6.3       Repairs by Tenant
  Section 6.4       Liens
  Section 6.5       Indemnification

ARTICLE VII.

  Section 7.1       Condemnation
  Section 7.2       Force Majeure
  Section 7.3       Fire or Other Casualty
  Section 7.4       Insurance
  Section 7.5       Waiver of Subrogation Rights

ARTICLE VIII.

  Section 8.1       Default by Tenant
  Section 8.2       Landlord's Remedies
  Section 8.3       Duty to Relet or Mitigate
  Section 8.4       Reentry
  Section 8.5       Rights of Landlord in Bankruptcy
  Section 8.6       Waiver of Certain Rights
  Section 8.7       NonWaiver
  Section 8.8       Holding Over
  Section 8.9       Abandonment of Personal Property

ARTICLE IX.

  Section 9.1       Transfers
  Section 9.2       Assignment by Landlord
  Section 9.3       Limitation of Landlord's Liability

ARTICLE X.

  Section 10.1      Subordination
  Section 10.2      Estoppel Certificate or Three-Party Agreement
  Section 10.3      Notices

ARTICLE XI.

  Section 11.1      Right to Relocate Tenant
  Section 11.2      Rights and Remedies Cumulative
  Section 11.3      Legal Interpretation
  Section 11.4      Tenant's Authority
  Section 11.5      No Brokers
  Section 11.6      Consents by Landlord
  Section 11.7      Joint and Several Liability
  Section 11.8      Independent Covenants
  Section 11.9      Attorneys' Fees and Other Expenses
  Section 11.10     Recording
  Section 11.11     Disclaimer; Waiver of Jury Trial
  Section 11.12     No Access to Roof
  Section 11.13     Parking
  Section 11.14     No Accord or Satisfaction
  Section 11.15     Acceptance
  Section 11.16     Waiver of Counterclaim
  Section 11.17     Time Is of the Essence
  Section 11.18     Counterparts
  Section 11.19     Execution and Delivery of Lease
  Section 11.20     Real Estate Investment Trust

EXHIBITS

Exhibit A - Land
Exhibit B - Floor Plan(s) of Premises Exhibit C - Special Stipulations
Exhibit D - Commencement Date Agreement Exhibit E - Work Letter Agreement
Exhibit F - Building Rules and Regulations Exhibit G - Form of Subordination, Non-Disturbance and Attornment Agreement


AMENDED AND RESTATED LEASE AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED LEASE AGREEMENT (this "LEASE") is made and entered into as of the _____ day of August, 2003, by and between PARAGON CENTRE ASSOCIATES, LLC, a Georgia limited liability company ("LANDLORD"), whose address is c/o NTS Development Company, 10172 Linn Station Road, Louisville, Kentucky 40223, and TEXAS ROADHOUSE HOLDINGS LLC, a Kentucky limited liability company ("TENANT"), whose address is 6040 Dutchmans Lane, Suite 400, Louisville, Kentucky 40205; Attn: Sheila C. Brown, Esq., General Counsel. Subject to all of the terms, provisions, covenants and conditions of this Lease, and in consideration of the mutual covenants, obligations and agreements contained in this Lease, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant agree as follows:

ARTICLE I.

BASIC LEASE PROVISIONS

As of the Commencement Date (as defined below), this Lease shall be a replacement for and shall operate to terminate that certain (i) Lease Agreement by and between Landlord and Tenant dated August 29, 2002, and all amendments thereto that may have been made from time to time, and (ii) that certain Lease Agreement by and between Landlord and Cincinnati Bell Long Distance, Inc. dated January 20, 1994, as assigned to Tenant pursuant to that certain Assignment and Assumption of Lease Agreement dated as of February 15, 2002 and as amended from time to time (collectively, the "Prior Lease"). Landlord, for and in consideration of the rents and all other charges and payments hereunder and of the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions to be kept and performed hereunder by Tenant, hereby renews, demises and leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby renews, hires, leases and takes from Landlord, the premises described below, subject to all matters hereinafter set forth and upon and subject to the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions of this Lease for the term hereinafter stated. For purposes of this Lease, the following terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them below:

BUILDING shall mean the approximately 62,172 square foot structure situated upon the Land (hereinafter defined) commonly known as "One Paragon Centre" located at 6060 Dutchmans Lane, Louisville, Jefferson County, Kentucky 40205, as the same currently exists or as it may from time to time hereafter be expanded or modified.

COMMENCEMENT DATE shall mean August 1, 2003.

COMPLEX shall mean the Project, together with that certain office building known as "Two Paragon Centre", located at 6040 Dutchmans Lane, Louisville, Kentucky, the Land upon which the Building and Two Paragon Centre are located, and all improvements and additional facilities serving or benefiting the Building and Two Paragon Centre from time to time.

EXPENSE STOP shall mean $6.00 per rentable square foot.

EXPIRATION DATE shall mean March 31, 2011.

GUARANTOR (whether one or more) shall mean None.

LAND shall mean that certain tract of land situated in Jefferson County, Kentucky, and more particularly described on EXHIBIT A attached hereto and hereby made a part hereof.

LEASE YEAR shall mean each consecutive twelve (12) month period during the Term commencing with the Commencement Date.

PROJECT shall mean the Building, together with the Land, the parking garage or parking area serving the Building, if any, all other improvements situated on the Land or directly benefiting the Building, and all additional facilities or improvements directly benefiting the Building that may be constructed in subsequent years.

SECURITY DEPOSIT [Intentionally Omitted].

ARTICLE II.

SECTION 2.1 PREMISES. The Premises demised by this Lease shall consist of a total of 8,975 square feet of Rentable Area deemed to be (i) 3,296 square feet of Rentable Area known as Suite 200 on Floor 2 of the Building (the "Suite 200 Premises"), (ii) 2,398 square feet of Rentable Area (as hereinafter defined) known as Suite 240 on Floor 2 of the Building (the "Suite 240 Premises"), and
(iii) 3,281 square feet of Rentable Area known as Suite 300 on Floor 3 of the Building (the "Suite 300 Premises"), together with the nonexclusive use of the common areas of the Project (collectively, the "PREMISES"). The Premises are outlined on EXHIBIT B attached hereto and hereby made a part hereof. All square footage (the "Rentable Area") utilized in this Lease has been, or will be as to future space, made by measuring the gross area within the inside surface of the outer glass of the exterior walls of the Premises, to the mid-point of any walls separating portions of the Premises from Common Areas and Services Areas, subject to the following: (a) Rentable Area shall not include any Service Area;
(b) Rentable Area shall include a


pro rata portion of the Common Areas in the Building, such proration based upon the ratio of the Rentable Area within the Premises to the total Rentable Area in the Building, both determined without regard to the Common Areas; and (c) Rentable Area shall include and columns and/or projection(s) which protrude into the Premises and/or the Common Areas. For purposes of the foregoing, "Service Areas" shall mean those areas of the Building within the outside walls used for elevator mechanical rooms, building stairs, fire towers, elevator shafts, flue, vents, stacks, pipe shafts and vertical ducts (but shall not include any such areas for the use of any particular tenant); and "Common Areas" shall mean those areas of the Building devoted to corridors, elevator foyers, atria, restrooms, mechanical rooms, janitorial closets, electrical and telephone closets, vending areas and other facilities provided for the common use or benefit of tenants generally and/or the public. For all other purposes of this Lease except the foregoing calculation of Rentable Area, the term "Common Areas" shall also mean all other areas and facilities, including lobbies, parking facilities, sidewalks, landscapings, driveways, restrooms and similar improvements, serving the Building and/or the Project. Unless otherwise specifically designated, all references to square footage or square feet in this Lease are to Rentable Area.

SECTION 2.2 TERM. The Term of this Lease shall begin on the Commencement Date and shall expire on the Expiration Date unless extended or sooner terminated in accordance with the provisions of this Lease. If the Commencement Date should be changed for any reason, Landlord shall not be liable or responsible for any claims, damages or liabilities in connection therewith or by reason thereof. If Landlord is unable to deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant as of the Commencement Date for any reason, including without limitation the holding over of any tenant or occupant of the Premises, then the term Commencement Date shall mean such subsequent date upon which Landlord is able to deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant, and such failure to deliver possession of the Premises on the earlier date shall not constitute a default by Landlord hereunder or render Landlord liable for any loss or damage that may be incurred as a result of such failure.

SECTION 2.3 USE. The Premises are to be used only for general office purposes and for no other business or purpose without the prior written consent of Landlord. No act shall be done in or about the Premises that is unlawful or that will increase the existing rate of insurance on the Building. In the event of a breach of this covenant, Tenant shall immediately cease the performance of such unlawful act or such act that is increasing or has increased the existing rate of insurance and shall pay to Landlord any and all increases in insurance premiums resulting from such breach. Tenant shall not commit or allow to be committed any waste upon the Premises, or any public or private nuisance or other act or thing which disturbs the quiet enjoyment of any other tenant in the Building. If any of Tenant's office machines or equipment unreasonably disturb any other tenant in the Building, then Tenant shall provide adequate insulation, or take such other action as may be necessary to eliminate the noise or disturbance at its sole cost and expense. Tenant shall not, without Landlord's prior consent, install any equipment, machine, device, tank or vessel which is subject to any federal, state or local permitting requirement. Tenant, at its expense, shall comply with all laws, statutes, ordinances and governmental rules, regulations or requirements governing the installation, operation and removal of any such equipment, machine, device, tank or vessel. Tenant, at its expense, shall comply with all laws, statutes, ordinances, governmental rules, regulations or requirements, and the provisions of any recorded documents now existing or hereafter in effect relating to its use, operation or occupancy of the Premises and shall observe such reasonable rules and regulations as may be adopted and made available to Tenant by Landlord from time to time for the safety, care and cleanliness of the Premises or the Building and for the preservation of good order therein. The current rules and regulations for the Building are attached hereto as EXHIBIT F. Without limiting the foregoing, Tenant agrees to be wholly responsible at Tenant's sole cost and expense for any accommodations or alterations which need to be made to the Premises to comply with the provisions of the Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990, as amended.

ARTICLE III.

SECTION 3.1 RENTAL PAYMENTS.

(a) BASE RENT. Commencing on the Commencement Date as set forth below and continuing thereafter throughout the Term, Tenant shall pay the Base Rent described in this paragraph, which is due and payable each Lease Year during the Term hereof in twelve (12) equal installments on the first (1st) day of each calendar month during the Term, and Tenant shall make such installments to Landlord at Landlord's address specified in this Lease (or such other address as may be designated by Landlord from time to time) monthly in advance. Base Rent during the Term shall be as follows:

                      Base Rent Per            Base Rent            Base Rent
Months of Term     Rentable Square Foot        Annually              Monthly
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   1 - 24               $  16.25             $ 145,843.75          $ 12,153.65
  25 - 48               $  16.75             $ 150,331.25          $ 12,527.60
  49 - 92               $  17.75             $ 159,306.25          $ 13,275.52

The foregoing Base Rent includes the Expense Stop. So long as Tenant is not then in default under this Lease, in the event Tenant has paid Landlord any Prepaid Rent such Prepaid Rent shall be applied to the first (1st) monthly installment of Base Rent due hereunder.

(b) PARTIAL MONTH. If the Commencement Date is other than the first (1st) day of a calendar month or if this Lease expires or terminates on a day other than the last day of a calendar month, then the installments of Base Rent for such month or months shall be prorated based upon multiplying the applicable Base Rent by a fraction, the

-2-

numerator of which shall be the number of days of the Term occurring during said commencement or termination month, as the case may be, and the denominator of which shall be the number of days in such month.

(c) PAYMENT; LATE CHARGE; PAST DUE RATE. The Base Rent, the Additional Rent (hereinafter defined), any Prepaid Rent and any and all other payments which Tenant is obligated to make to Landlord under this Lease shall constitute and are sometimes hereinafter collectively referred to as "RENT". Tenant shall pay all Rent and other sums of money as shall become due from and payable by Tenant to Landlord in lawful money of the United States of America at the times and in the manner provided in this Lease, without demand, deduction, abatement, setoff, counterclaim or prior notice. Tenant hereby acknowledges that late payment to Landlord of Rent or other sums due hereunder will cause Landlord to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of which will be extremely difficult to ascertain. If any Rent or other sum due from Tenant is not received on or before its due date, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord immediately upon Landlord's demand therefor a late charge in an amount equal to five percent (5%) of such overdue amount, plus any attorneys' fees and costs incurred by Landlord by reason of Tenant's failure to pay Rent and other charges when due hereunder. Additionally, all Rent under this Lease shall bear interest from the date due until paid at the lesser of twelve percent (12%) or the maximum nonusurious rate of interest then permitted by the applicable laws of the state in which the Building is located or the United States of America, whichever shall permit the higher nonusurious rate, such interest being in addition to and cumulative of any other rights and remedies which Landlord may have with regard to the failure of Tenant to make any such payments under this Lease.

SECTION 3.2 ADDITIONAL RENT.

(a) DEFINITIONS:

(i) "BASE OPERATING EXPENSES" is calculated by multiplying the Expense Stop by the rentable area of the Premises. In the event that this Lease is modified to increase or decrease the amount of rentable square feet in the Premises demised hereby, the total amount of Base Operating Expenses shall be adjusted, as appropriate, based upon the Expense Stop, to reflect the new square footage of the Premises unless the amendment or other written agreement modifying this Lease specifies otherwise.

(ii) "OPERATING EXPENSES" means all expenses, costs and disbursements of every kind and nature relating to or incurred or paid in connection with the ownership and operation of the Project, computed on an accrual basis in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, including but not limited to the following:

(A) wages and salaries of all persons engaged in the operation, maintenance, security or access control of the Project, including all taxes, insurance and benefits relating thereto;

(B) the cost of all supplies, tools, equipment and materials used in the operation and maintenance of the Project, including rental fees for the same, if such items are not purchased and amortized pursuant to this SECTION 3.2 below;

(C) the cost of all utilities for the Project, including but not limited to the cost of water and power, heating, lighting, air conditioning and ventilating (excluding those costs billed to specific tenants) of the Building and Project;

(D) the cost of all maintenance and service agreements for the Project and the equipment therein, including but not limited to alarm service, security service, access control, landscaping, window cleaning, pest control, elevator maintenance and janitorial service;

(E) the cost of repairs and general maintenance, excluding
(y) repairs and general maintenance paid by proceeds of insurance, by Tenant or by other third parties, and (z) alterations attributable solely to tenants of the Building;

(F) amortization (together with reasonable financing charges) of the cost of capital investment items which are installed for the purpose of reducing operating expenses, promoting safety, complying with governmental requirements or maintaining the quality of the Building;

(G) the cost of all insurance relating to the Project, including, but not limited to, the cost of property insurance, casualty, rental loss and liability insurance applicable to the Project and Landlord's personal property used in connection therewith and the cost of deductibles paid on claims made by Landlord;

(H) Landlord's and/or Landlord's managing agent's accounting and audit costs and attorneys' fees applicable to the Project;

(I) all property management fees for the Project; and

(J) All taxes, assessments and governmental charges, whether or not directly paid by Landlord, whether federal, state, county or municipal and whether they are imposed by taxing districts or authorities currently taxing the Project or by others subsequently created or otherwise, and any other taxes and assessments, assessed against or attributable to the Project or its operation, excluding, however, federal and state taxes on income, death taxes, franchise taxes and any taxes imposed or measured on or by the income of Landlord

-3-

from the operation of the Project or imposed in connection with any change of ownership of the Project together with the reasonable cost (including attorneys, consultants and appraisers) of any negotiation, contest or appeal pursued by Landlord in an effort to reduce any such tax, assessment or charge, and all of Landlord's administrative costs in relation to the foregoing ("REAL ESTATE TAXES"); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if at any time during the Term the present method of taxation or assessment shall be so changed that the whole or any part of the taxes, assessments, levies, impositions or charges now levied, assessed or imposed on real estate and the improvements thereof shall be changed and as a substitute therefor, or in lieu of or in addition thereto, taxes, assessments, levies, impositions or charges shall be levied, assessed or imposed wholly or partially as a capital levy or otherwise on the rents received from the Project or the rents reserved herein or any part thereof, then such substitute or additional taxes, assessments, levies, impositions or charges, to the extent so levied, assessed or imposed, shall be deemed to be included within the Real Estate Taxes to the extent that such substitute or additional tax would be payable if the Project were the only property of the Landlord subject to such tax.

(iii) "ADJUSTMENT PERIOD" means each calendar year occurring during the Term beginning with calendar year 2003, which shall be the first Adjustment Period.

(iv) "TENANT'S PRO RATA SHARE" means the percentage calculated by dividing the rentable area of the Premises (numerator) by the rentable area of the Building (denominator), and expressing the fraction as a percentage.

(b) GROSS-UP ADJUSTMENT. If the Building is less than fully occupied or if Building standard Landlord services are not provided to the entire Building during any Adjustment Period, then Operating Expenses for such Adjustment Period shall be "grossed up" by Landlord to that amount of Operating Expenses that, using reasonable projections, would normally be expected to be incurred during the Adjustment Period if the Building was ninety-five percent (95%) occupied and receiving Building standard Landlord services during the Adjustment Period, as determined under generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied.

(c) PAYMENT BY TENANT. If Tenant's Pro Rata Share of the Operating Expenses for any Adjustment Period exceed the Base Operating Expenses (any such excess being known collectively as the "EXPENSE INCREASE"), then Tenant agrees to pay Landlord as additional rent (the "ADDITIONAL RENT") such Expense Increase.

(d) MANNER OF PAYMENT.

(i) Landlord may give Tenant notice of Landlord's estimate of amounts payable under this SECTION 3.2 for each Adjustment Period based upon generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied. By the first day of each month during the Adjustment Period, Tenant shall pay Landlord one-twelfth (1/12th) of the estimated amount. If for any reason the estimate is not given before the Adjustment Period begins, Tenant shall continue to pay on the basis of the previous year's estimate, if any, until the month after the new estimate is given.

(ii) Within one hundred twenty (120) days after each Adjustment Period ends, or as soon thereafter as reasonably practical, Landlord shall give Tenant a statement (the "STATEMENT") showing the: (A) actual Operating Expenses for the Adjustment Period; (B) Base Operating Expenses; (C) the Expense Increase for the Adjustment Period; (D) the amount of Tenant's Pro Rata Share of the Expense Increase; (E) the amount, if any, paid by Tenant during the Adjustment Period towards the Expense Increase; and (F) the amount Tenant owes towards the Expense Increase or the amount Landlord owes as a refund. Delay by Landlord in providing to Tenant any Statement shall not relieve Tenant from the obligation to pay any Expense Increase upon the rendering of such Statements.

(iii) If the Statement shows that the actual amount Tenant owes for the Adjustment Period is less than any estimated Expense Increase paid by Tenant during the Adjustment Period, Landlord shall return the difference (the "OVERPAYMENT"). If the Statement shows that the actual amount Tenant owes is more than any estimated Expense Increase paid by Tenant during the Adjustment Period, Tenant shall pay the difference (the "UNDERPAYMENT"). The Overpayment or Underpayment shall be paid within thirty (30) days after the Statement is delivered to Tenant.

(iv) During any Adjustment Period in which this Lease is not in effect for a complete calendar year, unless it was ended due to Tenant's default, Tenant's obligation for Additional Rent for those Adjustment Periods shall be prorated by multiplying the Additional Rent for the Adjustment Period by a fraction expressed as a percentage, the numerator of which is the number of days of the Adjustment Period included in the Term and the denominator of which is 365.

SECTION 3.3 SECURITY DEPOSIT. [Intentionally Omitted]

ARTICLE IV.

SECTION 4.1 SERVICES.

(a) SERVICES PROVIDED. So long as no default by Tenant under this Lease has occurred and is continuing, Landlord shall furnish to Tenant while Tenant is occupying the Premises:

(i) Hot and cold domestic water in common use restrooms and toilets in locations provided for general use and as reasonably deemed by Landlord to be in keeping with the Project standards.

-4-

(ii) Heating and air conditioning in season from 8:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. on Monday through Friday and 8:00 a.m. to 1:00 p.m. on Saturday, excluding the hereinafter defined Holidays, subject to curtailment as required by governmental laws, rules or regulations, in such amounts as are considered by Landlord to be standard, but such service at times during weekdays other than the hours stated above, and on Saturdays, Sundays and Holidays, shall be furnished only upon request of Tenant, and for such service Tenant shall pay Landlord upon demand an amount equal to the rate Landlord at that time is charging for such service.

(iii) Electric lighting service for all public areas and special service areas of the Building in the manner and to the extent deemed by Landlord to be standard.

(iv) Janitor service on a five (5) day week basis in a manner considered by Landlord to be standard; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, if Tenant's floor coverings or other improvements require special care, Tenant shall pay the additional cleaning cost attributable thereto.

(v) Access control for the Project comparable as to coverage, control and responsiveness (but not necessarily as to means for accomplishing same) to other similarly situated multi-tenant office buildings in the vicinity; provided, however, Landlord shall have no responsibility to prevent, and shall not be liable to Tenant for, any liability or loss to Tenant, its agents, employees and visitors arising out of losses due to theft, burglary, or damage or injury to persons or property caused by persons gaining access to the Premises, and Tenant hereby releases Landlord from all liability for such losses, damages or injury.

(vi) Sufficient electrical capacity to operate (i) incandescent lights, typewriters, calculating machines, photocopying machines and other machines of similar low voltage electrical consumption (120/208 volts), provided that the total rated electrical design load for said lighting and machines of low electrical voltage shall not exceed two (2.00) watts per square foot of rentable area; and (ii) lighting and equipment of high voltage electrical consumption (277/480 volts), provided that the total rated electrical design load for said lighting and equipment of high electrical voltage shall not exceed two (2.00) watts per square foot of rentable area (each such rated electrical design load to be hereinafter referred to as the "Building Standard rated electrical design load"). Tenant shall be allocated Tenant's pro rata share of the Building Standard circuits provided on the floor(s) Tenant occupies.

Should Tenant's fully connected electrical design load exceed the Building Standard rated electrical design load for either low or high voltage electrical consumption, or if Tenant's electrical design requires low voltage or high voltage circuits in excess of Tenant's share of the Building Standard circuits, Landlord will (at Tenant's expense) install one (1) additional high voltage panel and/or one (1) additional low voltage panel with associated transformer, space for which has been provided in the base building electrical closets based on a maximum of two (2) such additional panels per floor for all tenants on the floor (which additional panels and transformers shall be hereinafter referred to as the "additional electrical equipment"). If the additional electrical equipment is installed because Tenant's low or high voltage rated electrical design load exceeds the applicable Building Standard rated electrical design load, then a meter shall also be added (at Tenant's expense) to measure the electricity used through the additional electrical equipment. For purposes herein "Building Standard" means the quantity and quality of materials, finishes, and workmanship from time to time specified as such by Landlord for the Building.

The design and installation of any additional electrical equipment (or related meter) required by Tenant shall be subject to the prior approval of Landlord (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld). All expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with the review and approval of any additional electrical equipment shall also be reimbursed to Landlord by Tenant. Tenant shall also pay on demand the actual metered cost of electricity consumed through the additional electrical equipment (if applicable), plus any actual accounting expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with the metering thereof.

If any of Tenant's electrical equipment requires conditioned air in excess of Building Standard air conditioning, the same shall be installed by Landlord (on Tenant's behalf), and Tenant shall pay all design, installation, metering and operating costs relating thereto.

If Tenant requires that certain areas within the Premises must operate in excess of the normal Building operating hours set forth above, the electrical service to such areas shall be separately circuited and metered such that Tenant shall be billed the costs associated with electricity consumed during hours other than Building operating hours.

(vii) All fluorescent bulb and ballast replacement for Building Standard lighting in all areas and all incandescent bulb replacement in public areas, toilet and restroom areas and stairwells.

(viii) Nonexclusive operatorless passenger elevator service to the Premises twenty-four (24) hours per day; provided, that Landlord may reasonably limit the number of elevators in operation on weekdays after normal business hours and on Saturdays, Sundays and Holidays.

(b) CESSATION OF SERVICES. To the extent the services described in SECTION 4.1(a) of this Lease require electricity, gas and water supplied by public utilities, Landlord's covenants thereunder shall only impose on Landlord the obligation to use its best efforts to cause the applicable public utilities to furnish the same. Failure by Landlord to furnish the services described in this
SECTION 4.1 to any extent, or any cessation thereof, shall not render Landlord in default hereunder or liable in any respect for damages to either person or property, or be construed as

-5-

an eviction of Tenant, or work an abatement of Rent, or relieve Tenant from fulfillment of any covenant or agreement hereof. In addition to the foregoing, should any of the equipment or machinery break down, cease to function properly for any cause, or be intentionally turned off for testing or maintenance purposes, Tenant shall have no claim for abatement or reduction of Rent or damages on account of an interruption in service occasioned thereby or resulting therefrom; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, Landlord agrees to use diligent efforts to repair said equipment or machinery and to restore said services.

(c) HOLIDAYS. The following dates shall collectively be known as "HOLIDAYS" and individually known as a "HOLIDAY": New Year's Day; Memorial Day; Independence Day; Labor Day; Thanksgiving Day; Friday following Thanksgiving Day; Christmas Day; and any other holiday recognized and taken by tenants occupying at least one-half (1/2) of the rentable area of office space of the Building. If in the case of any Holiday, a different day shall be observed than the respective day above described, then that day which constitutes the day observed by national banks in the city or proximate area in which the Building is located, on account of such Holiday, shall constitute the Holiday under this Lease.

SECTION 4.2 KEYS AND LOCKS. Landlord shall initially furnish Tenant with a reasonable number of keys for the standard corridor doors serving the Premises. Additional keys will be furnished by Landlord upon an order signed by Tenant and at Tenant's expense. All such keys shall remain the property of Landlord. Without the prior written consent of Landlord, no additional locks shall be allowed on any door of the Premises, and Tenant shall not make or permit to be made any duplicate keys, except those furnished by Landlord. Upon termination or expiration of this Lease or a termination of possession of the Premises by Tenant, Tenant shall surrender to Landlord all keys to any locks on doors entering or within the Premises.

SECTION 4.3 GRAPHICS AND BUILDING DIRECTORY. Landlord shall provide and install, at Tenant's expense, all letters or numerals at the entrance to the Premises, and a strip containing a listing of Tenant's name on the Building directory board to be placed in the main lobby of the Building. All such letters and numerals shall be in Building Standard graphics. Landlord shall not be liable for any inconvenience or damage occurring as a result of any error or omission in any directory or graphics. No signs, numerals, letters or other graphics shall be used or installed by Tenant on the exterior of, or which may be visible from outside, the Premises, unless approved in writing by Landlord.

ARTICLE V

SECTION 5.1 OCCUPANCY OF PREMISES. Tenant shall throughout the Term of this Lease, at its own expense, maintain the Premises and all improvements thereon and keep them free from waste, damage or nuisance, and shall deliver up the Premises in a clean and sanitary condition at the expiration or termination of this Lease or the termination of Tenant's right to occupy the Premises by Tenant, in good repair and condition, reasonable wear and tear excepted. In the event Tenant should neglect to maintain and/or return the Premises in such manner, Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to cause repairs or corrections to be made, and any reasonable costs therefor shall be payable by Tenant to Landlord within ten (10) days of demand therefor by Landlord. Upon the expiration or termination of this Lease or the termination of Tenant's right to occupy the Premises by Tenant, Landlord shall have the right to reenter and resume possession of the Premises. No act or thing done by Landlord or any of Landlord's agents (hereinafter defined) during the Term of the Lease shall be deemed an acceptance of a surrender of the Premises, and no agreement to accept a surrender of the Premises shall be valid unless the same be made in writing and executed by Landlord. Tenant shall notify Landlord at least fifteen (15) days prior to vacating the Premises and shall arrange to meet with Landlord for a joint inspection of the Premises. If Tenant fails to give such notice or to arrange for such inspection, then Landlord's inspection of the Premises shall be deemed correct for the purpose of determining Tenant's responsibility for repair and restoration of the Premises.

SECTION 5.2 ENTRY FOR REPAIRS AND INSPECTION. Tenant shall permit Landlord and its agents to enter the Premises at all reasonable times to inspect the same; to show the Premises to prospective tenants (within nine (9) months of the expiration of the Term of this Lease), or interested parties such as prospective lenders and purchasers; to exercise its rights under this Lease; to clean, repair, alter or improve the Premises or the Building; to discharge Tenant's obligations when Tenant has failed to do so within the time required under this Lease or within a reasonable time after written notice from Landlord, whichever is earlier; to post notices of nonresponsibility and similar notices and "For Sale" signs at any time and to place "For Lease" signs upon or adjacent to the Building or the Premises at any time within nine (9) months of the expiration of the Term of this Lease. Tenant shall permit Landlord and its agents to enter the Premises at any time in the event of an emergency. When reasonably necessary, Landlord may temporarily close entrances, doors, corridors, elevators or other facilities without liability to Tenant by reason of such closure.

SECTION 5.3 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS.

(a) As used in this Lease, the term "Hazardous Materials" shall mean and include any substance that is or contains petroleum, asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyls, lead, or any other substance, material or waste which is now or is hereafter classified or considered to be hazardous or toxic under any federal, state or local law, rule, regulation or ordinance relating to pollution or the protection or regulation of human health, natural resources or the environment (collectively "ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS") or poses or threatens to pose a hazard to the health or safety of persons on the Premises or any adjacent property.

-6-

(b) Tenant agrees that during its use and occupancy of the Premises it will not permit Hazardous Materials to be present on or about the Premises except in a manner and quantity necessary for the ordinary performance of Tenant's business and that it will comply with all Environmental Laws relating to the use, storage or disposal of any such Hazardous Materials.

(c) If Tenant's use of Hazardous Materials on or about the Premises results in a release, discharge or disposal of Hazardous Materials on, in, at, under, or emanating from, the Premises or the property in which the Premises are located, Tenant agrees to investigate, clean up, remove or remediate such Hazardous Materials in full compliance with (a) the requirements of (i) all Environmental Laws and (ii) any governmental agency or authority responsible for the enforcement of any Environmental Laws; and (b) any additional requirements of Landlord that are reasonably necessary to protect the value of the Premises or the property in which the Premises are located. Landlord shall also have the right, but not the obligation, to take whatever action with respect to any such Hazardous Materials that it deems reasonably necessary to protect the value of the Premises or the property in which the Premises are located. All costs and expenses paid or incurred by Landlord in the exercise of such right shall be payable by Tenant upon demand.

(d) Upon reasonable notice to Tenant, Landlord may inspect the Premises for the purpose of determining whether there exists on the Premises any Hazardous Materials or other condition or activity that is in violation of the requirements of this Lease or of any Environmental Laws. The right granted to Landlord herein to perform inspections shall not create a duty on Landlord's part to inspect the Premises, or liability on the part of Landlord for Tenant's use, storage or disposal of Hazardous Materials, it being understood that Tenant shall be solely responsible for all liability in connection therewith.

(e) Tenant shall surrender the Premises to Landlord upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease free of debris, waste or Hazardous Materials placed on or about the Premises by Tenant or its agents, employees, contractors or invitees, and in a condition which complies with all Environmental Laws.

(f) Tenant agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Landlord from and against any and all claims, losses (including, without limitation, loss in value of the Premises or the property in which the Premises are located), liabilities and expenses (including reasonable attorney's fees) sustained by Landlord attributable to (i) any Hazardous Materials placed on or about the Premises by Tenant or its agents, employees, contractors or invitees or (ii) Tenant's breach of any provision of this Section.

(g) The provisions of this Section shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

ARTICLE VI.

SECTION 6.1 LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS.

(a) ACCEPTANCE OF PREMISES. Tenant has made a complete inspection of the Premises (i.e., the Suite 200 Premises, the Suite 240 Premises, and the Suite 300 Premises) and shall accept the Premises and the Project in their "AS IS," "WHERE IS," and "WITH ALL FAULTS" condition on the applicable Commencement Date without recourse to Landlord; provided, however, that Landlord delivers the Suite 200 Premises and the Suite 240 Premises on the applicable Commencement Date in substantially the same condition as they exist on the date hereof, normal wear and tear and casualty excepted. Except as expressly provided in this Lease, Landlord shall have no obligation to furnish, equip or improve the Premises or the Project or provide an allowance, abatement or concession with respect to the Premises, except that Landlord shall provide the Refurbishment Allowance (as that term is defined in EXHIBIT E-1 hereto) which shall disbursed in accordance with EXHIBIT E-1 attached hereto. The taking of possession of the Premises by Tenant shall be conclusive evidence against Tenant that (i) Tenant accepts the Premises and the Project as being suitable for its intended purpose and in a good and satisfactory condition, (ii) acknowledges that the Premises and the Project comply fully with Landlord's covenants and obligations under this Lease and (iii) waives any defects in the Premises and its appurtenances and in all other parts of the Project.

(b) IMPROVEMENTS AND ALTERATIONS. Tenant shall not make or allow to be made (except as otherwise provided in this Lease) any improvements, alterations or physical additions (including fixtures) in or to the Premises or the Project, without first obtaining the written consent of Landlord, including Landlord's written approval of Tenant's contractor(s) and of the plans, working drawings and specifications relating thereto, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, so long as such improvements, alterations or physical additions do not affect the Building's structure or the mechanical, electrical or plumbing components of the Building. If Landlord does not respond in writing with reasonable specificity to Tenant's request for approval of plans and specifications within ten (10) business days after submission of Tenant's plans, Landlord's approval therefor shall be deemed granted. Approval by Landlord of any of Tenant's drawings and plans and specifications prepared in connection with any alterations, improvements, modifications or additions to the Premises or the Project shall not constitute a representation or warranty of Landlord as to the adequacy or sufficiency of such drawings, plans and specifications, or alterations, improvements, modifications or additions to which they relate, for any use, purpose or conditions, but such approval shall merely be the consent of Landlord as required hereunder. Any and all furnishing, equipping and improving of or other alteration and addition to the Premises shall be: (i) made at Tenant's sole cost, risk and expense, and Tenant shall pay for Landlord's actual out-of-pocket third party costs incurred in connection with and as a result of such alterations or additions; (ii) performed in a prompt, good and workmanlike manner with labor and materials of such quality as Landlord may reasonably require; (iii) constructed substantially in accordance with all plans and specifications approved in writing by Landlord prior to the

-7-

commencement of any such work; (iv) prosecuted diligently and continuously to completion so as to minimize interference with the normal business operations of other tenants in the Building, the performance of Landlord's obligations under this Lease or any mortgage or ground lease covering or affecting all or any part of the Building or the Land and any work being done by contractors engaged by Landlord with respect to or in connection with the Building; and (v) performed by contractors approved in writing by Landlord. Tenant shall have no (and hereby waives all) rights to payment or compensation for any such item. Tenant shall notify Landlord upon completion of such alterations, improvements, modifications or additions and Landlord shall inspect same for workmanship and compliance with the approved plans and specifications. Tenant and its contractors shall comply with all reasonable requirements Landlord may impose on Tenant or its contractors with respect to such work (including but not limited to, insurance, indemnity and bonding requirements), and, to the extent any changes or change orders have been made to or in connection with the plans and specifications which were approved by Landlord, (A) such changes or change orders shall be subject to Landlord's prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, and (B) Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a complete copy of the "as-built" or final plans and specifications for all alterations or physical additions so made in or to the Premises within thirty (30) days of completing the work. Tenant shall not place safes, vaults, filing cabinets or systems, libraries or other heavy furniture or equipment within the Premises without Landlord's prior written consent.

(c) TITLE TO ALTERATIONS. All alterations, physical additions, modifications or improvements in or to the Premises (including fixtures) shall, when made, become the property of Landlord and shall be surrendered to Landlord upon termination or expiration of this Lease or termination of Tenant's right to occupy the Premises, whether by lapse of time or otherwise, without any payment, reimbursement or compensation therefor; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that Tenant shall retain title to and shall remove from the Premises movable equipment or furniture owned by Tenant and Tenant repairs any damage caused thereby and Tenant returns the Premises to their preexisting condition. Notwithstanding any of the foregoing to the contrary, Landlord may require Tenant to remove all alterations, additions or improvements to the Premises that are other than Building Standard including, without limitation, any cabling or other computer, satellite or telecommunications equipment or hardware, whether or not such alterations, additions, or improvements are located in the Premises upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease or the termination of Tenant's right to possession of the Premises and restore the same to Building Standard condition, reasonable wear and tear excepted. The rights conferred to Landlord under this SECTION 6.1(c) shall be in addition to (and not in conflict with) any other rights conferred on Landlord by this Lease, in equity or at law.

(d) PERSONAL PROPERTY TAXES; SALES, USE AND EXCISE TAXES. Tenant shall be responsible for and shall pay ad valorem taxes and other taxes, assessments or charges levied upon or applicable to Tenant's personal property, the value of Tenant's leasehold improvements in the Premises in excess of Building Standard (and if the taxing authorities do not separately assess Tenant's leasehold improvements, Landlord may make a reasonable allocation of the taxes assessed on the Project to give effect to this SECTION 6.1(d)) and all license fees and other fees or charges imposed on the business conducted by Tenant on the Premises before such taxes, assessments, charges or fees become delinquent. Tenant shall also pay to Landlord with all Rent due and owing under this Lease an amount equal to any sales, rental, excise and use taxes levied, imposed or assessed by the State or any political subdivision thereof or other taxing authority upon any amounts classified as rent.

SECTION 6.2 REPAIRS BY LANDLORD. All repairs, alterations or additions that affect the Project's structural components or major mechanical, electrical or plumbing systems shall be made by Landlord or its contractors only, and, in the case of any damage to such components or systems caused by Tenant or Tenant's agents, shall be paid for by Tenant in an amount equal to Landlord's costs plus fifteen percent (15%) as an overhead expense. Unless otherwise provided herein, Landlord shall not be required to make any improvements to or repairs of any kind or character to the leasehold improvements located in the Premises during the Term, except such repairs as Landlord deems necessary for normal maintenance operations of the Building.

SECTION 6.3 REPAIRS BY TENANT. Subject to SECTION 6.2 of this Lease, Tenant shall be responsible, at its own cost and expense, for all repair or replacement of any damage to the leasehold improvements in the Premises, together with any damage to the Project or any part thereof caused by Tenant or any of Tenant's agents. Except insofar as Landlord is expressly obligated under this Lease to maintain and repair the Building, in addition to the maintenance and repair obligations of Tenant otherwise expressly set forth in this Lease, Tenant is also obligated to perform, at Tenant's own cost and expense and risk, all other maintenance and repairs necessary or appropriate to cause the Premises to be maintained in good condition and suitable for Tenant's intended commercial purpose.

SECTION 6.4 LIENS. Tenant shall keep the Premises and the Building free from any liens, including but not limited to liens filed against the Premises by any governmental agency, authority or organization, arising out of any work performed, materials ordered or obligations incurred by or on behalf of Tenant, and Tenant hereby agrees to indemnify and hold Landlord, its agents, employees, independent contractors, officers, directors, partners, and shareholders harmless from any liability, cost or expense for such liens. Tenant shall cause any such lien imposed to be released of record by payment or posting of the proper bond within thirty (30) days after the earlier of imposition of the lien or written request by Landlord. Tenant shall give Landlord written notice of Tenant's intention to perform work on the Premises which might result in any claim of lien, at least ten (10) days prior to the commencement of such work to enable Landlord to post and record a notice of nonresponsibility or other notice deemed proper before commencement of any such work. Tenant's notice of intent to perform work may be given contemporaneously with Tenant's submittal of plans for Landlord's approval. If Tenant fails to remove any lien within the prescribed thirty (30) day period, then Landlord may do so at Tenant's expense and Tenant's reimbursement to Landlord for such amount, including attorneys' fees and costs, shall be deemed Additional Rent. Tenant shall have no power to do any act or make any contract which may create or be the foundation for any lien,

-8-

mortgage or other encumbrance upon the reversion or other estate of Landlord, or of any interest of Landlord in the Premises.

SECTION 6.5 INDEMNIFICATION. Tenant shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Landlord, its agents, employees, officers, directors, partners and shareholders ("LANDLORD'S RELATED PARTIES") from and against any and all liabilities, judgments, demands, causes of action, claims, losses, damages, costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys' fees and costs, arising out of the use, occupancy, conduct, operation, or management of the Premises by, or the willful misconduct or negligence of, Tenant, its officers, contractors, licensees, agents, servants, employees, guests, invitees, or visitors in or about the Building or Premises or arising from any breach or default under this Lease by Tenant, or arising from any accident, injury, or damage, howsoever and by whomsoever caused, to any person or property, occurring in or about the Building or Premises. This indemnification shall survive termination or expiration of this Lease. This provision shall not be construed to make Tenant responsible for loss, damage, liability or expense resulting from injuries to third parties caused by the sole negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, or its officers, contractors, licensees, agents, employees, or invitees.

ARTICLE VII.

SECTION 7.1 CONDEMNATION.

(a) TOTAL TAKING. In the event of a taking or damage related to the exercise of the power of eminent domain, by any agency, authority, public utility, person, corporation or entity empowered to condemn property (including without limitation a voluntary conveyance by Landlord in lieu of such taking or condemnation) (individually, a "TAKING") of (i) the entire Premises, (ii) so much of the Premises as to prevent or substantially impair its use by Tenant during the Term of this Lease or (iii) portions of the Building or Project required for reasonable access to, or reasonable use of, the Premises (individually, a "TOTAL TAKING"), the rights of Tenant under this Lease and the leasehold estate of Tenant in and to the Premises shall cease and terminate as of the date upon which title to the property taken passes to and vests in the condemnor or the effective date of any order for possession if issued prior to the date title vests in the condemnor ("DATE OF TAKING").

(b) PARTIAL TAKING. In the event of a Taking of only a part of the Premises or of a part of the Project which does not constitute a Total Taking during the Term of this Lease (individually, a "PARTIAL TAKING"), the rights of Tenant under this Lease and the leasehold estate of Tenant in and to the portion of the property taken shall cease and terminate as of the Date of Taking, and an adjustment to the Rent shall be made based upon the reduced area of the Premises.

(c) TERMINATION BY LANDLORD. In the event of a Taking of the Building (other than the Premises) such that, in Landlord's reasonable opinion, the Building cannot be restored in a manner that makes its continued operation practically or economically feasible, Landlord may terminate this Lease by giving notice to Tenant within ninety (90) days after the date notice of such Taking is received by Landlord.

(d) RENT ADJUSTMENT. If this Lease is terminated pursuant to this
SECTION 7.1, Landlord shall refund to Tenant any prepaid unaccrued Rent and any other sums due and owing to Tenant (less any sums then due and owing Landlord by Tenant), and Tenant shall pay to Landlord any remaining sums due and owing Landlord under this Lease, each prorated as of the Date of Taking where applicable.

(e) REPAIR. If this Lease is not terminated as provided for in this
SECTION 7.1, then Landlord at its expense shall promptly repair and restore the Building, Project and/or the Premises to approximately the same condition that existed at the time Tenant entered into possession of the Premises, wear and tear excepted (and Landlord shall have no obligation to repair or restore Tenant's improvements to the Premises or Tenant's Property), except for the part taken, so as to render the Building or Project as complete an architectural unit as practical, but only to the extent of the condemnation award received by Landlord for the damage.

(f) AWARDS AND DAMAGES. Landlord reserves all rights to damages and awards paid because of any Partial or Total Taking of the Premises or the Project. Tenant assigns to Landlord any right Tenant may have to the damages or award. Further, Tenant shall not make claims against Landlord or the condemning authority for damages. Notwithstanding, Tenant may claim and recover from the condemning authority a separate award for Tenant's moving expenses, business dislocation damages, Tenant's Property and any other award that would not reduce the award payable to Landlord.

SECTION 7.2 FORCE MAJEURE. Neither Landlord nor Tenant shall be required to perform any term, provision, agreement, condition or covenant in this Lease (other than the obligations of Tenant to pay Rent as provided herein) so long as such performance is delayed or prevented by "FORCE MAJEURE", which shall mean acts of God, strikes, injunctions, lockouts, material or labor restrictions by any governmental authority, civil riots, floods, fire, theft, public enemy, insurrection, war, court order, requisition or order of governmental body or authority, and any other cause not reasonably within the control of Landlord or Tenant and which by the exercise of due diligence Landlord or Tenant is unable, wholly or in part, to prevent or overcome. Neither Landlord nor any mortgagee shall be liable or responsible to Tenant for any loss or damage to any property or person occasioned by any Force Majeure, or for any damage or inconvenience which may arise through repair or alteration of any part of the Project as a result of any Force Majeure.

-9-

SECTION 7.3 FIRE OR OTHER CASUALTY DAMAGE. If any portion of the Premises shall be destroyed or damaged by fire or any other casualty, Tenant shall immediately give notice thereof to Landlord. If any portion of the Premises or Project shall be destroyed or damaged by fire or any other casualty then, at the option of Landlord, Landlord may restore and repair the portion of the Premises or Project damaged and, if the Premises are rendered untenantable in whole or in part by reason of such casualty as determined by Landlord in its commercially reasonable judgment, Tenant shall be entitled to an equitable abatement of the Rent hereunder (subject to the limitation in SECTION 7.3(b) below) until such time as the damaged portion of the Premises (exclusive of any of Tenant's Property or Tenant's improvements) are repaired or restored by Landlord to the extent required hereby or Landlord may terminate this Lease whereupon all Rent accrued up to the time of such damage or destruction and any other sums due and owing shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord (less any sums then due and owing Tenant by Landlord) and any remaining sums due and owing by Landlord to Tenant shall be paid to Tenant. In no event shall Landlord have any obligation to repair or restore any such destruction or damage.

(a) REPAIR. Landlord shall give Tenant written notice of its decisions, estimates or elections under this SECTION 7.3 within sixty (60) days after any such damage or destruction. If Landlord has elected to repair and restore the Premises or other portion of the Project, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, and the repairs will be made within a reasonable time thereafter (not to exceed one (1) year), subject to the provisions of SECTION 7.2 of this Lease. Should the repairs not be completed within that period, Tenant shall have the option of terminating this Lease by written letter of termination. If this Lease is terminated as herein permitted, Landlord shall refund to Tenant any prepaid Rent (unaccrued as of the date of damage or destruction) and any other sums due and owing by Landlord to Tenant (less any sums then due and owing Landlord by Tenant) and any remaining sums due and owing by Tenant to Landlord shall be paid to Landlord. If Landlord has elected to repair and reconstruct the Premises or other portion of the Project to the extent stated above, the Term will be extended for a time equal to the period from the occurrence of such damage to the completion of such repair and reconstruction. If Landlord elects to rebuild the Premises or other portion of the Project, Landlord shall be obligated to restore or rebuild the Premises or other portion of the Project to substantially the same condition as existed at the time Tenant entered into possession of the Premises (except for any work paid for by Tenant), wear and tear excepted and not be required to rebuild, repair or replace any part of Tenant's Property or Tenant's leasehold improvements. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Lease to the contrary, if Landlord shall elect to repair and restore the Premises or other portion of the Project pursuant to this SECTION 7.3, in no event shall Landlord be required to expend under this ARTICLE VII any amount in excess of the proceeds actually received from the insurance carried by Landlord pursuant to SECTION 7.4(a) of this Lease. Landlord shall not be liable for any inconvenience or annoyance to Tenant or injury to the business of Tenant resulting in any way from such damage or destruction or the disregard of the repair thereof.

(b) NEGLIGENCE OF TENANT. Notwithstanding the provisions of SECTION 7.3(a) of this Lease, if the Premises, the Project or any portion thereof, are damaged by fire or other casualty resulting from the fault or negligence of Tenant or any of Tenant's agents, the Rent under this Lease will not be abated during the repair of that damage, and Tenant will be liable to Landlord for the cost and expense of the repair and restoration of the Premises, the Project or any part thereof, caused thereby to the extent that cost and expense is not covered by insurance proceeds (including without limitation the amount of any insurance deductible).

SECTION 7.4 INSURANCE.

(a) Landlord shall maintain, or cause to be maintained, standard fire and extended coverage insurance on the Buildings and Building Standard tenant improvements (excluding leasehold improvements by Tenant in excess of Building Standard and Tenant's Property) on a full replacement cost basis. The insurance required to be obtained by Landlord may be obtained by Landlord through blanket or master policies insuring other entities or properties owned or controlled by Landlord.

(b) Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, procure and maintain during the Term of this Lease all such policies of insurance as Landlord may reasonably require, including without limitation commercial general liability insurance (including personal injury liability, premises/operation, property damage, independent contractors and broad form contractual coverage in support of the indemnifications of Landlord by Tenant under this Lease) in amounts of not less than a combined single limit of $1,000,000; comprehensive automobile liability insurance; business interruption insurance; contractual liability insurance; property insurance with respect to Tenant's Property, and all leasehold improvements, alterations and additions in excess of Building Standard, to be written on an "all risk" basis for full replacement cost; worker's compensation and employer's liability insurance; and comprehensive catastrophe liability insurance; all maintained with companies, on forms and in such amounts as Landlord may, from time to time, reasonably require and endorsed to include Landlord as an additional insured, with the premiums fully paid on or before the due dates. The insurer must be licensed to do business in the state in which the Building is located. Tenant, and not Landlord, will be liable for any costs or damages in excess of the statutory limit for which Tenant would, in the absence of worker's compensation, be liable. In the event that Tenant fails to take out or maintain any policy required by this SECTION 7.4 to be maintained by Tenant, such failure shall be a defense to any claim asserted by Tenant against Landlord by reason of any loss sustained by Tenant that would have been covered by such policy, notwithstanding that such loss may have been proximately caused solely or partially by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or any of Landlord's Related Parties. If Tenant does not procure insurance as required, Landlord may, upon advance written notice to Tenant, cause this insurance to be issued and Tenant shall pay to Landlord the premium for such insurance within ten (10) days of Landlord's demand, plus interest at the past due rate provided for in SECTION 3.1(c) of this Lease until repaid by Tenant. All policies of insurance required to be maintained by Tenant shall specifically make reference to the indemnifications by Tenant in favor of Landlord under this Lease and shall provide that Landlord shall be given at least thirty (30) days' prior

-10-

written notice of any cancellation or nonrenewal of any such policy. A certificate evidencing each such policy shall be deposited with Landlord by Tenant on or before the Commencement Date, and a replacement certificate evidencing each subsequent policy shall be deposited with Landlord at least ten
(10) days prior to the expiration of the preceding such policy. All insurance policies obtained by Tenant shall be written as primary policies (primary over any insurance carried by Landlord), not contributing with and not in excess of coverage which Landlord may carry, if any. The insurance required by this Lease, at the option of Tenant, may be effected by blanket and/or umbrella policies issued to Tenant covering the Premises and other properties owned or leased by Tenant, provided that the policies otherwise comply with the provisions of this Lease and allocate to the Premises the specified coverage, without possibility of reduction or coinsurance by reason of, or damage to, any other premises named therein, and if the insurance required by this Lease shall be effected by any such blanket or umbrella policies, Tenant shall furnish to Landlord or lender or mortgagee, if any, certified copies or duplicate originals of such policies in place of the originals, with schedules hereto attached showing the amount of insurance afforded by such policies applicable to the Premises.

SECTION 7.5 WAIVER OF SUBROGATION RIGHTS. Each party hereto waives all rights of recovery, claims, actions or causes of actions arising in any manner in its (the "INJURED PARTY'S") favor and against the other party for loss or damage to the Injured Party's property located within or constituting a part or all of the Project, to the extent the loss or damage: (a) is covered by the Injured Party's insurance; or (b) would have been covered by the insurance the Injured Party is required to carry under this Lease, whichever is greater, regardless of the cause or origin, including the sole, contributory, partial, joint, comparative or concurrent negligence of the other party. This waiver also applies to each party's directors, officers, employees, shareholders, partners, representatives and agents. All insurance carried by either Landlord or Tenant covering the losses and damages described in this SECTION 7.5 shall provide for such waiver of rights of subrogation by the Injured Party's insurance carrier to the maximum extent that the same is permitted under the laws and regulations governing the writing of insurance within the state in which the Building is located. Both parties hereto are obligated to obtain such a waiver and provide evidence to the other party of such waiver. The waiver set forth in this SECTION 7.5 shall be in addition to, and not in substitution for, any other waivers, indemnities or exclusions of liability set forth in this Lease.

ARTICLE VIII.

SECTION 8.1 DEFAULT BY TENANT. The occurrence of any one or more of the following events shall constitute a default by Tenant under this Lease:

(a) Tenant shall fail to pay to Landlord any Rent or any other monetary charge due from Tenant hereunder on or before ten (10) days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant, provided that Landlord shall not be required to provide such notice more than twice during any twelve month period with respect to nonpayment of Rent, the third such nonpayment constituting a default without the requirement of notice;

(b) Tenant breaches or fails to comply with any term, provisions, conditions or covenant of this Lease, other than as described in Section 8.1(a), or with any of the Building rules and regulations now or hereafter established to govern the operation of the Project;

(c) A Transfer (hereinafter defined) shall occur, without the prior written approval of Landlord;

(d) The interest of Tenant under this Lease shall be levied on under execution or other legal process;

(e) Any petition in bankruptcy or other insolvency proceedings shall be filed by or against Tenant, or any petition shall be filed or other action taken to declare Tenant a bankrupt or to delay, reduce or modify Tenant's debts or obligations or to reorganize or modify Tenant's capital structure or indebtedness or to appoint a trustee, receiver or liquidator of Tenant or of any property of Tenant, or any proceeding or other action shall be commenced or taken by any governmental authority for the dissolution or liquidation of Tenant and, within thirty (30) days hereafter, Tenant fails to secure a discharge thereof;

(f) Tenant shall become insolvent, or Tenant shall make an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or Tenant shall make a transfer in fraud of creditors, or a receiver or trustee shall be appointed for Tenant or any of its properties;

(g) Tenant shall abandon the Premises or any substantial portion thereof;

(h) Tenant shall do or permit to be done anything which creates a lien upon the Premises or the Project which is not released or secured as provided in
Section 6.4; or

(i) So long as the Project and Two Paragon Centre are under common ownership, any default by Tenant under that certain Amended and Restated Lease Agreement dated of even date herewith, by and between Landlord and Tenant for premises at Two Paragon Centre (the "Two Paragon Centre Lease"), beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and cure periods thereunder shall constitute an immediate default under this Lease.

SECTION 8.2 LANDLORD'S REMEDIES. Upon occurrence of any default by Tenant under this Lease and (i) if the event of default described in Section 8.1(a) is not cured within ten (10) days after written notice from Landlord of such default (provided, however, Landlord shall not be obligated to notify Tenant more than twice in any 12-month period; thereafter, Tenant shall immediately be in default upon Tenant's failure to pay Rent as and

-11-

when due); or (ii) the events described in Sections 8.1(b), (d), (f) and (g) are not cured within thirty (30) days after written notice from Landlord of such default (there being no notice and cure period for events of defaults described in Sections 8.1(c), (e) and (h) except as otherwise set forth herein), the Landlord shall have the option to do and perform any one or more of the following in addition to, and not in limitation of, any other remedy or right permitted it by law or in equity or by this Lease:

(a) Continue this Lease in full force and effect, and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect as long as Landlord does not terminate this Lease, and Landlord shall have the right to collect Rent, Additional Rent and other charges when due.

(b) Terminate this Lease, and Landlord may forthwith repossess the Premises and be entitled to recover as damages a sum of money equal to the total of (i) the cost of recovering the Premises, (ii) the cost of removing and storing Tenant's or any other occupant's property, (iii) the unpaid Rent and any other sums accrued hereunder at the date of termination, (iv) a sum equal to the amount, if any, by which the present value of the total Rent and other benefits which would have accrued to Landlord under this Lease for the remainder of the Term, if the terms of this Lease had been fully complied with by Tenant, discounted at five percent (5%) per annum exceeds the total fair market value of the Premises for the balance of the Term (it being the agreement of the parties hereto that Landlord shall receive the benefit of its bargain), (v) the cost of reletting the Premises including, without limitation, the cost of restoring the Premises to the condition necessary to rent the Premises at the prevailing market rental rate, normal wear and tear excepted, (vi) any increase in insurance premiums caused by the vacancy of the Premises, (vii) the amount of any unamortized improvements to the Premises paid for by Landlord, (viii) the cost of any increase in insurance premiums caused by the termination of possession of the Premises, (ix) the amount of any unamortized brokerage commission or other costs paid by Landlord in connection with the leasing of the Premises and (ix) any other sum of money or damages owed by Tenant to Landlord. In the event Landlord shall elect to terminate this Lease, Landlord shall at once have all the rights of reentry upon the Premises, without becoming liable for damages, or guilty of trespass.

(c) Terminate Tenant's right of occupancy of the Premises and reenter and repossess the Premises by entry, forcible entry or detainer suit or otherwise, without demand or notice of any kind to Tenant and without terminating this Lease, without acceptance of surrender of possession of the Premises, and without becoming liable for damages or guilty of trespass, in which event Landlord may, but shall be under no obligation to, relet the Premises or any part thereof for the account of Tenant (nor shall Landlord be under any obligation to relet the Premises before Landlord relets or leases any other portion of the Project or any other property under the ownership or control of Landlord) for a period equal to or lesser or greater than the remainder of the Term of the Lease on whatever terms and conditions Landlord, at Landlord's sole discretion, deems advisable. Tenant shall be liable for and shall pay to Landlord all Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease (plus interest at the past due rate provided in SECTION 3.1(c) of this Lease if in arrears) plus an amount equal to (i) the cost of recovering possession of the Premises, (ii) the cost of removing and storing any of Tenant's or any other occupant's property left on the Premises or the Project after reentry, (iii) the cost of decorations, repairs, changes, alterations and additions to the Premises and the Project,
(iv) the cost of any attempted reletting or reletting and the collection of the rent accruing from such reletting, (v) the cost of any brokerage fees or commissions payable by Landlord in connection with any reletting or attempted reletting, (vi) any other costs incurred by Landlord in connection with any such reletting or attempted reletting, (vii) the cost of any increase in insurance premiums caused by the termination of possession of the Premises, (viii) the amount of any unamortized improvements to the Premises paid for by Landlord,
(ix) the amount of any unamortized brokerage commissions or other costs paid by Landlord in connection with the leasing of the Premises and (x) any other sum of money or damages owed by Tenant to Landlord at law, in equity or hereunder, all reduced by any sums received by Landlord through any reletting of the Premises; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in no event shall Tenant be entitled to any excess of any sums obtained by reletting over and above Rent provided in this Lease to be paid by Tenant to Landlord. For the purpose of such reletting Landlord is authorized to decorate or to make any repairs, changes, alterations or additions in or to the Premises that may be necessary. Landlord may file suit to recover any sums falling due under the terms of this SECTION 8.2(c) from time to time, and no delivery to or recovery by Landlord of any portion due Landlord hereunder shall be any defense in any action to recover any amount not theretofore reduced to judgment in favor of Landlord. No reletting shall be construed as an election on the part of Landlord to terminate this Lease unless a written notice of such intention is given to Tenant by Landlord. Notwithstanding any such reletting without termination, Landlord may at any time thereafter elect to terminate this Lease for such previous default and/or exercise its rights under SECTION 8.3(b) of this Lease.

(d) Enter upon the Premises and do whatever Tenant is obligated to do under the terms on this Lease; and Tenant agrees to reimburse Landlord on demand for any reasonable expenses which Landlord may incur in effecting compliance with Tenant's obligations under this Lease plus fifteen percent (15%) of such cost to cover overhead plus interest at the past due rate provided in this Lease, and Tenant further agrees that Landlord shall not be liable for any damages resulting to Tenant from such action. No action taken by Landlord under this SECTION 8.2(d) shall relieve Tenant from any of its obligations under this Lease or from any consequences or liabilities arising from the failure to perform such obligations.

(e) Without waiving such default, apply all or any part of the security deposit in the amount of Twenty Four Thousand Seven Hundred Two and 12/100 Dollars ($24,702.13) currently being held by Landlord under the Two Paragon Centre Lease and/or Prepaid Rent, if any, to cure the default hereunder or to any damages suffered as a result of the default hereunder to the extent of the amount of damages suffered. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the amount of such depletion of the security deposit and/or any Prepaid Rent on demand.

-12-

(f) Change all door locks and other security devices of Tenant at the Premises and/or the Project, and Landlord shall not be required to provide the new key to the Tenant except during Tenant's regular business hours, and only upon the condition that Tenant has cured any and all defaults hereunder and in the case where Tenant owes Rent to the Landlord, reimbursed Landlord for all Rent and other sums due Landlord hereunder. Landlord, on terms and conditions satisfactory to Landlord in its sole discretion, may upon request from Tenant's employees, enter the Premises for the purpose of retrieving therefrom personal property of such employees, provided, Landlord shall have no obligation to do so.

(g) Exercise any and all other remedies available to Landlord in this Lease, at law or in equity.

SECTION 8.3 DUTY TO RELET OR MITIGATE. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, Tenant and Landlord agree that Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to relet the Premises or otherwise mitigate damages under this Lease. However, Tenant agrees that Landlord shall not be liable, nor shall Tenant's obligations hereunder be diminished, because of Landlord's failure to relet the Premises after using commercially reasonable efforts, or Landlord's failure to collect rent due with respect to such reletting. Landlord and Tenant agree that any such duty to mitigate shall be satisfied and Landlord shall be deemed to have used commercially reasonable efforts to fill the Premises by doing the following: (a) posting a "For Lease" sign on the Premises; (b) advising Landlord's leasing agent of the availability of the Premises; and (c) advising at least one outside commercial brokerage entity of the availability of the Premises; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that Landlord shall not be obligated to relet the Premises before leasing any other unoccupied portions of the Project and any other property under the ownership or control of Landlord. If Landlord receives any payments from the reletting of the Premises, any such payment shall first be applied to any costs or expenses incurred by Landlord as a result of Tenant's Default under this Lease.

SECTION 8.4 REENTRY. If Tenant fails to allow Landlord to reenter and repossess the Premises, Landlord shall have full and free license to enter into and upon the Premises with process of law for the purpose of repossessing the Premises, expelling or removing Tenant and any others who may be occupying or otherwise within the Premises, removing any and all property therefrom and changing all door locks of the Premises. Landlord may take these actions without being deemed in any manner guilty of trespass, eviction or forcible entry or detainer, without accepting surrender of possession of the Premises by Tenant, and without incurring any liability for any damage resulting therefrom, including without limitation any liability arising under applicable state law and without relinquishing Landlord's right to Rent or any other right given to Landlord hereunder or by operation of law or in equity, Tenant hereby waiving any right to claim damage for such reentry and expulsion, including without limitation any rights granted to Tenant by applicable state law, unless such damage is due to the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord.

SECTION 8.5 RIGHTS OF LANDLORD IN BANKRUPTCY. Nothing contained in this Lease shall limit or prejudice the right of Landlord to prove for and obtain in proceedings for bankruptcy or insolvency, by reason of the expiration or termination of this Lease or the termination of Tenant's right of occupancy, an amount equal to the maximum allowed by any statute or rule of law in effect at the time when, and governing the proceedings in which, the damages are to be proved, whether or not the amount be greater, equal to, or less than the amount of the loss or damages referred to in this SECTION 8.5. In the event that under applicable law, the trustee in bankruptcy or Tenant has the right to affirm this Lease and continue to perform the obligations of Tenant hereunder, such trustee or Tenant shall, in such time period as may be permitted by the bankruptcy court having jurisdiction, cure all defaults of Tenant hereunder outstanding as of the date of the affirmance of this Lease and provide to Landlord such adequate assurances as may be necessary to ensure Landlord of the continued performance of Tenant's obligations under this Lease.

SECTION 8.6 WAIVER OF CERTAIN RIGHTS. Tenant hereby expressly waives any and all rights Tenant may have under applicable state law to its right to recover possession of the Premises. Tenant hereby waives any and all liens (whether statutory, contractual or constitutional) it may have or acquire as a result of a breach by Landlord under this Lease. Tenant also waives and releases any statutory lien and offset rights it may have against Landlord, including without limitation the rights conferred upon applicable state law.

SECTION 8.7 NONWAIVER. Failure on the part of Landlord to complain of any action or nonaction on the part of Tenant, no matter how long the same may continue, shall not be deemed to be a waiver by Landlord of any of its rights under this Lease. Further, it is covenanted and agreed that no waiver at any time of any of the provisions hereof by Landlord shall be construed as a waiver of any of the other provisions hereof and that a waiver at any time of any of the provisions hereof shall not be construed as a waiver at any subsequent time of the same provisions. The consent or approval by Landlord to or of any action by Tenant requiring Landlord's consent or approval shall not be deemed to waive or render unnecessary Landlord's consent or approval to or of any subsequent similar act by Tenant.

SECTION 8.8 HOLDING OVER. In the event Tenant remains in possession of the Premises after the expiration or termination of this Lease without the execution of a new lease, then Tenant, at Landlord's option, shall be deemed to be occupying the Premises as a tenant at will at a base rental equal to one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the then applicable Base Rent, and shall otherwise remain subject to all the conditions, provisions and obligations of this Lease insofar as the same are applicable to a tenancy at will, including without limitation the payment of all other Rent; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, nothing contained herein shall require Landlord to give Tenant more than thirty (30) days prior written consent to terminate Tenant's tenancy-at-will. No holding over by Tenant after the expiration or termination of this Lease shall be construed to extend or renew the Term or in any other manner be construed as permission by Landlord to hold over. Tenant shall indemnify Landlord (y) against all claims for

-13-

damages by any other tenant to whom Landlord may have leased all or any part of the Premises effective upon the termination or expiration of this Lease, and (z) for all other losses, costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys' fees, incurred by reason of such holding over.

SECTION 8.9 ABANDONMENT OF PERSONAL PROPERTY. Any personal property left in the Premises or any personal property of Tenant left about the Project at the expiration or termination of this Lease, the termination of Tenant's right to occupy the Premises or the abandonment, desertion or vacating of the Premises by Tenant, shall be deemed abandoned by Tenant and may, at the option of Landlord, be immediately removed from the Premises or such other space by Landlord and stored by Landlord at the full risk, cost and expense of Tenant. Landlord shall in no event be responsible for the value, preservation or safekeeping thereof. In the event Tenant does not reclaim any such personal property and pay all costs for any storage and moving thereof within thirty (30) days after the expiration or termination of this Lease, the termination of Tenant's right to occupy the Premises or the abandonment, desertion or vacating of the Premises by Tenant, Landlord may dispose of such personal property in any way that it deems proper. If Landlord shall sell any such personal property, it shall be entitled to retain from the proceeds the amount of any Rent or other expenses due Landlord, together with the cost of storage and moving and the expense of the sale. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, in addition to the rights provided herein with respect to any such property, Landlord shall have the option of exercising any of its other rights or remedies provided in the Lease or exercising any rights or remedies available to Landlord at law or in equity.

ARTICLE IX.

SECTION 9.1 TRANSFERS. Tenant shall not, by operation of law or otherwise, (a) assign, transfer, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise encumber this Lease, the Premises or any part of or interest in this Lease or the Premises, (b) grant any concession or license within the Premises, (c) sublet all or any part of the Premises or any right or privilege appurtenant to the Premises, or (d) permit any other party to occupy or use all or any part of the Premises (collectively, a "TRANSFER"), without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. This prohibition against a Transfer includes, without limitation, (i) any subletting or assignment which would otherwise occur by operation of law, merger, consolidation, reorganization, transfer or other change of Tenant's corporate or proprietary structure; (ii) an assignment or subletting to or by a receiver or trustee in any federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency, or other proceedings; (iii) the sale, assignment or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of Tenant, with or without specific assignment of Lease; (iv) the change in control in a partnership; or (v) conversion of Tenant to a limited liability entity. If Tenant converts to a limited liability entity without obtaining the prior written consent of Landlord: (i) the conversion shall be null and void for purposes of the Lease, including the determination of all obligations and liabilities of Tenant and its partners to Landlord; (ii) all partners of Tenant immediately prior to its conversion to a limited liability shall be fully liable, jointly and severally, for obligations of Tenant accruing under this Lease pre-conversion and post-conversion, and all members and other equity holders in Tenant post-conversion shall be fully liable for all obligations and liabilities of Tenant accruing under the Lease after the date such members and other equity holders are admitted to the limited liability entity as if such person or entity had become a general partner in a partnership; and (iii) Landlord shall have the option of declaring Tenant in default under this Lease. If Tenant requests Landlord's consent to any Transfer, then Tenant shall provide Landlord with a written description of all terms and conditions of the proposed Transfer, copies of the proposed documentation, and the following information about the proposed transferee: name and address; reasonably satisfactory information about its business and business history; its proposed use of the Premises; a copy of the proposed sublease or assignment agreement; banking, financial and other credit information; and general references sufficient to enable Landlord to determine the proposed transferee's creditworthiness and character. Landlord's consent to a Transfer shall not release Tenant from performing its obligations under this Lease, but rather Tenant's transferee shall assume all of Tenant's obligations under this Lease in a writing satisfactory to Landlord, and Tenant and its transferee shall be jointly and severally liable therefor. Landlord's consent to any Transfer shall not waive Landlord's rights as to any subsequent Transfer. While the Premises or any part thereof are subject to a Transfer, Landlord may collect directly from such transferee all rents or other sums relating to the Premises becoming due to Tenant or Landlord and apply such rents and other sums against the Rent and any other sums payable hereunder. If the aggregate rental, bonus or other consideration paid by a transferee for any such space exceeds the sum of (y) Tenant's Rent to be paid to Landlord for such space during such period and (z) Tenant's costs and expenses actually incurred in connection with such Transfer, including reasonable brokerage fees, reasonable costs of finishing or renovating the space affected and reasonable cash rental concessions, which costs and expenses are to be amortized over the term of the Transfer, then fifty percent (50%) of such excess shall be paid to Landlord within fifteen (15) days after such amount is earned by Tenant. Such arrearage amounts in the case of a sublease shall be calculated and adjusted (if necessary) on a Lease Year (or partial Lease Year) basis, and there shall be no cumulative adjustment for the Term. Landlord shall have the right to audit Tenant's books and records relating to the Transfer. Tenant authorizes its transferees to make payments of rent and any other sums due and payable, directly to Landlord upon receipt of notice from Landlord to do so. Any attempted Transfer by Tenant in violation of the terms and covenants of this ARTICLE IX shall be void. In the event that Tenant requests that Landlord consider a sublease or assignment hereunder, Tenant shall pay (i) Landlord's reasonable and documented expenses, not to exceed Five Hundred and No/100 Dollars ($500.00) per transaction, actually incurred in connection with the consideration of such request, and (ii) all reasonable attorneys' fees and costs incurred by Landlord in connection with the consideration of such request or such sublease or assignment.

Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, Tenant may assign this Lease or sublet the Premises without Landlord's consent (i) to any corporation or other entity that controls, is controlled by or is under common control

-14-

with Tenant; (ii) to any corporation or other entity resulting from a merger, acquisition, consolidation or reorganization of or with Tenant; (iii) in connection with the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of Tenant, so long as Tenant provides evidence to Landlord in writing that such assignment or sublease complies with the criteria set forth in (i), (ii) or (iii) above and provided the following conditions are met: (1) the net worth of the transferee is equal to or greater than the greater of Tenant's net worth on the date of this Lease, (2) if Tenant remains in existence as a separate legal entity following the transfer, it shall not be released from liability under this Lease, (3) the transferee shall assume in a writing delivered to Landlord all of Tenant's obligations under the Lease effective upon the consummation of the transfer, and (4) Tenant shall give written notice to Landlord of the proposed transfer at least fifteen (15) days in advance of the consummation thereof. Any transferee that meets the criteria in this paragraph shall hereinafter be referred to as a "PERMITTED TRANSFEREE".

SECTION 9.2 ASSIGNMENT BY LANDLORD. Landlord shall have the right at any time to sell, transfer or assign, in whole or in part, by operation of law or otherwise, its rights, benefits, privileges, duties, obligations or interests in this Lease or in the Premises, the Building, the Land, the Project and all other property referred to herein, without the prior consent of Tenant, and such sale, transfer or assignment shall be binding on Tenant. After such sale, transfer or assignment, Tenant shall attorn to such purchaser, transferee or assignee, and Landlord shall be released from all liability and obligations under this Lease accruing after the effective date of such sale, transfer or assignment.

SECTION 9.3 LIMITATION OF LANDLORD'S LIABILITY. Any provisions of this Lease to the contrary notwithstanding, Tenant hereby agrees that no personal, partnership or corporate liability of any kind or character (including, without limitation, the payment of any judgment) whatsoever now attaches or at any time hereafter under any condition shall attach to Landlord or any of Landlord's Related Parties or any mortgagee for payment of any amounts payable under this Lease or for the performance of any obligation under this Lease. The exclusive remedies of Tenant for the failure of Landlord to perform any of its obligations under this Lease shall be to proceed against the interest of Landlord in and to the Project. The provision contained in the foregoing sentence is not intended to, and shall not, limit any right that Tenant might otherwise have to obtain injunctive relief against Landlord or Landlord's successors in interest or any suit or action in connection with enforcement or collection of amounts which may become owing or payable under or on account of insurance maintained by Landlord. In no event shall Landlord be liable to Tenant, or any interest of Landlord in the Project be subject to execution by Tenant, for any indirect, special, consequential or punitive damages.

Landlord's Initials: /s/ FHH Tenant's Initials: /s/ GJH

ARTICLE X.

SECTION 10.1 SUBORDINATION. This Lease shall be subject and subordinated at all times to (a) all ground or underlying leases now existing or which may hereinafter be executed affecting the Project, and (b) the lien or liens of all mortgages and deeds of trust in any amount or amounts whatsoever now or hereafter placed on the Project or Landlord's interest or estate therein or on or against such ground or underlying leases and to all renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements and extensions thereof and to each advance made or hereafter to be made thereunder. Tenant shall execute and deliver upon demand any instruments, releases or other documents requested by any lessor or mortgagee for the purpose of subjecting and subordinating this Lease to such ground leases, mortgages or deeds of trust. Tenant shall attorn to any party succeeding to Landlord's interest in the Premises, whether by purchase, foreclosure, deed in lieu of foreclosure, power of sale, termination of lease or otherwise, only upon such party's request and at such party's sole discretion but not otherwise. Notwithstanding such attornment, Tenant agrees that any such successor in interest shall not be (a) liable for any act or omission of, or subject to any rights of setoff, claims or defenses otherwise assertable by Tenant against, any prior owner of the Project (including without limitation, Landlord), (b) bound by any rents paid more than one (1) month in advance to any prior owner, (c) liable for any Security Deposit not paid over to such successor by Landlord, and (d) if such successor is a mortgagee or a ground lessor whose address has been previously given to Tenant, bound by any modification, amendment, extension or cancellation of the Lease not consented to in writing by such mortgagee or ground lessor. Tenant shall execute all such agreements confirming such attornment as such party may reasonably request. Tenant shall not seek to enforce any remedy it may have for any default on the part of Landlord without first giving written notice by certified mail, return receipt requested, specifying the default in reasonable detail, to any mortgagee or lessor under a lien instrument or lease covering the Premises whose address has been given to Tenant, and affording such mortgagee or lessor a reasonable opportunity to perform Landlord's obligations hereunder. Landlord hereby agrees to provide Tenant with a Subordination, Non-Disturbance and Attornment Agreement from its current mortgagee, Bank of America, N.A., on the form attached hereto as EXHIBIT G. With respect to any future mortgagees, Landlord agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a Subordination, Non-Disturbance and Attornment Agreement on such mortgagee's commercially reasonable standard form. Notwithstanding the generality of the foregoing, any mortgagee or ground lessor may at any time subordinate any such deeds of trust, mortgages, other security instruments or ground leases to this Lease on such terms and conditions as such mortgagee or ground lessor may deem appropriate.

SECTION 10.2 ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE OR THREE-PARTY AGREEMENT. Tenant agrees within ten (10) days following request by Landlord (a) to execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord and any other persons specified by Landlord, a certificate or three-party agreement among Landlord, Tenant and/or any third party dealing with Landlord, certifying (i) that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect, or, if modified, stating the nature of such modification
(ii) the date to which the Rent and other charges are paid in advance, if any,
(iii) that there are not, to Tenant's knowledge, any uncured defaults on the part of Landlord hereunder, or so specifying such defaults,

-15-

if any, as are claimed and/or (iv) any other matters as such third party may reasonably require in connection with the business dealings of Landlord and/or such third party and (b) to deliver to Landlord audited financial statements that Tenant prepares annually, including a balance sheet and a profit and loss statement for the most recent two (2) years, all prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied and certified by an independent certified public accountant. Tenant's failure to deliver such certificate or three-party agreement within such ten (10) day period shall be conclusive upon Tenant (x) that this Lease is in full force and effect without modification except as may be represented by Landlord, (y) that to Tenant's knowledge there are no uncured defaults in Landlord's performance, and (z) that no Rent has been paid in advance except as set forth in this Lease. Landlord agrees to keep Tenant's financial statements provided in accordance with the above provisions confidential, and shall not disclose or share such financial statements or the information contained therein with any other persons except Landlord's lenders, advisors, leasing agents, investors, attorneys and prospective purchasers and their lenders.

SECTION 10.3 NOTICES. Any notice, request, approval, consent or other communication required or contemplated by this Lease must be in writing, unless otherwise in this Lease expressly provided, and may be given or be served by depositing the same in the United States Postal Service, postpaid and certified and addressed to the party to be notified, with return receipt requested, or by delivering the same in person to such party (or, in case of a corporate party, to an officer of such party), or by prepaid telegram or express overnight mail service, when appropriate, addressed to the party to be notified. Notice deposited in the mail in the manner hereinabove described shall be effective from and after three (3) days (exclusive of Saturdays, Sundays and postal holidays) after such deposit. Notice given in any other manner shall be effective only if and when delivered to the party to be notified or at such party's address for purposes of notice as set forth herein. For purposes of notice the addresses of the parties shall, until changed as herein provided, be as provided on the first page of this Lease; provided, that any notices sent to Landlord will only be effective if copies thereof are simultaneously sent to Paragon Centre Associates, LLC, c/o Brookdale Investors Two, L.P., 3455 Peachtree Road, N.E., Suite 700, Atlanta, Georgia 30326, Attention: Mr. Fred Henritze and Brookdale Investors Two, L.P., c/o NTS Development Company, 10172 Linn Station Road, Louisville, Kentucky 40223, Attention: Property Manager - Paragon Centre; and provided, that any notices sent to Tenant will only be effective if copies thereof are simultaneously sent to the attention of Tenant at 6040 Dutchmans Lane, Suite 400, Louisville, Kentucky 40205; Attention: Sheila C. Brown, Esq., General Counsel. The parties hereto shall have the right from time to time to change their respective addresses by giving at least fifteen
(15) days' written notice to the other party in the manner set forth in this
SECTION 10.3.

ARTICLE XI.

SECTION 11.1 RIGHT TO RELOCATE TENANT. [Intentionally Omitted]

SECTION 11.2 RIGHTS AND REMEDIES CUMULATIVE. The rights and remedies of Landlord under this Lease shall be nonexclusive and each right or remedy shall be in addition to and cumulative of all other rights and remedies available to Landlord under this Lease or at law or in equity. Pursuit of any right or remedy shall not preclude pursuit of any other rights or remedies provided in this Lease or at law or in equity, nor shall pursuit of any right or remedy constitute a forfeiture or waiver of any Rent due to Landlord or of any damages accruing to Landlord by reason of the violation of any of the terms of this Lease.

SECTION 11.3 LEGAL INTERPRETATION. This Lease and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be interpreted, construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the state in which the Building is located and the United States. The determination that one or more provisions of this Lease is invalid, void, illegal or unenforceable shall not affect or invalidate any other provision of this Lease, and this Lease shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained in this Lease, and, so far as is reasonable and possible, effect shall be given to the intent manifested by the portion held invalid or inoperative. All obligations of either party hereunder not fully performed as of the expiration or termination of the Term of this Lease shall survive the expiration or termination of the Term of this Lease and shall be fully enforceable in accordance with those provisions pertaining thereto. Article and section titles and captions appearing in this Lease are for convenient reference only and shall not be used to interpret or limit the meaning of any provision of this Lease. No custom or practice which may evolve between the parties in the administration of the terms of this Lease shall waive or diminish the right of Landlord to insist upon the performance by Tenant in strict accordance with the terms of this Lease. This Lease is for the sole benefit of Landlord and Tenant, and, without the express written consent thereto, no third party shall be deemed a third party beneficiary hereof. Tenant agrees that this Lease supersedes and cancels any and all previous statements, negotiations, arrangements, brochures, agreements and understandings, if any, between Landlord and Tenant with respect to the subject matter of this Lease or the Premises and that this Lease, including written extrinsic documents referred to herein, is the entire agreement of the parties, and that there are no representations, understandings, stipulations, agreements, warranties or promises (express or implied, oral or written) between Landlord and Tenant with respect to the subject matter of this Lease or the Premises. It is likewise agreed that this Lease may not be altered, amended, changed or extended except by an instrument in writing signed by both Landlord and Tenant. The terms and provisions of this Lease shall not be construed against or in favor of a party hereto merely because such party is the "Landlord" or the "Tenant" hereunder or because such party or its counsel is the draftsman of this Lease. All references to days in this Lease and any Exhibits or Addenda hereto mean calendar days, not working or business days, unless otherwise stated.

SECTION 11.4 TENANT'S AUTHORITY. Both Tenant and the person executing this Lease on behalf of Tenant warrant and represent unto Landlord that (a) Tenant is a duly organized and validly existing legal entity, in good standing and qualified to do business in the state in which the Building is located, with no proceedings

-16-

pending or contemplated for its dissolution or reorganization, voluntary or involuntary, (b) Tenant has full right, power and authority to execute, deliver and perform this Lease, (c) the person executing this Lease on behalf of Tenant is authorized to do so, (d) upon execution of this Lease by Tenant, this Lease shall constitute a valid and legally binding obligation of Tenant, and (e) upon request of Landlord, such person will deliver to Landlord satisfactory evidence of the matters set forth in this Section.

SECTION 11.5 NO BROKERS. Landlord and Tenant warrant and represent to the other that it has not dealt with any real estate broker and/or salesman (other than NTS Development Company, who represented Landlord) in connection with the negotiation or execution of this Lease and no such broker or salesman has been involved in connection with this Lease, and each party agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless the other party from and against any and all costs, expenses, attorneys' fees or liability for any compensation, commission and charges claimed by any real estate broker and/or salesman (other than the aforesaid brokers) due to acts of such party or such party's representatives.

SECTION 11.6 CONSENTS BY LANDLORD. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Lease, In all circumstances under this Lease where the prior consent or permission of Landlord is required before Tenant is authorized to take any particular type of action, such consent must be in writing and the matter of whether to grant such consent or permission shall be within the sole and exclusive judgment and discretion of Landlord, and it shall not constitute any nature of breach by Landlord under this Lease or any defense to the performance of any covenant, duty or obligation of Tenant under this Lease that Landlord delayed or withheld the granting of such consent or permission, whether or not the delay or withholding of such consent or permission was prudent or reasonable or based on good cause.

With respect to any provision of this Lease which provides that Tenant shall obtain Landlord's prior consent or approval, Landlord may withhold such consent or approval for any reason at its sole discretion, unless the provision specifically states that the consent or approval will not be unreasonably withheld.

With respect to any provision of this Lease which provides that Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold or unreasonably delay any consent or any approval, Tenant, in no event, shall be entitled to make, nor shall Tenant make, any claim for, and Tenant hereby waives any claim for money damages; nor shall Tenant claim any money damages by way of setoff, counterclaim or defense, based upon any claim or assertion by Tenant that Landlord has unreasonably withheld or unreasonably delayed any consent or approval, unless Landlord has acted in an arbitrary and capricious manner; but Tenant's sole remedy shall be an action or proceeding to enforce any such provision, or for specific performance, injunction or declaratory judgment.

SECTION 11.7 JOINT AND SEVERAL LIABILITY. If there is more than one Tenant, then the obligations hereunder imposed upon Tenant shall be joint and several. If there is a guarantor of Tenant's obligations hereunder, then the obligations hereunder imposed upon Tenant shall be the joint and several obligations of Tenant and such guarantor, and Landlord need not first proceed against Tenant before proceeding against such guarantor nor shall any such guarantor be released from its guaranty for any reason whatsoever.

SECTION 11.8 INDEPENDENT COVENANTS. The obligation of Tenant to pay Rent and other monetary obligations provided to be paid by Tenant under this Lease and the obligation of Tenant to perform Tenant's other covenants and duties under this Lease constitute independent, unconditional obligations of Tenant to be performed at all times provided for under this Lease, save and except only when an abatement thereof or reduction therein is expressly provided for in this Lease and not otherwise, and Tenant acknowledges and agrees that in no event shall such obligations, covenants and duties of Tenant under this Lease be dependent upon the condition of the Premises or the Project, or the performance by Landlord of its obligations hereunder.

SECTION 11.9 ATTORNEYS' FEES AND OTHER EXPENSES. In the event either party hereto defaults in the faithful performance or observance of any of the terms, covenants, provisions, agreements or conditions contained in this Lease, the party in default shall be liable for and shall pay to the nondefaulting party all expenses incurred by such party in enforcing any of its remedies for any such default, and if the nondefaulting party places the enforcement of all or any part of this Lease in the hands of an attorney, the party in default agrees to pay the nondefaulting party's reasonable attorneys' fees in connection therewith.

SECTION 11.10 RECORDING. Neither Landlord nor Tenant shall record this Lease, but a short-form memorandum hereof may be recorded at the request of Landlord or Tenant.

SECTION 11.11 DISCLAIMER; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. LANDLORD AND TENANT EXPRESSLY ACKNOWLEDGE AND AGREE, AS A MATERIAL PART OF THE CONSIDERATION FOR LANDLORD'S ENTERING INTO THIS LEASE WITH TENANT, THAT, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SET FORTH IN THIS LEASE, LANDLORD HAS MADE NO WARRANTIES TO TENANT AS TO THE USE OR CONDITION OF THE PREMISES OR THE PROJECT, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND LANDLORD AND TENANT EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY THAT THE PREMISES OR THE PROJECT ARE SUITABLE FOR TENANT'S INTENDED COMMERCIAL PURPOSE OR ANY OTHER WARRANTY (EXPRESS OR IMPLIED) REGARDING THE PREMISES OR THE PROJECT. EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS LEASE, LANDLORD AND TENANT EXPRESSLY AGREE THAT THERE ARE NO, AND SHALL NOT BE ANY, IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, HABITABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR ANY OTHER KIND ARISING OUT OF THIS LEASE, ALL SUCH OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES IN CONNECTION HEREWITH BEING EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMED AND WAIVED.

-17-

LANDLORD AND TENANT WAIVE THE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING BASED UPON, OR RELATED TO, THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS LEASE. THIS WAIVER IS KNOWINGLY, INTENTIONALLY, AND VOLUNTARILY MADE BY TENANT AND TENANT ACKNOWLEDGES THAT NEITHER LANDLORD NOR ANY PERSON ACTING ON BEHALF OF LANDLORD HAS MADE ANY REPRESENTATIONS OF FACT TO INDUCE THIS WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY OR IN ANY WAY TO MODIFY OR NULLIFY ITS EFFECT. TENANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT HAS BEEN REPRESENTED (OR HAS HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO BE REPRESENTED) IN THE SIGNING OF THIS LEASE AND IN THE MAKING OF THIS WAIVER BY INDEPENDENT LEGAL COUNSEL, SELECTED OF ITS OWN FREE WILL, AND THAT IT HAS HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO DISCUSS THIS WAIVER WITH COUNSEL. TENANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT HAS READ AND UNDERSTANDS THE MEANING AND RAMIFICATIONS OF THIS WAIVER PROVISION AND AS EVIDENCE OF SAME HAS EXECUTED THIS LEASE.

SECTION 11.12 NO ACCESS TO ROOF. Tenant shall have no right of access to the roof of the Premises or the Building.

SECTION 11.13 PARKING. Tenant's occupancy of the Premises shall include the use of up to thirty-three (33) parking spaces (i.e., a ratio of 3.70 per 1,000 square feet of Rentable Area) to Tenant, which shall be used in common with other tenants, invitees and visitors of the Building. Tenant shall have the right to park in the Building parking facilities in common with other tenants of the Building upon such terms and conditions, including the imposition of a reasonable parking charge, if the same is established by Landlord at any time during the Term of this Lease. Tenant's allotted parking spaces shall be modified to reflect any increases or decreases in the Rentable Area of the Premises should this Lease later be amended to reflect a change to the Rentable Area of the Premises. Tenant agrees not to overburden the parking facilities and agrees to cooperate with Landlord and other tenants in use of the parking facilities. Landlord reserves the right in its absolute discretion to determine whether the parking facilities are becoming overburdened and to allocate and assign parking spaces among Tenant and other tenants, and to reconfigure the parking area and modify the existing ingress to and egress from the parking area as Landlord shall deem appropriate.

SECTION 11.14 NO ACCORD OR SATISFACTION. No payment by Tenant or receipt by Landlord of a lesser amount than the Rent and other sums due hereunder shall be deemed to be other than on account of the earliest Rent or other sums due, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or accompanying any check or payment be deemed an accord and satisfaction; and Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord's right to recover the balance of such Rent or other sum and to pursue any other remedy provided in this Lease.

SECTION 11.15 ACCEPTANCE. The submission of this Lease by Landlord does not constitute an offer by Landlord or other option for, or restriction of, the Premises, and this Lease shall only become effective and binding upon Landlord, upon full execution hereof by Landlord and delivery of a signed copy to Tenant.

SECTION 11.16 WAIVER OF COUNTERCLAIM. Tenant hereby waives the right to interpose any counterclaim of whatever description in any summary proceeding.

SECTION 11.17 TIME IS OF THE ESSENCE. Time is of the essence of this Lease. Unless specifically provided otherwise, all references to terms of days or months shall be construed as references to calendar days or calendar months, respectively.

SECTION 11.18 COUNTERPARTS. This Lease may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

SECTION 11.19 EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF LEASE. This Lease shall not be valid and binding on Landlord and Tenant unless and until it has been completely executed by and delivered to both parties.

SECTION 11.20 REAL ESTATE INVESTMENT TRUST. During the Term of this Lease, should a real estate investment trust become Landlord hereunder, all provisions of this Lease shall remain in full force and effect except as modified by this paragraph. If Landlord in good faith determines that its status as a real estate investment trust under the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as heretofore or hereafter amended, will be jeopardized because of any provision of this Lease, Landlord may request reasonable amendments to this Lease and Tenant will not unreasonably withhold, delay or defer its consent thereto, provided that such amendments do not (a) increase the monetary obligations of Tenant pursuant to this Lease or (b) in any other manner adversely affect Tenant's interest in the Premises.

-18-

IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Lease as of the day and year first above written.

LANDLORD:

PARAGON CENTRE ASSOCIATES, LLC, a Georgia
limited liability company

By: Brookdale Investors Two, L.P.,
a Delaware limited partnership,
as Managing Member

By: Brookdale Partners II, LLC, a
Georgia limited liability
company, its sole General Partner

By:  /s/ Fred H. Henritze
     ---------------------------
     Fred H. Henritze, Manager

TENANT:

TEXAS ROADHOUSE HOLDINGS LLC,
a Kentucky limited liability company

By: WKT Restaurant Corp.,
a Kentucky corporation,
its Manager

By: /s/ G. J. Hart
    ---------------------------------
Name: G. J. Hart
      -------------------------------
Title: President
       ------------------------------

-19-

EXHIBIT A

LEGAL DESCRIPTION OF LAND - ONE PARAGON CENTRE

Being a portion of Tract 1 conveyed to Louisville Dutchmans Lane Associates, Ltd. As recorded in Deed Book 5533, Page 288 in the Office of the County Court Clerk of Jefferson County, Kentucky; and more particularly described as follows:

Beginning at the northern most corner of Tract C as conveyed to Louisville Dutchmans Lane Associates, Ltd. as recorded in Deed Book 5396, Page 960 in the aforesaid clerk's office, said point being in the southerly right-of-way line of Dutchmans Lane; thence with Dutchmans Lane, South 54 degrees 52 minutes 12 seconds West, 73.00 feet to the true point of beginning; thence leaving Dutchmans Lane, South 70 degrees 48 minutes 13 seconds East, 125.16 feet to a point; thence South 35 degrees 07 minutes 48 seconds East, 22.00 feet to a point; thence South 53 degrees 03 minutes 20 seconds East, 164.96 feet to a point; thence South 59 degrees 14 minutes 14 seconds East, 301.59 feet to a point in the north right-of-way of the Watterson Expressway I-264, thence with said right-of-way line South 32 degrees 07 minutes 00 seconds West, 128.24 feet to a point; thence South 53 degrees 44 minutes 40 seconds West, 248.53 feet to a point; thence leaving said right-of-way North 47 degrees 17 minutes 46 seconds West, 243.59 feet to a point; thence North 05 degrees 50 minutes 34 seconds West, 34.25 feet to a point; thence North 50 degrees 50 minutes 16 seconds West, 5.34 feet to a point; thence with the arc of a curve to the left having a radius of 11.00 feet and a chord of North 73 degrees 20 minutes 26 seconds West, 8.43 feet to a point; thence South 84 degrees 09 minutes 25 seconds West, 62.44 feet to a point; thence North 50 degrees 50 minutes 34 seconds West, 24.00 feet to a point; thence North 39 degrees 09 minutes 26 seconds East, 18.32 feet to a point; thence with the arc of a curve to the left having a radius of 12.00 feet and a chord of North 06 degrees 36 minutes 16 seconds West, 17.20 feet to a point; thence with the arc of a curve to the right having a radius of 867.00 feet and a chord of North 48 degrees 27 minutes 20 seconds West, 118.26 feet to a point; thence North 46 degrees 11 seconds 52 minutes West, 112.93 feet to a point; thence North 35 degrees 07 minutes 48 seconds West, 31.00 feet to a point in the southerly right-of-way line of Dutchmans Lane; thence North 54 degrees 52 minutes 12 seconds East, 245.07 feet to the true point of beginning containing approximately 4.475 acres.

EXCEPTING THEREFROM that certain parcel conveyed to the Commonwealth of Kentucky by Deed of Conveyance dated June 28, 1989, and recorded in Deed Book 5876 Page 90 in the Office of the Clerk of the County Clerk of Jefferson County, Kentucky, and further described as follows:

Beginning at a point in the existing access control and right of way line, said point being the Grantor's east property corner, 11.56 feet left of Ramp 7 Station 721+84.23; thence with said existing access control and right of way line and the Grantor's southeast property line the following courses: South 33 degrees 21 minutes 23 seconds West (Grantor's Survey South 32 degrees 07 minute 00 seconds West), 128.24 feet to a point 32.01 feet left of Ramp 7 Station 723+05.85; thence South 54 degrees 59 minutes 03 seconds West (Grantor's Survey South 53 degrees 44 minutes 40 seconds West), 248.53 feet to the Grantor' south property corner 38.00 feet left of I-264 Station 606-52.59; thence with the Grantor's southwest property line North 46 degrees 03 minutes 23 seconds West (Grantor's Survey North 47 degrees 17 minutes 46 seconds West), 66.11 feet to a point with Proposed Access Control and Right of Way line 101.25 feet left of I-264 Station 606-33.36; thence with said Proposed Access Control and Right of Way line the following courses: North 60 degrees 15 minutes 12 seconds East, 166.65 feet to a point 103.00 feet left of Station 608+00.00; North 53 degrees 46 minutes 30 seconds East, 86.28 feet to a point 20.00 feet right of Ramp 7 Station 723+10.00; North 36 degrees 30 minutes 05 seconds East, 116.76 feet to a point in the Grantor's northeast property line 33.05 feet right of Ramp 7 Station 721+87.12; thence with said northeast property line South 57 degrees 59 minutes 51 seconds East (Grantor's Survey South 59 degrees 14 seconds East), 44.70 feet to the point of beginning containing approximately .0449 acre.

A-1

EXHIBIT B

FLOORPLAN OF PREMISES

[GRAPHIC]

One Paragon Centre
SECOND FLOOR

[GRAPHIC]

One Paragon Centre
THIRD FLOOR

[GRAPHIC]

Note: Suite 305 Premises to be included as Tenant's Premises as of the Suite 305 Premisees Effective Date


EXHIBIT C

SPECIAL STIPULATIONS

These Special Stipulations are hereby incorporated into this Lease and in the event that they conflict with any provisions of this Lease, these Special Stipulations shall control.

1. RELINQUISHED SPACE.

Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and agree that the parties are simultaneously entering into the Two Paragon Centre Lease for premises which include, without limitation, Suites 120 and 130 at Two Paragon Centre (the "Relocation Premises"), and it is intended that the Relocation Premises shall replace the Suite 200 Premises and the Suite 240 Premises (as those terms are defined in Section 2.1 of this Lease) (the "Relinquished Space"). Tenant hereby agrees to surrender the Relinquished Space in the condition required under Section 6.1(c) of this Lease upon the date of delivery of the Relocation Premises. So long as (i) Tenant is not in default under this Lease beyond any applicable notice and cure period,
(ii) Tenant has surrendered the Relinquished Premises as required hereunder, and (iii) Tenant has paid to Landlord all amounts due and performed all obligations accrued under the Prior Lease through the rent commencement date for the Relocation Premises, then promptly upon the rent commencement date of the Two Paragon Centre Lease with respect to the Relocation Premises, the Relinquished Space shall be deleted from the definition of "Premises" hereunder; provided, however that this Lease shall remain in full force and effect with respect to the 300 Premises and the 305 Premises. The number of parking spaces provided to Tenant shall be adjusted to reflect the reduction of the area of the Premises pursuant to the formula set forth in Section 11.13 above. Within ten (10) days after the rent commencement date for the Relocation Premises under the Two Paragon Centre Lease, Landlord and Tenant agree to enter into the agreement set forth in EXHIBIT D attached hereto, documenting the adjusted area of the Premises hereunder and the expiration date for the Relinquished Space.

2. REQUIRED EXPANSION SPACE.

(a) Tenant shall lease approximately 2,143 square feet of Rentable Area located in Suite 305 on Floor 3 of the Building (the "Suite 305 Premises") commencing on the date Landlord delivers the Suite 305 Premises to Tenant in "as-is" condition, which is anticipated to be January 1, 2004 (the "Suite 305 Premises Effective Date"). On the Suite 305 Premises Effective Date, the Premises shall be automatically expanded to include the Suite 305 Premises, the Suite 305 Premises shall be subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Lease, Tenant's Pro Rata Share and all sums calculated based on the area of the Premises shall be adjusted to reflect the addition of the Suite 305 Premises to the Premises hereunder, and Tenant shall commence paying Base Rent on the Suite 305 Premises in the same manner and calculated at the same rate Base Rent is then calculated and paid on the Premises under this Lease, subject to future adjustment as provided in this Lease. If the Suite 305 Premises Effective Date shall be later than January 1, 2004, Landlord shall not be liable or responsible for any claims, damages or liabilities in connection therewith or by reason thereof, including without limitation, the holding over by any tenant or occupant of the Suite 305 Premises, in such case, the term Suite 305 Premises Effective Date shall mean such subsequent date upon which Landlord's able to deliver the Suite 305 Premises to Tenant, and such failure to deliver possession of the Suite 305 Premises for purposes of commencement of the tenant improvement work contemplated in EXHIBIT E-2 shall not constitute a default by Landlord hereunder or render Landlord liable for any loss or damage that may be incurred due to such failure.

(b) Commencing on the Suite 305 Premises Effective Date, tenant improvements for the Suite 305 Premises shall be designed and installed in accordance with the procedures and conditions set forth in the Work Letter Agreement attached hereto as EXHIBIT E-2 and the Tenant Improvement Allowance for improvements to the Suite 305 Premises shall be an amount equal to the product of multiplying $15.00 times the number of square feet of rentable area in the Expansion Space (i.e., 2,143 r.s.f. x $15.00 = $32,145.00).

(c) Upon the Suite 305 Premises Effective Date, the number of parking spaces provided to Tenant pursuant to Section 11.13 of this Lease shall be changed to reflect the change in the area of the Premises leased hereunder in accordance with the ratio set forth in Section 11.13 of this Lease.

(d) Within ten (10) days after the Suite 305 Premises Effective Date the parties hereto will execute an agreement confirming the Suite 305 Effective Date, in the form attached hereto as EXHIBIT D-1.

3. EXTENSION OPTION.

(a) So long as this Lease is in full force and effect and Tenant is not in default beyond any applicable notice and cure period in the performance of any of the covenants or terms and conditions of this Lease at the time of notification to Landlord or at the time of commencement of the Extension Period, as that term is hereinafter defined, Tenant shall have the option (the "Extension Option") to extend the Term for the entire Premises for one (1) additional period of five (5) years (the "Extension Period"), which Extension Period shall commence upon the expiration of the initial Term upon the same terms and conditions of this

C-2

Lease, except that the Base Rent during the Extension Period shall be at an annual rate equal to ninety five percent (95%) of the then current fair market value rate for lease renewals and extensions comparable to this Lease for space comparable to the Premises in the Building, taking into account such factors as tenant improvement allowances, rent concessions and rental escalations (the "FMR"), subject to the following terms and conditions: Tenant shall provide Landlord with written notice of its desire to extend the Term of this Lease nine (9) months prior to the expiration of the initial Term. In the event Tenant timely exercises this Extension Option, this Lease shall be deemed extended and the FMR shall be determined as set forth below. In the event that Landlord does not receive Tenant's written notice nine (9) months prior to the expiration of the initial Term, then such Extension Option shall be null and void and of no further force or effect, this Lease shall expire on the Expiration Date (as that term is defined in Article I), and if requested by Landlord, Tenant shall execute an instrument in form and substance acceptable to Landlord confirming such facts.

(b) The FMR shall be determined by Landlord and Tenant by mutual agreement; however, if Landlord and Tenant cannot agree in writing on the FMR within ten (10) days after Landlord's receipt of Tenant's notice of its election to extend this Lease, the FMR shall be determined by the Three Broker Method set forth below. Tenant shall have the option to select a real estate broker, who shall act on Tenant's behalf in determining the FMR and Expense Stop within five
(5) business days after the expiration of the 10-day period. Landlord must select a real estate broker within five (5) business days after written notice of Tenant's selection. Landlord, by written notice to Tenant shall designate a real estate broker, who shall act on Landlord's behalf in the determination of the FMR and Expense Stop. If either Landlord or Tenant fails or refuses to select a broker, the other broker shall alone determine the FMR. Otherwise, within ten (10) days after the selection of Landlord's broker, Landlord and Tenant's brokers shall then select a third broker meeting the qualifications stated below, and each broker, within fifteen (15) days after the third broker is elected, shall submit his or her determination of the FMR. The FMR shall be the determination of the broker that is not the highest or the lowest (or, if two brokers reach an identical determination, the determination of such two brokers). Landlord and Tenant shall each pay the fee of the broker selected by it, and they shall equally share the payment of the fee of the third broker.

(c) In the event that the appraisal process has not been completed prior to the commencement of the Extension Period, then upon commencement of the Extension Period, and until the process is completed (the "Interim Period"), Tenant shall pay Landlord monthly Base Rent and Additional Rent equal to the Base Rent and Additional Rent for the immediately preceding Lease year, until the increase in the Base Rent is determined by such process as provided herein; provided, however, that such payments made during the Interim Period shall be subject to adjustment based upon the results of such process. If, as a result of such appraisal process, it is determined that Tenant has underpaid Base Rent and Additional Rent during the Interim Period, then such underpaid Base Rent and Additional Rent shall be due from Tenant to Landlord within ten (10) days after expiration of the Interim Period. All brokers selected in accordance with this subparagraph must be licensed in the state of Kentucky as a real estate broker and shall have at least ten (10) years prior experience in commercial office leasing in the metropolitan area of Louisville, Kentucky. Landlord and Tenant agree that they shall be bound by the determination of the FMR pursuant to this subparagraph for the Extension Period.

(d) Tenant shall accept the Premises in their existing condition (on an "as is" basis) upon the commencement of the Extension Period and Landlord shall have no obligation to grant or pay any allowance, abatement or concession of any kind with respect to the Premises. Tenant shall have no option to renew or extend this Lease beyond the expiration of the Extension Period.

(e) This Extension Option is personal to Tenant and to any Permitted Transferee; furthermore, in the event of an assignment of this Lease to a party other than a Permitted Transferee or a sublease to a party other than a Permitted Transferee by Tenant of more than fifty percent (50%) of the Premises, this Extension Option shall become null and void and of no further force or effect.

4. CONDITION OF LEASE.

Landlord's agreement to enter into this Lease and to terminate the Prior Lease is expressly conditioned upon Tenant's full and complete performance of all obligations of Tenant under the Prior Lease, including, without limitation, the payment by Tenant of all Rent, Additional Rent and other amounts due and payable under the Prior Lease through the Commencement Date of this Lease. Should Tenant fail to satisfy such obligations within applicable notice and cure periods set forth in the Prior Lease, Landlord shall have the option to terminate this Lease.

C-2

EXHIBIT D

SURRENDER DATE AGREEMENT
(SUITES 200 AND 240 - ONE PARAGON CENTRE)

This Surrender Date Agreement (this "AGREEMENT") is made and entered into this ____ day of ________________, 2003 by and between PARAGON CENTRE ASSOCIATES, LLC ("LANDLORD") and TEXAS ROADHOUSE HOLDINGS LLC ("TENANT").

WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Amended and Restated Lease Agreement (the "ONE PARAGON CENTRE LEASE") dated ________________, 2003, with respect to certain premises located at One Paragon Centre, 6060 Dutchmans Lane, Louisville, Kentucky, as such demised premises are more particularly described in the One Paragon Centre Lease.

WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Amended and Restated Lease Agreement (the "TWO PARAGON CENTRE LEASE") dated ________________, 2003, with respect to certain premises located at Two Paragon Centre, 6040 Dutchmans Lane, Louisville, Kentucky, as such demised premises are more particularly described in the Two Paragon Centre Lease.

WHEREAS, the One Paragon Centre Lease provides that, upon delivery to Tenant of certain premises at Two Paragon Centre pursuant to the terms of the Two Paragon Centre Lease, Tenant shall surrender certain premises under the One Paragon Centre Lease;

WHEREAS, this Agreement is executed by Landlord and Tenant to confirm the Expiration Date with respect to certain premises under the One Paragon Centre Lease and the adjustment to the area of the Premises thereunder;

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the demised premises and the mutual covenants expressed in the Lease, it is hereby agreed by Landlord and Tenant as follows:

1. Suites 200 and 240 at One Paragon Centre were surrendered pursuant to the terms of the One Paragon Centre Lease and such space shall no longer be considered part of the Premises (as defined in the One Paragon Centre Lease) effective ______________, 200__ ("Surrender Date"). The One Paragon Centre Lease shall remain in full force and effect with respect to the Suite 300 Premises and the Suite 305 Premises (as those terms are defined in the One Paragon Centre Lease), rendering the remaining Premises thereunder 5,424 square feet. Base Rent, Tenant's Pro Rata Share and all other matters and sums set forth in the One Paragon Centre Lease which are based on the area of the Premises are hereby adjusted as of the Surrender Date to reflect the revised area of the Premises. As of the Surrender Date, the revised Base Rent Schedule for the Premises shall be as follows:

                            Base Rent Per           Base Rent            Base Rent
  Months of Term        Rentable Square Foot        Annually              Monthly
  --------------        --------------------        --------             ---------
Surrender Date - 24        $    16.25              Based upon           $  7,345.00
                                                 Surrender Date
      25 - 48              $    16.75              $90,852.00           $  7,571.00
      49 - 84              $    17.75              $96,276.00           $  8,023.00
      85 - 92              $    17.75             $64,184.00*           $  8,023.00

* Totals shown may reflect partial years.

2. Except as otherwise provided herein, this Agreement shall not be deemed or construed to alter or amend the Lease in any manner.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the day and year first above written.

TENANT:                                   LANDLORD:

TEXAS ROADHOUSE HOLDINGS LLC,             PARAGON CENTRE ASSOCIATES, LLC, a
Kentucky limited liability company        Georgia limited liability company

By:  WKT Restaurant Corp., a Kentucky        By:  Brookdale Investors Two, L.P.,
     Corporation, its Manager                a Delaware limited partnership, as
                                             Managing Member
     By:
        -----------------------------
     Name:                                   By:  Brookdale Partners II, LLC, a
          ---------------------------             Georgia limited liability
     Title:                                       company, its sole General
           --------------------------             Partner

                                                  By:
                                                        ------------------------
                                                        Fred H. Henritze,
                                                        Manager


EXHIBIT D-1

COMMENCEMENT DATE AGREEMENT
SUITE 305 - ONE PARAGON CENTRE

This Commencement Date Agreement (this "AGREEMENT") is made and entered into this ____ day of ___________________, 2003, by and between PARAGON CENTRE ASSOCIATES, LLC ("LANDLORD") and TEXAS ROADHOUSE HOLDINGS LLC ("TENANT").

WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Lease (the "LEASE") dated ________________, 200__, with respect to certain premises located at One Paragon Centre, Louisville, Kentucky, as such demised premises are more particularly described in the Lease.

WHEREAS, this Agreement is executed by Landlord and Tenant to confirm the commencement date and the expiration date of the Suite 305 Premises, as that term is defined in the Lease;

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the demised premises and the mutual covenants expressed in the Lease, it is hereby agreed by Landlord and Tenant as follows:

1. The Suite 305 Premises Effective Date (as defined in the Lease) occurred and the Base Rent and Additional Rent (as such terms are defined in the Lease) commenced on __________________, 20___ (the "SUITE 305 PREMISES EFFECTIVE DATE") and will expire on March 31, 2011 (the "EXPIRATION DATE").

2. Except as otherwise provided herein, this Agreement shall not be deemed or construed to alter or amend the Lease in any manner.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the day and year first above written.

TENANT:                                   LANDLORD:

TEXAS ROADHOUSE HOLDINGS LLC,             PARAGON CENTRE ASSOCIATES, LLC, a
Kentucky limited liability company        Georgia limited liability company

By:  WKT Restaurant Corp., a Kentucky        By:  Brookdale Investors Two, L.P.,
     corporation, its Manager                a Delaware limited partnership, as
                                             Managing Member
     By:
        -----------------------------
     Name:                                   By:  Brookdale Partners II, LLC, a
          ---------------------------             Georgia limited liability
     Title:                                       company, its sole General
           --------------------------             Partner

                                                  By:
                                                        -----------------------
                                                        Fred H. Henritze,
                                                        Manager


EXHIBIT E

WORK LETTER AGREEMENT
(SUITE 305 PREMISES)

Tenant hereby accepts the Suite 305 Premises "As Is" and acknowledges and agrees Landlord shall have no obligation to construct any tenant improvements to the Premises or made any alterations or additions thereto, except that Landlord agrees to provide Tenant the Tenant Improvement Allowance as set forth herein to cover a portion of the costs associated with the improvements to the Suite 305 Premises. Tenant shall construct the tenant improvements to the Premises in accordance with this EXHIBIT E. The following provisions shall govern (A) the preparation and approval process for the drawings and specifications for the improvements to the Premises, which Tenant shall perform in accordance with the terms of this EXHIBIT E, and (B) terms and conditions relating to contractors and subcontractors in connection with the improvements to the Suite 305 Premises.

A. TENANT'S WORK. Tenant shall be responsible for all work, construction and installation in the Suite 305 Premises. Such work shall hereinafter be referred to as "Tenant's Work" and shall be at Tenant's sole cost and expense, except as provided below.

B. TENANT ALLOWANCE. Landlord agrees to provide to Tenant an allowance with respect to the Suite 305 Premises of $15.00 per rentable square foot (the "Tenant Improvement Allowance") (i.e., a total of 2,143 sf x $15.00 prsf = $32,145.00) for leasehold improvements to the Premises. Fifty percent (50%) of the Tenant Improvement Allowance must be applied to the Tenant's Work for the Suite 305 Premises or for other suites leased by Tenant in the Building or at Two Paragon Centre. If the foregoing condition is satisfied, up to fifty percent (50%) of the Tenant Improvement Allowance (i.e. $16,072.50) may be applied to the cost of space planning, architectural and mechanical drawings, cabling, furniture, fixtures and equipment, moving-related expenses and the like, for the Suite 305 Premises or any of Tenant's premises in the Building or at Two Paragon Centre.

The portion of the Tenant Improvement Allowance allocable to a particular suite in the Premises (an a per square foot basis) shall be disbursed by Landlord to Tenant within ten (10) days after the later to occur of (i) execution by and delivery of this Lease to both Landlord and Tenant; or (ii) the date Landlord delivers possession of such suite to Tenant. Upon completion of Tenant's Work for each suite, Tenant shall promptly deliver to Landlord final and unconditional lien waivers for Tenant's Work and copies of paid invoices evidencing the cost of all of Tenant's Work. Any unused portion of the Tenant Improvement Allowance shall be retained by Landlord.

To the extent that the cost of Tenant's Work exceeds the Tenant Improvement Allowance, Tenant shall be fully responsible for payment of the same and shall provide evidence of payment thereof to Landlord.

C. TENANT'S SPACE PLANS. Tenant shall submit to Landlord for Landlord's approval a space plan for the improvements to the Suite 305 Premises ("Tenant's Space Plans") prepared by Tenant's architect showing the interior layout of the Suite 305 Premises and its integration with Building systems, core areas and the building shell improvements in sufficient detail to permit Landlord a reasonable opportunity to review and provide preliminary approval or comments regarding Tenant's proposed interior design. Landlord shall review and approve or disapprove of Tenant's Space Plans within ten (10) business days of Landlord's receipt thereof, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. If Landlord disapproves, either in whole or in part, of Tenant's Space Plans, Landlord shall provide to Tenant with reasonable specificity Landlord's reasons for its disapproval. Tenant shall promptly correct or otherwise address all disapproved items identified by Landlord. The revised final plans are referred to as "Final Plans".

D. TENANT'S CONTRACTOR; CONSTRUCTION. Tenant shall have the right to retain its own contractor(s) or subcontractor(s) to perform Tenant's Work and its telephone, security and cabling within the Premises at Tenant's sole cost and expense, subject to application of the Tenant Improvement Allowance. Such contractor(s) must be approved, in its reasonable discretion, by Landlord's property manager, which shall serve as construction manager ("Construction Manager") and such contractor must be licensed and insured in the State of Kentucky and must comply with all Building construction rules and regulations required by the Construction Manager. Landlord hereby approves Buffalo Construction, Inc. as a contractor without further action required on the part of Tenant. Following the preparation and approval of the Final Plans and the working drawings, Tenant shall construct the improvements to the Premises according to the Final Plans and in a good and workmanlike manner in compliance with Landlord's reasonable rules regarding construction in the Building. Construction Manager shall review and approve the construction bid provided by Tenant's contractor prior to any Tenant's Work commencing. On behalf of Landlord, the Construction Manager shall supervise the construction of the Premises. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord from the Tenant Improvement Allowance for Landlord's actual out-of-pocket costs in connection therewith.

E. PERMITS, COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS. Tenant shall be responsible for applying for and obtaining all permits required for Tenant to perform Tenant's Work or to operate within the Premises, including without limitation, building permits, the final certificate of occupancy or its equivalent, and for obtaining the final fire inspection approval after installation of its fixtures, furniture and equipment and for obtaining any other required inspections and approvals, and shall provide Landlord with a copy of all such permits, approvals and certificates of occupancy. The Final Plans shall comply with all applicable local, state and federal laws, ordinances, codes and regulations. Tenant's architect shall certify to Landlord and Tenant that the Final Plans comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 and all other applicable local, state and federal laws, ordinances, codes and regulations.


F. SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. For purposes of this Lease, substantially complete means full completion, except for minor or insubstantial details of construction, decoration or installation.

G. NO LIABILITY. Notwithstanding the review and approval by Landlord of Tenant's Space Plans, the Final Plans and specifications, Landlord shall have no responsibility or liability in regard to the safety, sufficiency, adequacy or legality thereof and Tenant shall be solely responsible for the compliance of such plans and specifications (and improvement constructed as a result thereof) with all applicable laws and regulations, the architectural completeness and sufficiency thereof and other matters relating thereto.

H. INSURANCE. Tenant shall secure, pay for, and maintain, or cause its contractors and subcontractors to secure, pay for, and maintain, during the continuance of construction and fixturing work within the Premises, all of the insurance policies required in the amounts as set forth herein, together with such insurance as may from time to time be required by city, county, state or federal laws, codes, regulations or authorities. Tenant shall not commence, nor may it permit its contractors and subcontractors to commence any work, until all required insurance has been obtained, and, if Landlord requests, until Tenant's certificates of such insurance have been delivered to Landlord. Tenant's insurance policies shall name the Landlord, Landlord's mortgagee(s), if any, and Construction Manager, as additional insureds. Tenant's certificates of insurance shall provide that no change or cancellation of such insurance coverage shall be undertaken without thirty (30) days prior written notice to Landlord. Landlord shall have the right to require Tenant, and Tenant shall have the duty, to stop work in the Premises immediately if any of the coverage Tenant is required to carry herein lapses during the course of the work, in which event Tenant's Work may not be resumed until the required insurance is obtained and satisfactory evidence of same is provided to Landlord.

Tenant shall purchase, or cause to be purchased, General Contractor's and Subcontractor's Required Minimum Coverages and Limits of Liability as follows:

(i) Worker's Compensation, as required by state law, and Employer's Liability Insurance with a limit of not less than $2,000,000.00 (or more if required by the law of the State) and any insurance required by any Employee Benefit Act or similar statute applicable where the work is to be performed, as will protect the contractor and subcontractors from any and all liability under the aforementioned act(s) or similar statute;

(ii) Commercial General Liability Insurance (including Contractor's Protective Liability) in an amount not less than $2,000,000.00 per occurrence whether involving personal injury liability (or death resulting therefrom) or property damage liability or a combination thereof (combined single limit coverage) with a minimum aggregate limit of $2,000,000.00. Such insurance shall include explosion, collapse and underground coverage. Such insurance shall insure each party's general contractor against any and all claims for personal injury, death, and damage to the property of others arising from its operations under its contract, whether such operations are performed by such party's contractors, subcontractors, or sub-subcontractors, or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them; and

(iii) Comprehensive Automotive Liability Insurance, for the ownership, maintenance, or operation of any automotive equipment, whether owned, leased, or otherwise held, including employer's non-ownership and hired automobile liability endorsements, in an amount not less than $2,000,000.00 per occurrence and $2,000,000.00 aggregate, combined single limit bodily injury and property damage liability.

Such insurance policies shall insure Tenant's general contractor and all subcontractors against any and all claims for bodily injury, including death resulting therefrom, and damage to the property of others arising from its operations under its contract in connection with construction of the Premises, whether performed by Tenant's general contractor, subcontractors, or sub-subcontractors, or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them.

E-2

EXHIBIT E-1

WORK LETTER AGREEMENT

SUITE 300 PREMISES

Tenant hereby accepts the Suite 300 Premises "AS IS" and acknowledges and agrees Landlord shall have no obligation to construct any tenant improvements to the Suite 300 Premises or make any alterations or additions thereto and Landlord shall have no obligation to provide any tenant improvement allowance, rent abatement, credit, set-off, or other concession to Tenant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord agrees to provide an allowance to Tenant for refurbishment of the Suite 300 Premises of $5.00 per rentable square foot of space (i.e., $16,405.00) (the "Refurbishment Allowance"). All refurbishment and other alterations to the Suite 300 Premises shall be performed by Tenant in accordance with Article 6 of the Lease.

The Refurbishment Allowance shall be paid by Landlord to Tenant within ten (10) days after the execution and delivery of this Lease to Landlord and Tenant. Up to fifty percent (50%) of the Refurbishment Allowance may be utilized for other expenses of Tenant in connection with this Lease or the Two Paragon Centre Lease, including cabling, furniture, equipment, and the like, provided that Tenant agrees that at least fifty percent (50%) of the Refurbishment Allowance shall be spent on the refurbishment of the Suite 300 Premises which are the subject of this Lease or the Two Paragon Centre Lease.


EXHIBIT F

BUILDING RULES AND REGULATIONS

1. Sidewalks, doorways, vestibules, halls, stairways, and other similar areas shall not be used for the disposal of trash, be obstructed by Tenant or be used by Tenant for any purpose other than ingress and egress to and from the Premises and for going from one part of the Building to another part of the Building.

2. Plumbing fixtures and appliances shall be used only for the purposes for which designed, and no sweepings, rubbish, rags, or other unsuitable material shall be thrown or placed therein. Damage resulting to any such fixtures or appliances from misuse by Tenant shall be paid by such Tenant and Landlord shall not in any case be responsible therefor.

3. Signs, advertisements, or notices visible in or from public corridors or from outside the Building shall be subject to Landlord's prior written approval. Without Landlord's prior consent, no nails, hooks, or screws shall be driven or inserted into any part of the Building, and no curtains or other window treatments shall be placed between the glass and the Building standard window treatments.

4. With respect to work being performed by Tenant in the Premises, Tenant shall refer all contractors, contractors' representatives, and installation technicians rendering any service to Tenant to Landlord for Landlord's supervision and approval before the performance of any contractual services. This provision shall apply to all work performed in the Building, including, but not limited to, installations of telephones, telegraph equipment, electrical devices and attachments, and any and all installations of every nature affecting floors, walls, woodwork, trim, windows, ceilings, equipment, and other physical portions of the Building.

5. Movement in or out of the Building of furniture, office equipment, safes and other heavy equipment, or the dispatch or receipt by Tenant of any bulky material or merchandise, or materials which require use of elevators or stairways or movement through the Building entrances or lobby, shall be restricted to such hours as Landlord designates. All such movement shall be under the supervision of Landlord and in the manner agreed between Tenant and Landlord by prearrangement before performance. Such prearrangement, to be initiated by Tenant, will include determination by Landlord as to the time, method, and routing of such movement and as to limitations for safety or other concerns. Tenant assumes all risks of damage to articles moved and injury to persons engaged or not engaged in such movement. Tenant shall be liable to personnel of Landlord damaged or injured as a result of acts in connection with carrying out this service for Tenant, and Landlord shall not be liable for the acts of any person engaged in, or any damage or loss to any property or persons resulting from any act in connection with, such service performed for Tenant.

6. Building management shall have the right and authority to prescribe the maximum weight and position of safes and other heavy equipment which may overstress any portion of a floor. All damages done to the Building by taking in or putting out any property of Tenant, or done by Tenant's property while in the Building, shall be repaired at the expense of Tenant.

7. Corridor doors, when not in use, shall be kept closed.

8. Tenant space visible from a public area must be kept neat and clean.

9. Should Tenant require telegraphic, telephonic, annunciator, or other communication services, Landlord will direct the electricians as to where and how wires are to be introduced and placed, and none shall be introduced or placed except as Landlord shall direct. Electric current shall not be used for power or heating without Landlord's prior written permission.

10. No animals shall be brought into or kept in, on, or about the Building.

11. All routine deliveries to the Premises during 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. weekdays shall be made through the freight elevators. Passenger elevators are to be used only for the movement of persons, unless an exception is approved by the Building management office.

12. All freight elevator lobbies are to be kept neat and clean. The disposal of trash or storage of materials in these areas by Tenant is prohibited.

13. Tenant shall not tamper with or attempt to adjust temperature control thermostats in the Premises. Landlord shall adjust thermostats as required to maintain the Building standard temperature. Landlord requests that all window blinds remain down and tilted at a 45 degree angle toward the street to help maintain comfortable room temperatures and conserve energy.

14. Tenant will comply with all security procedures during business hours and after hours and on weekends.

15. Tenants are requested to lock all office doors leading to corridors and to turn out all lights at the close of their working day.

16. All requests for overtime air conditioning or heating must be submitted in writing to the Building management office by 4:00 p.m. on the preceding business day.

17. No flammable or explosive fluids or materials shall be kept or used within the Building except in areas approved by Landlord, and Tenant shall comply with all applicable building and fire codes relating thereto.


18. Tenant may not place any items on the balconies of the Building without obtaining Landlord's prior written consent.

19. No smoking shall be permitted in the Premises. Smoking shall only be permitted in areas expressly designated by Landlord from time to time.

20. Landlord reserves the right to rescind any of these rules and regulations and to make such other and further rules and regulations as in its good faith judgment shall from time to time be needed for the safety, protection, care and cleanliness of the Property, the operation thereof, the preservation of good order therein, and the protection and comfort of the tenants and their agents, employees, and invitees, which rules and regulations, when made and written notice thereof is given to Tenant, shall be binding upon Tenant in like manner as if originally herein prescribed.

F-2

EXHIBIT G

FORM OF SUBORDINATION, NON-DISTURBANCE AND ATTORNMENT AGREEMENT

This Subordination, Non-Disturbance and Attornment Agreement (this "AGREEMENT") dated __________________________________, 2003, is made among TEXAS ROADHOUSE HOLDINGS LLC, a Kentucky limited liability company ("TENANT"), PARAGON CENTRE ASSOCIATES, LLC, a Georgia limited liability company ("LANDLORD"), and BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., a national banking association ("MORTGAGEE")

WHEREAS, Mortgagee is the owner of a promissory or deed of trust note (herein, as it may have been or may be from time to time renewed, extended, amended, supplemented, or restated, called the "NOTE") executed by Landlord payable to the order of Mortgagee, bearing interest and payable as therein provided, secured by, among other things, a Deed of Trust, Assignment and Security Agreement (herein, as it may have been or may be from time to time renewed, extended, amended or supplemented, called the "MORTGAGE"), recorded or to be recorded in the land records of Jefferson County, Kentucky, covering, among other property, the land (the "LAND") described in EXHIBIT "A" which is attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference, and the improvements ("IMPROVEMENTS") thereon (such Land and Improvements being herein together called the "PROPERTY");

WHEREAS, Tenant is the tenant under a lease from Landlord dated August ___, 2003 (herein, as it may from time to time be renewed, extended, amended or supplemented, called the "LEASE"), covering a portion of the Property (said portion being herein referred to as the "PREMISES"); and

WHEREAS, the term "Landlord" as used herein means the present landlord under the Lease or, if the landlord's interest is transferred in any manner, the successor(s) or assign(s) occupying the position of landlord under the Lease at the time in question.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

1. SUBORDINATION. Tenant agrees and covenants that the Lease and the rights of Tenant thereunder, all of Tenant's right, title and interest in and to the property covered by the Lease, and any lease thereafter executed by Tenant covering any part of the Property, are and shall be subject, subordinate and inferior to (a) the Mortgage and the rights of Mortgagee thereunder, and all right, title and interest of Mortgagee in the Property, and (b) all other security documents now or hereafter securing payment of any indebtedness of the Landlord (or any prior landlord) to Mortgagee which cover or affect the Property (the "Security Documents"). This Agreement is not intended and shall not be construed to subordinate the Lease to any mortgage, deed of trust or other security document other than those referred to in the preceding sentence, securing the indebtedness to Mortgagee.

2. NON-DISTURBANCE. Mortgagee agrees that so long as the Lease is in full force and effect and Tenant is not in default in the payment of rent, additional rent or other payments or in the performance of any of the other terms, covenants or conditions of the Lease on Tenant's part to be performed (beyond the period, if any, specified in the Lease within which Tenant may cure such default),

(a) Tenant's possession of the Premises under the Lease shall not be disturbed or interfered with by Mortgagee in the exercise of any of its foreclosure rights under the Mortgage, or conveyance in lieu of foreclosure, and

(b) Mortgagee will not join Tenant as a party defendant for the purpose of terminating Tenant's interest and estate under the Lease in any proceeding for foreclosure of the Mortgage.

3. ATTORNMENT.

(a) Tenant covenants and agrees that in the event of foreclosure of the Mortgage, whether by power of sale or by court action, or upon a transfer of the Property by conveyance in lieu of foreclosure (the purchaser at foreclosure or the transferee in lieu of foreclosure, including Mortgagee if it is such purchaser or transferee, being herein called "NEW OWNER"), Tenant shall attorn to the New Owner as Tenant's new landlord, and agrees that the Lease shall continue in full force and effect as a direct lease between Tenant and New Owner upon all of the terms, covenants, conditions and agreements set forth in the Lease and this Agreement, except for provisions which are impossible for New Owner to perform; provided, however, that in no event shall the New Owner be:

(i) liable for any act, omission, default, misrepresentation, or breach of warranty, of any previous landlord (including Landlord) or obligations accruing prior to New Owner's actual ownership of the Property;

(ii) subject to any offset, defense, claim or counterclaim which Tenant might be entitled to assert against any previous landlord (including Landlord);

(iii) bound by any payment of rent, additional rent or other payments, made by Tenant to any previous landlord (including Landlord) for more than one (1) month in advance;


(iv) bound by any amendment, or modification of the Lease hereafter made, or consent, or acquiescence by any previous landlord (including Landlord) under the Lease to any assignment or sublease hereafter granted, without the written consent of Mortgagee; or

(v) liable for any deposit that Tenant may have given to any previous landlord (including Landlord) which has not, as such, been transferred to New Owner.

(b) The provisions of this Agreement regarding attornment by Tenant shall be self-operative and effective without the necessity of execution of any new lease or other document on the part of any party hereto or the respective heirs, legal representatives, successors or assigns of any such party. Tenant agrees, however, to execute and deliver upon the request of New Owner, any instrument or certificate which in the reasonable judgment of New Owner may be necessary or appropriate to evidence such attornment, including a new lease of the Premises on the same terms and conditions as the Lease for the unexpired term of the Lease.

4. ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE. Tenant agrees to execute and deliver from time to time, upon the request of Landlord or of any holder(s) of any of the indebtedness or obligations secured by the Mortgage, a certificate regarding the status of the Lease, consisting of statements, if true (or if not, specifying why not), (a) that the Lease is in full force and effect, (b) the date through which rentals have been paid, (c) the date of the commencement of the term of the Lease, (d) the nature of any amendments or modifications of the Lease, (e) to the best of Tenant's knowledge no default, or state of facts which with the passage of time or notice (or both) would constitute a default, exists under the Lease, (f) to the best of Tenant's knowledge, no setoffs, recoupments, estoppels, claims or counterclaims exist against Landlord, and (g) such other matters as may be reasonably requested.

5. ACKNOWLEDGMENT AND AGREEMENT BY TENANT. Tenant acknowledges and agrees as follows:

(a) Tenant acknowledges that Landlord will execute and deliver to Mortgagee in connection with the financing of the Property. Tenant hereby expressly consents to such assignment and agrees that such assignment shall, in all respects, be superior to any interest Tenant has in the Lease of the Property, subject to the provisions of this Agreement. Tenant will not amend, alter or waive any provision of, or consent to the amendment, alteration or waiver of any provision of the Lease without the prior written consent of Mortgagee. Tenant shall not prepay any rents or other sums due under the lease for more than one (1) month in advance of the due date therefor. Tenant acknowledges that Mortgagee will rely upon this instrument in connection with such financing.

(b) Mortgagee, in making any disbursements to Landlord, is under no obligation or duty to oversee or direct the application of the proceeds of such disbursements, and such proceeds may be used by Landlord for purposes other than improvement of the Property.

(c) From and after the date hereof, in the event of any act or omission by Landlord which would give Tenant the right, either immediately or after the lapse of time, to terminate the Lease or to claim a partial or total eviction, Tenant will not exercise any such right (i) until it has given written notice of such act or omission to the Mortgagee; and (ii) until the same period of time as is given to Landlord under the Lease to cure such act or omission shall have elapsed following such giving of notice to Mortgagee and following the time when Mortgagee shall have become entitled under the Mortgage to remedy the same, but in any event 30 days after receipt of such notice or such longer period of time as may be necessary to cure or remedy such default, act, or omission including such period of time necessary to obtain possession of the Property and thereafter cure such default, act, or omission, during which period of time Mortgagee shall be permitted to cure or remedy such default, act or omission; provided, however, that Mortgagee shall have no duty or obligation to cure or remedy any breach or default. It is specifically agreed that Tenant shall not, as to Mortgagee, require cure of any such default which is personal to Landlord, and therefore not susceptible to cure by Mortgagee.

(d) In the event that Mortgagee notifies Tenant of a default under the Mortgage, Note, or Security Documents and demands that Tenant pay its rent and all other sums due under the Lease directly to Mortgagee, Tenant shall honor such demand and pay the full amount of its rent and all other sums due under the Lease directly to Mortgagee, without offset, or as otherwise required pursuant to such notice beginning with the payment next due after such notice of default, without inquiry as to whether a default actually exists under the Mortgage, Security Documents or otherwise in connection with the Note, and notwithstanding any contrary instructions of or demands from Landlord.

(e) Tenant shall send a copy of any notice or statement under the Lease to Mortgagee at the same time such notice or statement is sent to Landlord if such notice or statement has a material impact on the economic terms, operating covenants or duration of the Lease.

(f) Tenant has no right or option of any nature whatsoever, whether pursuant to the Lease or otherwise, to purchase the Premises or the Property, or any portion thereof or any interest therein, and to the extent that Tenant has had, or hereafter acquires, any such right or option, same is hereby acknowledged to be subject and subordinate to the Mortgage and is hereby waived and released as against Mortgagee and New Owner.

(g) This Agreement satisfies any condition or requirement in the Lease relating to the granting of a non-disturbance agreement and Tenant waives any requirement to the contrary in the Lease.

G-2

(h) Mortgagee and any New Owner shall have no liability to Tenant or any other party for any conflict between the provisions of the Lease and the provisions of any other lease affecting the Property, including, but not limited to, any provisions relating to exclusive or non-conforming uses or rights, renewal options and options to expand, and in the event of such a conflict, Tenant shall have no right to cancel the Lease or take any other remedial action against Mortgagee or New Owner, or against any other party for which Mortgagee or any New Owner would be liable.

(i) Mortgagee and any New Owner shall have no obligation nor incur any liability with respect to the erection or completion of the improvements in which the Premises are located or for completion of the Premises or any improvements for Tenant's use and occupancy, either at the commencement of the term of the Lease or upon any renewal or extension thereof or upon the addition of additional space, pursuant to any expansion rights contained in the Lease.

(j) Mortgagee and any New Owner shall have no obligation nor incur any liability with respect to any warranties of any nature whatsoever, whether pursuant to the Lease or otherwise, including, without limitation, any warranties respecting use, compliance with zoning, Landlord's title, Landlord's authority, habitability, fitness for purpose or possession.

(k) In the event that Mortgagee or any New Owner shall acquire title to the Premises or the Property, Mortgagee or such New Owner shall have no obligation, nor incur any liability, beyond Mortgagee's or New Owner's then equity interest, if any, in the Property or the Premises, and Tenant shall look exclusively to such equity interest of Mortgagee or New Owner, if any, for the payment and discharge of any obligations imposed upon Mortgagee or New Owner hereunder or under the Lease or for recovery of any judgment from Mortgagee, or New Owner, and in no event shall Mortgagee, New Owner, nor any of their respective officers, directors, shareholders, agents, representatives, servants, employees or partners ever be personally liable for such judgment.

(l) Tenant has never permitted, and will not permit, the generation, treatment, storage or disposal of any hazardous substance as defined under federal, state, or local law, on the Premises or Property except for such substances of a type and only in a quantity normally used in connection with the occupancy or operation of buildings (such as non-flammable cleaning fluids and supplies normally used in the day to day operation of first class establishments similar to the Improvements), which substances are being held, stored, and used in strict compliance with federal, state, and local laws. Tenant shall be solely responsible for and shall reimburse and indemnify Landlord, New Owner or Mortgagee, as applicable, for any loss, liability, claim or expense, including without limitation, cleanup and all other expenses, including, without limitation, legal fees that Landlord, New Owner or Mortgagee, as applicable, may incur by reason of Tenant's violation of the requirements of this Paragraph 5(l).

6. ACKNOWLEDGMENT AND AGREEMENT BY LANDLORD. Landlord, as landlord under the Lease and grantor under the Mortgage, acknowledges and agrees for itself and its heirs, representatives, successors and assigns, that: (a) this Agreement does not constitute a waiver by Mortgagee of any of its rights under the Mortgage, Note, or Security Documents, or in any way release Landlord from its obligations to comply with the terms, provisions, conditions, covenants, agreements and clauses of the Mortgage, Note, or Security Documents; (b) the provisions of the Mortgage, Note, or Security Documents remain in full force and effect and must be complied with by Landlord; and (c) Tenant is hereby authorized to pay its rent and all other sums due under the Lease directly to Mortgagee upon receipt of a notice as set forth in paragraph 5(d) above from Mortgagee and that Tenant is not obligated to inquire as to whether a default actually exists under the Mortgage, Security Documents or otherwise in connection with the Note. Landlord hereby releases and discharges Tenant of and from any liability to Landlord resulting from Tenant's payment to Mortgagee in accordance with this Agreement. Landlord represents and warrants to Mortgagee that a true and complete copy of the Lease has been delivered by Landlord to Mortgagee.

7. LEASE STATUS. Landlord and Tenant certify to Mortgagee that neither Landlord nor Tenant has knowledge of any default on the part of the other under the Lease, that the Lease is bona fide and contains all of the agreements of the parties thereto with respect to the letting of the Premises and that all of the agreements and provisions therein contained are in full force and effect.

8. NOTICES. All notices, requests, consents, demands and other communications required or which any party desires to give hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficiently given or furnished if delivered by personal delivery, by telegram, telex, or facsimile, by expedited delivery service with proof of delivery, or by registered or certified United States mail, postage prepaid, at the addresses specified at the end of this Agreement (unless changed by similar notice in writing given by the particular party whose address is to be changed). Any such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been given either at the time of personal delivery or, in the case of delivery service or mail, as of the date of first attempted delivery at the address and in the manner provided herein, or, in the case of telegram, telex or facsimile, upon receipt. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no notice of change of address shall be effective except upon receipt. This Paragraph 8 shall not be construed in any way to affect or impair any waiver of notice or demand provided in this Agreement or in the Lease or in any document evidencing, securing or pertaining to the loan evidenced by the Note or to require giving of notice or demand to or upon any person in any situation or for any reason.

9. MISCELLANEOUS.

G-3

(a) This Agreement supersedes any inconsistent provision of the Lease.

(b) Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed to derogate from or in any way impair, or affect the lien, security interest or provisions of the Mortgage, Note, or Security Documents.

(c) This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their respective successors and permitted assigns, and any New Owner, and its heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns; provided, however, that in the event of the assignment or transfer of the interest of Mortgagee, all obligations and liabilities of the assigning Mortgagee under this Agreement shall terminate, and thereupon all such obligations and liabilities shall be the responsibility of the party to whom Mortgagee's interest is assigned or transferred; and provided further that the interest of Tenant under this Agreement may not be assigned or transferred without the prior written consent of Mortgagee.

(d) THIS AGREEMENT AND ITS VALIDITY, ENFORCEMENT AND INTERPRETATION SHALL BE GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF KENTUCKY AND APPLICABLE UNITED STATES FEDERAL LAW EXCEPT ONLY TO THE EXTENT, IF ANY, THAT THE LAWS OF THE STATE IN WHICH THE PROPERTY IS LOCATED NECESSARILY CONTROL.

(e) The words "herein", "hereof", "hereunder" and other similar compounds of the word "here" as used in this Agreement refer to this entire Agreement and not to any particular section or provision.

(f) This Agreement may not be modified orally or in any manner other than by an agreement in writing signed by the parties hereto or their respective successors in interest.

(g) If any provision of the Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not apply to or affect any other provision hereof, but this Agreement shall be construed as if such invalidity, illegibility, or unenforceability did not exist.

[SIGNATURES APPEAR ON THE FOLLOWING PAGE]

G-4

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and sealed as of the date first above written.

ADDRESS OF MORTGAGEE:      MORTGAGEE:

                                    BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.

                                    By:
                                       ---------------------------------
                                    Name:
                                         -------------------------------

Attention:____________________ Title:

STATE OF ________________

COUNTY OF _______________

BE IT REMEMBERED, that on the ____ day of _______________, 2003, the foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me, __________________, a Notary Public in and for said County and State, by _____________________, the ____________ of Bank of America, N.A., on behalf of said national banking association.

IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed my notarial seal on the day and year last aforesaid.


Notary Public

My Commission Expires: ________________

ADDRESS OF TENANT:                       TENANT:

6040 Dutchmans Lane                      TEXAS ROADHOUSE HOLDINGS LLC,
Suite 400                                a Kentucky limited liability company
Louisville, Kentucky 40205
Attention: Sheila C. Brown, Esq.         By:  WKT Restaurant Corp., a Kentucky
                                              Corporation, its Manager

                                              By:
                                                 ------------------------------
                                              Name:
                                                   ----------------------------
                                              Title:
                                                    ---------------------------

STATE OF KENTUCKY

COUNTY OF JEFFERSON

BE IT REMEMBERED, that on the ____ day of _______________, 2003, the foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me, __________________, a Notary Public in and for said County and State, by _____________________, the ____________ of Texas Roadhouse Holdings LLC, on behalf of said limited liability company

IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed my notarial seal on the day and year last aforesaid.


Notary Public

My Commission Expires: ________________

[Signatures continued on next page]

G-5

[Signatures continued from previous page]

ADDRESS OF LANDLORD:                     LANDLORD:

c/o Brookdale Investors Two, L.P.        PARAGON CENTRE ASSOCIATES, LLC,
3455 Peachtree Road, N.E.                a Georgia limited liability company
 Suite 700
Atlanta, Georgia 30326                   By:  Brookdale Investors Two, L.P., a
          Attention: Mr. Fred H. Henritze     Delaware limited partnership, as
                                              Managing Member

                                              By:  Brookdale Partners II, LLC, a
                                                   Georgia limited liability
                                                   company, its sole General
                                                   Partner

                                                   By: -------------------------
                                                       Fred H. Henritze, Manager

STATE OF GEORGIA

COUNTY OF FULTON

BE IT REMEMBERED, that on the ____ day of _______________, 2003, the foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me, __________________, a Notary Public in and for said County and State, by _____________________, the ____________ of Paragon Centre Associates, LLC, on behalf of said limited liability company.

IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed my notarial seal on the day and year last aforesaid.


Notary Public

My Commission Expires:_________________

G-6

EXHIBIT "A"

LEGAL DESCRIPTION OF LAND - ONE PARAGON CENTRE

Being a portion of Tract 1 conveyed to Louisville Dutchmans Lane Associates, Ltd. As recorded in Deed Book 5533, Page 288 in the Office of the County Court Clerk of Jefferson County, Kentucky; and more particularly described as follows:

Beginning at the northern most corner of Tract C as conveyed to Louisville Dutchmans Lane Associates, Ltd. as recorded in Deed Book 5396, Page 960 in the aforesaid clerk's office, said point being in the southerly right-of-way line of Dutchmans Lane; thence with Dutchmans Lane, South 54 degrees 52 minutes 12 seconds West, 73.00 feet to the true point of beginning; thence leaving Dutchmans Lane, South 70 degrees 48 minutes 13 seconds East, 125.16 feet to a point; thence South 35 degrees 07 minutes 48 seconds East, 22.00 feet to a point; thence South 53 degrees 03 minutes 20 seconds East, 164.96 feet to a point; thence South 59 degrees 14 minutes 14 seconds East, 301.59 feet to a point in the north right-of-way of the Watterson Expressway I-264, thence with said right-of-way line South 32 degrees 07 minutes 00 seconds West, 128.24 feet to a point; thence South 53 degrees 44 minutes 40 seconds West, 248.53 feet to a point; thence leaving said right-of-way North 47 degrees 17 minutes 46 seconds West, 243.59 feet to a point; thence North 05 degrees 50 minutes 34 seconds West, 34.25 feet to a point; thence North 50 degrees 50 minutes 16 seconds West, 5.34 feet to a point; thence with the arc of a curve to the left having a radius of 11.00 feet and a chord of North 73 degrees 20 minutes 26 seconds West, 8.43 feet to a point; thence South 84 degrees 09 minutes 25 seconds West, 62.44 feet to a point; thence North 50 degrees 50 minutes 34 seconds West, 24.00 feet to a point; thence North 39 degrees 09 minutes 26 seconds East, 18.32 feet to a point; thence with the arc of a curve to the left having a radius of 12.00 feet and a chord of North 06 degrees 36 minutes 16 seconds West, 17.20 feet to a point; thence with the arc of a curve to the right having a radius of 867.00 feet and a chord of North 48 degrees 27 minutes 20 seconds West, 118.26 feet to a point; thence North 46 degrees 11 seconds 52 minutes West, 112.93 feet to a point; thence North 35 degrees 07 minutes 48 seconds West, 31.00 feet to a point in the southerly right-of-way line of Dutchmans Lane; thence North 54 degrees 52 minutes 12 seconds East, 245.07 feet to the true point of beginning containing approximately 4.475 acres.

EXCEPTING THEREFROM that certain parcel conveyed to the Commonwealth of Kentucky by Deed of Conveyance dated June 28, 1989, and recorded in Deed Book 5876 Page 90 in the Office of the Clerk of the County Clerk of Jefferson County, Kentucky, and further described as follows:

Beginning at a point in the existing access control and right of way line, said point being the Grantor's east property corner, 11.56 feet left of Ramp 7 Station 721+84.23; thence with said existing access control and right of way line and the Grantor's southeast property line the following courses: South 33 degrees 21 minutes 23 seconds West (Grantor's Survey South 32 degrees 07 minute 00 seconds West), 128.24 feet to a point 32.01 feet left of Ramp 7 Station 723+05.85; thence South 54 degrees 59 minutes 03 seconds West (Grantor's Survey South 53 degrees 44 minutes 40 seconds West), 248.53 feet to the Grantor' south property corner 38.00 feet left of I-264 Station 606-52.59; thence with the Grantor's southwest property line North 46 degrees 03 minutes 23 seconds West (Grantor's Survey North 47 degrees 17 minutes 46 seconds West), 66.11 feet to a point with Proposed Access Control and Right of Way line 101.25 feet left of I-264 Station 606-33.36; thence with said Proposed Access Control and Right of Way line the following courses: North 60 degrees 15 minutes 12 seconds East, 166.65 feet to a point 103.00 feet left of Station 608+00.00; North 53 degrees 46 minutes 30 seconds East, 86.28 feet to a point 20.00 feet right of Ramp 7 Station 723+10.00; North 36 degrees 30 minutes 05 seconds East, 116.76 feet to a point in the Grantor's northeast property line 33.05 feet right of Ramp 7 Station 721+87.12; thence with said northeast property line South 57 degrees 59 minutes 51 seconds East (Grantor's Survey South 59 degrees 14 seconds East), 44.70 feet to the point of beginning containing approximately .0449 acre.


Exhibit 10.2

FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE ("Amendment"), made and entered into as of the 31 date of March, 2004, by and between PARAGON CENTRE HOLDINGS, LLC, a Kentucky limited liability company ("Landlord") and TEXAS ROADHOUSE HOLDINGS LLC, a Kentucky limited liability company ("Tenant");

WITNESSETH THAT:

WHEREAS, Paragon Centre Associates, LLC ("Original Landlord") and Tenant entered into that certain Amended and Restated Lease dated August 15, 2003 ("Lease"), for space in Two Paragon Centre as follows: 16,023 square feet of rentable space known as Suite 400, 3,082 square feet of rentable space known as Suite 100, 2,994 square feet of rentable space known as Suite 120, 2,313 square feet of rentable space known as Suite 130, and 1,334 square feet of rentable space known as Suite 140 all located in Two Paragon Centre, for a total of 25,746 square feet of rentable space ("Premises");

WHEREAS, Landlord is successor-in-interest to Original Landlord;

WHEREAS, Tenant now occupies all of the aforesaid Suites and desires to extend the Initial Lease Term stated in the Lease as well as lease additional space known as Suite 110 in Two Paragon Centre; and

WHEREAS, Tenant has a Right of First Offer to lease additional suites in Two Paragon Centre, including Suite 110, and Tenant has notified Landlord of its intent to lease Suite 110; and

WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant desire to amend certain other terms and conditions of the Lease and evidence their agreements and other matters by means of this Amendment;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt, adequacy and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Lease is hereby amended and the parties hereby to agree as follows:

1. Landlord and Tenant agree to extend the initial Term of the Lease for an additional three (3) years. The Expiration Date under Article 1 of the Lease shall be amended to read March 31, 2014.

2. Landlord agrees to lease and Tenant agrees to accept in its "AS IS WHERE IS" condition, Suite 110 in Two Paragon Centre deemed to be 2,416 square feet of rentable space beginning April 1, 2004, with an Expiration Date of March 31, 2014.


3. Landlord and Tenant agree that the Base Rent for Suites 400, 100, 120, 130, and 140 for the last three years of the Term beginning April l, 2011 through March 31, 2014, will be $18.25 per rentable square foot. Section 3.1 of the Lease will be amended as follows:

Months of                                  Base Rent for                                Base Rent
  Term                Premises          Rentable Square Foot      Total Base Rent        Monthly
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
93-129           Suites 100, 120,             $  18.25             $  469,864.50      $  39,155.38
                 130, 140 and 400

4. Landlord and Tenant agree that the Base Rent for Suite 110 of Two Paragon Center will be $18.50 per rentable square foot for the period beginning April 1, 2004 and expiring on March 31, 2014. Section 3.1 of the Lease will be amended as follows:

Months of                                   Base Rent for                               Base Rent
  Term                Premises          Rentable Square Foot      Total Base Rent        Monthly
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9-129            Suite 110                    $  18.50             $  44,696.00       $   3,724.67

5. Tenant and Landlord each represent and warrant to the other that neither party nor its officers or agents nor anyone acting on its behalf has dealt with any real estate broker or agent other than CBRE/Nicklies who represented Landlord in the negotiating or making of this Amendment, and Tenant and Landlord agree to indemnify and hold each other, their agents, employees, partners, directors, shareholders and officers harmless from all liabilities, costs, demands, judgments, settlements, claims and losses, including reasonable attorneys' fees and costs, incurred by a party in conjunction with any such claim of any other agent, broker or brokers.

6. Paragraph 1 of the Lease regarding the address and notice to Landlord, shall be amended to provide that the address of Landlord is, and all notices to Landlord shall be sent as follows:

Notices to Landlord:

Paragon Centre Holdings, LLC
8401 Shelbyville Road
Louisville, KY 40222
Attn: David W. Nicklies

With a copy to:

Paragon Centre Holdings, LLC
6060 Dutchmans Lane, Suite 100
Louisville, KY 40205
Attn: Property Manager

7. All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Lease.


8. This Amendment shall not be valid and binding on Landlord and Tenant unless and until it has been completely executed by and delivered to both parties.

EXCEPT AS expressly amended and modified hereby, the Lease shall otherwise remain in full force and effect, the parties hereto hereby ratifying and confirming the same, including but not limited to the Special Stipulations detailed in Exhibit C of the Lease. To the extent of any inconsistency between the Lease and this Amendment, the terms of this Amendment shall control as to the subject matter covered herein.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned parties have duly executed this Amendment as of the date and year first above written.

LANDLORD:                                   TENANT:
PARAGON CENTRE HOLDINGS, LLC                TEXAS ROADHOUSE
A Kentucky limited liability company        HOLDINGS LLC
                                            a Kentucky limited liability company
                                            By: WKT Restaurant Corp.,
                                            a Kentucky corporation, its Manager

By: /s/ David W. Nicklies                   By: /s/ G. J. Hart
   ----------------------------                --------------------------------
  David W. Nicklies, Manager                Title: President


TWO PARAGON CENTRE

AMENDED AND RESTATED LEASE AGREEMENT

BY AND BETWEEN

PARAGON CENTRE ASSOCIATES, LLC, AS LANDLORD

AND

TEXAS ROADHOUSE HOLDINGS LLC, AS TENANT

August 15, 2003


LEASE AGREEMENT

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ARTICLE I.           Basic Lease Provisions

ARTICLE II.

   Section 2.1       Premises
   Section 2.2       Term
   Section 2.3       Use

ARTICLE III.

   Section 3.1       Rental Payments
   Section 3.2       Additional Rent
   Section 3.3       Security Deposit

ARTICLE IV.

   Section 4.1       Services
   Section 4.2       Keys and Locks
   Section 4.3       Graphics and Building Directory

ARTICLE V.

   Section 5.1       Occupancy of Premises
   Section 5.2       Entry for Repairs and Inspection
   Section 5.3       Hazardous Materials

ARTICLE VI.

   Section 6.1       Leasehold Improvements
   Section 6.2       Repairs by Landlord
   Section 6.3       Repairs by Tenant
   Section 6.4       Liens
   Section 6.5       Indemnification

ARTICLE VII.

   Section 7.1       Condemnation
   Section 7.2       Force Majeure
   Section 7.3       Fire or Other Casualty
   Section 7.4       Insurance
   Section 7.5       Waiver of Subrogation Rights

ARTICLE VIII.

   Section 8.1       Default by Tenant
   Section 8.2       Landlord's Remedies
   Section 8.3       Duty to Relet or Mitigate
   Section 8.4       Reentry
   Section 8.5       Rights of Landlord in Bankruptcy

   Section 8.6       Waiver of Certain Rights
   Section 8.7       NonWaiver
   Section 8.8       Holding Over
   Section 8.9       Abandonment of Personal Property

ARTICLE IX.

   Section 9.1       Transfers
   Section 9.2       Assignment by Landlord
   Section 9.3       Limitation of Landlord's Liability

ARTICLE X.

   Section 10.1      Subordination
   Section 10.2      Estoppel Certificate or Three-Party Agreement
   Section 10.3      Notices

ARTICLE XI.

   Section 11.1      Right to Relocate Tenant
   Section 11.2      Rights and Remedies Cumulative
   Section 11.3      Legal Interpretation
   Section 11.4      Tenant's Authority
   Section 11.5      No Brokers
   Section 11.6      Consents by Landlord
   Section 11.7      Joint and Several Liability
   Section 11.8      Independent Covenants
   Section 11.9      Attorneys' Fees and Other Expenses
   Section 11.10     Recording
   Section 11.11     Disclaimer; Waiver of Jury Trial
   Section 11.12     No Access to Roof
   Section 11.13     Parking
   Section 11.14     No Accord or Satisfaction
   Section 11.15     Acceptance
   Section 11.16     Waiver of Counterclaim
   Section 11.17     Time Is of the Essence
   Section 11.18     Counterparts
   Section 11.19     Execution and Delivery of Lease
   Section 11.20     Real Estate Investment Trust

EXHIBITS

Exhibit A - Land
Exhibit B - Floor Plan(s) of Premises Exhibit C - Special Stipulations
Exhibit D - Commencement Date Agreement Exhibit E - Work Letter Agreement
Exhibit F - Building Rules and Regulations Exhibit G - Form of Subordination, Non-Disturbance and Attornment Agreement


AMENDED AND RESTATED LEASE AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED LEASE AGREEMENT (this "LEASE") is made and entered into as of the _____ day of August, 2003, by and between PARAGON CENTRE ASSOCIATES, LLC, a Georgia limited liability company ("LANDLORD"), whose address is c/o NTS Development Company, 10172 Linn Station Road, Louisville, Kentucky 40223, and TEXAS ROADHOUSE HOLDINGS LLC, a Kentucky limited liability company ("TENANT"), whose address is 6040 Dutchmans Lane, Suite 400, Louisville, Kentucky 40205; Attn: Sheila C. Brown, Esq., General Counsel. Subject to all of the terms, provisions, covenants and conditions of this Lease, and in consideration of the mutual covenants, obligations and agreements contained in this Lease, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant agree as follows:

ARTICLE I.

BASIC LEASE PROVISIONS

As of the Commencement Date (as defined below), this Lease shall be a replacement for and shall operate to terminate that certain Lease Agreement dated September 24, 1997 by and between Landlord and Strategia Corporation, as assigned to Tenant pursuant to (i) that certain Assignment of Lease and Security Deposit, Assumption Agreement dated June 30, 1999 by and between Strategia Corporation and Tenant, and Landlord's Consent dated June 30, 1999 by and between Landlord, Strategia Corporation and Tenant, together with all amendments thereto that may have been made from time to time by and between the parties; and (ii) that certain Agreement Regarding Satellite Antenna dated November 6, 2001 between Landlord and Tenant (collectively, the "Prior Lease"). Landlord, for and in consideration of the rents and all other charges and payments hereunder and of the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions to be kept and performed hereunder by Tenant, hereby directly renews, demises and leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby directly renews, hires, leases and takes from Landlord, the premises described below, subject to all matters hereinafter set forth and upon and subject to the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions of this Lease for the term hereinafter stated. For purposes of this Lease, the following terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them below:

BUILDING shall mean the approximately 61,704 square foot structure situated upon the Land (hereinafter defined) commonly known as Two Paragon Centre located at 6040 Dutchmans Lane, Louisville, Jefferson County, Kentucky 40205, as the same currently exists or as it may from time to time hereafter be expanded or modified.

COMMENCEMENT DATE shall mean:

- August 1, 2003 with respect to the Suite 400 Premises (as defined below);
- January 1, 2004 with respect to the Suite 140 Premises (as defined below);
- April 1, 2004 with respect to the Suite 120 Premises and the Suite 130 Premises (as defined below); and
- For Suite 100 Premises (as defined below), thirty (30) days after the date of delivery to Tenant of the Suite 100 Premises in its "as-is" condition.

COMPLEX shall mean the Project, together with that certain office building known as One Paragon Centre located at 6060 Dutchmans Lane, Louisville, Kentucky, the Land upon which the Building and One Paragon Centre are located, and all improvements and additional facilities serving or benefiting the Building and One Paragon Centre from time to time.

EXPENSE STOP shall mean $6.00 per rentable square foot.

EXPIRATION DATE shall mean March 31, 2011.

GUARANTOR (whether one or more) shall mean None.

LAND shall mean that certain tract of land situated in Jefferson County, Kentucky, and more particularly described on EXHIBIT A attached hereto and hereby made a part hereof.

LEASE YEAR shall mean each consecutive twelve (12) month period during the Term commencing with the Commencement Date.

PROJECT shall mean the Building, together with the Land, the parking garage or parking area serving the Building, if any, all other improvements situated on the Land or directly benefiting the Building, and all additional facilities or improvements directly benefiting the Building that may be constructed in subsequent years.

SECURITY DEPOSIT shall mean $24,702.13, currently being held by Landlord under the Prior Lease.

ARTICLE II.

SECTION 2.1 PREMISES. The Premises demised by this Lease shall initially consist of a total 16,023 square feet of Rentable Area (as hereinafter defined) known as Suite 400 on Floor 4 of the Building (the "Suite 400 Premises"), and shall be expanded upon the applicable Commencement Date above to include 3,082 square feet of Rentable Area known as Suite 100 on Floor 1 of the Building (the "Suite 100 Premises), 2,994 square feet of Rentable Area known as Suite 120 on Floor 1 of the Building (the "Suite 120 Premises"), 2,313 square feet of Net Rentable Area known as Suite 130 on Floor 1 of the Building (the "Suite 130 Premises"); and 1,334 square feet of Net Rentable Area known as Suite 140 on Floor 1 of the Building (the "Suite 140 Premises") for a total of 25,746 square feet of Rentable Area (collectively, the "Premises"). The Premises are outlined on EXHIBIT B attached hereto and hereby made a part hereof. All square footage (the "Rentable Area") utilized in this Lease has been, or will be as to future space, made by measuring the gross area within the inside surface of the outer glass of the exterior walls of the Premises, to the mid-point of any walls


separating portions of the Premises from Common Areas and Services Areas, subject to the following: (a) Rentable Area shall not include any Service Area;
(b) Rentable Area shall include a pro rata portion of the Common Areas in the Building, such proration based upon the ratio of the Rentable Area within the Premises to the total Rentable Area in the Building, both determined without regard to the Common Areas; and (c) Rentable Area shall include and columns and/or projection(s) which protrude into the Premises and/or the Common Areas. For purposes of the foregoing, "Service Areas" shall mean those areas of the Building within the outside walls used for elevator mechanical rooms, building stairs, fire towers, elevator shafts, flue, vents, stacks, pipe shafts and vertical ducts (but shall not include any such areas for the use of any particular tenant); and "Common Areas" shall mean those areas of the Building devoted to corridors, elevator foyers, atria, restrooms, mechanical rooms, janitorial closets, electrical and telephone closets, vending areas and other facilities provided for the common use or benefit of tenants generally and/or the public. For all other purposes of this Lease except the foregoing calculation of Rentable Area, the term "Common Areas" shall also mean all other areas and facilities, including lobbies, parking facilities, sidewalks, landscapings, driveways, restrooms and similar improvements, serving the Building and/or the Project. Unless otherwise specifically designated, all references to square footage or square feet in this Lease are to Rentable Area.

SECTION 2.2 TERM. The Term of this Lease with respect to a particular portion of the Premises shall begin on the applicable Commencement Date set forth above and shall expire on the Expiration Date unless extended or sooner terminated in accordance with the provisions of this Lease. After the occurrence of the Commencement Date for the Suite 100 Premises, Tenant and Landlord shall execute a certificate in the form attached hereto as EXHIBIT D stipulating and agreeing to the Commencement Date for the Suite 100 Premises. If the Commencement Date should be changed for any reason, Landlord shall not be liable or responsible for any claims, damages or liabilities in connection therewith or by reason thereof. If Landlord is unable to deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant as of the Commencement Date for any reason, including without limitation the holding over of any tenant or occupant of the Premises, then the term Commencement Date shall mean such subsequent date upon which Landlord is able to deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant, and such failure to deliver possession of the Premises on the earlier date shall not constitute a default by Landlord hereunder or render Landlord liable for any loss or damage that may be incurred as a result of such failure.

SECTION 2.3 USE. The Premises are to be used only for general office purposes and for no other business or purpose without the prior written consent of Landlord. No act shall be done in or about the Premises that is unlawful or that will increase the existing rate of insurance on the Building. In the event of a breach of this covenant, Tenant shall immediately cease the performance of such unlawful act or such act that is increasing or has increased the existing rate of insurance and shall pay to Landlord any and all increases in insurance premiums resulting from such breach. Tenant shall not commit or allow to be committed any waste upon the Premises, or any public or private nuisance or other act or thing which disturbs the quiet enjoyment of any other tenant in the Building. If any of Tenant's office machines or equipment unreasonably disturb any other tenant in the Building, then Tenant shall provide adequate insulation, or take such other action as may be necessary to eliminate the noise or disturbance at its sole cost and expense. Tenant shall not, without Landlord's prior consent, install any equipment, machine, device, tank or vessel which is subject to any federal, state or local permitting requirement. Tenant, at its expense, shall comply with all laws, statutes, ordinances and governmental rules, regulations or requirements governing the installation, operation and removal of any such equipment, machine, device, tank or vessel. Tenant, at its expense, shall comply with all laws, statutes, ordinances, governmental rules, regulations or requirements, and the provisions of any recorded documents now existing or hereafter in effect relating to its use, operation or occupancy of the Premises and shall observe such reasonable rules and regulations as may be adopted and made available to Tenant by Landlord from time to time for the safety, care and cleanliness of the Premises or the Building and for the preservation of good order therein. The current rules and regulations for the Building are attached hereto as EXHIBIT F. Without limiting the foregoing, Tenant agrees to be wholly responsible at Tenant's sole cost and expense for any accommodations or alterations which need to be made to the Premises to comply with the provisions of the Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990, as amended.

ARTICLE III.

SECTION 3.1 RENTAL PAYMENTS.

(a) BASE RENT. Commencing on the Commencement Date for the Suite 400 Premises and continuing thereafter throughout the Term, Tenant shall pay the Base Rent described in this paragraph, which is due and payable each Lease Year during the Term hereof in twelve (12) equal installments on the first (1st) day of each calendar month during the Term, and Tenant shall make such installments to Landlord at Landlord's address specified in this Lease (or such other address as may be designated by Landlord from time to time) monthly in advance. Base Rent during the Term for the Suite 120 Premises, the Suite 130 Premises, the Suite 140 Premises, the Suite 400 Premises, shall be as follows:

                                                   Base Rent Per                              Base Rent
Months of Term              Premises            Rentable Square Foot    Total Base Rent        Monthly
--------------              --------            --------------------    ---------------        -------
     1 - 5               Suite 400 only                $ 16.25            $ 260,373.75       $ 21,697.81

     6 - 8           Suites 140 and 400 only           $ 16.25            $ 282,051.25       $ 23,504.27

    9 - 24          Suites 120, 130, 140 and           $ 16.25            $ 368,290.00       $ 30,690.83
                               400

    25 - 48         Suites 120, 130, 140 and           $ 16.75            $ 379,622.00       $ 31,635.17
                               400

    49 - 92         Suites 120, 130, 140 and           $ 17.75            $ 402,286.00       $ 33,523.83
                               400

The foregoing rent schedule shall be modified and memorialized in the agreement set forth on EXHIBIT D upon the Commencement Date for the Suite 100 Premises. The foregoing Base Rent includes the Expense Stop. So long as Tenant is not then in default under this Lease, in the event Tenant has paid Landlord any Prepaid Rent such Prepaid Rent shall be applied to the first (1st) monthly installment of Base Rent due hereunder.

-2-

(b) PARTIAL MONTH. If the Commencement Date is other than the first
(1st) day of a calendar month or if this Lease expires or terminates on a day other than the last day of a calendar month, then the installments of Base Rent for such month or months shall be prorated based upon multiplying the applicable Base Rent by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of days of the Term occurring during said commencement or termination month, as the case may be, and the denominator of which shall be the number of days in such month.

(c) PAYMENT; LATE CHARGE; PAST DUE RATE. The Base Rent, the Additional Rent (hereinafter defined), any Prepaid Rent and any and all other payments which Tenant is obligated to make to Landlord under this Lease shall constitute and are sometimes hereinafter collectively referred to as "RENT". Tenant shall pay all Rent and other sums of money as shall become due from and payable by Tenant to Landlord in lawful money of the United States of America at the times and in the manner provided in this Lease, without demand, deduction, abatement, setoff, counterclaim or prior notice. Tenant hereby acknowledges that late payment to Landlord of Rent or other sums due hereunder will cause Landlord to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of which will be extremely difficult to ascertain. If any Rent or other sum due from Tenant is not received on or before its due date, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord immediately upon Landlord's demand therefor a late charge in an amount equal to five percent (5%) of such overdue amount, plus any attorneys' fees and costs incurred by Landlord by reason of Tenant's failure to pay Rent and other charges when due hereunder. Additionally, all Rent under this Lease shall bear interest from the date due until paid at the lesser of twelve percent (12%) or the maximum nonusurious rate of interest then permitted by the applicable laws of the state in which the Building is located or the United States of America, whichever shall permit the higher nonusurious rate, such interest being in addition to and cumulative of any other rights and remedies which Landlord may have with regard to the failure of Tenant to make any such payments under this Lease.

SECTION 3.2 ADDITIONAL RENT.

(a) DEFINITIONS:

(i) "BASE OPERATING EXPENSES" is calculated by multiplying the Expense Stop by the rentable area of the Premises. At the applicable Commencement Date for each suite under this Lease, and in the event that this Lease is later modified to further increase or to decrease the amount of rentable square feet in the Premises demised hereby, the total amount of Base Operating Expenses shall be adjusted, as appropriate, based upon the Expense Stop, to reflect the new square footage of the Premises unless the amendment or other written agreement modifying this Lease specifies otherwise.

(ii) "OPERATING EXPENSES" means all expenses, costs and disbursements of every kind and nature relating to or incurred or paid in connection with the ownership and operation of the Project, computed on an accrual basis in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, including but not limited to the following:

(A) wages and salaries of all persons engaged in the operation, maintenance, security or access control of the Project, including all taxes, insurance and benefits relating thereto;

(B) the cost of all supplies, tools, equipment and materials used in the operation and maintenance of the Project, including rental fees for the same, if such items are not purchased and amortized pursuant to this SECTION 3.2 below;

(C) the cost of all utilities for the Project, including but not limited to the cost of water and power, heating, lighting, air conditioning and ventilating (excluding those costs billed to specific tenants) of the Building and Project;

(D) the cost of all maintenance and service agreements for the Project and the equipment therein, including but not limited to alarm service, security service, access control, landscaping, window cleaning, pest control, elevator maintenance and janitorial service;

(E) the cost of repairs and general maintenance, excluding (y) repairs and general maintenance paid by proceeds of insurance, by Tenant or by other third parties, and (z) alterations attributable solely to tenants of the Building;

(F) amortization (together with reasonable financing charges) of the cost of capital investment items which are installed for the purpose of reducing operating expenses, promoting safety, complying with governmental requirements or maintaining the quality of the Building;

(G) the cost of all insurance relating to the Project, including, but not limited to, the cost of property insurance, casualty, rental loss and liability insurance applicable to the Project and Landlord's personal property used in connection therewith and the cost of deductibles paid on claims made by Landlord;

(H) Landlord's and/or Landlord's managing agent's accounting and audit costs and attorneys' fees applicable to the Project;

(I) all property management fees for the Project; and

(J) All taxes, assessments and governmental charges, whether or not directly paid by Landlord, whether federal, state, county or municipal and whether they are imposed by taxing districts or authorities currently taxing the Project or by others subsequently created or otherwise, and any other taxes and assessments, assessed against or attributable to the Project or its operation, excluding, however, federal and state taxes on income, death taxes, franchise taxes and any taxes imposed or measured on or by the income of Landlord from the operation of the Project or imposed in connection with any change of ownership of the Project together with the reasonable cost (including attorneys,

-3-

consultants and appraisers) of any negotiation, contest or appeal pursued by Landlord in an effort to reduce any such tax, assessment or charge, and all of Landlord's administrative costs in relation to the foregoing ("REAL ESTATE TAXES"); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if at any time during the Term the present method of taxation or assessment shall be so changed that the whole or any part of the taxes, assessments, levies, impositions or charges now levied, assessed or imposed on real estate and the improvements thereof shall be changed and as a substitute therefor, or in lieu of or in addition thereto, taxes, assessments, levies, impositions or charges shall be levied, assessed or imposed wholly or partially as a capital levy or otherwise on the rents received from the Project or the rents reserved herein or any part thereof, then such substitute or additional taxes, assessments, levies, impositions or charges, to the extent so levied, assessed or imposed, shall be deemed to be included within the Real Estate Taxes to the extent that such substitute or additional tax would be payable if the Project were the only property of the Landlord subject to such tax.

(iii) "ADJUSTMENT PERIOD" means each calendar year occurring during the Term beginning with calendar year 2003, which shall be the first Adjustment Period.

(iv) "TENANT'S PRO RATA SHARE" means the percentage calculated by dividing the rentable area of the Premises (numerator) by the rentable area of the Building (denominator), and expressing the fraction as a percentage.

(b) GROSS-UP ADJUSTMENT. If the Building is less than fully occupied or if Building standard Landlord services are not provided to the entire Building during any Adjustment Period, then Operating Expenses for such Adjustment Period shall be "grossed up" by Landlord to that amount of Operating Expenses that, using reasonable projections, would normally be expected to be incurred during the Adjustment Period if the Building was ninety-five percent (95%) occupied and receiving Building standard Landlord services during the Adjustment Period, as determined under generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied.

(c) PAYMENT BY TENANT. If Tenant's Pro Rata Share of the Operating Expenses for any Adjustment Period exceed the Base Operating Expenses (any such excess being known collectively as the "EXPENSE INCREASE"), then Tenant agrees to pay Landlord as additional rent (the "ADDITIONAL RENT") such Expense Increase.

(d) MANNER OF PAYMENT.

(i) Landlord may give Tenant notice of Landlord's estimate of amounts payable under this SECTION 3.2 for each Adjustment Period based upon generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied. By the first day of each month during the Adjustment Period, Tenant shall pay Landlord one-twelfth (1/12th) of the estimated amount. If for any reason the estimate is not given before the Adjustment Period begins, Tenant shall continue to pay on the basis of the previous year's estimate, if any, until the month after the new estimate is given.

(ii) Within one hundred twenty (120) days after each Adjustment Period ends, or as soon thereafter as reasonably practical, Landlord shall give Tenant a statement (the "STATEMENT") showing the: (A) actual Operating Expenses for the Adjustment Period; (B) Base Operating Expenses; (C) the Expense Increase for the Adjustment Period; (D) the amount of Tenant's Pro Rata Share of the Expense Increase; (E) the amount, if any, paid by Tenant during the Adjustment Period towards the Expense Increase; and (F) the amount Tenant owes towards the Expense Increase or the amount Landlord owes as a refund. Delay by Landlord in providing to Tenant any Statement shall not relieve Tenant from the obligation to pay any Expense Increase upon the rendering of such Statements.

(iii) If the Statement shows that the actual amount Tenant owes for the Adjustment Period is less than any estimated Expense Increase paid by Tenant during the Adjustment Period, Landlord shall return the difference (the "OVERPAYMENT"). If the Statement shows that the actual amount Tenant owes is more than any estimated Expense Increase paid by Tenant during the Adjustment Period, Tenant shall pay the difference (the "UNDERPAYMENT"). The Overpayment or Underpayment shall be paid within thirty (30) days after the Statement is delivered to Tenant.

(iv) During any Adjustment Period in which this Lease is not in effect for a complete calendar year, unless it was ended due to Tenant's default, Tenant's obligation for Additional Rent for those Adjustment Periods shall be prorated by multiplying the Additional Rent for the Adjustment Period by a fraction expressed as a percentage, the numerator of which is the number of days of the Adjustment Period included in the Term and the denominator of which is 365.

SECTION 3.3 SECURITY DEPOSIT. As security for its full and faithful performance of this Lease, Tenant has paid to Landlord and Landlord acknowledges receipt of a security deposit in the amount of Twenty Four Thousand Seven Hundred Two and 13/100 Dollars ($24,702.13) (the "SECURITY DEPOSIT"), which Security Deposit is currently being held by Landlord under the Prior Lease. If Tenant defaults with respect to any covenant or condition of this Lease, including but not limited to the payment of Rent or any other payment due under this Lease, Landlord may apply all or any part of the Security Deposit to the payment of any sum in default or any other sum which Landlord may be required to or deem necessary to spend or incur by reason of Tenant's default. In such event, Tenant shall, upon demand, deposit with Landlord the amount so applied to replenish the Security Deposit. Within thirty (30) days of the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease, Landlord will refund Tenant the Security Deposit less any amounts necessary to cure any default of Tenant under this Lease.

ARTICLE IV.

SECTION 4.1 SERVICES.

(a) SERVICES PROVIDED. So long as no default by Tenant under this Lease has occurred and is continuing, Landlord shall furnish to Tenant while Tenant is occupying the Premises:

(i) Hot and cold domestic water in common use restrooms and toilets in locations provided for general use and as reasonably deemed by Landlord to be in keeping with the Project standards.

-4-

(ii) Heating and air conditioning in season from 8:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. on Monday through Friday and 8:00 a.m. to 1:00 p.m. on Saturday, excluding the hereinafter defined Holidays, subject to curtailment as required by governmental laws, rules or regulations, in such amounts as are considered by Landlord to be standard, but such service at times during weekdays other than the hours stated above, and on Saturdays, Sundays and Holidays, shall be furnished only upon request of Tenant, and for such service Tenant shall pay Landlord upon demand an amount equal to the rate Landlord at that time is charging for such service.

(iii) Electric lighting service for all public areas and special service areas of the Building in the manner and to the extent deemed by Landlord to be standard.

(iv) Janitor service on a five (5) day week basis in a manner considered by Landlord to be standard; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, if Tenant's floor coverings or other improvements require special care, Tenant shall pay the additional cleaning cost attributable thereto.

(v) Access control for the Project comparable as to coverage, control and responsiveness (but not necessarily as to means for accomplishing same) to other similarly situated multi-tenant office buildings in the vicinity; provided, however, Landlord shall have no responsibility to prevent, and shall not be liable to Tenant for, any liability or loss to Tenant, its agents, employees and visitors arising out of losses due to theft, burglary, or damage or injury to persons or property caused by persons gaining access to the Premises, and Tenant hereby releases Landlord from all liability for such losses, damages or injury.

(vi) Sufficient electrical capacity to operate (i) incandescent lights, typewriters, calculating machines, photocopying machines and other machines of similar low voltage electrical consumption (120/208 volts), provided that the total rated electrical design load for said lighting and machines of low electrical voltage shall not exceed two (2.00) watts per square foot of rentable area; and (ii) lighting and equipment of high voltage electrical consumption (277/480 volts), provided that the total rated electrical design load for said lighting and equipment of high electrical voltage shall not exceed two (2.00) watts per square foot of rentable area (each such rated electrical design load to be hereinafter referred to as the "Building Standard rated electrical design load"). Tenant shall be allocated Tenant's pro rata share of the Building Standard circuits provided on the floor(s) Tenant occupies.

Should Tenant's fully connected electrical design load exceed the Building Standard rated electrical design load for either low or high voltage electrical consumption, or if Tenant's electrical design requires low voltage or high voltage circuits in excess of Tenant's share of the Building Standard circuits, Landlord will (at Tenant's expense) install one (1) additional high voltage panel and/or one (1) additional low voltage panel with associated transformer, space for which has been provided in the base building electrical closets based on a maximum of two (2) such additional panels per floor for all tenants on the floor (which additional panels and transformers shall be hereinafter referred to as the "additional electrical equipment"). If the additional electrical equipment is installed because Tenant's low or high voltage rated electrical design load exceeds the applicable Building Standard rated electrical design load, then a meter shall also be added (at Tenant's expense) to measure the electricity used through the additional electrical equipment. For purposes herein "Building Standard" means the quantity and quality of materials, finishes, and workmanship from time to time specified as such by Landlord for the Building.

The design and installation of any additional electrical equipment (or related meter) required by Tenant shall be subject to the prior approval of Landlord (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld). All expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with the review and approval of any additional electrical equipment shall also be reimbursed to Landlord by Tenant. Tenant shall also pay on demand the actual metered cost of electricity consumed through the additional electrical equipment (if applicable), plus any actual accounting expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with the metering thereof.

If any of Tenant's electrical equipment requires conditioned air in excess of Building Standard air conditioning, the same shall be installed by Landlord (on Tenant's behalf), and Tenant shall pay all design, installation, metering and operating costs relating thereto.

If Tenant requires that certain areas within the Premises must operate in excess of the normal Building operating hours set forth above, the electrical service to such areas shall be separately circuited and metered such that Tenant shall be billed the costs associated with electricity consumed during hours other than Building operating hours.

(vii) All fluorescent bulb and ballast replacement for Building Standard lighting in all areas and all incandescent bulb replacement in public areas, toilet and restroom areas and stairwells.

(viii) Nonexclusive operatorless passenger elevator service to the Premises twenty-four (24) hours per day; provided, that Landlord may reasonably limit the number of elevators in operation on weekdays after normal business hours and on Saturdays, Sundays and Holidays.

(b) CESSATION OF SERVICES. To the extent the services described in
SECTION 4.1(a) of this Lease require electricity, gas and water supplied by public utilities, Landlord's covenants thereunder shall only impose on Landlord the obligation to use its best efforts to cause the applicable public utilities to furnish the same. Failure by Landlord to furnish the services described in this SECTION 4.1 to any extent, or any cessation thereof, shall not render Landlord in default hereunder or liable in any respect for damages to either person or property, or be construed as an eviction of Tenant, or work an abatement of Rent, or relieve Tenant from fulfillment of any covenant or agreement hereof. In addition to the foregoing, should any of the equipment or machinery break down, cease to function properly for any cause, or be intentionally turned off for testing or maintenance purposes, Tenant shall have no claim for abatement or reduction of Rent or damages on account of an interruption in service occasioned thereby or resulting therefrom; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, Landlord agrees to use diligent efforts to repair said equipment or machinery and to restore said services.

-5-

(c) HOLIDAYS. The following dates shall collectively be known as "HOLIDAYS" and individually known as a "HOLIDAY": New Year's Day; Memorial Day; Independence Day; Labor Day; Thanksgiving Day; Friday following Thanksgiving Day; Christmas Day; and any other holiday recognized and taken by tenants occupying at least one-half (1/2) of the rentable area of office space of the Building. If in the case of any Holiday, a different day shall be observed than the respective day above described, then that day which constitutes the day observed by national banks in the city or proximate area in which the Building is located, on account of such Holiday, shall constitute the Holiday under this Lease.

SECTION 4.2 KEYS AND LOCKS. Landlord shall initially furnish Tenant with a reasonable number of keys for the standard corridor doors serving the Premises. Additional keys will be furnished by Landlord upon an order signed by Tenant and at Tenant's expense. All such keys shall remain the property of Landlord. Without the prior written consent of Landlord, no additional locks shall be allowed on any door of the Premises, and Tenant shall not make or permit to be made any duplicate keys, except those furnished by Landlord. Upon termination or expiration of this Lease or a termination of possession of the Premises by Tenant, Tenant shall surrender to Landlord all keys to any locks on doors entering or within the Premises.

SECTION 4.3 GRAPHICS AND BUILDING DIRECTORY. Landlord shall provide and install, at Tenant's expense, all letters or numerals at the entrance to the Premises, and a strip containing a listing of Tenant's name on the Building directory board to be placed in the main lobby of the Building. All such letters and numerals shall be in Building Standard graphics. Landlord shall not be liable for any inconvenience or damage occurring as a result of any error or omission in any directory or graphics. No signs, numerals, letters or other graphics shall be used or installed by Tenant on the exterior of, or which may be visible from outside, the Premises, unless approved in writing by Landlord.

ARTICLE V

SECTION 5.1 OCCUPANCY OF PREMISES. Tenant shall throughout the Term of this Lease, at its own expense, maintain the Premises and all improvements thereon and keep them free from waste, damage or nuisance, and shall deliver up the Premises in a clean and sanitary condition at the expiration or termination of this Lease or the termination of Tenant's right to occupy the Premises by Tenant, in good repair and condition, reasonable wear and tear excepted. In the event Tenant should neglect to maintain and/or return the Premises in such manner, Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to cause repairs or corrections to be made, and any reasonable costs therefor shall be payable by Tenant to Landlord within ten (10) days of demand therefor by Landlord. Upon the expiration or termination of this Lease or the termination of Tenant's right to occupy the Premises by Tenant, Landlord shall have the right to reenter and resume possession of the Premises. No act or thing done by Landlord or any of Landlord's agents (hereinafter defined) during the Term of the Lease shall be deemed an acceptance of a surrender of the Premises, and no agreement to accept a surrender of the Premises shall be valid unless the same be made in writing and executed by Landlord. Tenant shall notify Landlord at least fifteen (15) days prior to vacating the Premises and shall arrange to meet with Landlord for a joint inspection of the Premises. If Tenant fails to give such notice or to arrange for such inspection, then Landlord's inspection of the Premises shall be deemed correct for the purpose of determining Tenant's responsibility for repair and restoration of the Premises.

SECTION 5.2 ENTRY FOR REPAIRS AND INSPECTION. Tenant shall permit Landlord and its agents to enter the Premises at all reasonable times to inspect the same; to show the Premises to prospective tenants (within nine (9) months of the expiration of the Term of this Lease), or interested parties such as prospective lenders and purchasers; to exercise its rights under this Lease; to clean, repair, alter or improve the Premises or the Building; to discharge Tenant's obligations when Tenant has failed to do so within the time required under this Lease or within a reasonable time after written notice from Landlord, whichever is earlier; to post notices of nonresponsibility and similar notices and "For Sale" signs at any time and to place "For Lease" signs upon or adjacent to the Building or the Premises at any time within nine (9) months of the expiration of the Term of this Lease. Tenant shall permit Landlord and its agents to enter the Premises at any time in the event of an emergency. When reasonably necessary, Landlord may temporarily close entrances, doors, corridors, elevators or other facilities without liability to Tenant by reason of such closure.

SECTION 5.3 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS.

(a) As used in this Lease, the term "Hazardous Materials" shall mean and include any substance that is or contains petroleum, asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyls, lead, or any other substance, material or waste which is now or is hereafter classified or considered to be hazardous or toxic under any federal, state or local law, rule, regulation or ordinance relating to pollution or the protection or regulation of human health, natural resources or the environment (collectively "ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS") or poses or threatens to pose a hazard to the health or safety of persons on the Premises or any adjacent property.

(b) Tenant agrees that during its use and occupancy of the Premises it will not permit Hazardous Materials to be present on or about the Premises except in a manner and quantity necessary for the ordinary performance of Tenant's business and that it will comply with all Environmental Laws relating to the use, storage or disposal of any such Hazardous Materials.

(c) If Tenant's use of Hazardous Materials on or about the Premises results in a release, discharge or disposal of Hazardous Materials on, in, at, under, or emanating from, the Premises or the property in which the Premises are located, Tenant agrees to investigate, clean up, remove or remediate such Hazardous Materials in full compliance with (a) the requirements of (i) all Environmental Laws and (ii) any governmental agency or authority responsible for the enforcement of any Environmental Laws; and (b) any additional requirements of Landlord that are reasonably necessary to protect the value of the Premises or the property in which the Premises are located. Landlord shall also have the right, but not the obligation, to take whatever action with respect to any such Hazardous Materials that it deems reasonably necessary to protect the value of the Premises or the property in which the Premises are located. All costs and expenses paid or incurred by Landlord in the exercise of such right shall be payable by Tenant upon demand.

-6-

(d) Upon reasonable notice to Tenant, Landlord may inspect the Premises for the purpose of determining whether there exists on the Premises any Hazardous Materials or other condition or activity that is in violation of the requirements of this Lease or of any Environmental Laws. The right granted to Landlord herein to perform inspections shall not create a duty on Landlord's part to inspect the Premises, or liability on the part of Landlord for Tenant's use, storage or disposal of Hazardous Materials, it being understood that Tenant shall be solely responsible for all liability in connection therewith.

(e) Tenant shall surrender the Premises to Landlord upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease free of debris, waste or Hazardous Materials placed on or about the Premises by Tenant or its agents, employees, contractors or invitees, and in a condition which complies with all Environmental Laws.

(f) Tenant agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Landlord from and against any and all claims, losses (including, without limitation, loss in value of the Premises or the property in which the Premises are located), liabilities and expenses (including reasonable attorney's fees) sustained by Landlord attributable to (i) any Hazardous Materials placed on or about the Premises by Tenant or its agents, employees, contractors or invitees or (ii) Tenant's breach of any provision of this Section.

(g) The provisions of this Section shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

ARTICLE VI.

SECTION 6.1 LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS.

(a) ACCEPTANCE OF PREMISES. Tenant has made a complete inspection of the Premises (i.e., the Suite 100 Premises, the Suite 120 Premises, the Suite 130 Premises, the Suite 140 Premises, and the Suite 400 Premises), and shall accept the Premises and the Project in their "AS IS," "WHERE IS," and "WITH ALL FAULTS" condition on the applicable Commencement Date without recourse to Landlord; provided, however, that Landlord delivers the Suite 100 Premises, the Suite 120 Premises, the Suite 130 Premises, and the Suite 140 Premises on the applicable Commencement Date in substantially the same condition as they exist on the date hereof, normal wear and tear and casualty excepted. Except as expressly provided in this Lease, Landlord shall have no obligation to furnish, equip or improve the Premises or the Project or provide an allowance, abatement or concession with respect to the Premises, except that Landlord shall provide the Refurbishment Allowance (as that term is defined in EXHIBIT E-1 hereto) and the Tenant Improvement Allowance (as that term is defined in EXHIBIT E-2 hereto) for the Premises, which shall be disbursed in accordance with EXHIBIT E-1 and EXHIBIT E-2 attached hereto. The taking of possession of the Premises by Tenant shall be conclusive evidence against Tenant that (i) Tenant accepts the Premises and the Project as being suitable for its intended purpose and in a good and satisfactory condition, (ii) acknowledges that the Premises and the Project comply fully with Landlord's covenants and obligations under this Lease and
(iii) waives any defects in the Premises and its appurtenances and in all other parts of the Project.

(b) IMPROVEMENTS AND ALTERATIONS. Tenant shall not make or allow to be made (except as otherwise provided in this Lease) any improvements, alterations or physical additions (including fixtures) in or to the Premises or the Project, without first obtaining the written consent of Landlord, including Landlord's written approval of Tenant's contractor(s) and of the plans, working drawings and specifications relating thereto, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, so long as such improvements, alterations or physical additions do not affect the Building's structure or the mechanical, electrical or plumbing components of the Building. If Landlord does not respond in writing with reasonable specificity to Tenant's request for approval of plans and specifications within ten (10) business days after submission of Tenant's plans, Landlord's approval therefor shall be deemed granted. Approval by Landlord of any of Tenant's drawings and plans and specifications prepared in connection with any alterations, improvements, modifications or additions to the Premises or the Project shall not constitute a representation or warranty of Landlord as to the adequacy or sufficiency of such drawings, plans and specifications, or alterations, improvements, modifications or additions to which they relate, for any use, purpose or conditions, but such approval shall merely be the consent of Landlord as required hereunder. Any and all furnishing, equipping and improving of or other alteration and addition to the Premises shall be: (i) made at Tenant's sole cost, risk and expense, and Tenant shall pay for Landlord's actual out-of-pocket third-party costs incurred in connection with and as a result of such alterations or additions; (ii) performed in a prompt, good and workmanlike manner with labor and materials of such quality as Landlord may reasonably require; (iii) constructed substantially in accordance with all plans and specifications approved in writing by Landlord prior to the commencement of any such work; (iv) prosecuted diligently and continuously to completion so as to minimize interference with the normal business operations of other tenants in the Building, the performance of Landlord's obligations under this Lease or any mortgage or ground lease covering or affecting all or any part of the Building or the Land and any work being done by contractors engaged by Landlord with respect to or in connection with the Building; and (v) performed by contractors approved in writing by Landlord. Tenant shall have no (and hereby waives all) rights to payment or compensation for any such item. Tenant shall notify Landlord upon completion of such alterations, improvements, modifications or additions and Landlord shall inspect same for workmanship and compliance with the approved plans and specifications. Tenant and its contractors shall comply with all reasonable requirements Landlord may impose on Tenant or its contractors with respect to such work (including but not limited to, insurance, indemnity and bonding requirements), and, to the extent any changes or change orders have been made to or in connection with the plans and specifications which were approved by Landlord, (A) such changes or change orders shall be subject to Landlord's prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, and (B) Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a complete copy of the "as-built" or final plans and specifications for all alterations or physical additions so made in or to the Premises within thirty (30) days of completing the work. Tenant shall not place safes, vaults, filing cabinets or systems, libraries or other heavy furniture or equipment within the Premises without Landlord's prior written consent.

(c) TITLE TO ALTERATIONS. All alterations, physical additions, modifications or improvements in or to the Premises (including fixtures) shall, when made, become the property of Landlord and shall be surrendered to Landlord upon termination or expiration of this Lease or termination of Tenant's right to occupy the Premises, whether by lapse of

-7-

time or otherwise, without any payment, reimbursement or compensation therefor; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that Tenant shall retain title to and shall remove from the Premises movable equipment or furniture owned by Tenant and Tenant repairs any damage caused thereby and Tenant returns the Premises to their preexisting condition. Notwithstanding any of the foregoing to the contrary, Landlord may require Tenant to remove all alterations, additions or improvements to the Premises that are other than Building Standard including, without limitation, any cabling or other computer, satellite or telecommunications equipment or hardware, whether or not such alterations, additions, or improvements are located in the Premises upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease or the termination of Tenant's right to possession of the Premises and restore the same to Building Standard condition, reasonable wear and tear excepted. The rights conferred to Landlord under this SECTION 6.1(c) shall be in addition to (and not in conflict with) any other rights conferred on Landlord by this Lease, in equity or at law.

(d) PERSONAL PROPERTY TAXES; SALES, USE AND EXCISE TAXES. Tenant shall be responsible for and shall pay ad valorem taxes and other taxes, assessments or charges levied upon or applicable to Tenant's personal property, the value of Tenant's leasehold improvements in the Premises in excess of Building Standard (and if the taxing authorities do not separately assess Tenant's leasehold improvements, Landlord may make a reasonable allocation of the taxes assessed on the Project to give effect to this SECTION 6.1(d)) and all license fees and other fees or charges imposed on the business conducted by Tenant on the Premises before such taxes, assessments, charges or fees become delinquent. Tenant shall also pay to Landlord with all Rent due and owing under this Lease an amount equal to any sales, rental, excise and use taxes levied, imposed or assessed by the State or any political subdivision thereof or other taxing authority upon any amounts classified as rent.

SECTION 6.2 REPAIRS BY LANDLORD. All repairs, alterations or additions that affect the Project's structural components or major mechanical, electrical or plumbing systems shall be made by Landlord or its contractors only, and, in the case of any damage to such components or systems caused by Tenant or Tenant's agents, shall be paid for by Tenant in an amount equal to Landlord's costs plus fifteen percent (15%) as an overhead expense. Unless otherwise provided herein, Landlord shall not be required to make any improvements to or repairs of any kind or character to the leasehold improvements located in the Premises during the Term, except such repairs as Landlord deems necessary for normal maintenance operations of the Building.

SECTION 6.3 REPAIRS BY TENANT. Subject to SECTION 6.2 of this Lease, Tenant shall be responsible, at its own cost and expense, for all repair or replacement of any damage to the leasehold improvements in the Premises, together with any damage to the Project or any part thereof caused by Tenant or any of Tenant's agents. Except insofar as Landlord is expressly obligated under this Lease to maintain and repair the Building, in addition to the maintenance and repair obligations of Tenant otherwise expressly set forth in this Lease, Tenant is also obligated to perform, at Tenant's own cost and expense and risk, all other maintenance and repairs necessary or appropriate to cause the Premises to be maintained in good condition and suitable for Tenant's intended commercial purpose.

SECTION 6.4 LIENS. Tenant shall keep the Premises and the Building free from any liens, including but not limited to liens filed against the Premises by any governmental agency, authority or organization, arising out of any work performed, materials ordered or obligations incurred by or on behalf of Tenant, and Tenant hereby agrees to indemnify and hold Landlord, its agents, employees, independent contractors, officers, directors, partners, and shareholders harmless from any liability, cost or expense for such liens. Tenant shall cause any such lien imposed to be released of record by payment or posting of the proper bond within thirty (30) days after the earlier of imposition of the lien or written request by Landlord. Tenant shall give Landlord written notice of Tenant's intention to perform work on the Premises which might result in any claim of lien, at least ten (10) days prior to the commencement of such work to enable Landlord to post and record a notice of nonresponsibility or other notice deemed proper before commencement of any such work. Tenant's notice of intent to perform work may be given contemporaneously with Tenant's submittal of plans for Landlord's approval. If Tenant fails to remove any lien within the prescribed thirty (30) day period, then Landlord may do so at Tenant's expense and Tenant's reimbursement to Landlord for such amount, including attorneys' fees and costs, shall be deemed Additional Rent. Tenant shall have no power to do any act or make any contract which may create or be the foundation for any lien, mortgage or other encumbrance upon the reversion or other estate of Landlord, or of any interest of Landlord in the Premises.

SECTION 6.5 INDEMNIFICATION. Tenant shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Landlord, its agents, employees, officers, directors, partners and shareholders ("LANDLORD'S RELATED PARTIES") from and against any and all liabilities, judgments, demands, causes of action, claims, losses, damages, costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys' fees and costs, arising out of the use, occupancy, conduct, operation, or management of the Premises by, or the willful misconduct or negligence of, Tenant, its officers, contractors, licensees, agents, servants, employees, guests, invitees, or visitors in or about the Building or Premises or arising from any breach or default under this Lease by Tenant, or arising from any accident, injury, or damage, howsoever and by whomsoever caused, to any person or property, occurring in or about the Building or Premises. This indemnification shall survive termination or expiration of this Lease. This provision shall not be construed to make Tenant responsible for loss, damage, liability or expense resulting from injuries to third parties caused by the sole negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, or its officers, contractors, licensees, agents, employees, or invitees.

ARTICLE VII.

SECTION 7.1 CONDEMNATION.

(a) TOTAL TAKING. In the event of a taking or damage related to the exercise of the power of eminent domain, by any agency, authority, public utility, person, corporation or entity empowered to condemn property (including without limitation a voluntary conveyance by Landlord in lieu of such taking or condemnation) (individually, a "TAKING") of (i) the entire Premises, (ii) so much of the Premises as to prevent or substantially impair its use by Tenant during the Term of this Lease or (iii) portions of the Building or Project required for reasonable access to, or reasonable use of, the Premises (individually, a "TOTAL TAKING"), the rights of Tenant under this Lease and the leasehold estate of Tenant in and to the Premises shall cease and terminate as of the date upon which title to the property taken passes to and vests in the

-8-

condemnor or the effective date of any order for possession if issued prior to the date title vests in the condemnor ("DATE OF TAKING").

(b) PARTIAL TAKING. In the event of a Taking of only a part of the Premises or of a part of the Project which does not constitute a Total Taking during the Term of this Lease (individually, a "PARTIAL TAKING"), the rights of Tenant under this Lease and the leasehold estate of Tenant in and to the portion of the property taken shall cease and terminate as of the Date of Taking, and an adjustment to the Rent shall be made based upon the reduced area of the Premises.

(c) TERMINATION BY LANDLORD. In the event of a Taking of the Building (other than the Premises) such that, in Landlord's reasonable opinion, the Building cannot be restored in a manner that makes its continued operation practically or economically feasible, Landlord may terminate this Lease by giving notice to Tenant within ninety (90) days after the date notice of such Taking is received by Landlord.

(d) RENT ADJUSTMENT. If this Lease is terminated pursuant to this
SECTION 7.1, Landlord shall refund to Tenant any prepaid unaccrued Rent and any other sums due and owing to Tenant (less any sums then due and owing Landlord by Tenant), and Tenant shall pay to Landlord any remaining sums due and owing Landlord under this Lease, each prorated as of the Date of Taking where applicable.

(e) REPAIR. If this Lease is not terminated as provided for in this
SECTION 7.1, then Landlord at its expense shall promptly repair and restore the Building, Project and/or the Premises to approximately the same condition that existed at the time Tenant entered into possession of the Premises, wear and tear excepted (and Landlord shall have no obligation to repair or restore Tenant's improvements to the Premises or Tenant's Property), except for the part taken, so as to render the Building or Project as complete an architectural unit as practical, but only to the extent of the condemnation award received by Landlord for the damage.

(f) AWARDS AND DAMAGES. Landlord reserves all rights to damages and awards paid because of any Partial or Total Taking of the Premises or the Project. Tenant assigns to Landlord any right Tenant may have to the damages or award. Further, Tenant shall not make claims against Landlord or the condemning authority for damages. Notwithstanding, Tenant may claim and recover from the condemning authority a separate award for Tenant's moving expenses, business dislocation damages, Tenant's Property and any other award that would not reduce the award payable to Landlord.

SECTION 7.2 FORCE MAJEURE. Neither Landlord nor Tenant shall be required to perform any term, provision, agreement, condition or covenant in this Lease (other than the obligations of Tenant to pay Rent as provided herein) so long as such performance is delayed or prevented by "FORCE MAJEURE", which shall mean acts of God, strikes, injunctions, lockouts, material or labor restrictions by any governmental authority, civil riots, floods, fire, theft, public enemy, insurrection, war, court order, requisition or order of governmental body or authority, and any other cause not reasonably within the control of Landlord or Tenant and which by the exercise of due diligence Landlord or Tenant is unable, wholly or in part, to prevent or overcome. Neither Landlord nor any mortgagee shall be liable or responsible to Tenant for any loss or damage to any property or person occasioned by any Force Majeure, or for any damage or inconvenience which may arise through repair or alteration of any part of the Project as a result of any Force Majeure.

SECTION 7.3 FIRE OR OTHER CASUALTY DAMAGE. If any portion of the Premises shall be destroyed or damaged by fire or any other casualty, Tenant shall immediately give notice thereof to Landlord. If any portion of the Premises or Project shall be destroyed or damaged by fire or any other casualty then, at the option of Landlord, Landlord may restore and repair the portion of the Premises or Project damaged and, if the Premises are rendered untenantable in whole or in part by reason of such casualty as determined by Landlord in its commercially reasonable judgment, Tenant shall be entitled to an equitable abatement of the Rent hereunder (subject to the limitation in SECTION 7.3(b) below) until such time as the damaged portion of the Premises (exclusive of any of Tenant's Property or Tenant's improvements) are repaired or restored by Landlord to the extent required hereby or Landlord may terminate this Lease whereupon all Rent accrued up to the time of such damage or destruction and any other sums due and owing shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord (less any sums then due and owing Tenant by Landlord) and any remaining sums due and owing by Landlord to Tenant shall be paid to Tenant. In no event shall Landlord have any obligation to repair or restore any such destruction or damage.

(a) REPAIR. Landlord shall give Tenant written notice of its decisions, estimates or elections under this SECTION 7.3 within sixty (60) days after any such damage or destruction. If Landlord has elected to repair and restore the Premises or other portion of the Project, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, and the repairs will be made within a reasonable time thereafter (not to exceed one (1) year), subject to the provisions of SECTION 7.2 of this Lease. Should the repairs not be completed within that period, Tenant shall have the option of terminating this Lease by written letter of termination. If this Lease is terminated as herein permitted, Landlord shall refund to Tenant any prepaid Rent (unaccrued as of the date of damage or destruction) and any other sums due and owing by Landlord to Tenant (less any sums then due and owing Landlord by Tenant) and any remaining sums due and owing by Tenant to Landlord shall be paid to Landlord. If Landlord has elected to repair and reconstruct the Premises or other portion of the Project to the extent stated above, the Term will be extended for a time equal to the period from the occurrence of such damage to the completion of such repair and reconstruction. If Landlord elects to rebuild the Premises or other portion of the Project, Landlord shall be obligated to restore or rebuild the Premises or other portion of the Project to substantially the same condition as existed at the time Tenant entered into possession of the Premises (except for any work paid for by Tenant), wear and tear excepted and not be required to rebuild, repair or replace any part of Tenant's Property or Tenant's leasehold improvements. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Lease to the contrary, if Landlord shall elect to repair and restore the Premises or other portion of the Project pursuant to this SECTION 7.3, in no event shall Landlord be required to expend under this ARTICLE VII any amount in excess of the proceeds actually received from the insurance carried by Landlord pursuant to SECTION 7.4(a) of this Lease. Landlord shall not be liable for any inconvenience or annoyance to Tenant or injury to the business of Tenant resulting in any way from such damage or destruction or the disregard of the repair thereof.

-9-

(b) NEGLIGENCE OF TENANT. Notwithstanding the provisions of SECTION 7.3(a) of this Lease, if the Premises, the Project or any portion thereof, are damaged by fire or other casualty resulting from the fault or negligence of Tenant or any of Tenant's agents, the Rent under this Lease will not be abated during the repair of that damage, and Tenant will be liable to Landlord for the cost and expense of the repair and restoration of the Premises, the Project or any part thereof, caused thereby to the extent that cost and expense is not covered by insurance proceeds (including without limitation the amount of any insurance deductible).

SECTION 7.4 INSURANCE.

(a) Landlord shall maintain, or cause to be maintained, standard fire and extended coverage insurance on the Buildings and Building Standard tenant improvements (excluding leasehold improvements by Tenant in excess of Building Standard and Tenant's Property) on a full replacement cost basis. The insurance required to be obtained by Landlord may be obtained by Landlord through blanket or master policies insuring other entities or properties owned or controlled by Landlord.

(b) Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, procure and maintain during the Term of this Lease all such policies of insurance as Landlord may reasonably require, including without limitation commercial general liability insurance (including personal injury liability, premises/operation, property damage, independent contractors and broad form contractual coverage in support of the indemnifications of Landlord by Tenant under this Lease) in amounts of not less than a combined single limit of $1,000,000; comprehensive automobile liability insurance; business interruption insurance; contractual liability insurance; property insurance with respect to Tenant's Property, and all leasehold improvements, alterations and additions in excess of Building Standard, to be written on an "all risk" basis for full replacement cost; worker's compensation and employer's liability insurance; and comprehensive catastrophe liability insurance; all maintained with companies, on forms and in such amounts as Landlord may, from time to time, reasonably require and endorsed to include Landlord as an additional insured, with the premiums fully paid on or before the due dates. The insurer must be licensed to do business in the state in which the Building is located. Tenant, and not Landlord, will be liable for any costs or damages in excess of the statutory limit for which Tenant would, in the absence of worker's compensation, be liable. In the event that Tenant fails to take out or maintain any policy required by this SECTION 7.4 to be maintained by Tenant, such failure shall be a defense to any claim asserted by Tenant against Landlord by reason of any loss sustained by Tenant that would have been covered by such policy, notwithstanding that such loss may have been proximately caused solely or partially by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or any of Landlord's Related Parties. If Tenant does not procure insurance as required, Landlord may, upon advance written notice to Tenant, cause this insurance to be issued and Tenant shall pay to Landlord the premium for such insurance within ten (10) days of Landlord's demand, plus interest at the past due rate provided for in SECTION 3.1(c) of this Lease until repaid by Tenant. All policies of insurance required to be maintained by Tenant shall specifically make reference to the indemnifications by Tenant in favor of Landlord under this Lease and shall provide that Landlord shall be given at least thirty (30) days' prior written notice of any cancellation or nonrenewal of any such policy. A certificate evidencing each such policy shall be deposited with Landlord by Tenant on or before the Commencement Date, and a replacement certificate evidencing each subsequent policy shall be deposited with Landlord at least ten
(10) days prior to the expiration of the preceding such policy. All insurance policies obtained by Tenant shall be written as primary policies (primary over any insurance carried by Landlord), not contributing with and not in excess of coverage which Landlord may carry, if any. The insurance required by this Lease, at the option of Tenant, may be effected by blanket and/or umbrella policies issued to Tenant covering the Premises and other properties owned or leased by Tenant, provided that the policies otherwise comply with the provisions of this Lease and allocate to the Premises the specified coverage, without possibility of reduction or coinsurance by reason of, or damage to, any other premises named therein, and if the insurance required by this Lease shall be effected by any such blanket or umbrella policies, Tenant shall furnish to Landlord or lender or mortgagee, if any, certified copies or duplicate originals of such policies in place of the originals, with schedules hereto attached showing the amount of insurance afforded by such policies applicable to the Premises.

SECTION 7.5 WAIVER OF SUBROGATION RIGHTS. Each party hereto waives all rights of recovery, claims, actions or causes of actions arising in any manner in its (the "INJURED PARTY'S") favor and against the other party for loss or damage to the Injured Party's property located within or constituting a part or all of the Project, to the extent the loss or damage: (a) is covered by the Injured Party's insurance; or (b) would have been covered by the insurance the Injured Party is required to carry under this Lease, whichever is greater, regardless of the cause or origin, including the sole, contributory, partial, joint, comparative or concurrent negligence of the other party. This waiver also applies to each party's directors, officers, employees, shareholders, partners, representatives and agents. All insurance carried by either Landlord or Tenant covering the losses and damages described in this SECTION 7.5 shall provide for such waiver of rights of subrogation by the Injured Party's insurance carrier to the maximum extent that the same is permitted under the laws and regulations governing the writing of insurance within the state in which the Building is located. Both parties hereto are obligated to obtain such a waiver and provide evidence to the other party of such waiver. The waiver set forth in this SECTION 7.5 shall be in addition to, and not in substitution for, any other waivers, indemnities or exclusions of liability set forth in this Lease.

ARTICLE VIII.

SECTION 8.1 DEFAULT BY TENANT. The occurrence of any one or more of the following events shall constitute a default by Tenant under this Lease:

(a) Tenant shall fail to pay to Landlord any Rent or any other monetary charge due from Tenant hereunder on or before ten (10) days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant, provided that Landlord shall not be required to provide such notice more than twice during any twelve month period with respect to nonpayment of Rent, the third such nonpayment constituting a default without the requirement of notice;

(b) Tenant breaches or fails to comply with any term, provisions, conditions or covenant of this Lease, other than as described in Section 8.1(a), or with any of the Building rules and regulations now or hereafter established to govern the operation of the Project;

-10-

(c) A Transfer (hereinafter defined) shall occur, without the prior written approval of Landlord;

(d) The interest of Tenant under this Lease shall be levied on under execution or other legal process;

(e) Any petition in bankruptcy or other insolvency proceedings shall be filed by or against Tenant, or any petition shall be filed or other action taken to declare Tenant a bankrupt or to delay, reduce or modify Tenant's debts or obligations or to reorganize or modify Tenant's capital structure or indebtedness or to appoint a trustee, receiver or liquidator of Tenant or of any property of Tenant, or any proceeding or other action shall be commenced or taken by any governmental authority for the dissolution or liquidation of Tenant and, within thirty (30) days hereafter, Tenant fails to secure a discharge thereof;

(f) Tenant shall become insolvent, or Tenant shall make an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or Tenant shall make a transfer in fraud of creditors, or a receiver or trustee shall be appointed for Tenant or any of its properties;

(g) Tenant shall abandon the Premises or any substantial portion thereof;

(h) Tenant shall do or permit to be done anything which creates a lien upon the Premises or the Project which is not released or secured as provided in
Section 6.4; or

(i) So long as the Project and One Paragon Centre are under common ownership, any default by Tenant under that certain Amended and Restated Lease for premises at One Paragon Centre dated of even date herewith, by and between Landlord and Tenant, (the "One Paragon Centre Lease"), beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and cure periods thereunder shall constitute an immediate default under this Lease.

SECTION 8.2 LANDLORD'S REMEDIES. Upon occurrence of any default by Tenant under this Lease and (i) if the event of default described in Section 8.1(a) is not cured within ten (10) days after written notice from Landlord of such default (provided, however, Landlord shall not be obligated to notify Tenant more than twice in any 12-month period; thereafter, Tenant shall immediately be in default upon Tenant's failure to pay Rent as and when due); or
(ii) the events described in Sections 8.1(b), (d), (f) and (g) are not cured within thirty (30) days after written notice from Landlord of such default (there being no notice and cure period for events of defaults described in Sections 8.1(c), (e) and (h) except as otherwise set forth herein), the Landlord shall have the option to do and perform any one or more of the following in addition to, and not in limitation of, any other remedy or right permitted it by law or in equity or by this Lease:

(a) Continue this Lease in full force and effect, and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect as long as Landlord does not terminate this Lease, and Landlord shall have the right to collect Rent, Additional Rent and other charges when due.

(b) Terminate this Lease, and Landlord may forthwith repossess the Premises and be entitled to recover as damages a sum of money equal to the total of (i) the cost of recovering the Premises, (ii) the cost of removing and storing Tenant's or any other occupant's property, (iii) the unpaid Rent and any other sums accrued hereunder at the date of termination, (iv) a sum equal to the amount, if any, by which the present value of the total Rent and other benefits which would have accrued to Landlord under this Lease for the remainder of the Term, if the terms of this Lease had been fully complied with by Tenant, discounted at five percent (5%) per annum exceeds the total fair market value of the Premises for the balance of the Term (it being the agreement of the parties hereto that Landlord shall receive the benefit of its bargain), (v) the cost of reletting the Premises including, without limitation, the cost of restoring the Premises to the condition necessary to rent the Premises at the prevailing market rental rate, normal wear and tear excepted, (vi) any increase in insurance premiums caused by the vacancy of the Premises, (vii) the amount of any unamortized improvements to the Premises paid for by Landlord, (viii) the cost of any increase in insurance premiums caused by the termination of possession of the Premises, (ix) the amount of any unamortized brokerage commission or other costs paid by Landlord in connection with the leasing of the Premises and (ix) any other sum of money or damages owed by Tenant to Landlord. In the event Landlord shall elect to terminate this Lease, Landlord shall at once have all the rights of reentry upon the Premises, without becoming liable for damages, or guilty of trespass.

(c) Terminate Tenant's right of occupancy of the Premises and reenter and repossess the Premises by entry, forcible entry or detainer suit or otherwise, without demand or notice of any kind to Tenant and without terminating this Lease, without acceptance of surrender of possession of the Premises, and without becoming liable for damages or guilty of trespass, in which event Landlord may, but shall be under no obligation to, relet the Premises or any part thereof for the account of Tenant (nor shall Landlord be under any obligation to relet the Premises before Landlord relets or leases any other portion of the Project or any other property under the ownership or control of Landlord) for a period equal to or lesser or greater than the remainder of the Term of the Lease on whatever terms and conditions Landlord, at Landlord's sole discretion, deems advisable. Tenant shall be liable for and shall pay to Landlord all Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease (plus interest at the past due rate provided in SECTION 3.1(c) of this Lease if in arrears) plus an amount equal to (i) the cost of recovering possession of the Premises,
(ii) the cost of removing and storing any of Tenant's or any other occupant's property left on the Premises or the Project after reentry, (iii) the cost of decorations, repairs, changes, alterations and additions to the Premises and the Project, (iv) the cost of any attempted reletting or reletting and the collection of the rent accruing from such reletting, (v) the cost of any brokerage fees or commissions payable by Landlord in connection with any reletting or attempted reletting, (vi) any other costs incurred by Landlord in connection with any such reletting or attempted reletting, (vii) the cost of any increase in insurance premiums caused by the termination of possession of the Premises, (viii) the amount of any unamortized improvements to the Premises paid for by Landlord, (ix) the amount of any unamortized brokerage commissions or other costs paid by Landlord in connection with the leasing of the Premises and
(x) any other sum of money or damages owed by Tenant to Landlord at law, in equity or hereunder, all reduced by any sums received by Landlord through any reletting of the Premises; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in no event shall Tenant be entitled to any excess of any sums obtained by reletting over and above Rent provided in this Lease to be paid by Tenant to Landlord. For the purpose of such reletting Landlord is authorized to decorate or to make any repairs, changes, alterations or additions in or to the Premises that may be necessary. Landlord may file suit to recover any sums

-11-

falling due under the terms of this SECTION 8.2(c) from time to time, and no delivery to or recovery by Landlord of any portion due Landlord hereunder shall be any defense in any action to recover any amount not theretofore reduced to judgment in favor of Landlord. No reletting shall be construed as an election on the part of Landlord to terminate this Lease unless a written notice of such intention is given to Tenant by Landlord. Notwithstanding any such reletting without termination, Landlord may at any time thereafter elect to terminate this Lease for such previous default and/or exercise its rights under SECTION 8.3(b) of this Lease.

(d) Enter upon the Premises and do whatever Tenant is obligated to do under the terms on this Lease; and Tenant agrees to reimburse Landlord on demand for any reasonable expenses which Landlord may incur in effecting compliance with Tenant's obligations under this Lease plus fifteen percent (15%) of such cost to cover overhead plus interest at the past due rate provided in this Lease, and Tenant further agrees that Landlord shall not be liable for any damages resulting to Tenant from such action. No action taken by Landlord under this SECTION 8.2(d) shall relieve Tenant from any of its obligations under this Lease or from any consequences or liabilities arising from the failure to perform such obligations.

(e) Without waiving such default, apply all or any part of the Security Deposit and/or Prepaid Rent, if any, to cure the default or to any damages suffered as a result of the default to the extent of the amount of damages suffered. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the amount of such depletion of the Security Deposit and/or any Prepaid Rent on demand.

(f) Change all door locks and other security devices of Tenant at the Premises and/or the Project, and Landlord shall not be required to provide the new key to the Tenant except during Tenant's regular business hours, and only upon the condition that Tenant has cured any and all defaults hereunder and in the case where Tenant owes Rent to the Landlord, reimbursed Landlord for all Rent and other sums due Landlord hereunder. Landlord, on terms and conditions satisfactory to Landlord in its sole discretion, may upon request from Tenant's employees, enter the Premises for the purpose of retrieving therefrom personal property of such employees, provided, Landlord shall have no obligation to do so.

(g) Exercise any and all other remedies available to Landlord in this Lease, at law or in equity.

SECTION 8.3 DUTY TO RELET OR MITIGATE. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, Tenant and Landlord agree that Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to relet the Premises or otherwise mitigate damages under this Lease. However, Tenant agrees that Landlord shall not be liable, nor shall Tenant's obligations hereunder be diminished, because of Landlord's failure to relet the Premises after using commercially reasonable efforts, or Landlord's failure to collect rent due with respect to such reletting. Landlord and Tenant agree that any such duty to mitigate shall be satisfied and Landlord shall be deemed to have used commercially reasonable efforts to fill the Premises by doing the following: (a) posting a "For Lease" sign on the Premises; (b) advising Landlord's leasing agent of the availability of the Premises; and (c) advising at least one outside commercial brokerage entity of the availability of the Premises; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that Landlord shall not be obligated to relet the Premises before leasing any other unoccupied portions of the Project and any other property under the ownership or control of Landlord. If Landlord receives any payments from the reletting of the Premises, any such payment shall first be applied to any costs or expenses incurred by Landlord as a result of Tenant's Default under this Lease.

SECTION 8.4 REENTRY. If Tenant fails to allow Landlord to reenter and repossess the Premises, Landlord shall have full and free license to enter into and upon the Premises with process of law for the purpose of repossessing the Premises, expelling or removing Tenant and any others who may be occupying or otherwise within the Premises, removing any and all property therefrom and changing all door locks of the Premises. Landlord may take these actions without being deemed in any manner guilty of trespass, eviction or forcible entry or detainer, without accepting surrender of possession of the Premises by Tenant, and without incurring any liability for any damage resulting therefrom, including without limitation any liability arising under applicable state law and without relinquishing Landlord's right to Rent or any other right given to Landlord hereunder or by operation of law or in equity, Tenant hereby waiving any right to claim damage for such reentry and expulsion, including without limitation any rights granted to Tenant by applicable state law, unless such damage is due to the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord.

SECTION 8.5 RIGHTS OF LANDLORD IN BANKRUPTCY. Nothing contained in this Lease shall limit or prejudice the right of Landlord to prove for and obtain in proceedings for bankruptcy or insolvency, by reason of the expiration or termination of this Lease or the termination of Tenant's right of occupancy, an amount equal to the maximum allowed by any statute or rule of law in effect at the time when, and governing the proceedings in which, the damages are to be proved, whether or not the amount be greater, equal to, or less than the amount of the loss or damages referred to in this SECTION 8.5. In the event that under applicable law, the trustee in bankruptcy or Tenant has the right to affirm this Lease and continue to perform the obligations of Tenant hereunder, such trustee or Tenant shall, in such time period as may be permitted by the bankruptcy court having jurisdiction, cure all defaults of Tenant hereunder outstanding as of the date of the affirmance of this Lease and provide to Landlord such adequate assurances as may be necessary to ensure Landlord of the continued performance of Tenant's obligations under this Lease.

SECTION 8.6 WAIVER OF CERTAIN RIGHTS. Tenant hereby expressly waives any and all rights Tenant may have under applicable state law to its right to recover possession of the Premises. Tenant hereby waives any and all liens (whether statutory, contractual or constitutional) it may have or acquire as a result of a breach by Landlord under this Lease. Tenant also waives and releases any statutory lien and offset rights it may have against Landlord, including without limitation the rights conferred upon applicable state law.

SECTION 8.7 NONWAIVER. Failure on the part of Landlord to complain of any action or nonaction on the part of Tenant, no matter how long the same may continue, shall not be deemed to be a waiver by Landlord of any of its rights under this Lease. Further, it is covenanted and agreed that no waiver at any time of any of the provisions hereof by Landlord shall be construed as a waiver of any of the other provisions hereof and that a waiver at any time of any of the provisions hereof shall not be construed as a waiver at any subsequent time of the same provisions. The consent or

-12-

approval by Landlord to or of any action by Tenant requiring Landlord's consent or approval shall not be deemed to waive or render unnecessary Landlord's consent or approval to or of any subsequent similar act by Tenant.

SECTION 8.8 HOLDING OVER. In the event Tenant remains in possession of the Premises after the expiration or termination of this Lease without the execution of a new lease, then Tenant, at Landlord's option, shall be deemed to be occupying the Premises as a tenant at will at a base rental equal to one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the then applicable Base Rent, and shall otherwise remain subject to all the conditions, provisions and obligations of this Lease insofar as the same are applicable to a tenancy at will, including without limitation the payment of all other Rent; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, nothing contained herein shall require Landlord to give Tenant more than thirty (30) days prior written consent to terminate Tenant's tenancy-at-will. No holding over by Tenant after the expiration or termination of this Lease shall be construed to extend or renew the Term or in any other manner be construed as permission by Landlord to hold over. Tenant shall indemnify Landlord (y) against all claims for damages by any other tenant to whom Landlord may have leased all or any part of the Premises effective upon the termination or expiration of this Lease, and (z) for all other losses, costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys' fees, incurred by reason of such holding over.

SECTION 8.9 ABANDONMENT OF PERSONAL PROPERTY. Any personal property left in the Premises or any personal property of Tenant left about the Project at the expiration or termination of this Lease, the termination of Tenant's right to occupy the Premises or the abandonment, desertion or vacating of the Premises by Tenant, shall be deemed abandoned by Tenant and may, at the option of Landlord, be immediately removed from the Premises or such other space by Landlord and stored by Landlord at the full risk, cost and expense of Tenant. Landlord shall in no event be responsible for the value, preservation or safekeeping thereof. In the event Tenant does not reclaim any such personal property and pay all costs for any storage and moving thereof within thirty (30) days after the expiration or termination of this Lease, the termination of Tenant's right to occupy the Premises or the abandonment, desertion or vacating of the Premises by Tenant, Landlord may dispose of such personal property in any way that it deems proper. If Landlord shall sell any such personal property, it shall be entitled to retain from the proceeds the amount of any Rent or other expenses due Landlord, together with the cost of storage and moving and the expense of the sale. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, in addition to the rights provided herein with respect to any such property, Landlord shall have the option of exercising any of its other rights or remedies provided in the Lease or exercising any rights or remedies available to Landlord at law or in equity.

ARTICLE IX.

SECTION 9.1 TRANSFERS. Tenant shall not, by operation of law or otherwise, (a) assign, transfer, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise encumber this Lease, the Premises or any part of or interest in this Lease or the Premises, (b) grant any concession or license within the Premises, (c) sublet all or any part of the Premises or any right or privilege appurtenant to the Premises, or (d) permit any other party to occupy or use all or any part of the Premises (collectively, a "TRANSFER"), without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. This prohibition against a Transfer includes, without limitation, (i) any subletting or assignment which would otherwise occur by operation of law, merger, consolidation, reorganization, transfer or other change of Tenant's corporate or proprietary structure; (ii) an assignment or subletting to or by a receiver or trustee in any federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency, or other proceedings; (iii) the sale, assignment or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of Tenant, with or without specific assignment of Lease; (iv) the change in control in a partnership; or (v) conversion of Tenant to a limited liability entity. If Tenant converts to a limited liability entity without obtaining the prior written consent of Landlord: (i) the conversion shall be null and void for purposes of the Lease, including the determination of all obligations and liabilities of Tenant and its partners to Landlord; (ii) all partners of Tenant immediately prior to its conversion to a limited liability shall be fully liable, jointly and severally, for obligations of Tenant accruing under this Lease pre-conversion and post-conversion, and all members and other equity holders in Tenant post-conversion shall be fully liable for all obligations and liabilities of Tenant accruing under the Lease after the date such members and other equity holders are admitted to the limited liability entity as if such person or entity had become a general partner in a partnership; and (iii) Landlord shall have the option of declaring Tenant in default under this Lease. If Tenant requests Landlord's consent to any Transfer, then Tenant shall provide Landlord with a written description of all terms and conditions of the proposed Transfer, copies of the proposed documentation, and the following information about the proposed transferee: name and address; reasonably satisfactory information about its business and business history; its proposed use of the Premises; a copy of the proposed sublease or assignment agreement; banking, financial and other credit information; and general references sufficient to enable Landlord to determine the proposed transferee's creditworthiness and character. Landlord's consent to a Transfer shall not release Tenant from performing its obligations under this Lease, but rather Tenant's transferee shall assume all of Tenant's obligations under this Lease in a writing satisfactory to Landlord, and Tenant and its transferee shall be jointly and severally liable therefor. Landlord's consent to any Transfer shall not waive Landlord's rights as to any subsequent Transfer. While the Premises or any part thereof are subject to a Transfer, Landlord may collect directly from such transferee all rents or other sums relating to the Premises becoming due to Tenant or Landlord and apply such rents and other sums against the Rent and any other sums payable hereunder. If the aggregate rental, bonus or other consideration paid by a transferee for any such space exceeds the sum of (y) Tenant's Rent to be paid to Landlord for such space during such period and (z) Tenant's costs and expenses actually incurred in connection with such Transfer, including reasonable brokerage fees, reasonable costs of finishing or renovating the space affected and reasonable cash rental concessions, which costs and expenses are to be amortized over the term of the Transfer, then fifty percent (50%) of such excess shall be paid to Landlord within fifteen (15) days after such amount is earned by Tenant. Such arrearage amounts in the case of a sublease shall be calculated and adjusted (if necessary) on a Lease Year (or partial Lease Year) basis, and there shall be no cumulative adjustment for the Term. Landlord shall have the right to audit Tenant's books and records relating to the Transfer. Tenant authorizes its transferees to make payments of rent and any other sums due and payable, directly to Landlord upon receipt of notice from Landlord to do so. Any attempted Transfer by Tenant in violation of the terms and covenants of this ARTICLE IX shall be void. In the event that Tenant requests that Landlord consider a sublease or assignment hereunder, Tenant shall pay (i) Landlord's reasonable and documented expenses, not to exceed Five Hundred and No/100 Dollars ($500.00) per transaction, actually incurred in connection with the consideration of such request, and (ii) all reasonable attorneys' fees and costs incurred by Landlord in connection with the consideration of such request or such sublease or assignment.

-13-

Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, Tenant may assign this Lease or sublet the Premises without Landlord's consent (i) to any corporation or other entity that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with Tenant; (ii) to any corporation or other entity resulting from a merger, acquisition, consolidation or reorganization of or with Tenant; (iii) in connection with the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of Tenant, so long as Tenant provides evidence to Landlord in writing that such assignment or sublease complies with the criteria set forth in (i), (ii) or (iii) above and provided the following conditions are met: (1) the net worth of the transferee is equal to or greater than the greater of Tenant's net worth on the date of this Lease, (2) if Tenant remains in existence as a separate legal entity following the transfer, it shall not be released from liability under this Lease, (3) the transferee shall assume in a writing delivered to Landlord all of Tenant's obligations under the Lease effective upon the consummation of the transfer, and (4) Tenant shall give written notice to Landlord of the proposed transfer at least fifteen (15) days in advance of the consummation thereof. Any transferee that meets the criteria in this paragraph shall hereinafter be referred to as a "PERMITTED TRANSFEREE".

SECTION 9.2 ASSIGNMENT BY LANDLORD. Landlord shall have the right at any time to sell, transfer or assign, in whole or in part, by operation of law or otherwise, its rights, benefits, privileges, duties, obligations or interests in this Lease or in the Premises, the Building, the Land, the Project and all other property referred to herein, without the prior consent of Tenant, and such sale, transfer or assignment shall be binding on Tenant. After such sale, transfer or assignment, Tenant shall attorn to such purchaser, transferee or assignee, and Landlord shall be released from all liability and obligations under this Lease accruing after the effective date of such sale, transfer or assignment.

SECTION 9.3 LIMITATION OF LANDLORD'S LIABILITY. Any provisions of this Lease to the contrary notwithstanding, Tenant hereby agrees that no personal, partnership or corporate liability of any kind or character (including, without limitation, the payment of any judgment) whatsoever now attaches or at any time hereafter under any condition shall attach to Landlord or any of Landlord's Related Parties or any mortgagee for payment of any amounts payable under this Lease or for the performance of any obligation under this Lease. The exclusive remedies of Tenant for the failure of Landlord to perform any of its obligations under this Lease shall be to proceed against the interest of Landlord in and to the Project. The provision contained in the foregoing sentence is not intended to, and shall not, limit any right that Tenant might otherwise have to obtain injunctive relief against Landlord or Landlord's successors in interest or any suit or action in connection with enforcement or collection of amounts which may become owing or payable under or on account of insurance maintained by Landlord. In no event shall Landlord be liable to Tenant, or any interest of Landlord in the Project be subject to execution by Tenant, for any indirect, special, consequential or punitive damages.

Landlord's Initials: /s/ FHH Tenant's Initials: /s/ GJH

ARTICLE X.

SECTION 10.1 SUBORDINATION. This Lease shall be subject and subordinated at all times to (a) all ground or underlying leases now existing or which may hereinafter be executed affecting the Project, and (b) the lien or liens of all mortgages and deeds of trust in any amount or amounts whatsoever now or hereafter placed on the Project or Landlord's interest or estate therein or on or against such ground or underlying leases and to all renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements and extensions thereof and to each advance made or hereafter to be made thereunder. Tenant shall execute and deliver upon demand any instruments, releases or other documents requested by any lessor or mortgagee for the purpose of subjecting and subordinating this Lease to such ground leases, mortgages or deeds of trust. Tenant shall attorn to any party succeeding to Landlord's interest in the Premises, whether by purchase, foreclosure, deed in lieu of foreclosure, power of sale, termination of lease or otherwise, only upon such party's request and at such party's sole discretion but not otherwise. Notwithstanding such attornment, Tenant agrees that any such successor in interest shall not be (a) liable for any act or omission of, or subject to any rights of setoff, claims or defenses otherwise assertable by Tenant against, any prior owner of the Project (including without limitation, Landlord), (b) bound by any rents paid more than one (1) month in advance to any prior owner, (c) liable for any Security Deposit not paid over to such successor by Landlord, and (d) if such successor is a mortgagee or a ground lessor whose address has been previously given to Tenant, bound by any modification, amendment, extension or cancellation of the Lease not consented to in writing by such mortgagee or ground lessor. Tenant shall execute all such agreements confirming such attornment as such party may reasonably request. Tenant shall not seek to enforce any remedy it may have for any default on the part of Landlord without first giving written notice by certified mail, return receipt requested, specifying the default in reasonable detail, to any mortgagee or lessor under a lien instrument or lease covering the Premises whose address has been given to Tenant, and affording such mortgagee or lessor a reasonable opportunity to perform Landlord's obligations hereunder. Landlord hereby agrees to provide Tenant with a Subordination, Non-Disturbance and Attornment Agreement from its current mortgagee, Bank of America, N.A., on the form attached hereto as EXHIBIT G. With respect to any future mortgagees, Landlord agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a Subordination, Non-Disturbance and Attornment Agreement on such mortgagee's commercially reasonable standard form. Notwithstanding the generality of the foregoing, any mortgagee or ground lessor may at any time subordinate any such deeds of trust, mortgages, other security instruments or ground leases to this Lease on such terms and conditions as such mortgagee or ground lessor may deem appropriate.

SECTION 10.2 ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE OR THREE-PARTY AGREEMENT. Tenant agrees within ten (10) days following request by Landlord (a) to execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord and any other persons specified by Landlord, a certificate or three-party agreement among Landlord, Tenant and/or any third party dealing with Landlord, certifying (i) that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect, or, if modified, stating the nature of such modification
(ii) the date to which the Rent and other charges are paid in advance, if any,
(iii) that there are not, to Tenant's knowledge, any uncured defaults on the part of Landlord hereunder, or so specifying such defaults, if any, as are claimed and/or (iv) any other matters as such third party may reasonably require in connection with the business dealings of Landlord and/or such third party and
(b) to deliver to Landlord audited financial statements that Tenant prepares annually, including a balance sheet and a profit and loss statement for the most recent two (2) years, all prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied and certified by an independent certified public accountant. Tenant's failure to deliver such certificate or three-party agreement within such ten (10) day period shall be conclusive upon Tenant (x) that this Lease is in full force and effect without modification except as may be

-14-

represented by Landlord, (y) that to Tenant's knowledge there are no uncured defaults in Landlord's performance, and (z) that no Rent has been paid in advance except as set forth in this Lease. Landlord agrees to keep Tenant's financial statements provided in accordance with the above provisions confidential, and shall not disclose or share such financial statements or the information contained therein with any other persons except Landlord's lenders, advisors, leasing agents, investors, attorneys and prospective purchasers and their lenders.

SECTION 10.3 NOTICES. Any notice, request, approval, consent or other communication required or contemplated by this Lease must be in writing, unless otherwise in this Lease expressly provided, and may be given or be served by depositing the same in the United States Postal Service, postpaid and certified and addressed to the party to be notified, with return receipt requested, or by delivering the same in person to such party (or, in case of a corporate party, to an officer of such party), or by prepaid telegram or express overnight mail service, when appropriate, addressed to the party to be notified. Notice deposited in the mail in the manner hereinabove described shall be effective from and after three (3) days (exclusive of Saturdays, Sundays and postal holidays) after such deposit. Notice given in any other manner shall be effective only if and when delivered to the party to be notified or at such party's address for purposes of notice as set forth herein. For purposes of notice the addresses of the parties shall, until changed as herein provided, be as provided on the first page of this Lease; provided, that any notices sent to Landlord will only be effective if copies thereof are simultaneously sent to Paragon Centre Associates, LLC, c/o Brookdale Investors Two, L.P., 3455 Peachtree Road, N.E., Suite 700, Atlanta, Georgia 30326, Attention: Mr. Fred Henritze and Brookdale Investors Two, L.P., c/o NTS Development Company, 10172 Linn Station Road, Louisville, Kentucky 40223, Attention: Property Manager - Paragon Centre; and provided, that any notices sent to Tenant will only be effective if copies thereof are simultaneously sent to the attention of Tenant at 6040 Dutchmans Lane, Suite 400, Louisville, Kentucky 40205, Attention: Sheila C. Brown, Esq., General Counsel. The parties hereto shall have the right from time to time to change their respective addresses by giving at least fifteen
(15) days' written notice to the other party in the manner set forth in this
SECTION 10.3.

ARTICLE XI.

SECTION 11.1 RIGHT TO RELOCATE TENANT. [Intentionally Omitted]

SECTION 11.2 RIGHTS AND REMEDIES CUMULATIVE. The rights and remedies of Landlord under this Lease shall be nonexclusive and each right or remedy shall be in addition to and cumulative of all other rights and remedies available to Landlord under this Lease or at law or in equity. Pursuit of any right or remedy shall not preclude pursuit of any other rights or remedies provided in this Lease or at law or in equity, nor shall pursuit of any right or remedy constitute a forfeiture or waiver of any Rent due to Landlord or of any damages accruing to Landlord by reason of the violation of any of the terms of this Lease.

SECTION 11.3 LEGAL INTERPRETATION. This Lease and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be interpreted, construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the state in which the Building is located and the United States. The determination that one or more provisions of this Lease is invalid, void, illegal or unenforceable shall not affect or invalidate any other provision of this Lease, and this Lease shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained in this Lease, and, so far as is reasonable and possible, effect shall be given to the intent manifested by the portion held invalid or inoperative. All obligations of either party hereunder not fully performed as of the expiration or termination of the Term of this Lease shall survive the expiration or termination of the Term of this Lease and shall be fully enforceable in accordance with those provisions pertaining thereto. Article and section titles and captions appearing in this Lease are for convenient reference only and shall not be used to interpret or limit the meaning of any provision of this Lease. No custom or practice which may evolve between the parties in the administration of the terms of this Lease shall waive or diminish the right of Landlord to insist upon the performance by Tenant in strict accordance with the terms of this Lease. This Lease is for the sole benefit of Landlord and Tenant, and, without the express written consent thereto, no third party shall be deemed a third party beneficiary hereof. Tenant agrees that this Lease supersedes and cancels any and all previous statements, negotiations, arrangements, brochures, agreements and understandings, if any, between Landlord and Tenant with respect to the subject matter of this Lease or the Premises and that this Lease, including written extrinsic documents referred to herein, is the entire agreement of the parties, and that there are no representations, understandings, stipulations, agreements, warranties or promises (express or implied, oral or written) between Landlord and Tenant with respect to the subject matter of this Lease or the Premises. It is likewise agreed that this Lease may not be altered, amended, changed or extended except by an instrument in writing signed by both Landlord and Tenant. The terms and provisions of this Lease shall not be construed against or in favor of a party hereto merely because such party is the "Landlord" or the "Tenant" hereunder or because such party or its counsel is the draftsman of this Lease. All references to days in this Lease and any Exhibits or Addenda hereto mean calendar days, not working or business days, unless otherwise stated.

SECTION 11.4 TENANT'S AUTHORITY. Both Tenant and the person executing this Lease on behalf of Tenant warrant and represent unto Landlord that (a) Tenant is a duly organized and validly existing legal entity, in good standing and qualified to do business in the state in which the Building is located, with no proceedings pending or contemplated for its dissolution or reorganization, voluntary or involuntary, (b) Tenant has full right, power and authority to execute, deliver and perform this Lease, (c) the person executing this Lease on behalf of Tenant is authorized to do so, (d) upon execution of this Lease by Tenant, this Lease shall constitute a valid and legally binding obligation of Tenant, and (e) upon request of Landlord, such person will deliver to Landlord satisfactory evidence of the matters set forth in this Section.

SECTION 11.5 NO BROKERS. Landlord and Tenant warrant and represent to the other that it has not dealt with any real estate broker and/or salesman (other than NTS Development Company, who represented Landlord) in connection with the negotiation or execution of this Lease and no such broker or salesman has been involved in connection with this Lease, and each party agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless the other party from and against any and all costs, expenses, attorneys' fees or liability for any compensation, commission and charges claimed by any real estate broker and/or salesman (other than the aforesaid brokers) due to acts of such party or such party's representatives.

-15-

SECTION 11.6 CONSENTS BY LANDLORD. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Lease, in all circumstances under this Lease where the prior consent or permission of Landlord is required before Tenant is authorized to take any particular type of action, such consent must be in writing and the matter of whether to grant such consent or permission shall be within the sole and exclusive judgment and discretion of Landlord, and it shall not constitute any nature of breach by Landlord under this Lease or any defense to the performance of any covenant, duty or obligation of Tenant under this Lease that Landlord delayed or withheld the granting of such consent or permission, whether or not the delay or withholding of such consent or permission was prudent or reasonable or based on good cause.

With respect to any provision of this Lease which provides that Tenant shall obtain Landlord's prior consent or approval, Landlord may withhold such consent or approval for any reason at its sole discretion, unless the provision specifically states that the consent or approval will not be unreasonably withheld.

With respect to any provision of this Lease which provides that Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold or unreasonably delay any consent or any approval, Tenant, in no event, shall be entitled to make, nor shall Tenant make, any claim for, and Tenant hereby waives any claim for money damages; nor shall Tenant claim any money damages by way of setoff, counterclaim or defense, based upon any claim or assertion by Tenant that Landlord has unreasonably withheld or unreasonably delayed any consent or approval, unless Landlord has acted in an arbitrary and capricious manner; but Tenant's sole remedy shall be an action or proceeding to enforce any such provision, or for specific performance, injunction or declaratory judgment.

SECTION 11.7 JOINT AND SEVERAL LIABILITY. If there is more than one Tenant, then the obligations hereunder imposed upon Tenant shall be joint and several. If there is a guarantor of Tenant's obligations hereunder, then the obligations hereunder imposed upon Tenant shall be the joint and several obligations of Tenant and such guarantor, and Landlord need not first proceed against Tenant before proceeding against such guarantor nor shall any such guarantor be released from its guaranty for any reason whatsoever.

SECTION 11.8 INDEPENDENT COVENANTS. The obligation of Tenant to pay Rent and other monetary obligations provided to be paid by Tenant under this Lease and the obligation of Tenant to perform Tenant's other covenants and duties under this Lease constitute independent, unconditional obligations of Tenant to be performed at all times provided for under this Lease, save and except only when an abatement thereof or reduction therein is expressly provided for in this Lease and not otherwise, and Tenant acknowledges and agrees that in no event shall such obligations, covenants and duties of Tenant under this Lease be dependent upon the condition of the Premises or the Project, or the performance by Landlord of its obligations hereunder.

SECTION 11.9 ATTORNEYS' FEES AND OTHER EXPENSES. In the event either party hereto defaults in the faithful performance or observance of any of the terms, covenants, provisions, agreements or conditions contained in this Lease, the party in default shall be liable for and shall pay to the nondefaulting party all expenses incurred by such party in enforcing any of its remedies for any such default, and if the nondefaulting party places the enforcement of all or any part of this Lease in the hands of an attorney, the party in default agrees to pay the nondefaulting party's reasonable attorneys' fees in connection therewith.

SECTION 11.10 RECORDING. Neither Landlord nor Tenant shall record this Lease, but a short-form memorandum hereof may be recorded at the request of Landlord or Tenant.

SECTION 11.11 DISCLAIMER; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. LANDLORD AND TENANT EXPRESSLY ACKNOWLEDGE AND AGREE, AS A MATERIAL PART OF THE CONSIDERATION FOR LANDLORD'S ENTERING INTO THIS LEASE WITH TENANT, THAT, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SET FORTH IN THIS LEASE, LANDLORD HAS MADE NO WARRANTIES TO TENANT AS TO THE USE OR CONDITION OF THE PREMISES OR THE PROJECT, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND LANDLORD AND TENANT EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY THAT THE PREMISES OR THE PROJECT ARE SUITABLE FOR TENANT'S INTENDED COMMERCIAL PURPOSE OR ANY OTHER WARRANTY (EXPRESS OR IMPLIED) REGARDING THE PREMISES OR THE PROJECT. EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS LEASE, LANDLORD AND TENANT EXPRESSLY AGREE THAT THERE ARE NO, AND SHALL NOT BE ANY, IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, HABITABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR ANY OTHER KIND ARISING OUT OF THIS LEASE, ALL SUCH OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES IN CONNECTION HEREWITH BEING EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMED AND WAIVED.

LANDLORD AND TENANT WAIVE THE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING BASED UPON, OR RELATED TO, THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS LEASE. THIS WAIVER IS KNOWINGLY, INTENTIONALLY, AND VOLUNTARILY MADE BY TENANT AND TENANT ACKNOWLEDGES THAT NEITHER LANDLORD NOR ANY PERSON ACTING ON BEHALF OF LANDLORD HAS MADE ANY REPRESENTATIONS OF FACT TO INDUCE THIS WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY OR IN ANY WAY TO MODIFY OR NULLIFY ITS EFFECT. TENANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT HAS BEEN REPRESENTED (OR HAS HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO BE REPRESENTED) IN THE SIGNING OF THIS LEASE AND IN THE MAKING OF THIS WAIVER BY INDEPENDENT LEGAL COUNSEL, SELECTED OF ITS OWN FREE WILL, AND THAT IT HAS HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO DISCUSS THIS WAIVER WITH COUNSEL. TENANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT HAS READ AND UNDERSTANDS THE MEANING AND RAMIFICATIONS OF THIS WAIVER PROVISION AND AS EVIDENCE OF SAME HAS EXECUTED THIS LEASE.

SECTION 11.12 NO ACCESS TO ROOF. Tenant shall have no right of access to the roof of the Premises or the Building, except as set forth in Special Stipulation No. 6 of EXHIBIT C attached hereto.

SECTION 11.13 PARKING. Tenant's occupancy of the Premises shall initially include the use of up to ninety five (95) parking spaces (i.e., a ratio of 3.70 per 1,000 square feet of Rentable Area) to Tenant, which shall be used in common with other tenants, invitees and visitors of the Building. Tenant shall have the right to park in the Building parking facilities in common with other tenants of the Building upon such terms and conditions, including the imposition of a reasonable parking charge, if the same is established by Landlord at any time during the Term of this Lease. Tenant's

-16-

allotted parking spaces shall be increased based on the ratio set forth above upon each applicable Commencement Date to reflect the addition of each portion of the Premises as set forth in Section 2.1 of this Lease. Tenant's allotted parking spaces shall be further modified to reflect any increases or decreases in the Rentable Area of the Premises should this Lease later be amended to reflect a change to the Rentable Area of the Premises. Tenant agrees not to overburden the parking facilities and agrees to cooperate with Landlord and other tenants in use of the parking facilities. Landlord reserves the right in its absolute discretion to determine whether the parking facilities are becoming overburdened and to allocate and assign parking spaces among Tenant and other tenants, and to reconfigure the parking area and modify the existing ingress to and egress from the parking area as Landlord shall deem appropriate.

SECTION 11.14 NO ACCORD OR SATISFACTION. No payment by Tenant or receipt by Landlord of a lesser amount than the Rent and other sums due hereunder shall be deemed to be other than on account of the earliest Rent or other sums due, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or accompanying any check or payment be deemed an accord and satisfaction; and Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord's right to recover the balance of such Rent or other sum and to pursue any other remedy provided in this Lease.

SECTION 11.15 ACCEPTANCE. The submission of this Lease by Landlord does not constitute an offer by Landlord or other option for, or restriction of, the Premises, and this Lease shall only become effective and binding upon Landlord, upon full execution hereof by Landlord and delivery of a signed copy to Tenant.

SECTION 11.16 WAIVER OF COUNTERCLAIM. Tenant hereby waives the right to interpose any counterclaim of whatever description in any summary proceeding.

SECTION 11.17 TIME IS OF THE ESSENCE. Time is of the essence of this Lease. Unless specifically provided otherwise, all references to terms of days or months shall be construed as references to calendar days or calendar months, respectively.

SECTION 11.18 COUNTERPARTS. This Lease may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

SECTION 11.19 EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF LEASE. This Lease shall not be valid and binding on Landlord and Tenant unless and until it has been completely executed by and delivered to both parties.

SECTION 11.20 REAL ESTATE INVESTMENT TRUST. During the Term of this Lease, should a real estate investment trust become Landlord hereunder, all provisions of this Lease shall remain in full force and effect except as modified by this paragraph. If Landlord in good faith determines that its status as a real estate investment trust under the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as heretofore or hereafter amended, will be jeopardized because of any provision of this Lease, Landlord may request reasonable amendments to this Lease and Tenant will not unreasonably withhold, delay or defer its consent thereto, provided that such amendments do not (a) increase the monetary obligations of Tenant pursuant to this Lease or (b) in any other manner adversely affect Tenant's interest in the Premises.

IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Lease as of the day and year first above written.

LANDLORD:

PARAGON CENTRE ASSOCIATES, LLC, a Georgia limited
liability company

By: Brookdale Investors Two, L.P., a Delaware limited
partnership, as Managing Member

By: Brookdale Partners II, LLC, a
Georgia limited liability company,
its sole General Partner

By:     /s/ Fred H. Henritze
        ------------------------------
        Fred H. Henritze, Manager

TENANT:

TEXAS ROADHOUSE HOLDINGS LLC,
a Kentucky limited liability company

By: WKT Restaurant Corp., a Kentucky corporation,
its Manager

By:    /s/ G. J. HART
      ----------------------------------------
Name:  G. J. HART
     -----------------------------------------
Title: President
      ----------------------------------------

-17-

EXHIBIT A

LEGAL DESCRIPTION OF LAND - TWO PARAGON CENTRE

Being a portion of the tract conveyed to Louisville Dutchmans Lane Associates, Ltd., as recorded in Deed Book 5533 Page 278, in the Office of the County Clerk of Jefferson County, Kentucky; and more particularly described as follows:

BEGINNING at a pipe at the intersection of the southerly line of Dutchmans Lane as established in instrument of record in Deed Book 1238 Page 397, in the Office of the Clerk of the County Court of Jefferson County, Kentucky, thence with the northwesterly line of the tract conveyed to Louisville Dutchmans Lane Associates, Ltd. by Deed of record in Deed Book 5533 Page 278, in the Office of the Clerk aforesaid; thence with the southerly line of Dutchmans Lane and with an arc of a curve to the left having a radius of 216.33 feet and the following chords:

South 66 degrees 19 minutes 48 seconds East 43.05 feet to an iron pipe; South 78 degrees 40 minutes 38 seconds East 50.00 feet to an iron pipe; North 88 degrees 03 minutes 02 seconds East 50.00 feet to an iron pipe; North 74 degrees 46 minutes 42 seconds East 50.00 feet to an iron pipe; North 61 degrees 30 minutes 22 seconds East 50.00 feet to an iron pipe; thence continuing with the southeasterly line of Dutchmans Lane, North 54 degrees 52 minutes 12 seconds East 46.50 feet to an iron pipe in the southwesternmost corner of the tract conveyed to Louisville OPC Associates, Ltd. by Deed of record in Deed Book 5559 Page 255; thence with the most pipe; southwesterly line of said tract South 35 degrees 07 minutes 48 seconds East 31.00 feet to an iron thence South 46 degrees 11 minutes 52 seconds East 112.93 feet to an iron pipe; thence with an arc of a curve to the left having a radius of 867.00 feet, and a chord of South 48 degrees 27 minutes 20 seconds East 118.26 feet to an iron pipe; thence with the arc of a curve to the right having a radius of 12.00 feet and a chord of South 06 degrees 36 minutes 16 seconds East 17.20 feet; thence South 39 degrees 09 minutes 26 seconds West 18.32 feet to an iron pipe; South 50 degrees 50 minutes 34 seconds East 24.00 feet to an iron pipe; North 84 degrees 09 minutes 25 seconds East 62.44 feet to an iron pipe; thence with the arc of a curve to the right having a radius of 11.00 feet, and a chord of South 73 degrees 20 minutes 26 seconds East 8.43 feet; thence the following courses and distances: South 50 degrees 50 minutes 16 seconds East 5.34 feet to an iron pipe; South 05 degrees 50 minutes 34 seconds East 34.25 feet to an iron pipe; South 47 degrees 17 minutes 46 seconds East 243.59 feet to an iron pipe on the west line of right-of-way for Watterson Expressway I-264, said point also being on the southeasternmost line of the tract conveyed to Louisville OPC Associates, Ltd. as recorded in Deed Book 5559 Page 255 in aforementioned clerks office; thence along West right-of-way line of Watterson Expressway I-264, South 59 degrees 37 minutes 00 seconds West 389.94 feet to an iron pipe; thence leaving the existing right-of-way of Watterson Expressway I-264, with the following courses, North 33 degrees 22 minutes 13 seconds West 701.67 feet to the POINT OF BEGINNING containing approximately 4.410 acres.

EXCEPTING THEREFROM that certain parcel conveyed to the Commonwealth of Kentucky by Deed of Conveyance dated June 28, 1989, and recorded in Deed Book 5876 Page 97 in the Office of the Clerk of the County Court of Jefferson County, Kentucky, and further described as follows:

BEGINNING at a point in the existing access control and right of way line, said point being the Grantor's east property corner, 38.00 feet left of I-264 Station 606+52.59; thence with said existing access control and right of way line and the Grantor's southeast property line South 60 degrees 51 minutes 23 seconds West (Grantor's Survey South 59 degrees 37 minutes 00 second West), 389.94 feet to the Grantor's south property corner 38.00 feet left of I-264 Station 602+62.65; thence with the Grantor's southwest property line North 32 degrees 07 minutes 50 seconds West (Grantor's Survey North 33 degrees 22 minutes 13 seconds West), 98.13 feet to a point in the proposed access control and right of way line 136.00 feet left of I-264 Station 602+57.54; thence with said proposed access control and right of way line the following courses: South 89 degrees 45 minutes 09 seconds East, 77.43 feet to a point 98.00 feet left of I-264 Station 603+25.00; North 60 degrees 15 minutes 12 seconds East, 308.38 feet to a point in the Grantor's northeast property line 101.25 feet left of I-264 Station 606+33.36; thence with said northeast property line South 46 degrees 03 minutes 23 seconds East (Grantor's Survey South 47 degrees 17 minutes 46 seconds East), 66.11 feet to the point of beginning containing approximately 0.567 acre.

A-1

EXHIBIT B

FLOOR PLAN OF PREMISES

[GRAPHIC]

Two Paragon Centre
FIRST FLOOR


EXHIBIT C

SPECIAL STIPULATIONS

These Special Stipulations are hereby incorporated into this Lease and in the event that they conflict with any provisions of this Lease, these Special Stipulations shall control.

1. RIGHT OF FIRST OFFER.

Prior to execution of a lease for the approximately 15,000 square feet of Rentable Area depicted on EXHIBIT C-1 attached hereto (the "First Offer Space"), during the first four (4) years of the Term of this Lease, and so long as Tenant is not then in default under this Lease, Landlord will notify Tenant of the terms and conditions upon which it would be willing to lease the First Offer Space to Tenant.

If within ten (10) business days after receipt of Landlord's notice, Tenant agrees in writing to lease the First Offer Space at the current market rate then being charged by Landlord for comparable space in the Building and upon such terms and conditions set forth in Landlord's notice, Landlord and Tenant will execute an amendment to this Lease adding the First Offer Space to the Premises within ten (10) business days after Landlord's receipt of Tenant's notice of intent to lease upon all the same terms as this Lease except as modified by the terms in Landlord's notice. If Tenant does not deliver its notice of intent to lease the First Offer Space or elects not to lease the First Offer Space within such 10 business-day period, then this right of first offer to lease the First Offer Space will lapse and be of no further effect and Landlord will have the right to lease the First Offer Space to any third party on the same or any other terms and conditions, whether or not such terms and conditions are more or less favorable than those offered to Tenant. The right granted to Tenant under this paragraph is personal to Tenant and to any Permitted Transferee; furthermore, in the event of any assignment of this Lease to a party other than a Permitted Transferee or a sublease to a party other than a Permitted Transferee Tenant of more than fifty percent (50%) of the Premises, this right of first offer to lease the First Offer Space shall thenceforth be null and void and of no further force and effect.

2. EXTENSION OPTION.

(a) So long as this Lease is in full force and effect and Tenant is not in default beyond any applicable notice and cure period in the performance of any of the covenants or terms and conditions of this Lease at the time of notification to Landlord or at the time of commencement of the Extension Period, as that term is hereinafter defined, Tenant shall have the option (the "Extension Option") to extend the Term for the entire Premises for one (1) additional period of five (5) years (the "Extension Period"), which Extension Period shall commence upon the expiration of the initial Term upon the same terms and conditions of this Lease, except that the Base Rent during the Extension Period shall be at an annual rate equal to ninety five percent (95%) of the then current fair market value rate for lease renewals and extensions comparable to this Lease for space comparable to the Premises in the Building, taking into account such factors as tenant improvement allowances, rent concessions and rental escalations (the "FMR"), subject to the following terms and conditions: Tenant shall provide Landlord with written notice of its desire to extend the Term of this Lease nine (9) months prior to the expiration of the initial Term. In the event Tenant timely exercises this Extension Option, this Lease shall be deemed extended and the FMR shall be determined as set forth below. In the event that Landlord does not receive Tenant's written notice nine (9) months prior to the expiration of the initial Term, then such Extension Option shall be null and void and of no further force or effect, this Lease shall expire on the Expiration Date (as that term is defined in Article I), and if requested by Landlord, Tenant shall execute an instrument in form and substance acceptable to Landlord confirming such facts.

(b) The FMR shall be determined by Landlord and Tenant by mutual agreement; however, if Landlord and Tenant cannot agree in writing on the FMR within ten (10) days after Landlord's receipt of Tenant's notice of its election to extend this Lease, the FMR shall be determined by the Three Broker Method set forth below. Tenant shall have the option to select a real estate broker, who shall act on Tenant's behalf in determining the FMR and Expense Stop within five
(5) business days after the expiration of the 10-day period. Landlord must select a real estate broker within five (5) business days after written notice of Tenant's selection. Landlord, by written notice to Tenant shall designate a real estate broker, who shall act on Landlord's behalf in the determination of the FMR and Expense Stop. If either Landlord or Tenant fails or refuses to select a broker, the other broker shall alone determine the FMR. Otherwise, within ten (10) days after the selection of Landlord's broker, Landlord and Tenant's brokers shall then select a third broker meeting the qualifications stated below, and each broker, within fifteen (15) days after the third broker is elected, shall submit his or her determination of the FMR. The FMR shall be the determination of the broker that is not the highest or the lowest (or, if two brokers reach an identical determination, the determination of such two brokers). Landlord and Tenant shall each pay the fee of the broker selected by it, and they shall equally share the payment of the fee of the third broker.

(c) In the event that the appraisal process has not been completed prior to the commencement of the Extension Period, then upon commencement of the Extension Period, and until the process is completed (the "Interim Period"), Tenant shall pay Landlord monthly Base Rent and Additional Rent equal to the Base Rent and Additional Rent for the immediately preceding Lease year, until the increase in the Base Rent is determined by such process as provided herein; provided, however, that such payments made during the Interim Period shall be subject to adjustment based upon the results of such process. If, as a result of such appraisal process, it is determined that Tenant has underpaid Base Rent and Additional Rent during the Interim Period, then such underpaid Base Rent and Additional Rent shall be due from Tenant to Landlord within ten (10) days after expiration of the Interim Period. All brokers selected in accordance with this subparagraph must be licensed in the state of Kentucky as a real estate broker and shall have at least ten (10) years prior experience in commercial office leasing in the metropolitan area of Louisville, Kentucky. Landlord and Tenant agree that they shall be bound by the determination of the FMR pursuant to this subparagraph for the Extension Period.


(d) Tenant shall accept the Premises in their existing condition (on an "as is" basis) upon the commencement of the Extension Period and Landlord shall have no obligation to grant or pay any allowance, abatement or concession of any kind with respect to the Premises. Tenant shall have no option to renew or extend this Lease beyond the expiration of the Extension Period.

(e) This Extension Option is personal to Tenant and to any Permitted Transferee; furthermore, in the event of an assignment of this Lease to a party other than a Permitted Transferee or a sublease to a party other than a Permitted Transferee by Tenant of more than fifty percent (50%) of the Premises, this Extension Option shall become null and void and of no further force or effect.

3. CONDITION OF LEASE.

Landlord's agreement to enter into this Lease and to terminate the Prior Lease is expressly conditioned upon Tenant's full and complete performance of all obligations of Tenant under the Prior Lease, including, without limitation, the payment by Tenant of all Rent, Additional Rent and other amounts due and payable under the Prior Lease through the Commencement Date of this Lease. Should Tenant fail to satisfy such obligations within applicable notice and cure periods set forth in the Prior Lease, Landlord shall have the option to terminate this Lease.

4. SIGNAGE.

So long as Tenant is not in default under this Lease past applicable notice and cure periods, Tenant shall have the right to install and maintain, at its sole cost and expense, signage depicting Tenant's identification logo and name on (i) the portion of the Building facing the Watterson Expressway
(I-264), (ii) the existing monument sign located between the Building and One Paragon Centre, and (iii) the existing monument sign located on Dutchmans Lane, subject to the following terms and conditions:

(a) The location, design, construction, size, lighting, font of lettering, method of attachment of the individual letters and all other aspects of such signage shall be subject to Landlord's written consent prior to the fabrication and installation of such signage, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed and such signage must also comply with all applicable rules, regulations ordinances and laws including, without limitation, zoning ordinances.

(b) The expense of installing, constructing, maintaining and removing the sign shall be the sole cost and expense of Tenant and shall be paid directly by Tenant. Tenant shall be responsible for all costs and expenses associated with such signage and Tenant shall promptly repair any damage to the Building resulting from the installation, construction, maintenance or removal of such signage, normal wear and tear, fire or other casualty excepted.

(c) Tenant hereby agrees to indemnify and hold Landlord harmless for any cost, expense, loss or other liability associated with the installation, construction, maintenance and removal of the sign.

(d) The foregoing rights granted to Tenant under this Special Stipulation No. 4 shall be personal to Tenant and to any Permitted Transferee (provided that Landlord shall have prior approval rights over any change in the name on such signage in addition to the approval rights set forth above); furthermore, in the event of any assignment of this Lease to a party other than a Permitted Transferee or subletting of the Premises to a party other than a Permitted Transferee by Tenant of more than fifty percent (50%) of the Premises, Tenant's signage rights as contained herein shall not be transferable or assignable to such third-party assignee or subtenant. Upon such an assignment of this Lease or subletting by Tenant, this right shall become null and void and of no further force and effect, and Tenant shall immediately remove the identification signage from the Building as provided in subparagraph
(e) below, unless the continuance and/or transfer of such signage rights and the proposed signage for is approved by Landlord.

(e) Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall promptly remove the identification signage and reimburse Landlord for all costs and expenses associated with any damage to the Building caused by such removal.

5. ADDITIONAL ALLOWANCE.

Landlord shall provide to Tenant an additional allowance in the amount of Fifty Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($50,000.00) (the "Additional Allowance") to cover costs incurred by Tenant for signage and the purchase and installation of exercise equipment. The Additional Allowance shall be paid by Landlord to Tenant within ten (10) days after the execution by and delivery of this Lease by Landlord and Tenant.

6. SATELLITE ANTENNA EQUIPMENT.

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, Landlord hereby grants to Tenant a license to install, maintain and operate a satellite dish and related antenna equipment on the roof of the Building (the "Equipment"), including necessary wiring and cabling, subject to the following terms and conditions:

(a) The size, location, configuration, specifications, and operational frequency of the Equipment shall be approved by Landlord prior to Tenant's installation of the Equipment. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord Tenant's plans and specifications for the installation of the Equipment and the surrounding screening for review and approval by Landlord's engineer not less than thirty (30) days prior to commencing installation

C-2

of the Equipment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord hereby approves the size, configuration, specifications and operational frequency of the Equipment depicted on EXHIBIT C-2 hereto. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for all third party out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with Landlord or its designated agent's review and approval of such plans and specifications as well as ensuring Tenant's compliance with this provision.

(b) Provided that Tenant has submitted to Landlord (a) details plans and specifications for the installation of the Equipment, (b) copies of all required or appropriate governmental or quasi-governmental permits, licenses and authorizations obtained by Tenant at its expense, and (c) a certificate of insurance from Tenant and the installer of the Equipment evidencing insurance coverage as required under this Lease and by Landlord, naming Landlord as an additional insured, and provided further that Tenant is in compliance with the terms herein in connection with the installation, maintenance, repair, operation and removal of the Equipment, Tenant shall have the right to install the Equipment in an aesthetically pleasing manner and Tenant shall exercise all reasonable steps to shield or screen the Equipment from public view. Tenant shall fence or screen the Equipment so as to minimize any risks to ensure that the Equipment does not create a nuisance.

(c) Tenant shall operate the Equipment in compliance with all applicable laws, rules, regulations and ordinances.

(d) Tenant shall be responsible for maintaining the Equipment in good condition at its sole cost and expense. Tenant shall provide written notice to Landlord twenty-four (24) hours in advance, except in the event of an emergency, to notify Landlord when Tenant intends to install and/or access the Equipment.

(e) Landlord shall perform all roof penetrations and modifications necessary for the installation, maintenance or removal of Tenant's Equipment. Tenant will reimburse Landlord for all third party out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with such roof penetrations and modifications.

(f) Tenant hereby agrees to indemnify and hold Landlord, its agents, employees, contractors and representatives, harmless from and against any and all cost, claims, damages (including, but not limited to, any damage to the Building, the roof or Landlord's property), causes of action and liability which may arise by reason of any occurrence attributable to or arising out of Tenant's installation, maintenance, repair, operation or removal of any of the Equipment, including without limitation, any claim or cause of action for injury to or death of any person or damage to any property arising therefrom and Tenant agrees to defend any claim or demand against Landlord, its agents or employees arising out of any such occurrence. Tenant shall, upon thirty (30) days prior written notice from Landlord, reimburse Landlord for all costs and expenses incurred by Landlord as a result of Tenant's operation of the Equipment, including damages to the Building and the furnishing of electric power for the operation of the Equipment.

(g) During the term of the license, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the monthly sum of One Hundred Five and No/100 Dollars ($105.00) as monthly rental for the license granted in this Special Stipulation No. 6.

(h) Tenant's Equipment shall not hinder or unreasonably interfere with any other tenants' or licensees' installation, operation and maintenance or repair of antennae or satellite equipment.

(i) Landlord reserves the right to enter into a contract with a third-party manager for the leasing and management of the roof of the Building. Tenant shall be responsible for complying with all reasonable rules and regulations established by such manager.

C-3

EXHIBIT C-1

FIRST OFFER SPACE

[GRAPHIC]

Two Paragon Centre
FIRST FLOOR

[GRAPHIC]

Two Paragon Centre
SECOND FLOOR

[GRAPHIC]

Two Paragon Centre
THIRD FLOOR

NORTH
[GRAPHIC]


EXHIBIT C-2

EQUIPMENT (SATELLITE)

AGREEMENT REGARDING SATELLITE ANTENNA

THIS AGREEMENT REGARDING SATELLITE ANTENNA ("Agreement") is made this 6th day of November, 2001 (the "Effective Date"), by and between, Paragon Centre Associates, L.L.C., a Georgia limited liability company, ("Landlord"), and Texas Roadhouse Holdings LLC ("Tenant"). For good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby mutually and respectively acknowledged by them, Landlord and Tenant hereby covenant, contract, acknowledge, and agree as follows:

1. Landlord and Tenant are also parties to a Lease dated September 24, 1997, as amended by that certain First Amendment to lease dated une 29, 1999, and a Consent of Landlord to Assignment dated June 30, 1999 ("Lease") for those premises located at 6040 Dutchmans Lane, Suite 400, Louisville, Kentucky ("Premises").

Any breach or Default by Tenant under the Lease shall also be a breach or Default under this Agreement. Any breach or Default by Tenant of this Agreement shall also be a breach or Default under the Lease and shall be governed by Article VIII of the Lease.

2. Provided (but not otherwise) Tenant always fully, duly, and timely complies with all its obligations, duties, and responsibilities under the Lease and this Agreement, Tenant, subject to the other contents of this Agreement and subject to the contents of the Lease, shall have the rights described in this Agreement.

3. The general purpose of this Agreement is to allow Tenant, subject to the terms, provisions, and contents of this Agreement and at Tenant's sole risk, responsibility, and expense, to install, maintain, repair, operate and remove one Satellite Antenna Receiving Dish ("the Satellite Antenna") on, at, or from the roof area of the Building (as defined in the Lease), the exact placement of the Satellite Antenna to be as Landlord, at its reasonable discretion, from time to time directs, provided that the functionality of the Satellite Antenna for Tenant's intended use is not impaired, including, without limitation, the right of Landlord to require Tenant to relocate the Satellite Antenna on the roof from time to time at Tenant's sole cost and expense. This Agreement absolutely may not and absolutely shall not be assigned or otherwise transferred by Tenant or anyone on


its behalf except to an assignee of the Lease as permitted under the terms of the Lease. The size, configuration, specifications, and operational frequency of the Satellite Antenna are depicted on Exhibit "A" attached hereto and expressly made a part hereof. To the extent known or controlled by Tenant, no persons or parties other than the Tenant shall in any way whatsoever use, utilize, or obtain any benefit from the Satellite Antenna.

4. Tenant shall not install, maintain, repair, operate, or remove the Satellite Antenna until Tenant first receives in each instance the written approval of Landlord therefore, which approval shall be at Landlord's reasonable discretion. Before seeking in each instance such approval, Tenant shall submit to Landlord: (a) detailed plans and specifications and other pertinent data and information, with respect to the under-taking, (b) copies of all required or appropriate governmental and quasi-governmental permits, licenses and authorizations, same to be obtained by Tenant at its sole responsibility and expense, and (c) a certificate of insurance evidencing insurance coverage as required by the Lease and any other insurance required by Landlord (in its reasonable discetion) as regards the installation, maintenance, repair, operation, or removal of the Satellite Antenna. In no event whatsoever shall such installation, maintenance, repair, operation, or removal of the Satellite Antenna in any way whatsoever damage the building located at 6040 Dutchmans Lane, Louisville, Kentucky 40205 ( the "Building") or any of its appurtenances or facilities, interfere with or impede any services provided by Landlord or the other tenants or occupants of the Building, or otherwise adversely affect the operation of the Building or any of the appurtenances or facilities. Tenant will notify Landlord 24 hours in advance, unless in an emergency, when it desires access to the Satellite Antenna. Provided that Tenant has complied with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including, without limitation, the delivery of the items referenced in (a), (b), and (c) above and the Installer's insurance certificate referenced in Paragraph 5 below, and Landlord has given its written approval, Tenant shall have the right to effect the installation of the Satellite Antenna on the Effective Date of this Agreement.

5. Any Contractors, subcontractors, etc., hired or engaged by Tenant to effect or assist in the installation, maintenance, repair, operation, or removal of the Satellite Antenna must first be approved in writing by the Landlord, which approval shall be at Landlord's reasonable discretion. Landlord hereby requires


such contractors, subcontractors, etc., to provide lien waivers and to be bonded and insured in such amounts and with such coverage as Landlord may in its reasonable discretion prescribe. Landlord recognizes that Tenant has elected to use Spacenet (the "Installer") for the performance of all installation, repair, maintenance, operation, and removal obligations hereunder and Landlord hereby approves Spacenet as Tenant's contractor. Further the Installer or any other contractors must name Landlord, as an additional insured on such insurance policies and prior to undertaking any work with respect to this Agreement, the Installer or other such contractors shall provide Landlord with a Certificate of Insurance at limits as reasonably reqested by the Landlord naming Landlord as an additional insured.

6. The term of this Agreement shall begin on the Effective Date, and, subject to the other contents of this Agreement, shall be coterminous with the term (as may be extended) of the Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant, for any or no reason whatsoever, may at any time cancel this Agreement upon not less than thirty (30) days' prior written notice to the Landlord so stating, provided that such cancellation of this Agreement shall have no effect whatsoever on the term, provisions or contents of the Lease. Nothing in this Paragraph 6 shall prohibit Landlord from terminating this Agreement in the event that Tenant defaults under this Agreement and such default is not cured within 30 days after receipt of notice from Landlord in the event of a non-monetary default, or within 10 business days after receipt of notice from Landlord in the event of a monetary default.

7. Tenant, during the first nine months of this Agreement, shall pay Landlord as rent the monthly sum of ONE HUNDRED AND NO/100 Dollars ($100.00). Thereafter, such rent shall be subject to adjustments, from time to time, but no more frequently than one time per calendar year, and in no event more than three percent per calendar year, as Landlord, in its reasonable discretion, elects. Rent during the term of this Agreement shall be due on the first day of each month, commencing on the Effective Date, and shall be payable with rent due under the Lease. Landlord will provide Tenant with 30 days prior written notice of any adjustment to the rent due under this Agreement. Tenant shall have no right to an abatement, reduction, diminution, deduction, offset, or recoupment of such rent if for any, or no, reason whatsoever (other than Landlord's default under this Agreement) Tenant is unable to, or does not, use the Satellite Antenna. Any monies payable by Tenant to Landlord under this


Agreement, at Landlord's option, may be deemed to be Additional Rent (as defined in the Lease) due Landlord from Tenant under the Lease.

8. Tenant shall fully, completely, and absolutely hold harmless, indemnify and defend Landlord against any and all, claims, actions, losses, damages, liabilities, costs, and expenses, including, without limitation, attorneys' fees through final appeal, in any way whatsoever associated with the Satellite Antenna and its use, non-use, installation, maintenance, repair, operation, or removal.

9. Landlord reserves the right, in its reasonable discretion, to require Tenant at Tenant's sole risk, responsibility, and expense, to relocate at any time and from time to time the Satellite Antenna, such relocation to be effected as Landlord, in its reasonable discretion, prescribes, provided that the functionality of the Satellite Antenna for Tenant's intended use is not impaired.

10. At the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement, Tenant shall, within 15 business days thereafter, remove the Satellite Antenna, such removal to be at Tenant's sole risk, expense, and responsibility and to be effected as Landlord, in its reasonable discretion, prescribes. Tenant, at its sole risk, expense, and responsibility shall repair any and all damage caused by such removal, such repair to be effected as Landlord, in its reasonable discretion, prescribes. If Tenant does not effect such removal and/or repair above-described, then Tenant hereby authorizes Landlord to do so and to charge Tenant for all costs and expenses incurred in doing so, PLUS the greater of (i) $500.00 or (ii) twenty percent of all costs and expenses incurred in effecting the removal and/or repair, for Landlord's overhead and inconvenience in doing so, and Landlord shall incur no liability of any nature whatsoever in doing so, and Tenant hereby agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Landlord as provide in Paragraph 8 hereof in connection with such removal and/or repair.


IN WITNESS WHEREROF, LANDLORD and TENANT have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written, each acknowledging receipt of an executed copy hereof together with all EXHIBITS referenced herein.

Signed and Acknowledged               "TENANT"
In the Presence of:
                                      TEXAS ROADHOUSE HOLDINGS LLC
                                      a Kentucky limited liability company
                                      By: WKT Restaurant Corp., Its Manager

       /s/ Sheila C. Brown            By: /s/ G.J. Hart
     -------------------------        -----------------------------------
     Witness

                                      Printed Name:
                                          /s/ G.J. Hart
                                      --------------------------------------

                                      Title:
                                         President
                                      --------------------------------------

Signed and Acknowledged               "LANDLORD"
In the Presence of:
                                      PARAGON CENTRE ASSOCIATES, LLC
                                      a Georgia limited liability company

                                      By: Brookdale Investors Two, L.P., a
                                          Delaware limited partnership, its sole
                                          Member

                                          By: Brookdale Partners II, LLC, a
                                              Georgia limited liability company,
                                              its sole General Partner



/s/ Kristin B. Theiman                By:   /s/ Fred H. Henritze
------------------------------            ------------------------------------
Witness

Printed Name:

Fred H. Henritze

Title:

Manager

[GILAT LOGO]

[GE LOGO]

SPACENET

SKYSTAR ADVANTAGE

BUILDING OWNER AND LANDLORD
INFORMATION GUIDE

02-MSC00-005

6/21/99

[GRAPHIC]

[ILLEGIBLE]


Page 1

SATELLITE COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS

INTRODUCTION

Over the last few years private satellite networks have experienced rapid growth in both the government and commercial sectors. This is, in large part, due to major technological advances in both satellite design as well as the miniaturization of electronics used in receiving earth stations. Consequently, compact receiving dishes known as very small aperture terminals (VSATs), are as easily installed in the inner city as remote rural areas. This is a significant cost and logical advantage to growing companies that depend on communication networks in a rapidly changing environment.

LANDLORD CONSIDERATIONS

As an owner/Landlord, you probably have questions regarding your tenants' use of this network in your building. Be assured that issues such as safety, aesthetics, location alternatives, and professional installation are as integral to a successful VSAT network as any other performance standard. Only after a rigorous analysis of these issues (and Spacenet's ability to deliver them), did your tenant decide to proceed to the next step of implementation. All liabilities associated with the installation and preparation of the station are assumed by the tenant.

[GRAPHIC]

SITE VISIT

In the next few weeks you will be contacted by someone representing your tenant in an effort to arrange one or more site visits with you. Naturally, your involvement in this process is important and welcome. The purpose of this brochure is to introduce you to the VSAT and hopefully answer as many questions as possible prior to the installation.

BUILDING OWNER AND LANDLORD INFORMATION GUIDE


Page 3

VSAT MOUNT ALTERNATIVES

VSAT MOUNTS

Working in conjunction with Spacenet Your tenant will be responsible for all preparation activities necessary to install a VSAT on your premises. Our objectives is to select a mount that is technically viable, yet aesthetically and practically acceptable to you. In order to meet these mutual needs, Spacenet provides two standard mount alternatives to support the antenna. They are the 1) Non-penetrating roof mount, and 2) Wall Mount. The mount that is appropriate for your location is determined during installation or at the pre-installation site survey.

THE NON-PENETRATING ROOF MOUNT

In most cases, the VSAT will be installed using a non-penetrating roof mount. The mount base maintains direct contact with the roof surface through a rubberized pad placed underneath the base. The pad has the dual role of increasing the surface friction to the roof while simultaneously protecting roof surfaces and membranes. The mount and pad combination are compatible with most (if not all), roof surfaces. The load frame is designed to distribute the total weight of the antenna mount assembly over a wide area. Total distributed weight on the roof is designed to be in accordance with national building code weight load standards.

[GRAPHIC]

BUILDING OWNER AND LANDLORD INFORMATION GUIDE


Page 4

MOUNT ALTERNATIVES CONTINUED...

If the non-penetrating mount is not appropriate for your location, there are alternative wall mounts that will meet virtually any site need. The mount shown here is the most common. Other variations of this mount differ in the extension distance from the wall necessary to clear the roof overhang.

[GRAPHIC]

BUILDING OWNER AND LANDLORD INFORMATION GUIDE


Page 5

ZONING ISSUES

In 1996 the Federal Communications Commission issued a ruling that preempted certain local regulations of satellite earth station antennas to ensure that all Americans are able to have as many choices as possible for delivery of video programming and data services. This action was taken because of evidence that some local jurisdictions were inhibiting the growth of satellite services by enforcing overly restrictive and unreasonable zoning laws.

In crafting the new rule, the Commission carefully considered the important interests of state and local authorities in managing land use in their communities. Against those interests it balanced the federal interest in ensuring easy access to satellite-delivered services which have become increasingly important in the last several years and are dependent on rapid and inexpensive antenna installation. The preemption rule adopted by the FCC accommodates federal and state and local interests and provides the FCC with a method of reviewing disputes that will avoid excessive federal involvement in local land-use issues.

The FCC rule preempts any state or local zoning, land-use, building, or similar regulation that affects the installation, maintenance, or use of a satellite earth station antenna that is two meters or less in diameter and is located or proposed to be located in any area where commercial or industrial uses are generally permitted by nonfederal land-use regulation; or

Local jurisdictions that can demonstrate a compelling health, safety, or aesthetic need to enforce regulations inconsistent with the FCC rule may apply for a waiver from the FCC. These applicants must show that the local concerns are of a highly specialized or unusual nature.

BUILDING OWNER AND LANDLORD INFORMATION GUIDE


Page 6

COMMON QUESTIONS

Q. WHO PERFORMS THE SITE SURVEY AND INSTALLATION?

A. The site survey is usually performed at the time of installation by the trained Spacenet installation team. The installer carries a selection of mounts and determines the location and mount type at this time. If he determines that none of the mounts is suitable, or there is another problem, which prevents installation, the installer completes a formal site survey, which is returned to Spacenet for review by Engineering. Both the end user and the Landlord are welcome to review the installation plan with the installer.

B. Some customers may decide to perform their own site surveys prior to installation. The survey is usually conducted with a representative of the tenant and a representative of the landlord. Issues which are specific to the site are generally resolved at the time of the survey. The surveyor will document the results of the survey, which always includes photographs.

Q. HOW WILL THE TYPE OF VSAT MOUNT BE SELECTED FOR MY LOCATION?

A. Spacenet offers a variety of mounts to meet almost any requirement. Your tenant and an insured professional installer will work with you to select a suitable, inconspicuous location to mount the dish. The mount types most often selected are discussed in this flyer.

Q. WHO IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROBLEMS THAT DEVELOP AFTER THE DISH IS INSTALLED?

A. As far as the owner/landlord is concerned the tenant will assume all liability associated with the installation and preparation of the station until the unit is removed. A separate agreement between your tenant and Spacenet addresses specific responsibilities for each party.

Q. IS A ROOF PENETRATION REQUIRED, HOW WILL I MAINTAIN MY ROOF WARRANTY?

A. Roof penetrations are not used for Spacenet VSAT installations. All cables are brought into the building through existing penetrations or new penetrations in an outside wall.

Q. HOW LONG WILL THE INSTALLATION TAKE:

A. In general, it takes 2-4 hours to complete the installation and activation of the VSAT.

BUILDING OWNER AND LANDLORD INFORMATION GUIDE


EXHIBIT D

COMMENCEMENT DATE AGREEMENT
(SUITE 100 PREMISES - TWO PARAGON CENTRE)

This Commencement Date Agreement (this "AGREEMENT") is made and entered into this ____ day of , 2003, by and between PARAGON CENTRE ASSOCIATES, LLC ("LANDLORD") and TEXAS ROADHOUSE HOLDINGS LLC ("TENANT").

WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Amended and Restated Lease (the "TWO PARAGON CENTRE LEASE") dated ________________, 2003, with respect to certain premises located at Two Paragon Centre, 6040 Dutchmans Lane, Louisville, Kentucky, as such demised premises are more particularly described in the Lease.

WHEREAS, this Agreement is executed by Landlord and Tenant to confirm the Commencement Date for the Suite 100 Premises and the Expiration Date, as those terms are defined in the Lease;

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the demised premises and the mutual covenants expressed in the Lease, it is hereby agreed by Landlord and Tenant as follows:

1. The Premises were substantially complete and the Base Rent and Additional Rent (as such terms are defined in the Lease) commenced on __________________, 200__ (the "COMMENCEMENT DATE") and will expire on March 31, 2011 (the "EXPIRATION DATE").

2. As of the Commencement Date for the Suite 100 Premises, Base Rent for the entire Premises shall be as follows:

                         Base Rent Per           Base Rent            Base Rent
Months of Term        Rentable Square Foot        Annually             Monthly
--------------        --------------------        --------             -------
                           $  16.25

                           $  16.75

                           $  17.75

                           $  17.75

* Totals shown may reflect partial years.

3. Except as otherwise provided herein, this Agreement shall not be deemed or construed to alter or amend the Lease in any manner.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the day and year first above written.

TENANT:                                LANDLORD:

TEXAS ROADHOUSE HOLDINGS LLC,          PARAGON CENTRE ASSOCIATES, LLC, a
Kentucky limited liability company     Georgia limited liability company

By: WKT Restaurant Corp., a Kentucky     By:    Brookdale Investors Two, L.P.,
    corporation, its Manager             a Delaware limited partnership, as
                                         Managing Member

    By:
       -----------------------------
    Name:                                By: Brookdale Partners II, LLC, a
         ---------------------------         Georgia limited liability company,
    Title:                                   its sole General Partner
          --------------------------

                                             By:
                                                    --------------------------
                                                    Fred H. Henritze, Manager


EXHIBIT E

WORK LETTER AGREEMENT
(SUITES 100, 120, 130 AND 140)

Tenant hereby accepts the Premises "As Is" and acknowledges and agrees Landlord shall have no obligation to construct any tenant improvements to the Premises or made any alterations or additions thereto, except that Landlord agrees to provide Tenant the Tenant Improvement Allowance as set forth herein to cover a portion of the costs associated with the improvements to the Premises. Tenant shall construct the tenant improvements to the Premises in accordance with this EXHIBIT E. The following provisions shall govern (A) the preparation and approval process for the drawings and specifications for the improvements to the Premises, which Tenant shall perform in accordance with the terms of this EXHIBIT E, and (B) terms and conditions relating to contractors and subcontractors in connection with the improvements to the Premises.

A. TENANT'S WORK. Tenant shall be responsible for all work, construction and installation in the Premises. Such work shall hereinafter be referred to as "Tenant's Work" and shall be at Tenant's sole cost and expense, except as provided below.

B. TENANT ALLOWANCE. Landlord agrees to provide to Tenant an allowance with respect to the Suite 100 Premises, the Suite 120 Premises, Suite 130 Premises, and Suite 140 Premises of $15.00 per rentable square foot (the "Tenant Improvement Allowance") (i.e., a total of 9,723 sf x $15.00 prsf = $145,845.00) for leasehold improvements to the Premises. Fifty percent (50%) of the Tenant Improvement Allowance for each suite must be applied to the Tenant's Work for that particular suite or for other suites leased by Tenant at Two Paragon Centre or One Paragon Centre. If the foregoing condition is satisfied, up to fifty percent (50%) of the Tenant Improvement Allowance (i.e. $72,922.50) may be applied to the cost of space planning, architectural and mechanical drawings, Tenant's cabling, furniture, fixtures and equipment, moving-related expenses and the like, for the Premises or any of Tenant's premises at One Paragon Centre.

The portion of the Tenant Improvement Allowance allocable to a particular suite in the Premises (an a per square foot basis) shall be disbursed by Landlord to Tenant within ten (10) days after the later to occur of (i) execution by and delivery of this Lease to both Landlord and Tenant; or (ii) the date Landlord delivers possession of such suite to Tenant. Upon completion of Tenant's Work for each suite, Tenant shall promptly deliver to Landlord final and unconditional lien waivers for Tenant's Work and copies of paid invoices evidencing the cost of all of Tenant's Work. Any unused portion of the Tenant Improvement Allowance shall be retained by Landlord.

To the extent that the cost of Tenant's Work exceeds the Tenant Improvement Allowance, Tenant shall be fully responsible for payment of the same and shall provide evidence of payment thereof to Landlord.

C. TENANT'S SPACE PLANS. Tenant shall submit to Landlord for Landlord's approval a space plan for the improvements to the Premises ("Tenant's Space Plans") prepared by Tenant's architect showing the interior layout of the Premises and its integration with Building systems, core areas and the building shell improvements in sufficient detail to permit Landlord a reasonable opportunity to review and provide preliminary approval or comments regarding Tenant's proposed interior design. Landlord shall review and approve or disapprove of Tenant's Space Plans within ten (10) business days of Landlord's receipt thereof, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. If Landlord disapproves, either in whole or in part, of Tenant's Space Plans, Landlord shall provide to Tenant with reasonable specificity Landlord's reasons for its disapproval. Tenant shall promptly correct or otherwise address all disapproved items identified by Landlord. The revised final plans are referred to as "Final Plans".

D. TENANT'S CONTRACTOR; CONSTRUCTION. Tenant shall have the right to retain its own contractor(s) or subcontractor(s) to perform Tenant's Work and its telephone, security and cabling within the Premises at Tenant's sole cost and expense, subject to application of the Tenant Improvement Allowance. Such contractor(s) must be approved, in its reasonable discretion, by Landlord's property manager, which shall serve as construction manager ("Construction Manager") and such contractor must be licensed and insured in the State of Kentucky and must comply with all Building construction rules and regulations required by the Construction Manager. Landlord hereby approves Buffalo Construction, Inc. as a contractor without further action required on the part of Tenant. Following the preparation and approval of the Final Plans and the working drawings, Tenant shall construct the improvements to the Premises according to the Final Plans and in a good and workmanlike manner in compliance with Landlord's reasonable rules regarding construction in the Building. Construction Manager shall review and approve the construction bid provided by Tenant's contractor prior to any Tenant's Work commencing. On behalf of Landlord, the Construction Manager shall supervise the construction of the Premises. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord from the Tenant Improvement Allowance for Landlord's actual out-of-pocket costs in connection therewith.

E. PERMITS, COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS. Tenant shall be responsible for applying for and obtaining all permits required for Tenant to perform Tenant's Work or to operate within the Premises, including without limitation, building permits, the final certificate of occupancy or its equivalent, and for obtaining the final fire inspection approval after installation of its fixtures, furniture and equipment and for obtaining any other required inspections and approvals, and shall provide Landlord with a copy of all such permits, approvals and certificates of occupancy. The Final Plans shall comply with all applicable local, state and federal laws, ordinances, codes and regulations. Tenant's architect shall certify to Landlord and Tenant that the Final Plans comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 and all other applicable local, state and federal laws, ordinances, codes and regulations.

F. SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. For purposes of this Lease, substantially complete means full completion, except for minor or insubstantial details of construction, decoration or installation.

G. NO LIABILITY. Notwithstanding the review and approval by Landlord of Tenant's Space Plans, the Final Plans and specifications, Landlord shall have no responsibility or liability in regard to the safety, sufficiency, adequacy or legality thereof and Tenant shall be solely responsible for the compliance of such plans and specifications (and


improvement constructed as a result thereof) with all applicable laws and regulations, the architectural completeness and sufficiency thereof and other matters relating thereto.

H. INSURANCE. Tenant shall secure, pay for, and maintain, or cause its contractors and subcontractors to secure, pay for, and maintain, during the continuance of construction and fixturing work within the Premises, all of the insurance policies required in the amounts as set forth herein, together with such insurance as may from time to time be required by city, county, state or federal laws, codes, regulations or authorities. Tenant shall not commence, nor may it permit its contractors and subcontractors to commence any work, until all required insurance has been obtained, and, if Landlord requests, until Tenant's certificates of such insurance have been delivered to Landlord. Tenant's insurance policies shall name the Landlord, Landlord's mortgagee(s), if any, and Construction Manager, as additional insureds. Tenant's certificates of insurance shall provide that no change or cancellation of such insurance coverage shall be undertaken without thirty (30) days prior written notice to Landlord. Landlord shall have the right to require Tenant, and Tenant shall have the duty, to stop work in the Premises immediately if any of the coverage Tenant is required to carry herein lapses during the course of the work, in which event Tenant's Work may not be resumed until the required insurance is obtained and satisfactory evidence of same is provided to Landlord.

Tenant shall purchase, or cause to be purchased, General Contractor's and Subcontractor's Required Minimum Coverages and Limits of Liability as follows:

(i) Worker's Compensation, as required by state law, and Employer's Liability Insurance with a limit of not less than $2,000,000.00 (or more if required by the law of the State) and any insurance required by any Employee Benefit Act or similar statute applicable where the work is to be performed, as will protect the contractor and subcontractors from any and all liability under the aforementioned act(s) or similar statute;

(ii) Commercial General Liability Insurance (including Contractor's Protective Liability) in an amount not less than $2,000,000.00 per occurrence whether involving personal injury liability (or death resulting therefrom) or property damage liability or a combination thereof (combined single limit coverage) with a minimum aggregate limit of $2,000,000.00. Such insurance shall include explosion, collapse and underground coverage. Such insurance shall insure each party's general contractor against any and all claims for personal injury, death, and damage to the property of others arising from its operations under its contract, whether such operations are performed by such party's contractors, subcontractors, or sub-subcontractors, or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them; and

(iii) Comprehensive Automotive Liability Insurance, for the ownership, maintenance, or operation of any automotive equipment, whether owned, leased, or otherwise held, including employer's non-ownership and hired automobile liability endorsements, in an amount not less than $2,000,000.00 per occurrence and $2,000,000.00 aggregate, combined single limit bodily injury and property damage liability.

Such insurance policies shall insure Tenant's general contractor and all subcontractors against any and all claims for bodily injury, including death resulting therefrom, and damage to the property of others arising from its operations under its contract in connection with construction of the Premises, whether performed by Tenant's general contractor, subcontractors, or sub-subcontractors, or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them.

E-2

EXHIBIT E-1

WORK LETTER AGREEMENT

SUITE 400 PREMISES

Tenant hereby accepts the Suite 400 Premises "AS IS" and acknowledges and agrees Landlord shall have no obligation to construct any tenant improvements to the Suite 400 Premises or make any alterations or additions thereto and Landlord shall have no obligation to provide any tenant improvement allowance, rent abatement, credit, set-off, or other concession to Tenant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord agrees to provide an allowance to Tenant for refurbishment of the Suite 400 Premises of $5.00 per rentable square foot of space (i.e., $80,115.00) (the "Refurbishment Allowance"). All refurbishment and other alterations to the Suite 400 Premises shall be performed by Tenant in accordance with Article 6 of the Lease.

The Refurbishment Allowance shall be paid by Landlord to Tenant within ten (10) days after the execution and delivery of this Lease to Landlord and Tenant. Up to fifty percent (50%) of the Refurbishment Allowance may be utilized for other expenses of Tenant in connection with this Lease or the One Paragon Centre Lease, including cabling, furniture, equipment, and the like, provided that Tenant agrees that at least fifty percent (50%) of the Refurbishment Allowance shall be spent on the refurbishment of the Premises which are the subject of this Lease or the One Paragon Centre Lease, and Tenant shall provide Landlord with evidence of the same promptly upon completion of its improvements to the Premises and the premises under the One Paragon Center Lease.


EXHIBIT F

BUILDING RULES AND REGULATIONS

1. Sidewalks, doorways, vestibules, halls, stairways, and other similar areas shall not be used for the disposal of trash, be obstructed by Tenant or be used by Tenant for any purpose other than ingress and egress to and from the Premises and for going from one part of the Building to another part of the Building.

2. Plumbing fixtures and appliances shall be used only for the purposes for which designed, and no sweepings, rubbish, rags, or other unsuitable material shall be thrown or placed therein. Damage resulting to any such fixtures or appliances from misuse by Tenant shall be paid by such Tenant and Landlord shall not in any case be responsible therefor.

3. Signs, advertisements, or notices visible in or from public corridors or from outside the Building shall be subject to Landlord's prior written approval. Without Landlord's prior consent, no nails, hooks, or screws shall be driven or inserted into any part of the Building, and no curtains or other window treatments shall be placed between the glass and the Building standard window treatments.

4. With respect to work being performed by Tenant in the Premises, Tenant shall refer all contractors, contractors' representatives, and installation technicians rendering any service to Tenant to Landlord for Landlord's supervision and approval before the performance of any contractual services. This provision shall apply to all work performed in the Building, including, but not limited to, installations of telephones, telegraph equipment, electrical devices and attachments, and any and all installations of every nature affecting floors, walls, woodwork, trim, windows, ceilings, equipment, and other physical portions of the Building.

5. Movement in or out of the Building of furniture, office equipment, safes and other heavy equipment, or the dispatch or receipt by Tenant of any bulky material or merchandise, or materials which require use of elevators or stairways or movement through the Building entrances or lobby, shall be restricted to such hours as Landlord designates. All such movement shall be under the supervision of Landlord and in the manner agreed between Tenant and Landlord by prearrangement before performance. Such prearrangement, to be initiated by Tenant, will include determination by Landlord as to the time, method, and routing of such movement and as to limitations for safety or other concerns. Tenant assumes all risks of damage to articles moved and injury to persons engaged or not engaged in such movement. Tenant shall be liable to personnel of Landlord damaged or injured as a result of acts in connection with carrying out this service for Tenant, and Landlord shall not be liable for the acts of any person engaged in, or any damage or loss to any property or persons resulting from any act in connection with, such service performed for Tenant.

6. Building management shall have the right and authority to prescribe the maximum weight and position of safes and other heavy equipment which may overstress any portion of a floor. All damages done to the Building by taking in or putting out any property of Tenant, or done by Tenant's property while in the Building, shall be repaired at the expense of Tenant.

7. Corridor doors, when not in use, shall be kept closed.

8. Tenant space visible from a public area must be kept neat and clean.

9. Should Tenant require telegraphic, telephonic, annunciator, or other communication services, Landlord will direct the electricians as to where and how wires are to be introduced and placed, and none shall be introduced or placed except as Landlord shall direct. Electric current shall not be used for power or heating without Landlord's prior written permission.

10. No animals shall be brought into or kept in, on, or about the Building.

11. All routine deliveries to the Premises during 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. weekdays shall be made through the freight elevators. Passenger elevators are to be used only for the movement of persons, unless an exception is approved by the Building management office.

12. All freight elevator lobbies are to be kept neat and clean. The disposal of trash or storage of materials in these areas by Tenant is prohibited.

13. Tenant shall not tamper with or attempt to adjust temperature control thermostats in the Premises. Landlord shall adjust thermostats as required to maintain the Building standard temperature. Landlord requests that all window blinds remain down and tilted at a 45 degree angle toward the street to help maintain comfortable room temperatures and conserve energy.

14. Tenant will comply with all security procedures during business hours and after hours and on weekends.

15. Tenants are requested to lock all office doors leading to corridors and to turn out all lights at the close of their working day.

16. All requests for overtime air conditioning or heating must be submitted in writing to the Building management office by 4:00 p.m. on the preceding business day.

17. No flammable or explosive fluids or materials shall be kept or used within the Building except in areas approved by Landlord, and Tenant shall comply with all applicable building and fire codes relating thereto.

18. Tenant may not place any items on the balconies of the Building without obtaining Landlord's prior written consent.

19. No smoking shall be permitted in the Premises. Smoking shall only be permitted in areas expressly designated by Landlord from time to time.

20. Landlord reserves the right to rescind any of these rules and regulations and to make such other and further rules and regulations as in its good faith judgment shall from time to time be needed for the safety, protection, care and cleanliness

F-1

of the Property, the operation thereof, the preservation of good order therein, and the protection and comfort of the tenants and their agents, employees, and invitees, which rules and regulations, when made and written notice thereof is given to Tenant, shall be binding upon Tenant in like manner as if originally herein prescribed.

G-2

EXHIBIT G

FORM OF SUBORDINATION, NON-DISTURBANCE AND ATTORNMENT AGREEMENT

This Subordination, Non-Disturbance and Attornment Agreement (this "AGREEMENT") dated __________________________________, 2003, is made among TEXAS ROADHOUSE HOLDINGS LLC, a Kentucky limited liability company ("TENANT"), PARAGON CENTRE ASSOCIATES, LLC, a Georgia limited liability company ("LANDLORD"), and BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., a national banking association ("MORTGAGEE")

WHEREAS, Mortgagee is the owner of a promissory or deed of trust note (herein, as it may have been or may be from time to time renewed, extended, amended, supplemented, or restated, called the "NOTE") executed by Landlord payable to the order of Mortgagee, bearing interest and payable as therein provided, secured by, among other things, a Deed of Trust, Assignment and Security Agreement (herein, as it may have been or may be from time to time renewed, extended, amended or supplemented, called the "MORTGAGE"), recorded or to be recorded in the land records of Jefferson County, Kentucky, covering, among other property, the land (the "LAND") described in EXHIBIT "A" which is attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference, and the improvements ("IMPROVEMENTS") thereon (such Land and Improvements being herein together called the "PROPERTY");

WHEREAS, Tenant is the tenant under a lease from Landlord dated August ___, 2003 (herein, as it may from time to time be renewed, extended, amended or supplemented, called the "LEASE"), covering a portion of the Property (said portion being herein referred to as the "PREMISES"); and

WHEREAS, the term "Landlord" as used herein means the present landlord under the Lease or, if the landlord's interest is transferred in any manner, the successor(s) or assign(s) occupying the position of landlord under the Lease at the time in question.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

1. SUBORDINATION. Tenant agrees and covenants that the Lease and the rights of Tenant thereunder, all of Tenant's right, title and interest in and to the property covered by the Lease, and any lease thereafter executed by Tenant covering any part of the Property, are and shall be subject, subordinate and inferior to (a) the Mortgage and the rights of Mortgagee thereunder, and all right, title and interest of Mortgagee in the Property, and (b) all other security documents now or hereafter securing payment of any indebtedness of the Landlord (or any prior landlord) to Mortgagee which cover or affect the Property (the "Security Documents"). This Agreement is not intended and shall not be construed to subordinate the Lease to any mortgage, deed of trust or other security document other than those referred to in the preceding sentence, securing the indebtedness to Mortgagee.

2. NON-DISTURBANCE. Mortgagee agrees that so long as the Lease is in full force and effect and Tenant is not in default in the payment of rent, additional rent or other payments or in the performance of any of the other terms, covenants or conditions of the Lease on Tenant's part to be performed (beyond the period, if any, specified in the Lease within which Tenant may cure such default),

(a) Tenant's possession of the Premises under the Lease shall not be disturbed or interfered with by Mortgagee in the exercise of any of its foreclosure rights under the Mortgage, or conveyance in lieu of foreclosure, and

(b) Mortgagee will not join Tenant as a party defendant for the purpose of terminating Tenant's interest and estate under the Lease in any proceeding for foreclosure of the Mortgage.

3. ATTORNMENT.

(a) Tenant covenants and agrees that in the event of foreclosure of the Mortgage, whether by power of sale or by court action, or upon a transfer of the Property by conveyance in lieu of foreclosure (the purchaser at foreclosure or the transferee in lieu of foreclosure, including Mortgagee if it is such purchaser or transferee, being herein called "NEW OWNER"), Tenant shall attorn to the New Owner as Tenant's new landlord, and agrees that the Lease shall continue in full force and effect as a direct lease between Tenant and New Owner upon all of the terms, covenants, conditions and agreements set forth in the Lease and this Agreement, except for provisions which are impossible for New Owner to perform; provided, however, that in no event shall the New Owner be:

(i) liable for any act, omission, default, misrepresentation, or breach of warranty, of any previous landlord (including Landlord) or obligations accruing prior to New Owner's actual ownership of the Property;

(ii) subject to any offset, defense, claim or counterclaim which Tenant might be entitled to assert against any previous landlord (including Landlord);

(iii) bound by any payment of rent, additional rent or other payments, made by Tenant to any previous landlord (including Landlord) for more than one (1) month in advance;

(iv) bound by any amendment, or modification of the Lease hereafter made, or consent, or acquiescence by any previous landlord (including Landlord) under the Lease to any assignment or sublease hereafter granted, without the written consent of Mortgagee; or

(v) liable for any deposit that Tenant may have given to any previous landlord (including Landlord) which has not, as such, been transferred to New Owner.

G-1

(b) The provisions of this Agreement regarding attornment by Tenant shall be self-operative and effective without the necessity of execution of any new lease or other document on the part of any party hereto or the respective heirs, legal representatives, successors or assigns of any such party. Tenant agrees, however, to execute and deliver upon the request of New Owner, any instrument or certificate which in the reasonable judgment of New Owner may be necessary or appropriate to evidence such attornment, including a new lease of the Premises on the same terms and conditions as the Lease for the unexpired term of the Lease.

4. ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE. Tenant agrees to execute and deliver from time to time, upon the request of Landlord or of any holder(s) of any of the indebtedness or obligations secured by the Mortgage, a certificate regarding the status of the Lease, consisting of statements, if true (or if not, specifying why not), (a) that the Lease is in full force and effect, (b) the date through which rentals have been paid, (c) the date of the commencement of the term of the Lease, (d) the nature of any amendments or modifications of the Lease, (e) to the best of Tenant's knowledge no default, or state of facts which with the passage of time or notice (or both) would constitute a default, exists under the Lease, (f) to the best of Tenant's knowledge, no setoffs, recoupments, estoppels, claims or counterclaims exist against Landlord, and (g) such other matters as may be reasonably requested.

5. ACKNOWLEDGMENT AND AGREEMENT BY TENANT. Tenant acknowledges and agrees as follows:

(a) Tenant acknowledges that Landlord will execute and deliver to Mortgagee in connection with the financing of the Property. Tenant hereby expressly consents to such assignment and agrees that such assignment shall, in all respects, be superior to any interest Tenant has in the Lease of the Property, subject to the provisions of this Agreement. Tenant will not amend, alter or waive any provision of, or consent to the amendment, alteration or waiver of any provision of the Lease without the prior written consent of Mortgagee. Tenant shall not prepay any rents or other sums due under the lease for more than one (1) month in advance of the due date therefor. Tenant acknowledges that Mortgagee will rely upon this instrument in connection with such financing.

(b) Mortgagee, in making any disbursements to Landlord, is under no obligation or duty to oversee or direct the application of the proceeds of such disbursements, and such proceeds may be used by Landlord for purposes other than improvement of the Property.

(c) From and after the date hereof, in the event of any act or omission by Landlord which would give Tenant the right, either immediately or after the lapse of time, to terminate the Lease or to claim a partial or total eviction, Tenant will not exercise any such right (i) until it has given written notice of such act or omission to the Mortgagee; and (ii) until the same period of time as is given to Landlord under the Lease to cure such act or omission shall have elapsed following such giving of notice to Mortgagee and following the time when Mortgagee shall have become entitled under the Mortgage to remedy the same, but in any event 30 days after receipt of such notice or such longer period of time as may be necessary to cure or remedy such default, act, or omission including such period of time necessary to obtain possession of the Property and thereafter cure such default, act, or omission, during which period of time Mortgagee shall be permitted to cure or remedy such default, act or omission; provided, however, that Mortgagee shall have no duty or obligation to cure or remedy any breach or default. It is specifically agreed that Tenant shall not, as to Mortgagee, require cure of any such default which is personal to Landlord, and therefore not susceptible to cure by Mortgagee.

(d) In the event that Mortgagee notifies Tenant of a default under the Mortgage, Note, or Security Documents and demands that Tenant pay its rent and all other sums due under the Lease directly to Mortgagee, Tenant shall honor such demand and pay the full amount of its rent and all other sums due under the Lease directly to Mortgagee, without offset, or as otherwise required pursuant to such notice beginning with the payment next due after such notice of default, without inquiry as to whether a default actually exists under the Mortgage, Security Documents or otherwise in connection with the Note, and notwithstanding any contrary instructions of or demands from Landlord.

(e) Tenant shall send a copy of any notice or statement under the Lease to Mortgagee at the same time such notice or statement is sent to Landlord if such notice or statement has a material impact on the economic terms, operating covenants or duration of the Lease.

(f) Tenant has no right or option of any nature whatsoever, whether pursuant to the Lease or otherwise, to purchase the Premises or the Property, or any portion thereof or any interest therein, and to the extent that Tenant has had, or hereafter acquires, any such right or option, same is hereby acknowledged to be subject and subordinate to the Mortgage and is hereby waived and released as against Mortgagee and New Owner.

(g) This Agreement satisfies any condition or requirement in the Lease relating to the granting of a non-disturbance agreement and Tenant waives any requirement to the contrary in the Lease.

(h) Mortgagee and any New Owner shall have no liability to Tenant or any other party for any conflict between the provisions of the Lease and the provisions of any other lease affecting the Property, including, but not limited to, any provisions relating to exclusive or non-conforming uses or rights, renewal options and options to expand, and in the event of such a conflict, Tenant shall have no right to cancel the Lease or take any other remedial action against Mortgagee or New Owner, or against any other party for which Mortgagee or any New Owner would be liable.

(i) Mortgagee and any New Owner shall have no obligation nor incur any liability with respect to the erection or completion of the improvements in which the Premises are located or for completion of the Premises or any improvements for Tenant's use and occupancy, either at the commencement of the term of the Lease or upon any renewal or extension thereof or upon the addition of additional space, pursuant to any expansion rights contained in the Lease.

(j) Mortgagee and any New Owner shall have no obligation nor incur any liability with respect to any

G-2

warranties of any nature whatsoever, whether pursuant to the Lease or otherwise, including, without limitation, any warranties respecting use, compliance with zoning, Landlord's title, Landlord's authority, habitability, fitness for purpose or possession.

(k) In the event that Mortgagee or any New Owner shall acquire title to the Premises or the Property, Mortgagee or such New Owner shall have no obligation, nor incur any liability, beyond Mortgagee's or New Owner's then equity interest, if any, in the Property or the Premises, and Tenant shall look exclusively to such equity interest of Mortgagee or New Owner, if any, for the payment and discharge of any obligations imposed upon Mortgagee or New Owner hereunder or under the Lease or for recovery of any judgment from Mortgagee, or New Owner, and in no event shall Mortgagee, New Owner, nor any of their respective officers, directors, shareholders, agents, representatives, servants, employees or partners ever be personally liable for such judgment.

(l) Tenant has never permitted, and will not permit, the generation, treatment, storage or disposal of any hazardous substance as defined under federal, state, or local law, on the Premises or Property except for such substances of a type and only in a quantity normally used in connection with the occupancy or operation of buildings (such as non-flammable cleaning fluids and supplies normally used in the day to day operation of first class establishments similar to the Improvements), which substances are being held, stored, and used in strict compliance with federal, state, and local laws. Tenant shall be solely responsible for and shall reimburse and indemnify Landlord, New Owner or Mortgagee, as applicable, for any loss, liability, claim or expense, including without limitation, cleanup and all other expenses, including, without limitation, legal fees that Landlord, New Owner or Mortgagee, as applicable, may incur by reason of Tenant's violation of the requirements of this Paragraph 5(l).

6. ACKNOWLEDGMENT AND AGREEMENT BY LANDLORD. Landlord, as landlord under the Lease and grantor under the Mortgage, acknowledges and agrees for itself and its heirs, representatives, successors and assigns, that: (a) this Agreement does not constitute a waiver by Mortgagee of any of its rights under the Mortgage, Note, or Security Documents, or in any way release Landlord from its obligations to comply with the terms, provisions, conditions, covenants, agreements and clauses of the Mortgage, Note, or Security Documents; (b) the provisions of the Mortgage, Note, or Security Documents remain in full force and effect and must be complied with by Landlord; and (c) Tenant is hereby authorized to pay its rent and all other sums due under the Lease directly to Mortgagee upon receipt of a notice as set forth in paragraph 5(d) above from Mortgagee and that Tenant is not obligated to inquire as to whether a default actually exists under the Mortgage, Security Documents or otherwise in connection with the Note. Landlord hereby releases and discharges Tenant of and from any liability to Landlord resulting from Tenant's payment to Mortgagee in accordance with this Agreement. Landlord represents and warrants to Mortgagee that a true and complete copy of the Lease has been delivered by Landlord to Mortgagee.

7. LEASE STATUS. Landlord and Tenant certify to Mortgagee that neither Landlord nor Tenant has knowledge of any default on the part of the other under the Lease, that the Lease is bona fide and contains all of the agreements of the parties thereto with respect to the letting of the Premises and that all of the agreements and provisions therein contained are in full force and effect.

8. NOTICES. All notices, requests, consents, demands and other communications required or which any party desires to give hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficiently given or furnished if delivered by personal delivery, by telegram, telex, or facsimile, by expedited delivery service with proof of delivery, or by registered or certified United States mail, postage prepaid, at the addresses specified at the end of this Agreement (unless changed by similar notice in writing given by the particular party whose address is to be changed). Any such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been given either at the time of personal delivery or, in the case of delivery service or mail, as of the date of first attempted delivery at the address and in the manner provided herein, or, in the case of telegram, telex or facsimile, upon receipt. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no notice of change of address shall be effective except upon receipt. This Paragraph 8 shall not be construed in any way to affect or impair any waiver of notice or demand provided in this Agreement or in the Lease or in any document evidencing, securing or pertaining to the loan evidenced by the Note or to require giving of notice or demand to or upon any person in any situation or for any reason.

9. MISCELLANEOUS.

(a) This Agreement supersedes any inconsistent provision of the Lease.

(b) Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed to derogate from or in any way impair, or affect the lien, security interest or provisions of the Mortgage, Note, or Security Documents.

(c) This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their respective successors and permitted assigns, and any New Owner, and its heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns; provided, however, that in the event of the assignment or transfer of the interest of Mortgagee, all obligations and liabilities of the assigning Mortgagee under this Agreement shall terminate, and thereupon all such obligations and liabilities shall be the responsibility of the party to whom Mortgagee's interest is assigned or transferred; and provided further that the interest of Tenant under this Agreement may not be assigned or transferred without the prior written consent of Mortgagee.

(d) THIS AGREEMENT AND ITS VALIDITY, ENFORCEMENT AND INTERPRETATION SHALL BE GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF KENTUCKY AND APPLICABLE UNITED STATES FEDERAL LAW EXCEPT ONLY TO THE EXTENT, IF ANY, THAT THE LAWS OF THE STATE IN WHICH THE PROPERTY IS LOCATED NECESSARILY CONTROL.

(e) The words "herein", "hereof", "hereunder" and other similar compounds of the word "here" as used in this Agreement refer to this entire Agreement and not to any particular section or provision.

(f) This Agreement may not be modified orally or in any manner other than by an agreement in writing signed by the parties hereto or their respective successors in interest.

G-3

(g) If any provision of the Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not apply to or affect any other provision hereof, but this Agreement shall be construed as if such invalidity, illegibility, or unenforceability did not exist.

[SIGNATURES APPEAR ON THE FOLLOWING PAGE]

G-4

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and sealed as of the date first above written.

ADDRESS OF MORTGAGEE:                   MORTGAGEE:

---------------------------             BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.
---------------------------
---------------------------             By:
---------------------------                ----------------------------
Attention:-----------------             Name:
                                             --------------------------
                                        Title:
                                              -------------------------

STATE OF_______________

COUNTY OF______________

BE IT REMEMBERED, that on the ____ day of _______________, 2003, the foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me, __________________, a Notary Public in and for said County and State, by _____________________, the ____________ of Bank of America, N.A., on behalf of said national banking association.

IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed my notarial seal on the day and year last aforesaid.


Notary Public

My Commission Expires:____________

ADDRESS OF TENANT:                      TENANT:

6040 Dutchmans Lane                     TEXAS ROADHOUSE HOLDINGS LLC,
Suite 400                               a Kentucky limited liability company
Louisville, Kentucky 40205
Attention: Sheila C. Brown, Esq.        By: WKT Restaurant Corp., a Kentucky
                                            Corporation, its Manager

                                            By:
                                               ----------------------
                                            Name:
                                                 --------------------
                                            Title:
                                                  -------------------

STATE OF KENTUCKY

COUNTY OF JEFFERSON

BE IT REMEMBERED, that on the ____ day of _______________, 2003, the foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me, __________________, a Notary Public in and for said County and State, by _____________________, the ____________ of Texas Roadhouse Holdings LLC, on behalf of said limited liability company

IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed my notarial seal on the day and year last aforesaid.


Notary Public

My Commission Expires:____________

[Signatures continued on next page]

G-5

[Signatures continued from previous page]

ADDRESS OF LANDLORD:                  LANDLORD:

c/o Brookdale Investors Two, L.P.     PARAGON CENTRE ASSOCIATES, LLC,
3455 Peachtree Road, N.E.             a Georgia limited liability company
Suite 700
Atlanta, Georgia 30326                By: Brookdale Investors Two, L.P., a
Attention: Mr. Fred H. Henritze           Delaware limited partnership, as
                                          Managing Member

                                          By: Brookdale Partners II, LLC, a
                                              Georgia limited liability company,
                                              its sole General Partner

                                              By:
                                                  ------------------------------
                                                   Fred H. Henritze, Manager

STATE OF GEORGIA

COUNTY OF FULTON

BE IT REMEMBERED, that on the ____ day of _______________, 2003, the foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me, __________________, a Notary Public in and for said County and State, by _____________________, the ____________ of Paragon Centre Associates, LLC, on behalf of said limited liability company.

IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed my notarial seal on the day and year last aforesaid.


Notary Public

My Commission Expires:_____________

G-6

EXHIBIT "A"

LEGAL DESCRIPTION OF THE LAND

Being a portion of the tract conveyed to Louisville Dutchmans Lane Associates, Ltd., as recorded in Deed Book 5533 Page 278, in the Office of the County Clerk of Jefferson County, Kentucky; and more particularly described as follows:

BEGINNING at a pipe at the intersection of the southerly line of Dutchmans Lane as established in instrument of record in Deed Book 1238 Page 397, in the Office of the Clerk of the County Court of Jefferson County, Kentucky, thence with the northwesterly line of the tract conveyed to Louisville Dutchmans Lane Associates, Ltd. by Deed of record in Deed Book 5533 Page 278, in the Office of the Clerk aforesaid; thence with the southerly line of Dutchmans Lane and with an arc of a curve to the left having a radius of 216.33 feet and the following chords:

South 66 degrees 19 minutes 48 seconds East 43.05 feet to an iron pipe; South 78 degrees 40 minutes 38 seconds East 50.00 feet to an iron pipe; North 88 degrees 03 minutes 02 seconds East 50.00 feet to an iron pipe; North 74 degrees 46 minutes 42 seconds East 50.00 feet to an iron pipe; North 61 degrees 30 minutes 22 seconds East 50.00 feet to an iron pipe; thence continuing with the southeasterly line of Dutchmans Lane, North 54 degrees 52 minutes 12 seconds East 46.50 feet to an iron pipe in the southwesternmost corner of the tract conveyed to Louisville OPC Associates, Ltd. by Deed of record in Deed Book 5559 Page 255; thence with the most pipe; southwesterly line of said tract South 35 degrees 07 minutes 48 seconds East 31.00 feet to an iron thence South 46 degrees 11 minutes 52 seconds East 112.93 feet to an iron pipe; thence with an arc of a curve to the left having a radius of 867.00 feet, and a chord of South 48 degrees 27 minutes 20 seconds East 118.26 feet to an iron pipe; thence with the arc of a curve to the right having a radius of 12.00 feet and a chord of South 06 degrees 36 minutes 16 seconds East 17.20 feet; thence South 39 degrees 09 minutes 26 seconds West 18.32 feet to an iron pipe; South 50 degrees 50 minutes 34 seconds East 24.00 feet to an iron pipe; North 84 degrees 09 minutes 25 seconds East 62.44 feet to an iron pipe; thence with the arc of a curve to the right having a radius of 11.00 feet, and a chord of South 73 degrees 20 minutes 26 seconds East 8.43 feet; thence the following courses and distances: South 50 degrees 50 minutes 16 seconds East 5.34 feet to an iron pipe; South 05 degrees 50 minutes 34 seconds East 34.25 feet to an iron pipe; South 47 degrees 17 minutes 46 seconds East 243.59 feet to an iron pipe on the west line of right-of-way for Watterson Expressway I-264, said point also being on the southeasternmost line of the tract conveyed to Louisville OPC Associates, Ltd. as recorded in Deed Book 5559 Page 255 in aforementioned clerks office; thence along West right-of-way line of Watterson Expressway I-264, South 59 degrees 37 minutes 00 seconds West 389.94 feet to an iron pipe; thence leaving the existing right-of-way of Watterson Expressway I-264, with the following courses, North 33 degrees 22 minutes 13 seconds West 701.67 feet to the POINT OF BEGINNING containing approximately 4.410 acres.

EXCEPTING THEREFROM that certain parcel conveyed to the Commonwealth of Kentucky by Deed of Conveyance dated June 28, 1989, and recorded in Deed Book 5876 Page 97 in the Office of the Clerk of the County Court of Jefferson County, Kentucky, and further described as follows:

BEGINNING at a point in the existing access control and right of way line, said point being the Grantor's east property corner, 38.00 feet left of I-264 Station 606+52.59; thence with said existing access control and right of way line and the Grantor's southeast property line South 60 degrees 51 minutes 23 seconds West (Grantor's Survey South 59 degrees 37 minutes 00 second West), 389.94 feet to the Grantor's south property corner 38.00 feet left of I-264 Station 602+62.65; thence with the Grantor's southwest property line North 32 degrees 07 minutes 50 seconds West (Grantor's Survey North 33 degrees 22 minutes 13 seconds West), 98.13 feet to a point in the proposed access control and right of way line 136.00 feet left of I-264 Station 602+57.54; thence with said proposed access control and right of way line the following courses: South 89 degrees 45 minutes 09 seconds East, 77.43 feet to a point 98.00 feet left of I-264 Station 603+25.00; North 60 degrees 15 minutes 12 seconds East, 308.38 feet to a point in the Grantor's northeast property line 101.25 feet left of I-264 Station 606+33.36; thence with said northeast property line South 46 degrees 03 minutes 23 seconds East (Grantor's Survey South 47 degrees 17 minutes 46 seconds East), 66.11 feet to the point of beginning containing approximately 0.567 acre.


Exhibit 10.3

EXECUTION COPY


CREDIT AGREEMENT

Dated as of July 16, 2003

TEXAS ROADHOUSE HOLDINGS LLC

as the Borrower,

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and

L/C Issuer,

and

The Other Lenders Party Hereto

BANC OF AMERICA SECURITIES LLC,
as Co-Lead Arranger,

and

NATIONAL CITY BANK OF KENTUCKY,

as Co-Lead Arranger and as Syndication Agent,

and

BANK ONE,
as Co-Documentation Agent,

and

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Co-Documentation Agent.



TABLE OF CONTENTS

Section                                                                     Page
-------                                                                     ----
ARTICLE I. DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS                                    1

     1.01     Defined Terms.                                                   1
     1.02     Other Interpretive Provisions.                                  25
     1.03     Accounting Terms.                                               25
     1.04     UCC Terms.                                                      26
     1.05     Rounding.                                                       26
     1.06     References to Agreements and Laws.                              26
     1.07     Times of Day.                                                   26
     1.08     Letter of Credit Amounts.                                       26

ARTICLE II. THE COMMITMENTS AND CREDIT EXTENSIONS                             26

     2.01     Construction Loans.                                             26
     2.02     Working Capital Loans.                                          28
     2.03     Term Loan.                                                      29
     2.04     Conversions and Continuations of Construction Loans, Working
                Capital Loans and Term Loan.                                  30
     2.06     Swing Line Loans.                                               38
     2.07     Prepayments.                                                    41
     2.08     Termination or Reduction of Construction Loan Commitments or
                Working Capital Commitments.                                  45
     2.09     Repayment of Loans.                                             46
     2.10     Reallocation of Construction Loan Commitment and Working
                Capital Commitment.                                           46

ARTICLE III. GENERAL LOAN PROVISIONS                                          47

     3.01     Interest.                                                       47
     3.02     Fees.                                                           47
     3.03     Computation of Interest and Fees.                               48
     3.04     Evidence of Debt.                                               48
     3.05     Payments Generally.                                             49
     3.06     Sharing of Payments.                                            50
     3.07     Security.                                                       51

ARTICLE IV. TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY                            51

     4.01     Taxes.                                                          51
     4.02     Illegality.                                                     52
     4.03     Inability to Determine Rates.                                   53
     4.04     Increased Cost and Reduced Return; Capital Adequacy.            53

i

     4.05     Funding Losses.                                                 53
     4.06     Matters Applicable to all Requests for Compensation             54
     4.07     Survival.                                                       54

ARTICLE V. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CREDIT EXTENSIONS                          54

     5.01     Conditions of Initial Credit Extension.                         54
     5.02     Additional Conditions for each Construction Loan                59
     5.03     Conditions to all Credit Extensions.                            60

ARTICLE VI. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES                                    61

     6.01     Existence, Qualification and Power; Compliance with Laws.       61
     6.02     Authorization; No Contravention.                                61
     6.03     Governmental Authorization; Other Consents.                     61
     6.04     Binding Effect.                                                 62
     6.05     Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect.               62
     6.06     Litigation.                                                     62
     6.07     No Default.                                                     63
     6.08     Ownership of Property; Liens.                                   63
     6.09     Environmental Compliance.                                       63
     6.10     Insurance.                                                      64
     6.11     Taxes.                                                          64
     6.12     ERISA Compliance.                                               65
     6.13     Subsidiaries.                                                   65
     6.14     Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act; Public Utility
                Holding Company Act.                                          66
     6.15     Material Contracts                                              66
     6.16     Disclosure.                                                     66
     6.17     Compliance with Laws.                                           66
     6.18     Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc                            67
     6.19     Employee Relations.                                             67
     6.20     Burdensome Provisions                                           67
     6.21     Tax Shelter Regulations                                         67
     6.22     Survival of Representations and Warranties, Etc                 68

ARTICLE VII. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS                                            68

     7.01     Financial Statements                                            68
     7.02     Certificates; Other Information                                 69
     7.03     Notices                                                         70
     7.04     Payment of Obligations                                          71
     7.05     Preservation of Existence, Etc                                  71
     7.06     Maintenance of Properties                                       71
     7.07     Maintenance of Insurance                                        71
     7.08     Compliance with Laws                                            72
     7.09     Environmental Laws                                              72

ii

     7.10     Compliance with ERISA                                           72
     7.11     Compliance With Agreements                                      72
     7.12     Books and Records                                               73
     7.13     Inspection Rights                                               73
     7.14     Use of Proceeds                                                 73
     7.15     Additional Subsidiaries                                         73
     7.16     Required Joint Venture Distributions                            74
     7.17     Further Assurances                                              74

ARTICLE VIII. NEGATIVE COVENANTS                                              74

     8.01     Liens                                                           74
     8.02     Investments                                                     75
     8.03     Indebtedness                                                    77
     8.04     Fundamental Changes                                             78
     8.05     Dispositions                                                    79
     8.06     Restricted Payments                                             79
     8.07     Limitations on Exchange and Issuance of Capital Stock           80
     8.08     Change in Nature of Business                                    80
     8.09     Accounting Changes; Organizational Documents                    80
     8.10     Transactions with Affiliates                                    81
     8.11     Burdensome Agreements                                           81
     8.12     Use of Proceeds                                                 81
     8.13     Impairment of Security Interests                                81
     8.14     Restrictions on Conduct of IP Holdco                            81
     8.15     Financial Covenants                                             81
     8.16     Capital Expenditures                                            82
     8.17     Restaurant Expenditure Limitations                              83
     8.18     Consolidated New Unit Pre-Opening Costs Limitations             83

ARTICLE IX. EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES                                    83

     9.01     Events of Default                                               83
     9.02     Remedies Upon Event of Default                                  85
     9.03     Application of Funds                                            86

ARTICLE X. ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT                                               86

     10.01    Appointment and Authorization of Administrative Agent           86
     10.02    Delegation of Duties                                            87
     10.03    Liability of Administrative Agent                               87
     10.04    Reliance by Administrative Agent                                88
     10.05    Notice of Default                                               88
     10.06    Credit Decision; Disclosure of Information by Administrative
                Agent                                                         88
     10.07    Indemnification of Administrative Agent                         89
     10.08    Administrative Agent in its Individual Capacity                 89
     10.09    Successor Administrative Agent                                  90

iii

     10.10    Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim                   90
     10.11    Collateral and Guaranty Matters                                 91
     10.12    Other Agents; Arrangers and Managers                            92

ARTICLE XI. MISCELLANEOUS                                                     92

     11.01    Amendments, Etc                                                 92
     11.02    Notices and Other Communications; Facsimile Copies              93
     11.03    No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies                                  94
     11.04    Attorney Costs, Expenses and Taxes                              95
     11.05    Indemnification by the Borrower                                 95
     11.06    Payments Set Aside                                              96
     11.07    Successors and Assigns                                          96
     11.08    Confidentiality                                                 99
     11.09    Set-off                                                        100
     11.10    Interest Rate Limitation                                       100
     11.11    Counterparts                                                   101
     11.12    Integration                                                    101
     11.13    Survival of Representations and Warranties                     101
     11.14    Severability                                                   101
     11.15    Tax Forms                                                      101
     11.16    Governing Law                                                  103
     11.17    Waiver of Right to Trial by Jury                               104
     11.18    Time of the Essence                                            104

SIGNATURES                                                                   S-1

iv

SCHEDULES

1.01     Excluded Guarantees
2.01     Commitments and Commitment Percentages
3.07     Security Documents
6.01     Jurisdictions of Organization and Qualification
6.05     Supplement to Interim Financial Statements
6.06     Litigation
6.08     Property
6.09     Environmental Matters
6.11     Taxes
6.12     ERISA Plans
6.13     Subsidiaries and Other Equity Investments
6.15     Material Contracts
6.18     Intellectual Property
8.01     Existing Liens
8.02     Existing Investments
8.03     Existing Indebtedness
11.02    Administrative Agent's Office, Certain Addresses for Notices

EXHIBITS

FORM OF

A        Loan Notice
B        Swing Line Loan Notice
C        Note
D        Compliance Certificate
E        Assignment and Assumption
F-1      Unlimited Subsidiary Guaranty
F-2      Limited Subsidiary Guaranty
G        Intercompany Note
H        Collateral Assignment
I        Notice of Account Designation

v

CREDIT AGREEMENT

This CREDIT AGREEMENT ("AGREEMENT") is entered into as of July 16, 2003, among TEXAS ROADHOUSE HOLDINGS LLC, a Kentucky limited liability company (the "BORROWER"), each lender from time to time party hereto (collectively, the "LENDERS" and individually, a "LENDER"), BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer, and NATIONAL CITY BANK OF KENTUCKY, as Syndication Agent.

The Borrower has requested, among other things, that the Lenders provide a revolving construction loan facility, a working capital line, a swing line, a letter of credit facility and a term loan facility, and the Lenders are willing to do so on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:

ARTICLE I.
DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS

1.01 DEFINED TERMS.

As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

"ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT" means Bank of America in its capacity as administrative agent under any of the Loan Documents, or any successor administrative agent.

"ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT'S OFFICE" means the Administrative Agent's address and, as appropriate, account as set forth on SCHEDULE 11.02, or such other address or account as the Administrative Agent may from time to time notify the Borrower and the Lenders.

"ADMINISTRATIVE QUESTIONNAIRE" means an Administrative Questionnaire in a form supplied by the Administrative Agent.

"AFFILIATE" means, with respect to any Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified. "CONTROL" means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. "CONTROLLING" and "CONTROLLED" have meanings correlative thereto. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a Person shall be deemed to be Controlled by another Person if such other Person possesses, directly or indirectly, power to vote 16% or more of the securities having ordinary voting power for the election of directors, managing general partners or the equivalent.

"AGENT-RELATED PERSONS" means the Administrative Agent, together with its Affiliates (including, in the case of Bank of America in its capacity as the Administrative Agent, and as the Co-Lead Arranger), and the officers, directors, employees, agents and attorneys-in-fact of such Persons and Affiliates.


"AGGREGATE COMMITMENTS" means the Commitments of all the Lenders. On the Closing Date the Aggregate Commitments shall be $100,000,000.

"AGREEMENT" means this Credit Agreement, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

"APPLICABLE RATE" means the following percentages per annum, based upon the Consolidated Leverage Ratio as set forth in the most recent Compliance Certificate received by the Administrative Agent pursuant to SECTION 7.02(b):

APPLICABLE RATE

                                                      Eurodollar Rate Loans       Base Rate Loans
                                                      -----------------------------------------------
                                                      Construction
                                                         Loans                Construction
                                                          and                  Loans and
          Consolidated                                  Working                 Working
Pricing   Total                          Commitment     Capital       Term      Capital       Term
 Level    Leverage Ratio                     Fee         Loans        Loan       Loans        Loan
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   1      Less than or equal to 2.00x      0.250%         1.50%       1.75%      0.250%       0.500%
          Less than or equal to
   2      2.50x but greater than 2.00x     0.250%         2.00%       2.25%      0.750%       1.000%
          Less than or equal to
   3      3.00x but greater than 2.50x     0.250%         2.25%       2.50%      1.000%       1.250%

   4      Greater than 3.0x                0.250%         2.50%       2.75%      1.250%       1.500%

Any increase or decrease in the Applicable Rate resulting from a change in the Consolidated Leverage Ratio shall become effective as of the first Business Day immediately following the date a Compliance Certificate is delivered pursuant to SECTION 6.02(b); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if a Compliance Certificate is not delivered when due in accordance with such Section, then Pricing Level 4 shall apply as of the first Business Day after the date on which such Compliance Certificate was required to have been delivered. The Applicable Rate in effect from the Closing Date through receipt of the Compliance Certificate with respect to the Fiscal Quarter ending September 30, 2003 shall be based upon Pricing Level 3, unless a higher Pricing Level would apply.

"ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION" means an Assignment and Assumption substantially in the form of EXHIBIT E.

2

"ASSUMED CAPITAL EXPENDITURES" means, for any four (4) quarter period, an amount equal to the product of (a) $30,000 TIMES (b) the number of Restaurants owned by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, which such Restaurants have been open for more than eighteen (18) months.

"ATTORNEY COSTS" means and includes all reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of any law firm or other external counsel.

"ATTRIBUTABLE INDEBTEDNESS" means, on any date, in respect of any capital lease of any Person, the capitalized amount thereof that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person prepared as of such date in accordance with GAAP.

"AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 5.01(f).

"AVAILABILITY PERIOD" means:

(a) with respect to Construction Loans, the period from and including the Closing Date to the earliest of (i) the Construction Loan Maturity Date, (ii) the date of termination of the Construction Loan Commitments pursuant to SECTION 2.08, and (iii) the date of termination of the commitment of each Lender to make Loans pursuant to SECTION 9.02, and

(b) with respect to Working Capital Loans, the period from and including the Closing Date to the earliest of (i) the Working Capital Loan Maturity Date, (ii) the date of termination of the Working Capital Commitments pursuant to SECTION 2.08, and (iii) the date of termination of the commitment of each Lender to make Loans and of the obligation of the L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions pursuant to SECTION 9.02.

"BANK OF AMERICA" means Bank of America, N.A., a national banking association, and its successors.

"BASE RATE" means for any day a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the higher of (a) the Federal Funds Rate plus 1/2 of 1% and (b) the rate of interest in effect for such day as publicly announced from time to time by Bank of America as its "prime rate." The "prime rate" is a rate set by Bank of America based upon various factors including Bank of America's costs and desired return, general economic conditions and other factors, and is used as a reference point for pricing some loans, which may be priced at, above, or below such announced rate. Any change in such rate announced by Bank of America shall take effect at the opening of business on the day specified in the public announcement of such change.

"BASE RATE LOAN" means a Loan that bears interest based on the Base Rate.

"BORROWER" has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph hereto.

"BORROWING" means a Construction Loan Borrowing, a Working Capital Borrowing, a Swing Line Borrowing or a Term Loan Borrowing, as the context may require.

"BUSINESS DAY" means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks are authorized to close under the Laws of, or are in fact closed in, the state

3

where the Administrative Agent's Office is located and, if such day relates to any Eurodollar Rate Loan, means any such day on which dealings in Dollar deposits are conducted by and between banks in the London interbank eurodollar market.

"CAPITAL ASSET" means, with respect to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, any asset that should, in accordance with GAAP, be classified and accounted for as a capital asset on a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

"CAPITAL EXPENDITURES" means with respect to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for any period, the aggregate cost of all Capital Assets acquired by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries during such period, as determined in accordance with GAAP MINUS, to the extent included in the foregoing, expenditures made by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries during such period (a) with the proceeds of insurance or a condemnation claim to restore or replace property or assets to the condition of such property or assets immediately prior to any damage, loss, destruction or condemnation of the same, (b) pursuant to
Section 8.02(g), and (c) in connection with the trade-in of property or assets pursuant to Section 8.05(c).

"CASH COLLATERALIZE" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 2.05(g).

"CHANGE OF CONTROL" means, an event or series of events by which:

(a) at any time, the Permitted Equityholders cease to own and control beneficially and of record, at least fifty-one percent (51%) of (i) the equity securities of the Borrower entitled to vote for the managers, members of the board of directors or equivalent governing body of the Borrower on a fully-diluted basis (and taking into account all such securities that such person or group has the right to acquire pursuant to any option right), and (ii) the aggregate capital accounts of the Borrower on a fully-diluted basis (and taking into account all such securities that such person or group has the right to acquire pursuant to any option right);

(b) prior to the consummation of any initial public offering of common stock of the Borrower, W. Kent Taylor (or any Persons which are formed for estate planning or charitable purposes and which are beneficially owned or controlled by, W. Kent Taylor and/or W. Kent Taylor's estate and/or any of W. Kent Taylor's heirs or immediate family members) shall fail to collectively own forty percent (40%) or more of (i) the equity securities of the Borrower entitled to vote for the managers, members of the board of directors or equivalent governing body of the Borrower on a fully-diluted basis (and taking into account all such securities that such person or group has the right to acquire pursuant to any option right), and (ii) the aggregate capital accounts of the Borrower on a fully-diluted basis (and taking into account all such securities that such person or group has the right to acquire pursuant to any option right); or

(c) following the consummation of any initial public offering of common stock of the Borrower or any successor thereto permitted pursuant to
Section 8.04(a) (the "PUBLIC COMPANY"), (i) W. Kent Taylor (and any Persons which are formed for estate planning or charitable purposes and which are beneficially owned or controlled by, W. Kent Taylor and/or W. Kent Taylor's estate and/or any of W. Kent Taylor's heirs or immediate family members) shall fail to collectively own twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the equity securities of the Public Company entitled to vote for the members of the board of directors or equivalent

4

governing body of the Public Company on a fully-diluted basis (and taking into account all such securities that such person or group has the right to acquire pursuant to any option right), or (ii) any "person" or "group" (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, but excluding any employee benefit plan of such person or its subsidiaries, and any person or entity acting in its capacity as trustee, agent or other fiduciary or administrator of any such plan), other than a "person" or "group" consisting of, or controlled by, the Permitted Equityholders, becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, except that a person or group shall be deemed to have "beneficial ownership" of all securities that such person or group has the right to acquire (such right, an "OPTION RIGHT"), whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), directly or indirectly, of twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the equity securities of the Public Company entitled to vote for members of the board of directors or equivalent governing body of the Public Company on a fully-diluted basis (and taking into account all such securities that such person or group has the right to acquire pursuant to any option right).

"CLOSING DATE" means the first date all the conditions precedent in SECTION 5.01 are satisfied or waived in accordance with SECTION 5.01 (or, in the case of
SECTION 5.01(c), waived by the Person entitled to receive the applicable payment).

"CO-LEAD ARRANGERS" means, collectively, Banc of America Securities LLC, and National City Bank of Kentucky.

"CODE" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.

"COLLATERAL" means the collateral security for all or a portion of the Obligations pledged or granted pursuant to the Security Documents.

"COLLATERAL ASSIGNMENT" means the collateral assignment executed and delivered by the Guarantors pursuant to the terms of this Agreement for each Intercompany Construction Loan Note and by the Term Loan Subsidiaries for each Intercompany Term Loan Note, in substantially the form of EXHIBIT H.

"COMMITMENT" means, as to each Lender, the sum of such Lender's Construction Loan Commitment, Working Capital Loan Commitment and Term Loan Commitment, in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the amounts set forth opposite such Lender's name on SCHEDULE 2.01 or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement.

"COMMITMENT FEE" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 3.02(a).

"COMPENSATION PERIOD" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 3.05(c)(ii).

"COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE" means a certificate substantially in the form of
EXHIBIT D.

"CONSOLIDATED AND CONSOLIDATING" means, with respect to any financial statements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, financial statements structured, organized and providing similar

5

information and analysis as set forth in the Audited Financial Statements or Unaudited Quarterly Financial Statements, as applicable.

"CONSOLIDATED ADJUSTED FUNDED INDEBTEDNESS" means, as of any date of determination, for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, the sum of (a) the outstanding principal amount of all obligations, whether current or long-term, for borrowed money (including Obligations hereunder) and all obligations evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, loan agreements or other similar instruments, PLUS (b) all purchase money Indebtedness, PLUS (c) all direct obligations arising under letters of credit (including standby and commercial), bankers' acceptances, bank guaranties, surety bonds and similar instruments, PLUS (d) all obligations in respect of the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than trade accounts payable in the ordinary course of business), PLUS (e) Attributable Indebtedness in respect of capital leases, PLUS (f) without duplication, all Guarantees (other than the Excluded Guarantees) with respect to outstanding Indebtedness of the types specified in clauses (a) through (e) above of Persons other than the Borrower or any Subsidiary, PLUS (g) all Indebtedness of the types referred to in clauses (a) through (f) above of any partnership or joint venture (other than a joint venture that is itself a corporation or limited liability company) which such partnership or joint venture is not a direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Borrower, in which the Borrower or a Subsidiary is a general partner or joint venturer, unless such Indebtedness is expressly made non-recourse to the Borrower or such Subsidiary, PLUS (h) an amount equal to the product of eight
(8) times Consolidated Rental Expense (excluding up to $2,000,000 of Consolidated Rental Expense attributable to equipment leases) for four Fiscal Quarters most recently ended.

"CONSOLIDATED EBITDA" means, for any period, for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, an amount equal to Consolidated Net Income for such period PLUS the following to the extent deducted in calculating such Consolidated Net Income: (a) Consolidated Interest Charges for such period, (b) the provision for federal, state, local and foreign income taxes payable (but not any tax loss or refund) by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such period, and (c) the amount of depreciation and amortization expense deducted in determining such Consolidated Net Income.

"CONSOLIDATED EBITDAR" means, for any period, the sum of Consolidated EBITDA PLUS Consolidated Rental Expense for such period.

"CONSOLIDATED FIXED CHARGES" means, for any period, the sum of the following determined on a consolidated basis, for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP: (a) Consolidated Interest Charges paid or payable in cash for such period, (b) the amount of scheduled principal payments with respect to Indebtedness for such period, (c) an amount equal to the sum of 1/15th of the Construction Loan Outstandings as of the last day of such period PLUS 1/15th of the Working Capital Outstandings as of the last day of such period, (d) Consolidated Rental Expense for such period, (e) dividends and other distributions (including, without limitation, Required Shareholder Distributions) paid in cash for such period (excluding any dividends and distributions to minority owners of Joint Venture Subsidiaries), (f) an amount equal to the amount by which (i) actual cash dividends and distributions to minority owners of the Joint Venture Subsidiaries exceed (ii) the actual minority ownership expense attributable to such minority owners of the Joint Venture Subsidiaries, and (g) Assumed Capital Expenditures.

6

"CONSOLIDATED FIXED CHARGE COVERAGE RATIO" means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated EBITDAR for the period of the four Fiscal Quarters most recently ended TO (b) Consolidated Fixed Charges for such period.

"CONSOLIDATED INTEREST CHARGES" means, for any period, for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, the sum of (a) all interest, premium payments, debt discount, fees, charges and related expenses of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in connection with borrowed money (including capitalized interest) or in connection with the deferred purchase price of assets, in each case to the extent treated as interest in accordance with GAAP, (b) the portion of Consolidated Rental Expense with respect to such period under capital leases that is treated as interest in accordance with GAAP, and (c) the amount of net settlement obligations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries under any Swap Contract respecting interest rate management and relating to the spread between the fixed interest rate under such Swap Contract and the floating interest rate hedged thereby.

"CONSOLIDATED LEVERAGE RATIO" means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Adjusted Funded Indebtedness as of such date TO (b) the sum of (i) Consolidated EBITDAR for the period of the four fiscal quarters most recently ended for which the Borrower has delivered financial statements pursuant to SECTION 7.01(a) or SECTION 7.01 (b), PLUS (ii) Consolidated New Unit Pre-Opening Costs (up to the maximum amount permitted by SECTION 8.18 hereunder) deducted from Consolidated Net Income for such period.

"CONSOLIDATED NET INCOME" means, for any period, for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, the net income of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (excluding (I) extraordinary or one-time gains and (II) extraordinary or one-time non-cash losses) and (including extraordinary or one-time cash losses to the extent not offset by extraordinary or one-time cash gains during the same fiscal period) for that period; PROVIDED that (a) the net income (or loss) of any Person, in which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries has a joint interest with a third party, shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income except to the extent such net income is actually paid to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries by dividend or other distribution during such period, and (b) the net income (or loss) of any Person accrued prior to the date it becomes a Subsidiary of such Person or is merged into or consolidated with such Person or any of its Subsidiaries or that Person's assets are acquired by such Person or any of its Subsidiaries shall be included on a pro forma, historical basis (after giving effect to any adjustments to the net income (or loss) of such newly acquired Person; PROVIDED that (x) such adjustments have been identified in writing by the Borrower at the time of such acquisition, (y) such adjustments have been approved by the Administrative Agent prior to the closing of such acquisition, and (z) with respect to any acquisition, the amount of the adjustments relating to such acquisition do not exceed an amount equal to twenty-five percent (25%) of the net income (or loss) of such newly acquired Person) as if such Person had been a Subsidiary for the entire period.

"CONSOLIDATED NEW UNIT PRE-OPENING COSTS" shall mean "start-up costs" (such term used herein as defined in SOP 98-5 published by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants) related to the acquisition, opening and organizing of New Units, such costs including, without limitation, staff-training, recruiting and travel costs for employees engaged in such start-up activities.

7

"CONSOLIDATED RENTAL EXPENSE" shall mean, for any period, for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, the operating lease expense of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries determined in accordance with GAAP for leases with an initial term greater than one year, as disclosed in the notes to the consolidated financial statements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

"CONSOLIDATED TANGIBLE NET WORTH" means, as of any date of determination, for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, Shareholders' Equity of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on that date MINUS the Intangible Assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on that date.

"CONSTRUCTION-IN-PROGRESS AMOUNT" means the aggregate value of all Restaurants owned by the Borrower or any Guarantor financed by Working Capital Loans which such Restaurants (a) are in the process of being acquired, constructed and organized by the Borrower or such Guarantor and (b) have not yet been open to the public for operation.

"CONSTRUCTION LOAN" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 2.01(a).

"CONSTRUCTION LOAN BORROWING" means a borrowing consisting of simultaneous Construction Loans of the same Type and, in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans, having the same Interest Period made by each of the Lenders pursuant to SECTION 2.01.

"CONSTRUCTION LOAN COMMITMENT" means, as to each Lender, its obligation to make Construction Loans in accordance with the provisions of SECTION 2.01(a), in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the amounts set forth opposite such Lender's name on SCHEDULE 2.01 or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement. "CONSTRUCTION LOAN COMMITMENTS" means the aggregate Construction Loan Commitment of all Lenders. On the Closing Date, the Construction Loan Commitments shall be $73,650,000; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that such amount is subject to change pursuant to SECTION 2.10.

"CONSTRUCTION LOAN COMMITMENT PERCENTAGE" means, as to each Lender at any time, a fraction (expressed as a percentage, carried out to the ninth decimal place), the numerator of which is the amount of the Construction Loan Commitment of such Lender at such time and the denominator of which is the amount of the Construction Loan Commitments at such time; PROVIDED that if the commitment of each Lender to make Loans has been terminated pursuant to SECTION 9.02, then the Construction Loan Commitment Percentage of each Lender shall be determined based on the Construction Loan Commitment Percentage of such Lender immediately prior to such termination and after giving effect to any subsequent assignments made pursuant to the terms hereof. The initial Construction Loan Commitment Percentage of each Lender is set forth opposite the name of such Lender on SCHEDULE 2.01 or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable.

"CONSTRUCTION LOAN MATURITY DATE" means July 16, 2006.

"CONSTRUCTION LOAN OUTSTANDINGS" means the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all Construction Loans.

8

"CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATION" means, as to any Person, any provision of any security issued by such Person or of any agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.

"CONTROL" has the meaning set forth in the definition of "Affiliate."

"CREDIT EXTENSION" means each of the following: (a) a Borrowing and (b) an L/C Credit Extension.

"DEBTOR RELIEF LAWS" means the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief Laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect and affecting the rights of creditors generally.

"DEFAULT" means any event or condition that constitutes an Event of Default or that, with the giving of any notice, the passage of time, or both, would be an Event of Default.

"DEFAULT RATE" means an interest rate equal to (a) the Base Rate PLUS (b) the Applicable Rate, if any, applicable to Base Rate Loans PLUS (c) 2% per annum; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that with respect to a Eurodollar Rate Loan, the Default Rate shall be an interest rate equal to the interest rate (including any Applicable Rate) otherwise applicable to such Loan plus 2% per annum, in each case to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws.

"DEFAULTING LENDER" means any Lender that (a) has failed to fund any portion of the Construction Loans, the Term Loan, the Working Capital Loans, participations in L/C Obligations or participations in Swing Line Loans required to be funded by it hereunder within one Business Day of the date required to be funded by it hereunder, (b) has otherwise failed to pay over to the Administrative Agent or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder within one Business Day of the date when due, unless the subject of a good faith dispute, or (c) has been deemed insolvent or become the subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding.

"DESIGNATED JV SUBSIDIARIES" means all Joint Venture Subsidiaries formed after the Closing Date designated by the Borrower, with the consent of the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld), to receive the proceeds of Construction Loans, Working Capital Loans, Swing Line Loans or Letters of Credit from the Borrower following the Closing Date.

"DISPOSITION" or "DISPOSE" means the sale, transfer, license, lease or other disposition (including any sale and leaseback transaction) of any property by any Person, including any sale, assignment, transfer or other disposal, with or without recourse, of any notes or accounts receivable or any rights and claims associated therewith.

"DISPOSITION PROCEEDS" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 2.07(f).

"DOLLAR" and "$" mean lawful money of the United States.

9

"ELIGIBLE ASSIGNEE" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 11.07(g).

"ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS" means any and all Federal, state, local, and foreign statutes, laws, regulations, ordinances, rules, judgments, orders, decrees, permits, concessions, grants, franchises, licenses, agreements or governmental restrictions relating to pollution and the protection of the environment or the release of any materials into the environment, including those related to hazardous substances or wastes, air emissions and discharges to waste or public systems.

"ENVIRONMENTAL LIABILITY" means any liability, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of environmental remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities), of the Borrower, any other Loan Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries directly or indirectly resulting from or based upon (a) violation of any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the release or threatened release of any Hazardous Materials into the environment or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.

"EQUIPMENT ADVANCES" means Loans advanced to the Borrower, for the benefit of the Borrower, any Guarantor or any Term Loan Subsidiary, the proceeds of which are used to finance or refinance the cost of equipment.

"ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.

"ERISA AFFILIATE" means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) under common control with any Loan Party within the meaning of Section 414(b) or
(c) of the Code (and Sections 414(m) and (o) of the Code for purposes of provisions relating to Section 412 of the Code).

"ERISA EVENT" means (a) a Reportable Event with respect to a Pension Plan;
(b) a withdrawal by any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate from a Pension Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which it was a substantial employer (as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA) or a cessation of operations that is treated as such a withdrawal under Section 4062(e) of ERISA; (c) a complete or partial withdrawal by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan or notification that a Multiemployer Plan is in reorganization; (d) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate, the treatment of a Plan amendment as a termination under Sections 4041 or 4041A of ERISA, or the commencement of proceedings by the PBGC to terminate a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (e) an event or condition which constitutes grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; or (f) the imposition of any liability under Title IV of ERISA, other than for PBGC premiums due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA, upon any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate.

"EURODOLLAR BASE RATE" means, for such Interest Period:

(a) the rate per annum equal to the rate determined by the Administrative Agent to be the offered rate that appears on the page of the Telerate screen (or any successor thereto) that displays an average British Bankers Association Interest Settlement Rate for deposits in Dollars

10

(for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent to such Interest Period, determined as of approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period, or

(b) if the rate referenced in the preceding clause (a) does not appear on such page or service or such page or service shall not be available, the rate per annum equal to the rate determined by the Administrative Agent to be the offered rate on such other page or other service that displays an average British Bankers Association Interest Settlement Rate for deposits in Dollars (for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent to such Interest Period, determined as of approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period, or

(c) if the rates referenced in the preceding clauses (a) and (b) are not available, the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent as the rate of interest at which deposits in Dollars for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period in same day funds in the approximate amount of the Eurodollar Rate Loan being made, continued or converted by Bank of America and with a term equivalent to such Interest Period would be offered by Bank of America's London Branch to major banks in the London interbank eurodollar market at their request at approximately 4:00 p.m. (London time) two Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period.

"EURODOLLAR RATE" means for any Interest Period with respect to any Eurodollar Rate Loan, a rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent pursuant to the following formula:

EURODOLLAR BASE RATE

Eurodollar Rate = ------------------------------------
1.00 - Eurodollar Reserve Percentage

"EURODOLLAR RATE LOAN" means a Loan that bears interest at a rate based on the Eurodollar Rate.

"EURODOLLAR RESERVE PERCENTAGE" means, for any day during any Interest Period, the reserve percentage (expressed as a decimal, carried out to five decimal places) in effect on such day, whether or not applicable to any Lender, under regulations issued from time to time by the FRB for determining the maximum reserve requirement (including any emergency, supplemental or other marginal reserve requirement) with respect to Eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as "Eurocurrency liabilities"). The Eurodollar Rate for each outstanding Eurodollar Rate Loan shall be adjusted automatically as of the effective date of any change in the Eurodollar Reserve Percentage.

"EVENT OF DEFAULT" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 9.01.

"EXCESS CASH FLOW" means, for any period of determination, the sum of, without duplication, (a) Consolidated EBITDA for such period, MINUS (b) income taxes (to the extent such taxes are paid in cash) and Consolidated Interest Charges (to the extent paid in cash) and, in each case, deducted in the determination of Consolidated Net Income for such period, MINUS (c) all

11

principal payments made in respect of Indebtedness during such period (whether scheduled payments or optional prepayments, but excluding mandatory prepayments required to be made pursuant to SECTION 2.07(f)) MINUS (d) all Capital Expenditures made during such period (excluding Capital Expenditures made with the proceeds of Indebtedness), MINUS, (e) Required Shareholder Distributions, PLUS or MINUS, as applicable, (f) the net change in the working capital of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

"EXCLUDED GUARANTEES" means the collective reference to the Guarantees in effect as of the Closing Date and identified on SCHEDULE 1.01 hereto; PROVIDED that (a) the terms and conditions of each such Guarantee are acceptable to the Administrative Agent and (b) the aggregate amount of all such Guarantees (which, for the purposes of this provisions shall be deemed to be equivalent to the aggregate amount of the underlying Indebtedness Guaranteed thereby) shall not exceed $7,100,000, as such amount is reduced by repayments of any such underlying Indebtedness Guaranteed thereby.

"FEDERAL FUNDS RATE" means, for any day, the rate per annum equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers on such day, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank on the Business Day next succeeding such day; PROVIDED that (a) if such day is not a Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be such rate on such transactions on the next preceding Business Day as so published on the next succeeding Business Day, and (b) if no such rate is so published on such next succeeding Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be the average rate (rounded upward, if necessary, to a whole multiple of 1/100 of 1%) charged to Bank of America on such day on such transactions as determined by the Administrative Agent.

"FEE LETTER" means the letter agreement, dated April 4, 2003, among the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Co-Lead Arrangers and the Syndication Agent.

"FISCAL QUARTER" means each of the four periods of thirteen (13) consecutive weeks which make up the Fiscal Year.

"FISCAL YEAR" means the Borrower's Fiscal Year, which is the period of fifty-two (52) consecutive weeks ending on the fifty-second (52) Tuesday of the calendar year.

"FOREIGN LENDER" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 11.15(a)(i).

"FRB" means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States.

"GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or such other principles as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession in the United States, that are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination, consistently applied.

"GOVERNMENTAL APPROVALS" means all authorizations, consents, approvals, licenses and exemptions of, registrations and filings with, and reports to, all Governmental Authorities.

12

"GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITY" means any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, administrative tribunal, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government.

"GUARANTEE" means, as to any Person, any (a) any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such Person guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation payable or performable by another Person (the "primary obligor") in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of such Person, direct or indirect, (i) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation, (ii) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the obligee in respect of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment or performance of such Indebtedness or other obligation, (iii) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity or level of income or cash flow of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other obligation, or (iv) entered into for the purpose of assuring in any other manner the obligee in respect of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment or performance thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part), or
(b) any Lien on any assets of such Person securing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person, whether or not such Indebtedness or other obligation is assumed by such Person. The amount of any Guarantee shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the related primary obligation, or portion thereof, in respect of which such Guarantee is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the guaranteeing Person in good faith. The term "Guarantee" as a verb has a corresponding meaning.

"GUARANTORS" means, collectively, (a) all Designated JV Subsidiaries and
(b) all existing and future direct and indirect wholly-owned Subsidiaries of the Borrower (other than IP Holdco).

"GUARANTY AGREEMENTS" means the collective reference to the Unlimited Subsidiary Guaranty and the Limited Subsidiary Guaranty executed, from time to time, by each of the applicable Guarantors in favor of the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders.

"HAZARDOUS MATERIALS" means all explosive or radioactive substances or wastes and all hazardous or toxic substances, wastes or other pollutants, including petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos-containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, infectious or medical wastes and all other substances or wastes of any nature regulated pursuant to any Environmental Law.

"INDEBTEDNESS" means, as to any Person at a particular time, without duplication, all of the following, whether or not included as indebtedness or liabilities in accordance with GAAP:

(a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money and all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, loan agreements or other similar instruments;

13

(b) all direct or contingent obligations of such Person arising under letters of credit (including standby and commercial), bankers' acceptances, bank guaranties, surety bonds and similar instruments;

(c) net obligations of such Person under any Swap Contract;

(d) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than trade accounts payable in the ordinary course of business);

(e) indebtedness (excluding prepaid interest thereon) secured by a Lien on property owned or being purchased by such Person (including indebtedness arising under conditional sales or other title retention agreements), whether or not such indebtedness shall have been assumed by such Person or is limited in recourse;

(f) capital leases; and

(g) all Guarantees of such Person in respect of any of the foregoing.

For all purposes hereof, the Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any partnership or joint venture (other than a joint venture that is itself a corporation or limited liability company) in which such Person is a general partner or a joint venturer, unless such Indebtedness is expressly made non-recourse to such Person. The amount of any net obligation under any Swap Contract on any date shall be deemed to be the Swap Termination Value thereof as of such date. The amount of any capital lease as of any date shall be deemed to be the amount of Attributable Indebtedness in respect thereof as of such date.

"INDEMNIFIED LIABILITIES" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 11.05.

"INDEMNITEES" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 11.05.

"INSURANCE AND CONDEMNATION PROCEEDS" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 2.07(f).

"INTANGIBLE ASSETS" means assets that are considered to be intangible assets under GAAP, including customer lists, goodwill, computer software, copyrights, trade names, trademarks, patents, franchises, licenses, unamortized deferred charges, unamortized debt discount and capitalized research and development costs.

"INTERCOMPANY CONSTRUCTION LOAN NOTE" means an intercompany promissory note, in substantially the form of EXHIBIT G, made payable to the Borrower by each Guarantor (excluding Guarantors that are wholly-owned Subsidiaries) receiving the proceeds of a Construction Loan in a principal amount equal to the amount of such proceeds. Each Intercompany Construction Loan Note shall (i) provide for equal monthly amortization payments to be made based on a maximum fifteen (15) year amortization for amounts advanced to finance or refinance real property and a maximum seven (7) year amortization for amounts advanced to finance or refinance equipment, and (ii) contain such other terms satisfactory to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

"INTERCOMPANY NOTE" means, collectively, the Intercompany Construction Loan Notes and the Intercompany Term Loan Notes.

14

"INTERCOMPANY TERM LOAN NOTE" means an intercompany promissory note, in substantially the form of EXHIBIT G, made payable to the Borrower by each Term Loan Subsidiary receiving any proceeds of the Term Loan in a principal amount equal to the amount of such proceeds. Each Intercompany Term Loan Note shall (i) provide for equal monthly amortization payments to be made based on a maximum fifteen (15) year amortization for amounts advanced to finance or refinance real estate and a maximum seven (7) year amortization for amounts advanced to finance or refinance equipment, (ii) require that such Term Loan Subsidiary maintain a Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (calculated based on the financial performance of such Term Loan Subsidiary only) of not less than 1.20 to 1.00,
(iii) be secured by a first priority perfected lien in favor of the Borrower on all real and personal property financed or refinanced thereby, and (iv) not exceed the sum of (A) 80% of the appraised value of the real property being financed or refinanced thereby, as determined by an appraisal satisfactory to the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion, and (B) 50% of the net book value of equipment being refinanced thereby.

"INTEREST PAYMENT DATE" means, (a) as to any Loan other than a Base Rate Loan, the last day of each Interest Period applicable to such Loan and the Maturity Date; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if any Interest Period for a Eurodollar Rate Loan exceeds three months, the respective dates that fall every three months after the beginning of such Interest Period shall also be Interest Payment Dates; and (b) as to any Base Rate Loan (including a Swing Line Loan), the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December and the Maturity Date.

"INTEREST PERIOD" means, as to each Eurodollar Rate Loan, the period commencing on the date such Eurodollar Rate Loan is disbursed or converted to or continued as a Eurodollar Rate Loan and ending on the date one, two, three or six months thereafter, as selected by the Borrower in its Loan Notice; PROVIDED that:

(a) any Interest Period that would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such Business Day falls in another calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day;

(b) any Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period;

(c) no Interest Period shall extend beyond the Construction Loan Maturity Date, the Working Capital Loan Maturity Date, or the Term Loan Maturity Date, as applicable; and

(d) after giving effect to all Borrowings, all conversions of Loans from one Type to the other, and all continuations of Loans as the same Type, there shall not be more than five (5) Interest Periods in effect with respect to Eurodollar Rate Loans.

"INVESTMENT" means, as to any Person, any direct or indirect acquisition or investment by such Person, whether by means of (a) the purchase or other acquisition of capital stock or other securities of another Person, (b) a loan, advance or capital contribution to, Guarantee or

15

assumption of debt of, or purchase or other acquisition of any other debt or equity participation or interest in, another Person, including any partnership or joint venture interest in such other Person, or (c) the purchase or other acquisition (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of assets of another Person that constitute a business unit. For purposes of covenant compliance, the amount of any Investment shall be the amount actually invested, without adjustment for subsequent increases or decreases in the value of such Investment.

"IP HOLDCO" means Texas Roadhouse Delaware, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and is a Subsidiary of the Borrower that owns trademarks, copyrights and patents.

"IP RIGHTS" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 6.18.

"IRS" means the United States Internal Revenue Service.

"JOINT VENTURE SUBSIDIARY" means any direct or indirect non wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Borrower.

"LAWS" means, collectively, all international, foreign, Federal, state and local statutes, treaties, rules, guidelines, regulations, ordinances, codes and administrative or judicial precedents or authorities, including the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the enforcement, interpretation or administration thereof, and all applicable administrative orders, directed duties, requests, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any Governmental Authority, in each case whether or not having the force of law.

"L/C ADVANCE" means, with respect to each Lender, such Lender's funding of its participation in any L/C Borrowing in accordance with its Working Capital Loan Commitment Percentage.

"L/C BORROWING" means an extension of credit resulting from a drawing under any Letter of Credit which has not been reimbursed on the date when made or refinanced as a Working Capital Borrowing.

"L/C CREDIT EXTENSION" means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the issuance thereof or extension of the expiry date thereof, or the renewal or increase of the amount thereof.

"L/C ISSUER" means Bank of America in its capacity as issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder, or any successor issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder.

"L/C OBLIGATIONS" means, as at any date of determination, the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit PLUS the aggregate of all Unreimbursed Amounts, including all L/C Borrowings.

"LENDER" has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph hereto and, as the context requires, includes the L/C Issuer and the Swing Line Lender.

16

"LENDING OFFICE" means, as to any Lender, the office or offices of such Lender described as such in such Lender's Administrative Questionnaire, or such other office or offices as a Lender may from time to time notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

"LETTER OF CREDIT" means any letter of credit issued hereunder. A Letter of Credit may be a commercial letter of credit or a standby letter of credit.

"LETTER OF CREDIT APPLICATION" means an application and agreement for the issuance or amendment of a Letter of Credit in the form from time to time in use by the L/C Issuer.

"LETTER OF CREDIT EXPIRATION DATE" means the day that is thirty (30) days prior to the Working Capital Maturity Date then in effect (or, if such day is not a Business Day, the next preceding Business Day).

"LETTER OF CREDIT SUBLIMIT" means an amount equal to the lesser of (a) $2,000,000 and (b) the Working Capital Commitments. The Letter of Credit Sublimit is part of, and not in addition to, the Working Capital Commitments.

"LIEN" means any deed of trust, mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), charge, or preference, priority or other security interest or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, and any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing).

"LIMITED SUBSIDIARY GUARANTY" means the collective reference to each limited recourse guaranty agreement executed, from time to time, by each of the applicable Guarantors in favor of the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders, substantially in the form of EXHIBIT F-2.

"LOANS" means the collective reference to the Construction Loans, the Term Loan, the Working Capital Loans and the Swing Line Loans and "Loan" means any of such Loans.

"LOAN DOCUMENTS" means this Agreement, each Note, each Intercompany Note, each Security Document, the Fee Letter, and the Guaranty Agreements.

"LOAN NOTICE" means a notice of (a) a Construction Loan Borrowing, (b) a Working Capital Borrowing, (c) a Term Loan Borrowing, (d) a conversion of Loans from one Type to the other, or (e) a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans, pursuant to SECTION 2.04, which, if in writing, shall be substantially in the form of EXHIBIT A.

"LOAN OUTSTANDINGS" means the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all Loans.

"LOAN PARTIES" means, collectively, the Borrower, each Guarantor and each Term Loan Subsidiary.

"MATERIAL ADVERSE EFFECT" means (a) a material adverse change in, or a material adverse effect upon, the operations, business, assets, liabilities (actual or contingent) or financial condition of the Borrower or the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole; (b) a material impairment of the ability of any Loan Party to perform its obligations under any Loan Document

17

or any Material Contract, in each case to which it is a party; or (c) a material adverse effect upon the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability against any Loan Party of any Loan Document to which it is a party.

"MATERIAL CONTRACT" means (a) any contract or other agreement, written or oral, of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries involving monetary liability of or to any such Person in an amount in excess of the Threshold Amount per annum, or (b) any other contract or agreement, written or oral, of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries the failure to comply with which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

"MONTHLY REPORTING CERTIFICATE" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 7.02(f).

"MULTIEMPLOYER PLAN" means any employee benefit plan of the type described in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, to which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate makes or is obligated to make contributions, or during the preceding five plan years, has made or been obligated to make contributions.

"NET CASH PROCEEDS" means:

(a) with respect to any incurrence of any Indebtedness by the Borrower or any Subsidiary, the aggregate amount of all cash received by the Borrower or any Subsidiary in respect of such Indebtedness, net of all reasonable fees, discounts, commissions and expenses incurred by the Borrower or such Subsidiary in connection therewith.

(b) with respect to the sale of any asset by the Borrower or any Subsidiary, the excess, if any, of (i) the sum of cash and cash equivalents received in connection with such sale (including any cash received by way of deferred payment pursuant to, or by monetization of, a note receivable or otherwise, but only as and when so received) over (ii) the sum of (A) the principal amount of any Indebtedness that is secured by such asset and that is required to be repaid in connection with the sale thereof (other than Indebtedness under the Loan Documents), (B) the out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Borrower or any Subsidiary in connection with such sale and (C) income taxes reasonably estimated to be actually payable within two years of the date of the relevant asset sale as a result of any gain recognized in connection therewith;

(c) with respect to the sale of any capital stock or other equity interest by the Borrower or any Subsidiary, the excess of (i) the sum of the cash and cash equivalents received in connection with such sale over (ii) the underwriting discounts and commissions, and other out-of-pocket expenses, incurred by the Borrower or such Subsidiary in connection with such sale; and

(d) with respect to any payment under an insurance policy or in connection with a condemnation proceeding, the amount of cash proceeds received by the Borrower or any Subsidiary from an insurance company or Governmental Authority, as applicable, net of all expenses of collection.

"NEW UNITS" shall mean, collectively, each particular Restaurant whose ownership and operation by the Borrower or its Subsidiaries started on a date after the Closing Date.

18

"NOTE" means a promissory note made by the Borrower in favor of a Lender evidencing Loans made by such Lender, substantially in the form of EXHIBIT C.

"OBLIGATIONS" means (a) all advances to, and debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties of, any Loan Party arising under any Loan Document or otherwise with respect to any Loan or Letter of Credit, whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assumption), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising and including interest and fees that accrue after the commencement by or against any Loan Party or any Affiliate thereof of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Laws naming such Person as the debtor in such proceeding, regardless of whether such interest and fees are allowed claims in such proceeding and (b) all existing or future payment and other obligations owing by the Borrower under any Swap Contract (which such Swap Contract is permitted hereunder) entered into with any Person that is a Lender or an Affiliate thereof at the time such Swap Contract is entered into.

"ORGANIZATION DOCUMENTS" means, (a) with respect to any corporation, the certificate or articles of incorporation and the bylaws (or equivalent or comparable constitutive documents with respect to any non-U.S. jurisdiction);
(b) with respect to any limited liability company, the certificate or articles of formation or organization and operating agreement; and (c) with respect to any partnership, joint venture, trust or other form of business entity, the partnership, joint venture or other applicable agreement of formation or organization and any agreement, instrument, filing or notice with respect thereto filed in connection with its formation or organization with the applicable Governmental Authority in the jurisdiction of its formation or organization and, if applicable, any certificate or articles of formation or organization of such entity.

"OUTSTANDING AMOUNT" means (a) with respect to Construction Loans, the Working Capital Loans, the Term Loan, and Swing Line Loans on any date, the aggregate outstanding principal amount thereof after giving effect to any borrowings and prepayments or repayments of Construction Loans, the Working Capital Loans, the Term Loan and Swing Line Loans, as the case may be, occurring on such date; and (b) with respect to any L/C Obligations on any date, the amount of such L/C Obligations on such date after giving effect to any L/C Credit Extension occurring on such date and any other changes in the aggregate amount of the L/C Obligations as of such date, including as a result of any reimbursements of outstanding unpaid drawings under any Letters of Credit or any reductions in the maximum amount available for drawing under Letters of Credit taking effect on such date.

"PARTICIPANT" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 11.07(d).

"PBGC" means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.

"PENSION PLAN" means any "employee pension benefit plan" (as such term is defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA), other than a Multiemployer Plan, that is subject to Title IV of ERISA and is sponsored or maintained by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate or to which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate contributes or has an obligation to contribute, or in the case of a multiple employer or other plan described in Section 4064(a) of ERISA, has made contributions at any time during the immediately preceding five plan years.

19

"PERMITTED ACQUISITION" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 8.02(g).

"PERMITTED LIENS" means the Liens permitted pursuant to SECTION 8.01.

"PERMITTED EQUITYHOLDERS" means the collective reference to (a) W. Kent Taylor, (b) Dr. John D. Rhodes, (c) Dr. Mohendra Patel, (d) Dr. Amar Desai, and
(e) with respect to each of the foregoing individuals, any Persons which are formed for estate planning or charitable purposes and which are beneficially owned or controlled by, such individual and/or such individual's estate and/or any of such individual's heirs or immediate family members.

"PERSON" means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.

"PLAN" means any "employee benefit plan" (as such term is defined in
Section 3(3) of ERISA) established by the Borrower or, with respect to any such plan that is subject to Section 412 of the Code or Title IV of ERISA, any ERISA Affiliate.

"REALLOCATED AMOUNT" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 2.10.

"REGISTER" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 11.07(c).

"REPORTABLE EVENT" means any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA, other than events for which the 30 day notice period has been waived.

"REQUEST FOR CREDIT EXTENSION" means (a) with respect to a Borrowing, conversion or continuation of Construction Loans, Working Capital Loans or the Term Loan, a Loan Notice, (b) with respect to an L/C Credit Extension, a Letter of Credit Application, and (c) with respect to a Swing Line Loan, a Swing Line Loan Notice.

"REQUIRED JOINT VENTURE DISTRIBUTIONS" means, with respect to any Joint Venture Subsidiary, required monthly distributions of the maximum amount of "net cash flow" (as defined in the applicable Organizational Documents of such Joint Venture Subsidiary) to its equity holders in accordance with the terms and conditions of the applicable Organizational Documents of such Joint Venture Subsidiary.

"REQUIRED LENDERS" means, as of any date of determination, at least three
(3) Lenders holding more than fifty percent (50%) of the sum of (a) the Construction Loan Commitments (or the Construction Loan Outstandings if the Construction Loan Commitments have been terminated), (b) the Working Capital Loan Commitments (or the Working Capital Loan Outstandings if the Working Capital Commitments have been terminated (with the aggregate amount of each Lender's risk participation and funded participation in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans being deemed "held" by such Lender for purposes of this definition)), and (c) the Term Loans; PROVIDED that the Commitment of, and the portion of the Construction Loan Outstandings, Working Capital Outstandings, or the Term Loan, as applicable, held or deemed held by, any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Required Lenders; PROVIDED, FURTHER, that if any time there are less than three (3) Lenders, Required Lenders shall mean all Lenders.

20

"REQUIRED SHAREHOLDER DISTRIBUTIONS" means the minimum of quarterly distributions to the shareholders of the Borrower required to be made pursuant to the Reorganization Agreement; PROVIDED that the aggregate amount of distributions for any Fiscal Quarter shall not exceed an amount equal to fifty percent (50%) of the "net cash flow" (as defined in the Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of the Borrower, dated July 12, 2001, as amended) of the Borrower for such Fiscal Quarter.

"REORGANIZATION AGREEMENT" means the Reorganization Agreement, dated March 31, 1997, between W. Kent Taylor, Dr. John D. Rhodes, Dr. Mohendra Patel, Dr. Amar Desai and the Borrower.

"RESPONSIBLE OFFICER" means the chief executive officer, president, chief financial officer, secretary or general counsel of a Loan Party. Any document delivered hereunder that is signed by a Responsible Officer of a Loan Party shall be conclusively presumed to have been authorized by all necessary corporate, partnership and/or other action on the part of such Loan Party and such Responsible Officer shall be conclusively presumed to have acted on behalf of such Loan Party.

"RESTAURANT" means a particular "Texas Roadhouse" restaurant at a particular location that is owned by the Borrower or any Subsidiaries thereof.

"RESTRICTED PAYMENT" means any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any capital stock or other equity interest of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any such capital stock or other equity interest or of any option, warrant or other right to acquire any such capital stock or other equity interest.

"SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.

"SECURITY DOCUMENTS" means the Security Documents described on SCHEDULE 3.07 and any documents creating a Lien for the benefit of the Administrative Agent executed by any Loan Party after the Closing Date.

"SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY" means, as of any date of determination, consolidated shareholders' equity of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of that date determined in accordance with GAAP.

"SOLVENT" means, as to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a particular date, that any such Person (a) has capital sufficient to carry on its business and transactions and all business and transactions in which it is about to engage and is able to pay its debts as they mature, (b) owns property having a value, both at fair valuation and at present fair saleable value, greater than the amount required to pay its probable liabilities (including contingencies), and (c) does not believe that it will incur debts or liabilities beyond its ability to pay such debts or liabilities as they mature.

21

"SUBSIDIARY" of a Person means a corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other business entity of which a majority of the shares of securities or other interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other governing body (other than securities or interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) are at the time beneficially owned or controlled, directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person. Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to a "Subsidiary" or to "Subsidiaries" shall refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of the Borrower.

"SWAP CONTRACT" means (a) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, spot contracts, or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement, and (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement, or any other master agreement (any such master agreement, together with any related schedules, a "MASTER AGREEMENT"), including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement.

"SWAP TERMINATION VALUE" means, in respect of any one or more Swap Contracts, after taking into account the effect of any legally enforceable netting agreement relating to such Swap Contracts, (a) for any date on or after the date such Swap Contracts have been closed out and termination value(s) determined in accordance therewith, such termination value(s), and (b) for any date prior to the date referenced in clause (a), the amount(s) determined as the mark-to-market value(s) for such Swap Contracts, as determined based upon one or more mid-market or other readily available quotations provided by any recognized dealer in such Swap Contracts (which may include a Lender or any Affiliate of a Lender).

"SWING LINE" means the revolving credit facility made available by the Swing Line Lender pursuant to SECTION 2.06.

"SWING LINE BORROWING" means a borrowing of a Swing Line Loan pursuant to
SECTION 2.06.

"SWING LINE LENDER" means Bank of America in its capacity as provider of Swing Line Loans, or any successor swing line lender hereunder.

"SWING LINE LOAN" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 2.06(a).

"SWING LINE LOAN NOTICE" means a notice of a Swing Line Borrowing pursuant to SECTION 2.06(b), which, if in writing, shall be substantially in the form of EXHIBIT B.

22

"SWING LINE SUBLIMIT" means an amount equal to the lesser of (a) $2,000,000 and (b) the Working Capital Commitments. The Swing Line Sublimit is part of, and not in addition to, the Working Capital Commitments.

"SYNDICATION AGENT" means National City Bank of Kentucky.

"TAX DISTRIBUTIONS" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 8.06(d).

"TERM LOAN" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in SECTION 2.03.

"TERM LOAN BORROWING" means a borrowing consisting of simultaneous Term Loans of the same Type and, in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans, having the same Interest Period made by each of the Lenders pursuant to SECTION 2.03.

"TERM LOAN COMMITMENT" means, as to each Lender, its obligation to make its portion of the Term Loan in accordance with the provisions of SECTION 2.03(a) in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the amounts set forth opposite such Lender's name on SCHEDULE 2.01 or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement. "TERM LOAN COMMITMENTS" means the aggregate Term Loan Commitment of all Lenders. On the Closing Date, the Term Loan Commitments shall be $16,350,000.

"TERM LOAN MATURITY DATE" means July 16, 2006.

"TERM LOAN PERCENTAGE" means, as to each Lender (a) prior to making the Term Loan, a fraction (expressed as a percentage, carried out to the ninth decimal place), the numerator of which is the amount of the Term Loan Commitment of such Lender at such time and the denominator of which is the amount of the Term Loan Commitments at such time and (b) after the making of the Term Loan, fraction (expressed as a percentage, carried out to the ninth decimal place), the numerator of which is the outstanding principal balance of the Term Loan of such Lender and the denominator of which is the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the Term Loan of all the Lenders. The initial Term Loan Percentage of each Lender is set forth opposite the name of such Lender on SCHEDULE 2.01 or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable.

"TERM LOAN SUBSIDIARY" means all Joint Venture Subsidiaries designated by the Borrower, with the consent of the Administrative Agent, to receive the proceeds of the Term Loan from the Borrower on the Closing Date.

"THRESHOLD AMOUNT" means $2,500,000.

"TYPE" means, with respect to a Construction Loan, Working Capital Loan or Term Loan, its character as a Base Rate Loan or a Eurodollar Rate Loan.

"UCC" means, subject to SECTION 1.04, the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in the State of North Carolina, as amended or modified from time to time.

23

"UNAUDITED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS" has the meaning set forth in
SECTION 5.01(f).

"UNFUNDED PENSION LIABILITY" means the excess of a Pension Plan's benefit liabilities under Section 4001(a)(16) of ERISA, over the current value of that Pension Plan's assets, determined in accordance with the assumptions used for funding the Pension Plan pursuant to Section 412 of the Code for the applicable plan year.

"UNLIMITED SUBSIDIARY GUARANTY" means the collective reference to each unlimited guaranty agreement executed, from time to time, by each of the applicable Guarantors in favor of the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders, substantially in the form of EXHIBIT F-1.

"UNITED STATES" and "U.S." mean the United States of America.

"UNREIMBURSED AMOUNT" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 2.05(c)(i).

"WORKING CAPITAL BORROWING" means a borrowing consisting of simultaneous Working Capital Loans of the same Type and, in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans, having the same Interest Period made by each of the Lenders pursuant to
SECTION 2.02.

"WORKING CAPITAL BORROWING LIMIT" means, as of any date of determination, the lesser of (a) the Working Capital Commitments and (b) 120% of the Construction-in-Progress Amount.

"WORKING CAPITAL COMMITMENT" means, as to each Lender, its obligation to
(a) to make Working Capital Loans in accordance with the provisions of SECTION 2.02(a), (b) to purchase participations in L/C Obligations and (c) to purchase participations in Swing Line Loans, in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the amounts set forth opposite such Lender's name on SCHEDULE 2.01 or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement. "WORKING CAPITAL COMMITMENTS" means the aggregate Working Capital Commitments of all Lenders. On the Closing Date the Working Capital Commitments shall be $10,000,000; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that such amount is subject to change pursuant to SECTION 2.10.

"WORKING CAPITAL LINE" means the working capital line under the revolving credit facility made available by the Lenders pursuant to SECTION 2.02.

"WORKING CAPITAL LOAN" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 2.02(a).

"WORKING CAPITAL LOAN COMMITMENT PERCENTAGE" means, as to each Lender at any time, a fraction (expressed as a percentage, carried out to the ninth decimal place), the numerator of which is the amount of the Working Capital Commitment of such Lender at such time and the denominator of which is the amount of the Working Capital Commitments at such time; PROVIDED that if the commitment of each Lender to make Loans has been terminated pursuant to SECTION 9.02, then the Working Capital Commitment Percentage of each Lender shall be determined based on the Working Capital Commitment Percentage of such Lender immediately prior to such termination and after giving effect to any subsequent assignments made pursuant to the terms hereof. The initial Working Capital Commitment Percentage of each Lender is set forth opposite

24

the name of such Lender on SCHEDULE 2.01 or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable.

"WORKING CAPITAL LOAN MATURITY DATE" means July 16, 2006.

"WORKING CAPITAL OUTSTANDINGS" means the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all Working Capital Loans, Swing Line Loans and L/C Obligations.

1.02 OTHER INTERPRETIVE PROVISIONS.

With reference to this Agreement and each other Loan Document, unless otherwise specified herein or in such other Loan Document:

(a) The meanings of defined terms are equally applicable to the singular and plural forms of the defined terms.

(b) (i) The words "HEREIN," "HERETO," "HEREOF" and "HEREUNDER" and words of similar import when used in any Loan Document shall refer to such Loan Document as a whole and not to any particular provision thereof.

(ii) Article, Section, Exhibit and Schedule references are to the Loan Document in which such reference appears.

(iii) The term "INCLUDING" is by way of example and not limitation.

(iv) The term "DOCUMENTS" includes any and all instruments, documents, agreements, certificates, notices, reports, financial statements and other writings, however evidenced, whether in physical or electronic form.

(c) In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word "from" means "from and including;" the words "to" and "until" each mean "to but excluding;" and the word "through" means "to and including."

(d) Section headings herein and in the other Loan Documents are included for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

1.03 ACCOUNTING TERMS. (a) All accounting terms not specifically or completely defined herein shall be construed in conformity with, and all financial data (including financial ratios and other financial calculations) required to be submitted pursuant to this Agreement shall be prepared in conformity with, GAAP applied on a consistent basis, as in effect from time to time, applied in a manner consistent with that used in preparing the Audited Financial Statements, EXCEPT as otherwise specifically prescribed herein.

(b) If at any time any change in GAAP would affect the computation of any financial ratio or requirement set forth in any Loan Document, and either the Borrower or the Required Lenders shall so request, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Borrower shall negotiate in good faith to amend such ratio or requirement to preserve the original intent thereof in light of such change in GAAP (subject to the approval of the Required Lenders); PROVIDED THAT, until so amended, (i) such ratio or requirement shall continue to be computed in accordance with GAAP

25

prior to such change therein and (ii) the Borrower shall provide to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders financial statements and other documents required under this Agreement or as reasonably requested hereunder setting forth a reconciliation between calculations of such ratio or requirement made before and after giving effect to such change in GAAP.

1.04 UCC TERMS. Terms defined in the UCC in effect on the Closing Date and not otherwise defined herein shall, unless the context otherwise indicates, have the meanings provided by those definitions. Subject to the foregoing, the term "UCC" refers, as of any date of determination, to the UCC then in effect.

1.05 ROUNDING. Any financial ratios required to be maintained by the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement shall be calculated by dividing the appropriate component by the other component, carrying the result to one place more than the number of places by which such ratio is expressed herein and rounding the result up or down to the nearest number (with a rounding-up if there is no nearest number).

1.06 REFERENCES TO AGREEMENTS AND LAWS. Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, (a) references to Organization Documents, agreements (including the Loan Documents) and other contractual instruments shall be deemed to include all subsequent amendments, restatements, extensions, supplements and other modifications thereto, but only to the extent that such amendments, restatements, extensions, supplements and other modifications are not prohibited by any Loan Document; and (b) references to any Law shall include all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing, supplementing or interpreting such Law.

1.07 TIMES OF DAY. Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to times of day shall be references to Eastern time (daylight or standard, as applicable).

1.08 LETTER OF CREDIT AMOUNTS. Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to the amount of a Letter of Credit at any time shall be deemed to mean the maximum face amount of such Letter of Credit after giving effect to all increases thereof contemplated by such Letter of Credit or the Letter of Credit Application therefor, whether or not such maximum face amount is in effect at such time.

ARTICLE II.
THE COMMITMENTS AND CREDIT EXTENSIONS

2.01 CONSTRUCTION LOANS. (a) CONSTRUCTION LOAN COMMITMENT. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Lender severally agrees to make revolving construction loans (each such loan, a "CONSTRUCTION LOAN") to the Borrower, for the benefit of the Borrower or any Guarantor, from time to time, on any Business Day during the Availability Period, in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the amount of such Lender's Construction Loan Commitment; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that after giving effect to any Construction Loan Borrowing, (i) the Construction Loan Outstandings shall not exceed the total amount of the Construction Loan Commitments and (ii) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Construction Loans of any Lender, shall not exceed such Lender's Construction Loan Commitment. Within the limits of each Lender's Construction Loan Commitment, and subject

26

to the other terms and conditions hereof, the Borrower may borrow under this
SECTION 2.01, prepay under SECTION 2.07, and reborrow under this SECTION 2.01. Construction Loans may be Base Rate Loans or Eurodollar Rate Loans, as further provided herein.

(b) BORROWING PROCEDURES.

(i) Each Construction Loan Borrowing shall be made upon the Borrower's irrevocable notice to the Administrative Agent, which may be given by telephone. Each such notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. (A) three Business Days prior to the requested date of any Construction Loan Borrowing of Eurodollar Rate Loans and (B) on the requested date of any Construction Loan Borrowing of Base Rate Loans. Each telephonic notice by the Borrower pursuant to this SECTION 2.01(b) must be confirmed promptly by delivery to the Administrative Agent of a written Loan Notice, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower. Each Construction Loan Borrowing of Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $1,000,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof. Each Construction Loan Borrowing of Base Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $500,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof. Each Loan Notice (whether telephonic or written) shall specify (A) the requested date of the Construction Loan Borrowing (which shall be a Business Day), (B) the principal amount of Construction Loans to be borrowed, (C) the Type of Construction Loans to be borrowed, and (D) if applicable, the duration of the Interest Period with respect thereto. If the Borrower fails to specify a Type of Construction Loan in a Loan Notice, then the applicable Construction Loans shall be made as Base Rate Loans. If the Borrower requests a Borrowing of Eurodollar Rate Loans in any such Loan Notice, but fails to specify an Interest Period, it will be deemed to have specified an Interest Period of one month.

(ii) Following receipt of a Loan Notice, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the amount of its Construction Loan Commitment Percentage of the applicable Construction Loans. Each Lender shall make the amount of its Construction Loan available to the Administrative Agent in immediately available funds at the Administrative Agent's Office not later than 1:00 p.m. on the Business Day specified in the applicable Loan Notice. Upon satisfaction of the applicable conditions set forth in SECTIONS 5.02 and 5.03 (and, if such Construction Loan Borrowing is the initial Credit Extension,
SECTION 5.01), the Administrative Agent shall make all funds so received available to the Borrower in like funds as received by the Administrative Agent either by (A) crediting the account of the Borrower on the books of Bank of America with the amount of such funds or (B) wire transfer of such funds to the deposit account of the Borrower identified in the most recent notice substantially in the form of EXHIBIT I hereto (a "NOTICE OF ACCOUNT DESIGNATION") delivered by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent or as may be otherwise agreed upon by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent from time to time.

(iii) The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Lenders of the interest rate applicable to any Interest Period for Construction Loans bearing interest based upon the Eurodollar Rate upon determination of such interest rate. The determination of the Eurodollar Rate by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. At any time that Construction Loans bearing interest based upon the Base Rate are outstanding, the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders

27

of any change in Bank of America's prime rate used in determining the Base Rate promptly following the public announcement of such change.

(iv) During the existence of a Default, no Construction Loans may be requested as Eurodollar Rate Loans without the consent of the Required Lenders.

2.02 WORKING CAPITAL LOANS.

(a) THE WORKING CAPITAL LINE. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Lender severally agrees to make working capital loans (each such loan, a "WORKING CAPITAL LOAN") to the Borrower, for the benefit of the Borrower or any Guarantor, from time to time, on any Business Day during the Availability Period, in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the amount of such Lender's Working Capital Commitment; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that after giving effect to any Working Capital Borrowing, (i) the Working Capital Outstandings shall not exceed the total amount of the Working Capital Borrowing Limit, (ii) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Working Capital Loans of such Lender, PLUS such Lender's Working Capital Loan Commitment Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations, PLUS such Lender's Working Capital Loan Commitment Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all Swing Line Loans shall not exceed such Lender's Working Capital Loan Commitment. Within the limits of each Lender's Working Capital Commitment, and subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, the Borrower may borrow under this
SECTION 2.02, prepay under SECTION 2.07, and reborrow under this SECTION 2.02. Working Capital Loans may be Base Rate Loans or Eurodollar Rate Loans, as further provided herein.

(b) BORROWING PROCEDURES.

(i) Each Working Capital Borrowing shall be made upon the Borrower's irrevocable notice to the Administrative Agent, which may be given by telephone. Each such notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. (A) three Business Days prior to the requested date of any Working Capital Borrowing of Eurodollar Rate Loans, and (B) on the requested date of any Working Capital Borrowing of Base Rate Loans. Each telephonic notice by the Borrower pursuant to this SECTION 2.02(b) must be confirmed promptly by delivery to the Administrative Agent of a written Loan Notice, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower. Each Working Capital Borrowing of Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $500,000 or a whole multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof. Except as provided in SECTION 2.05(c) and 2.06(b), each Working Capital Borrowing of Base Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $500,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof. Each Loan Notice (whether telephonic or written) shall specify (A) the requested date of the Working Capital Borrowing (which shall be a Business Day), (B) the principal amount of Working Capital Loans to be borrowed, (C) the Type of Working Capital Loans to be borrowed, and (D) if applicable, the duration of the Interest Period with respect thereto. If the Borrower fails to specify a Type of Working Capital Loan in a Loan Notice, then the applicable Working Capital Loans shall be made as Base Rate Loans. If the Borrower requests a Borrowing of Eurodollar Rate Loans in any such Loan Notice, but fails to specify an Interest Period, it will be deemed to have specified an Interest Period of one month.

28

(ii) Following receipt of a Loan Notice, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the amount of its Working Capital Loan Commitment Percentage of the applicable Working Capital Loans. Each Lender shall make the amount of its Working Capital Loan available to the Administrative Agent in immediately available funds at the Administrative Agent's Office not later than 1:00 p.m. on the Business Day specified in the applicable Loan Notice. Upon satisfaction of the applicable conditions set forth in SECTIONS 5.02 and 5.03 (and, if such Working Capital Borrowing is the initial Credit Extension, SECTION 5.01), the Administrative Agent shall make all funds so received available to the Borrower in like funds as received by the Administrative Agent either by (A) crediting the account of the Borrower on the books of Bank of America with the amount of such funds or (B) wire transfer of such funds to the deposit account of the Borrower identified in the most recent Notice of Account Designation delivered by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent or as may be otherwise agreed upon by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent from time to time; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if, on the date the Loan Notice with respect to such Working Capital Borrowing is given by the Borrower, there are L/C Borrowings outstanding, then the proceeds of such Working Capital Borrowing shall be applied, FIRST, to the payment in full of any such L/C Borrowings and SECOND, to the Borrower as provided above.

(iii) The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Lenders of the interest rate applicable to any Interest Period for Working Capital Loans bearing interest based upon the Eurodollar Rate upon determination of such interest rate. The determination of the Eurodollar Rate by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. At any time that Working Capital Loans bearing interest based upon the Base Rate are outstanding, the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders of any change in Bank of America's prime rate used in determining the Base Rate promptly following the public announcement of such change.

(iv) During the existence of a Default, no Working Capital Loans may be requested as Eurodollar Rate Loans without the consent of the Required Lenders.

2.03 TERM LOAN.

(a) TERM COMMITMENT. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Lender severally agrees to make available to the Borrower, for the benefit of the Term Loan Subsidiaries, on the Closing Date such Lender's Term Loan Percentage of a term loan (the "TERM LOAN"; each component thereof may be referred to herein as a "TERM LOAN") in an aggregate principal amount less than or equal to the Term Loan Commitments; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that after giving effect to any Term Loan Borrowing, the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Term Loans shall not exceed the total amount of the Term Loan Commitments Loans. The Term Loan may consist of Base Rate Loans or Eurodollar Rate Loans, or a combination thereof, as the Borrower may request. Amounts repaid on the Term Loan may not be reborrowed.

(b) BORROWING PROCEDURES.

(i) The Borrower shall give irrevocable notice to the Administrative Agent, which may be given by telephone, not later than 11:00 a.m.
(or such later time as the Administrative Agent and the Borrower shall agree) (A) on the Closing Date, with respect to the

29

portion of the Term Loan initially consisting of a Base Rate Loan, or (B) on the third Business Day prior to the Closing Date, with respect to the portion of the Term Loan initially consisting of one or more Eurodollar Rate Loans. Each Term Loan Borrowing consisting of Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $1,000,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof. Each portion of the Term Loan consisting of Base Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $500,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof. Such Loan Notice shall be irrevocable and shall specify (A) that the funding of the Term Loan is requested, (B) whether the funding of the Term Loan shall be comprised of Base Rate Loans, Eurodollar Rate Loans or a combination thereof, and (C) if applicable, the duration of the Interest Period with respect thereto. If the Borrower shall fail to deliver such Loan Notice to the Administrative Agent by 11:00 a.m. on the third Business Day prior to the Closing Date, then the full amount of the Term Loan shall be disbursed on the Closing Date as a Base Rate Loan. If the Borrower fails to specify a Type of Loan in a Loan Notice, then the Term Loan shall be made as a Base Rate Loan. If the Borrower requests that the Term Loan or a portion thereof consist of Eurodollar Rate Loans in any such Loan Notice, but fails to specify an Interest Period, it will be deemed to have specified an Interest Period of one month. Each telephonic notice by the Borrower pursuant to this SECTION 2.03(b) must be confirmed promptly by delivery to the Administrative Agent of a written Loan Notice, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower.

(ii) Following receipt of a Loan Notice, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the amount of its Term Loan Percentage of the Term Loan. Each Lender shall make the amount of the Term Loan to be made by such Lender available to the Administrative Agent in immediately available funds at the Administrative Agent's Office not later than 1:00 p.m. on the Closing Date. Upon satisfaction of the applicable conditions set forth in SECTIONS 5.01 and 5.03, the Administrative Agent shall make all funds so received available to the Borrower in like funds as received by the Administrative Agent either by (A) crediting the account of the Borrower on the books of Bank of America with the amount of such funds or (B) wire transfer of such funds to the deposit account of the Borrower identified in the most recent Notice of Account Designation delivered by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent or as may be otherwise agreed upon by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent from time to time.

(iii) The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Lenders of the interest rate applicable to any Interest Period for Term Loans bearing interest based upon Eurodollar Rate Loans upon determination of such interest rate. The determination of the Eurodollar Rate by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. At any time that any portion of the Term Loans bearing interest based upon Base Rate are outstanding, the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders of any change in Bank of America's prime rate used in determining the Base Rate promptly following the public announcement of such change.

2.04 CONVERSIONS AND CONTINUATIONS OF CONSTRUCTION LOANS, WORKING CAPITAL LOANS AND TERM LOAN.

(a) The Borrower shall have the option to convert Loans (other than Swing Line Loans) from one Type to the other and to continue Eurodollar Rate Loans. Each conversion of Loans from one Type to the other, and each continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be made upon the Borrower's irrevocable notice to the Administrative Agent, which may be given by

30

telephone. Each such notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. three Business Days prior to the requested date of any conversion to or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans or of any conversion of Eurodollar Rate Loans to Base Rate Loans. Each telephonic notice by the Borrower pursuant to this SECTION 2.04(a) must be confirmed promptly by delivery to the Administrative Agent of a written Loan Notice, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower. Each conversion to or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans which are (i) Construction Loans and Term Loans, shall be in a principal amount of $1,000,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof and (ii) Working Capital Loans, shall be in a principal amount of $500,000 or a whole multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof. Each conversion to Base Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $500,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof. Each Loan Notice (whether telephonic or written) shall specify (i) whether the Borrower is requesting a conversion of Construction Loans, Working Capital Loans or a Term Loan, as applicable, from one Type to the other, or a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans, (ii) the requested date of the conversion or continuation (which shall be a Business Day), (iii) the principal amount of Loans to be converted or continued, (iv) the Type of Loans to which existing Loans are to be converted, and (v) if applicable, the duration of the Interest Period with respect thereto. If the Borrower fails to give a timely notice requesting a conversion or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans, then the applicable Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be converted to Base Rate Loans. Any such automatic conversion to Base Rate Loans shall be effective as of the last day of the Interest Period then in effect with respect to the applicable Eurodollar Rate Loans. If the Borrower requests a conversion to or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans in any such Loan Notice, but fails to specify an Interest Period, it will be deemed to have specified an Interest Period of one month.

(b) Following receipt of a Loan Notice, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender. If no timely notice of a conversion or continuation is provided by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent shall notify each Lender of the details of any automatic conversion to Base Rate Loans described in the preceding subsection.

(c) Except as otherwise provided herein, a Eurodollar Rate Loan may be continued or converted only on the last day of an Interest Period for such Eurodollar Rate Loan. During the existence of a Default, no Loans may be converted to or continued as Eurodollar Rate Loans without the consent of the Required Lenders.

2.05 LETTERS OF CREDIT.

(a) LETTER OF CREDIT COMMITMENT.

(i) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, (A) the L/C Issuer agrees, in reliance upon the agreements of the other Lenders set forth in this SECTION 2.05, (1) from time to time on any Business Day during the period from the Closing Date until the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, to issue Letters of Credit for the account of the Borrower, and to amend or renew Letters of Credit previously issued by it, in accordance with subsection (b) below, and (2) to honor drafts under the Letters of Credit; and (B) the Lenders severally agree to participate in Letters of Credit issued for the account of the Borrower; PROVIDED that the L/C Issuer shall not be obligated to make any L/C Credit Extension with respect to any Letter of Credit, and no Lender shall be obligated to participate in any Letter of Credit if as of the date of

31

such L/C Credit Extension, (x) the Working Capital Outstandings would exceed the total amount of the Working Capital Borrowing Limit, (y) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Working Capital Loans of such Lender, PLUS such Lender's Working Capital Loan Commitment Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations, PLUS such Lender's Working Capital Loan Commitment Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all Swing Line Loans would exceed such Lender's Working Capital Commitment or (z) the Outstanding Amount of the L/C Obligations would exceed the Letter of Credit Sublimit. Within the foregoing limits, and subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Borrower's ability to obtain Letters of Credit shall be fully revolving, and accordingly the Borrower may, during the foregoing period, obtain Letters of Credit to replace Letters of Credit that have expired or that have been drawn upon and reimbursed.

(ii) The L/C Issuer shall be under no obligation to issue any Letter of Credit if:

(A) any order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority or arbitrator shall by its terms purport to enjoin or restrain the L/C Issuer from issuing such Letter of Credit, or any Law applicable to the L/C Issuer or any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority with jurisdiction over the L/C Issuer shall prohibit, or request that the L/C Issuer refrain from, the issuance of letters of credit generally or such Letter of Credit in particular or shall impose upon the L/C Issuer with respect to such Letter of Credit any restriction, reserve or capital requirement (for which the L/C Issuer is not otherwise compensated hereunder) not in effect on the Closing Date, or shall impose upon the L/C Issuer any unreimbursed loss, cost or expense which was not applicable on the Closing Date and which the L/C Issuer in good faith deems material to it;

(B) subject to SECTION 2.05(b)(iii), the expiry date of such requested Letter of Credit would occur more than twelve months after the date of issuance or last renewal, unless the Required Lenders have approved such expiry date;

(C) the expiry date of such requested Letter of Credit would occur after the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, unless all the Lenders have approved such expiry date;

(D) the issuance of such Letter of Credit would violate one or more policies of the L/C Issuer; or

(E) such Letter of Credit is in an initial amount less than $50,000, in the case of a commercial Letter of Credit, or $250,000, in the case of a standby Letter of Credit.

(iii) The L/C Issuer shall be under no obligation to amend any Letter of Credit if (A) the L/C Issuer would have no obligation at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its amended form under the terms hereof, or (B) the beneficiary of such Letter of Credit does not accept the proposed amendment to such Letter of Credit.

(b) PROCEDURES FOR ISSUANCE AND AMENDMENT OF LETTERS OF CREDIT; AUTO- RENEWAL LETTERS OF CREDIT.

(i) Each Letter of Credit shall be issued or amended, as the case may be, upon the request of the Borrower delivered to the L/C Issuer (with a copy to the Administrative Agent)

32

in the form of a Letter of Credit Application, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower. Such Letter of Credit Application must be received by the L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. at least two Business Days (or such later date and time as the L/C Issuer may agree in a particular instance in its sole discretion) prior to the proposed issuance date or date of amendment, as the case may be. In the case of a request for an initial issuance of a Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Application shall specify in form and detail satisfactory to the L/C Issuer: (A) the proposed issuance date of the requested Letter of Credit (which shall be a Business Day); (B) the amount thereof; (C) the expiry date thereof; (D) the name and address of the beneficiary thereof; (E) the documents to be presented by such beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; (F) the full text of any certificate to be presented by such beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; and (G) such other matters as the L/C Issuer may require. In the case of a request for an amendment of any outstanding Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Application shall specify in form and detail satisfactory to the L/C Issuer (A) the Letter of Credit to be amended; (B) the proposed date of amendment thereof (which shall be a Business Day); (C) the nature of the proposed amendment; and (D) such other matters as the L/C Issuer may require.

(ii) Promptly after receipt of any Letter of Credit Application, the L/C Issuer will confirm with the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) that the Administrative Agent has received a copy of such Letter of Credit Application from the Borrower and, if not, the L/C Issuer will provide the Administrative Agent with a copy thereof. Upon receipt by the L/C Issuer of confirmation from the Administrative Agent that the requested issuance or amendment is permitted in accordance with the terms hereof, then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the L/C Issuer shall, on the requested date, issue a Letter of Credit for the account of the Borrower or enter into the applicable amendment, as the case may be, in each case in accordance with the L/C Issuer's usual and customary business practices. Immediately upon the issuance of each Letter of Credit, each Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, purchase from the L/C Issuer a risk participation in such Letter of Credit in an amount equal to the product of such Lender's Working Capital Loan Commitment Percentage TIMES the amount of such Letter of Credit.

(iii) If the Borrower so requests in any applicable Letter of Credit Application, the L/C Issuer may, in its sole and absolute discretion, agree to issue a Letter of Credit that has automatic renewal provisions (each, an "AUTO-RENEWAL LETTER OF CREDIT"); PROVIDED that any such Auto-Renewal Letter of Credit must permit the L/C Issuer to prevent any such renewal at least once in each twelve-month period (commencing with the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit) by giving prior notice to the beneficiary thereof not later than a day (the "NONRENEWAL NOTICE DATE") in each such twelve-month period to be agreed upon at the time such Letter of Credit is issued. Unless otherwise directed by the L/C Issuer, the Borrower shall not be required to make a specific request to the L/C Issuer for any such renewal. Once an Auto-Renewal Letter of Credit has been issued, the Lenders shall be deemed to have authorized (but may not require) the L/C Issuer to permit the renewal of such Letter of Credit at any time to an expiry date not later than the Letter of Credit Expiration Date; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the L/C Issuer shall not permit any such renewal if (A) the L/C Issuer has determined that it would have no obligation at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its renewed form under the terms hereof (by reason of the provisions of SECTION 2.05(a)(ii) or otherwise), or (B) it has received notice (which may be by telephone or in writing) on or before the day that is five (5) Business Days before the

33

Nonrenewal Notice Date (1) from the Administrative Agent that the Required Lenders have elected not to permit such renewal or (2) from the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the Borrower that one or more of the applicable conditions specified in SECTIONS 5.02 or 5.03 is not then satisfied.

(iv) Promptly after its delivery of any Letter of Credit or any amendment to a Letter of Credit to an advising bank with respect thereto or to the beneficiary thereof, the L/C Issuer will also deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent a true and complete copy of such Letter of Credit or amendment.

(c) DRAWINGS AND REIMBURSEMENTS; FUNDING OF PARTICIPATIONS.

(i) Upon receipt from the beneficiary of any Letter of Credit of any notice of a drawing under such Letter of Credit, the L/C Issuer shall notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent thereof. Not later than 11:00
a.m. on the date of any payment by the L/C Issuer under a Letter of Credit (each such date, an "HONOR DATE"), the Borrower shall reimburse the L/C Issuer through the Administrative Agent in an amount equal to the amount of such drawing. If the Borrower fails to so reimburse the L/C Issuer by such time, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the Honor Date, the amount of the unreimbursed drawing (the "UNREIMBURSED AMOUNT"), and the amount of such Lender's Working Capital Loan Commitment Percentage thereof. In such event, the Borrower shall be deemed to have requested a Working Capital Borrowing of Base Rate Loans to be disbursed on the Honor Date in an amount equal to the Unreimbursed Amount, without regard to the minimum and multiples specified in SECTION 2.02 for the principal amount of Base Rate Loans, but subject to the amount of the unutilized portion of the Working Capital Commitments and the conditions set forth in SECTIONS 5.02 and 5.03 (other than the delivery of a Loan Notice). Any notice given by the L/C Issuer or the Administrative Agent pursuant to this SECTION 2.05(c)(i) may be given by telephone if immediately confirmed in writing; PROVIDED that the lack of such an immediate confirmation shall not affect the conclusiveness or binding effect of such notice.

(ii) Each Lender (including the Lender acting as L/C Issuer) shall upon any notice pursuant to SECTION 2.05(c)(i) make funds available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer at the Administrative Agent's Office in an amount equal to its Working Capital Loan Commitment Percentage of the Unreimbursed Amount not later than 1:00 p.m. on the Business Day specified in such notice by the Administrative Agent, whereupon, subject to the provisions of SECTION 2.05(c)(iii), each Lender that so makes funds available shall be deemed to have made a Working Capital Loan bearing interest at the Base Rate to the Borrower in such amount. The Administrative Agent shall remit the funds so received to the L/C Issuer.

(iii) With respect to any Unreimbursed Amount that is not fully refinanced by a Working Capital Borrowing of Base Rate Loans because the conditions set forth in SECTIONS 5.02 and 5.03 cannot be satisfied or for any other reason, the Borrower shall be deemed to have incurred from the L/C Issuer an L/C Borrowing in the amount of the Unreimbursed Amount that is not so refinanced, which L/C Borrowing shall be due and payable on demand (together with interest) and shall bear interest at the Default Rate. In such event, each Lender's payment to the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer pursuant to SECTION 2.05(c)(ii) shall be

34

deemed payment in respect of its participation in such L/C Borrowing and shall constitute an L/C Advance from such Lender in satisfaction of its participation obligation under this SECTION 2.05.

(iv) Until each Lender funds its Working Capital Loan or L/C Advance pursuant to this SECTION 2.05(c) to reimburse the L/C Issuer for any amount drawn under any Letter of Credit, interest in respect of such Lender's Working Capital Loan Commitment Percentage of such amount shall be solely for the account of the L/C Issuer.

(v) Each Lender's obligation to make Working Capital Loans or L/C Advances to reimburse the L/C Issuer for amounts drawn under Letters of Credit, as contemplated by this SECTION 2.05(c), shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (A) any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Lender may have against the L/C Issuer, the Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever; (B) the occurrence or continuance of a Default, or (C) any other occurrence, event or condition, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that each Lender's obligation to make Working Capital Loans pursuant to this SECTION 2.05(c) is subject to the conditions set forth in SECTIONS 5.02 and 5.03 (other than delivery by the Borrower of a Loan Notice). No such making of an L/C Advance shall relieve or otherwise impair the obligation of the Borrower to reimburse the L/C Issuer for the amount of any payment made by the L/C Issuer under any Letter of Credit, together with interest as provided herein.

(vi) If any Lender fails to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer any amount required to be paid by such Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this SECTION 2.05(c) by the time specified in SECTION 2.05(c)(ii), the L/C Issuer shall be entitled to recover from such Lender (acting through the Administrative Agent), on demand, such amount with interest thereon for the period from the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to the L/C Issuer at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate from time to time in effect. A certificate of the L/C Issuer submitted to any Lender (through the Administrative Agent) with respect to any amounts owing under this clause (vi) shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(d) REPAYMENT OF PARTICIPATIONS.

(i) At any time after the L/C Issuer has made a payment under any Letter of Credit and has received from any Lender such Lender's L/C Advance in respect of such payment in accordance with SECTION 2.05(c), if the Administrative Agent receives for the account of the L/C Issuer any payment in respect of the related Unreimbursed Amount or interest thereon (whether directly from the Borrower or otherwise, including proceeds of Cash Collateral applied thereto by the Administrative Agent), the Administrative Agent will distribute to such Lender its Working Capital Loan Commitment Percentage thereof (appropriately adjusted, in the case of interest payments, to reflect the period of time during which such Lender's L/C Advance was outstanding) in the same funds as those received by the Administrative Agent.

(ii) If any payment received by the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer pursuant to SECTION 2.05(c)(i) is required to be returned under any of the circumstances described in SECTION 11.06 (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the L/C Issuer in its discretion), each Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the

35

account of the L/C Issuer its Working Capital Loan Commitment Percentage thereof on demand of the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such amount is returned by such Lender, at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate from time to time in effect.

(e) OBLIGATIONS ABSOLUTE. The obligation of the Borrower to reimburse the L/C Issuer for each drawing under each Letter of Credit and to repay each L/C Borrowing shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under all circumstances, including the following:

(i) any lack of validity or enforceability of such Letter of Credit, this Agreement, or any other agreement or instrument relating thereto;

(ii) the existence of any claim, counterclaim, set-off, defense or other right that the Borrower may have at any time against any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit (or any Person for whom any such beneficiary or any such transferee may be acting), the L/C Issuer or any other Person, whether in connection with this Agreement, the transactions contemplated hereby or by such Letter of Credit or any agreement or instrument relating thereto, or any unrelated transaction;

(iii) any draft, demand, certificate or other document presented under such Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect; or any loss or delay in the transmission or otherwise of any document required in order to make a drawing under such Letter of Credit;

(iv) any payment by the L/C Issuer under such Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or certificate that does not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit; or any payment made by the L/C Issuer under such Letter of Credit to any Person purporting to be a trustee in bankruptcy, debtor-in-possession, assignee for the benefit of creditors, liquidator, receiver or other representative of or successor to any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit, including any arising in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law; or

(v) any other circumstance or happening whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, including any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, the Borrower.

The Borrower shall promptly examine a copy of each Letter of Credit and each amendment thereto that is delivered to it and, in the event of any claim of noncompliance with the Borrower's instructions or other irregularity, the Borrower will immediately notify the L/C Issuer. The Borrower shall be conclusively deemed to have waived any such claim against the L/C Issuer and its correspondents unless such notice is given as aforesaid.

(f) ROLE OF L/C ISSUER. Each Lender and the Borrower agree that, in paying any drawing under a Letter of Credit, the L/C Issuer shall not have any responsibility to obtain any document (other than any sight draft, certificates and documents expressly required by the Letter of Credit) or to ascertain or inquire as to the validity or accuracy of any such document or the

36

authority of the Person executing or delivering any such document. None of the L/C Issuer, any Agent-Related Person nor any of the respective correspondents, participants or assignees of the L/C Issuer shall be liable to any Lender for
(i) any action taken or omitted in connection herewith at the request or with the approval of the Lenders or the Required Lenders, as applicable; (ii) any action taken or omitted in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct; or (iii) the due execution, effectiveness, validity or enforceability of any document or instrument related to any Letter of Credit or Letter of Credit Application. The Borrower hereby assumes all risks of the acts or omissions of any beneficiary or transferee with respect to its use of any Letter of Credit; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this assumption is not intended to, and shall not, preclude the Borrower's pursuing such rights and remedies as it may have against the beneficiary or transferee at law or under any other agreement. None of the L/C Issuer, any Agent-Related Person, nor any of the respective correspondents, participants or assignees of the L/C Issuer, shall be liable or responsible for any of the matters described in clauses (i) through
(v) of SECTION 2.05(e); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that anything in such clauses to the contrary notwithstanding, the Borrower may have a claim against the L/C Issuer, and the L/C Issuer may be liable to the Borrower, to the extent, but only to the extent, of any direct, as opposed to consequential or exemplary, damages suffered by the Borrower which the Borrower proves were caused by the L/C Issuer's willful misconduct or gross negligence or the L/C Issuer's willful failure to pay under any Letter of Credit after the presentation to it by the beneficiary of a sight draft and certificate(s) strictly complying with the terms and conditions of a Letter of Credit. In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, the L/C Issuer may accept documents that appear on their face to be in order, without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, and the L/C Issuer shall not be responsible for the validity or sufficiency of any instrument transferring or assigning or purporting to transfer or assign a Letter of Credit or the rights or benefits thereunder or proceeds thereof, in whole or in part, which may prove to be invalid or ineffective for any reason.

(g) CASH COLLATERAL. Upon the request of the Administrative Agent, (i) if the L/C Issuer has honored any full or partial drawing request under any Letter of Credit and such drawing has resulted in an L/C Borrowing, or (ii) if, as of the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, any Letter of Credit may for any reason remain outstanding and partially or wholly undrawn, the Borrower shall immediately Cash Collateralize the then Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations (in an amount equal to such Outstanding Amount determined as of the date of such L/C Borrowing or the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, as the case may be). For purposes hereof, "CASH COLLATERALIZE" means to pledge and deposit with or deliver to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the L/C Issuer and the Lenders, as collateral for the L/C Obligations, cash or deposit account balances pursuant to documentation in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer (which documents are hereby consented to by the Lenders). Derivatives of such term have corresponding meanings. The Borrower hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the L/C Issuer and the Lenders, a security interest in all such cash, deposit accounts and all balances therein and all proceeds of the foregoing. Cash collateral shall be maintained in blocked, non-interest bearing deposit accounts at Bank of America.

(h) APPLICABILITY OF ISP98 AND UCP. Unless otherwise expressly agreed by the L/C Issuer and the Borrower when a Letter of Credit is issued, (i) the rules of the "International Standby Practices 1998" published by the Institute of International Banking Law & Practice (or

37

such later version thereof as may be in effect at the time of issuance) shall apply to each standby Letter of Credit, and (ii) the rules of the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits, as most recently published by the International Chamber of Commerce (the "ICC") at the time of issuance (including the ICC decision published by the Commission on Banking Technique and Practice on April 6, 1998 regarding the European single currency (euro)) shall apply to each commercial Letter of Credit.

(i) LETTER OF CREDIT FEES. The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of each Lender in accordance with its Working Capital Loan Commitment Percentage, a Letter of Credit fee for each commercial and standby Letter of Credit equal to 1% per annum TIMES the daily maximum amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit (whether or not such maximum amount is then in effect under such Letter of Credit). Such letter of credit fees shall be computed on a quarterly basis in arrears. Such letter of credit fees shall be due and payable on the first Business Day after the end of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the first such date to occur after the issuance of such Letter of Credit, on the Letter of Credit Expiration Date and thereafter on demand.

(j) FRONTING FEE AND DOCUMENTARY AND PROCESSING CHARGES PAYABLE TO L/C ISSUER. The Borrower shall pay directly to the L/C Issuer, for its own account, a fronting fee with respect to each Letter of Credit in the amounts and at the times separately agreed upon in writing between the L/C Issuer and the Borrower. In addition, the Borrower shall pay directly to the L/C Issuer, for its own account, the customary issuance, presentation, amendment and other processing fees, and other standard costs and charges, of the L/C Issuer relating to letters of credit as from time to time in effect. Such customary fees and standard costs and charges are due and payable on demand and are nonrefundable.

(k) CONFLICT WITH LETTER OF CREDIT APPLICATION. In the event of any conflict between the terms hereof and the terms of any Letter of Credit Application, the terms hereof shall control.

2.06 SWING LINE LOANS.

(a) THE SWING LINE. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Swing Line Lender agrees to make loans (each such loan, a "SWING LINE LOAN") to the Borrower from time to time on any Business Day during the Availability Period in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the amount of the Swing Line Sublimit, notwithstanding the fact that (i) such Swing Line Loans, when aggregated with the Working Capital Loan Commitment Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of Working Capital Loans and L/C Obligations of the Lender acting as Swing Line Lender, may exceed the amount of such Lender's Working Capital Commitment; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that after giving effect to any Swing Line Loan, (A) the Working Capital Outstandings shall not exceed the total amount of the Working Capital Borrowing Limit, and (B) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Working Capital Loans of any Lender, PLUS such Lender's Working Capital Loan Commitment Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations, PLUS such Lender's Working Capital Loan Commitment Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all Swing Line Loans shall not exceed such Lender's Working Capital Commitment, and PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the Borrower shall not use the proceeds of any Swing Line Loan to refinance any outstanding Swing Line Loan. Within the foregoing limits, and subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, the Borrower may

38

borrow under this SECTION 2.06, prepay under SECTION 2.07, and reborrow under this SECTION 2.06. Each Swing Line Loan shall be a Base Rate Loan. Immediately upon the making of a Swing Line Loan, each Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, purchase from the Swing Line Lender a risk participation in such Swing Line Loan in an amount equal to the product of such Lender's Working Capital Loan Commitment Percentage TIMES the amount of such Swing Line Loan.

(b) BORROWING PROCEDURES. Each Swing Line Borrowing shall be made upon the Borrower's irrevocable notice to the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent, which may be given by telephone. Each such notice must be received by the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent not later than 1:00 p.m. on the requested borrowing date, and shall specify (i) the amount to be borrowed, which shall be a minimum of $100,000, and (ii) the requested borrowing date, which shall be a Business Day. Each such telephonic notice must be confirmed promptly by delivery to the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent of a written Swing Line Loan Notice, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower. Promptly after receipt by the Swing Line Lender of any telephonic Swing Line Loan Notice, the Swing Line Lender will confirm with the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) that the Administrative Agent has also received such Swing Line Loan Notice and, if not, the Swing Line Lender will notify the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) of the contents thereof. Unless the Swing Line Lender has received notice (by telephone or in writing) from the Administrative Agent (including at the request of any Lender) prior to 2:00 p.m. on the date of the proposed Swing Line Borrowing (A) directing the Swing Line Lender not to make such Swing Line Loan as a result of the limitations set forth in the proviso to the first sentence of SECTION 2.06(a), or (B) that one or more of the applicable conditions specified in ARTICLE V is not then satisfied, then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Swing Line Lender will, not later than 3:00 p.m. on the borrowing date specified in such Swing Line Loan Notice, make the amount of its Swing Line Loan available to the Borrower at its office by crediting the account of the Borrower on the books of the Swing Line Lender in immediately available funds.

(c) REFINANCING OF SWING LINE LOANS.

(i) The Swing Line Lender at any time in its sole and absolute discretion may request, on behalf of the Borrower (which hereby irrevocably authorizes the Swing Line Lender to so request on its behalf), that each Lender make a Working Capital Loan bearing interest at the Base Rate in an amount equal to such Lender's Working Capital Loan Commitment Percentage of the amount of Swing Line Loans then outstanding. Such request shall be made in writing (which written request shall be deemed to be a Loan Notice for purposes hereof) and in accordance with the requirements of SECTION 2.02, without regard to the minimum and multiples specified therein for the principal amount of Base Rate Loans, but subject to the unutilized portion of the Working Capital Commitments and the conditions set forth in SECTIONS 5.02 and 5.03. The Swing Line Lender shall furnish the Borrower with a copy of the applicable Loan Notice promptly after delivering such notice to the Administrative Agent. Each Lender shall make an amount equal to its Working Capital Loan Commitment Percentage of the amount specified in such Loan Notice available to the Administrative Agent in immediately available funds for the account of the Swing Line Lender at the Administrative Agent's Office not later than 1:00 p.m. on the day specified in such Loan Notice, whereupon, subject to SECTION

39

2.06(c)(ii), each Lender that so makes funds available shall be deemed to have made a Working Capital Loan bearing interest at the Base Rate to the Borrower in such amount. The Administrative Agent shall remit the funds so received to the Swing Line Lender.

(ii) If for any reason any Swing Line Loan cannot be refinanced by such a Working Capital Borrowing in accordance with SECTION 2.06(c)(i), the request for Working Capital Loans bearing interest at the Base Rate submitted by the Swing Line Lender as set forth herein shall be deemed to be a request by the Swing Line Lender that each of the Lenders fund its risk participation in the relevant Swing Line Loan and each Lender's payment to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Swing Line Lender pursuant to SECTION 2.06(c)(i) shall be deemed payment in respect of such participation.

(iii) If any Lender fails to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Swing Line Lender any amount required to be paid by such Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this
SECTION 2.06(c) by the time specified in SECTION 2.06(c)(i), the Swing Line Lender shall be entitled to recover from such Lender (acting through the Administrative Agent), on demand, such amount with interest thereon for the period from the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to the Swing Line Lender at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate from time to time in effect. A certificate of the Swing Line Lender submitted to any Lender (through the Administrative Agent) with respect to any amounts owing under this clause (iii) shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(iv) Each Lender's obligation to make Working Capital Loans or to purchase and fund risk participations in Swing Line Loans pursuant to this
SECTION 2.06(c) shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (A) any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Lender may have against the Swing Line Lender, the Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever, (B) the occurrence or continuance of a Default, or (C) any other occurrence, event or condition, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that each Lender's obligation to make Working Capital Loans pursuant to this SECTION 2.06(c) is subject to the conditions set forth in SECTIONS 5.02 and 5.03. No such funding of risk participations shall relieve or otherwise impair the obligation of the Borrower to repay Swing Line Loans, together with interest as provided herein.

(d) REPAYMENT OF PARTICIPATIONS.

(i) At any time after any Lender has purchased and funded a risk participation in a Swing Line Loan, if the Swing Line Lender receives any payment on account of such Swing Line Loan, the Swing Line Lender will distribute to such Lender its Working Capital Loan Commitment Percentage of such payment (appropriately adjusted, in the case of interest payments, to reflect the period of time during which such Lender's risk participation was funded) in the same funds as those received by the Swing Line Lender.

(ii) If any payment received by the Swing Line Lender in respect of principal or interest on any Swing Line Loan is required to be returned by the Swing Line Lender under any of the circumstances described in
SECTION 11.06 (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the Swing Line Lender in its discretion), each Lender shall pay to the Swing Line

40

Lender its Working Capital Loan Commitment Percentage thereof on demand of the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such amount is returned, at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate. The Administrative Agent will make such demand upon the request of the Swing Line Lender.

(e) INTEREST FOR ACCOUNT OF SWING LINE LENDER. The Swing Line Lender shall be responsible for invoicing the Borrower for interest on the Swing Line Loans. Until each Lender funds its Working Capital Loan bearing interest at the Base Rate or risk participation pursuant to this SECTION 2.06 to refinance such Lender's Working Capital Loan Commitment Percentage of any Swing Line Loan, interest in respect of such Working Capital Loan Commitment Percentage shall be solely for the account of the Swing Line Lender.

(f) PAYMENTS DIRECTLY TO SWING LINE LENDER. The Borrower shall make all payments of principal and interest in respect of the Swing Line Loans directly to the Swing Line Lender.

2.07 PREPAYMENTS.

(a) VOLUNTARY PREPAYMENTS OF CONSTRUCTION LOANS AND WORKING CAPITAL LOANS. The Borrower may, upon notice to the Administrative Agent, at any time or from time to time voluntarily prepay Construction Loans or Working Capital Loans in whole or in part without premium or penalty; PROVIDED that (i) such notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. (A) three Business Days prior to any date of prepayment of Eurodollar Rate Loans and (B) on the date of prepayment of Base Rate Loans; (ii) any prepayment of Eurodollar Rate Loans which are (A) Construction Loans, shall be in a principal amount of $1,000,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof and (B) Working Capital Loans, shall be in a principal amount of $500,000 or a whole multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof; and (iii) any prepayment of Base Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $500,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof or, in each case, if less, the entire principal amount thereof then outstanding. Each such notice shall specify the date and amount of such prepayment and the Types of Construction Loans or Working Capital Loans to be prepaid. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify each Lender of its receipt of each such notice, and of the amount of such Lender's Construction Loan Commitment Percentage or Working Capital Loan Commitment Percentage, as applicable, of such prepayment. If such notice is given by the Borrower, the Borrower shall make such prepayment and the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein. Any prepayment of a Eurodollar Rate Loan shall be accompanied by all accrued interest thereon, together with any additional amounts required pursuant to SECTION 4.05. Each such prepayment shall be applied to the Construction Loans or the Working Capital Loans of the Lenders in accordance with their respective Construction Loan Commitment Percentages or Working Capital Loan Commitment Percentages, as applicable.

(b) VOLUNTARY PREPAYMENTS OF SWING LINE LOANS. The Borrower may, upon notice to the Swing Line Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), at any time or from time to time, voluntarily prepay Swing Line Loans in whole or in part without premium or penalty; PROVIDED that (i) such notice must be received by the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent not later than 1:00 p.m. on the date of the prepayment, and (ii) any such prepayment shall be in a minimum principal amount of $100,000. Each such notice shall specify the date and

41

amount of such prepayment. If such notice is given by the Borrower, the Borrower shall make such prepayment and the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein.

(c) VOLUNTARY PREPAYMENTS OF TERM LOAN. The Borrower may, upon notice to the Administrative Agent, at any time or from time to time voluntarily prepay the Term Loan in whole or in part without premium or penalty; PROVIDED that (i) such notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00
a.m. (A) three Business Days prior to any date of prepayment of Eurodollar Rate Loans and (B) on the date of prepayment of Base Rate Loans; (ii) any prepayment of Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $1,000,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof; and (iii) any prepayment of Base Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $500,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof or, in each case, if less, the entire principal amount thereof then outstanding. Each such notice shall specify the date and amount of such prepayment and the Type(s) of Loans to be prepaid. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify each Lender of its receipt of each such notice, and of the amount of such Lender's Term Loan Percentage of such prepayment. If such notice is given by the Borrower, the Borrower shall make such prepayment and the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein. Any prepayment of a Eurodollar Rate Loan shall be accompanied by all accrued interest thereon, together with any additional amounts required pursuant to SECTION 4.05. Each such prepayment shall be applied to the outstanding principal installments of the Term Loan in inverse order of maturity thereof (and shall be applied to the Term Loan of the Lenders in accordance with their respective Term Loan Percentages).

(d) MANDATORY PREPAYMENTS OF CONSTRUCTION LOAN OUTSTANDINGS. If for any reason the Construction Loan Outstandings at any time exceed the total amount of the Construction Loan Commitments then in effect, the Borrower shall immediately prepay Construction Loans in an aggregate amount equal to such excess.

(e) MANDATORY PREPAYMENTS OF WORKING CAPITAL OUTSTANDINGS. If for any reason the Working Capital Outstandings at any time exceed the total amount of the Working Capital Borrowing Limit then in effect, the Borrower shall immediately prepay Working Capital Loans and/or Swing Line Loans and/or Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations in an aggregate amount equal to such excess; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Borrower shall not be required to Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations pursuant to this SECTION 2.07(e) unless after the prepayment in full of the Working Capital Loans and Swing Line Loans, the Working Capital Outstandings exceed the total amount of the Working Capital Borrowing Limit then in effect.

(f) MANDATORY PREPAYMENTS OF LOAN.

(i) DEBT PROCEEDS AND PREPAYMENTS OF INTERCOMPANY NOTES.

(A) The Borrower shall make mandatory principal prepayments of the Loans in the manner set forth in SECTION 2.07(f)(vi) below in amounts equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds from any incurrence of Indebtedness permitted pursuant to SECTION 8.03(f) or any other Indebtedness not permitted by the terms of this Agreement by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries. Such prepayment shall be made within

42

three (3) Business Days after the date of receipt of Net Cash Proceeds of any such transaction; and

(B) The Borrower shall make mandatory principal prepayments of the Loans in the manner set forth in SECTION 2.07(f)(vi) below in amounts equal to one hundred percent (100%) of any amounts received by the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof pursuant to any prepayments of any Intercompany Note (excluding all scheduled payments thereunder). Such prepayment shall be made within three (3) Business Days after the date of receipt of any such amount.

(ii) EQUITY PROCEEDS.

(A) The Borrower shall make mandatory principal prepayments of the Loans in the manner set forth in SECTION 2.07(f)(vi) below in amounts equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds from any non-registered offering of equity securities by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (excluding (1) the Net Cash Proceeds of the initial capital investment of any third party in any Joint Venture Subsidiary unless the proceeds of such initial investment are distributed to the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof (other than such Joint Venture Subsidiary), and (2) the Net Cash Proceeds of any offerings of equity securities to employees pursuant to incentive compensation plans in the ordinary course of business). Such prepayment shall be made within three (3) Business Days after the date of receipt of Net Cash Proceeds of any such transaction; and

(B) The Borrower shall make mandatory principal prepayments of the Loans in the manner set forth in SECTION 2.07(f)(vi) below in amounts equal to fifty percent (50%) of the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds from any public offering of equity securities by the Borrower. Such prepayment shall be made within three (3) Business Days after the date of receipt of Net Cash Proceeds of any such transaction.

(iii) ASSET SALE PROCEEDS. No later than one hundred eighty
(180) days following the receipt thereof, the Borrower shall make mandatory principal prepayments of the Loans in the manner set forth in SECTION 2.07(f)(vi) below in amounts equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds from the Disposition or series of related Dispositions of assets by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries permitted pursuant to SECTION 8.05(i) (the "DISPOSITION PROCEEDS"); PROVIDED that:

(A) any prepayment required pursuant to this SECTION 2.07(f)(iii) with respect to any Disposition Proceeds of less than $1,500,000.00 (any such amounts, the "DEFERRED PROCEEDS") may be deferred until such time as the aggregate amount of all such Deferred Proceeds that have not previously been reinvested or applied to prepay any Loans equals or exceeds $1,500,000.00; and

(B) any prepayment required pursuant to this SECTION 2.07(f)(iii) with respect to any Disposition Proceeds received by Joint Venture Subsidiaries that are not Designated JV Subsidiaries or Term Loan Subsidiaries shall be required only with respect to that portion of the Net Cash Proceeds actually distributed to or received by the Borrower or any other Subsidiary thereof.

43

Notwithstanding any of the foregoing to the contrary, upon and during the continuance of an Event of Default and upon notice from the Administrative Agent, all Disposition Proceeds received by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall be applied to make prepayments of the Loans, such prepayments to be made within three (3) Business Days after the Borrower's receipt of such Disposition Proceeds.

(iv) INSURANCE AND CONDEMNATION PROCEEDS. No later than one hundred eighty (180) days following the date of receipt by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of any Net Cash Proceeds under any of the insurance policies maintained pursuant to SECTION 7.07 or from any condemnation proceeding (the "INSURANCE AND CONDEMNATION PROCEEDS") which have not been reinvested as of such date in similar replacement assets, the Borrower shall make mandatory principal prepayments of the Loans in the manner set forth in SECTION 2.07(f)(vi) below in amounts equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the aggregate amount of such Insurance and Condemnation Proceeds received by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries; PROVIDED that any prepayment required pursuant to this SECTION 2.07(f)(iv) with respect to any Insurance and Condemnation Proceeds by Joint Venture Subsidiaries that are not Designated JV Subsidiaries or Term Loan Subsidiaries, such prepayment shall be required only with respect to that portion of the Insurance and Condemnation Proceeds actually distributed to or received by the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof. Notwithstanding any of the foregoing to the contrary, upon and during the continuance of an Event of Default and upon notice from the Administrative Agent, all Insurance and Condemnation Proceeds received by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall be applied to make prepayments of the Loans, such prepayments to be made within three (3) Business Days after the Borrower's receipt of such Insurance and Condemnation Proceeds.

(v) EXCESS CASH FLOW. Within ninety (90) days after the end of any Fiscal Year, commencing with the Fiscal Year ending December 30, 2003, for which the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio as of the end of such Fiscal Year (A) equals or exceeds 3.00 to 1.00, the Borrower shall make a mandatory principal prepayment of the Loans in the manner set forth in SECTION 2.07(f)(vi) below in an amount equal to seventy-five percent (75%) of Excess Cash Flow, if any, for such Fiscal Year and (B) is less than 3.00 to 1.00, the Borrower shall make a mandatory principal prepayment of the Loans in the manner set forth in
SECTION 2.07(f)(vi) below in an amount equal to 50% of Excess Cash Flow, if any for such Fiscal Year.

(vi) NOTICE; MANNER OF PAYMENT. Upon the occurrence of any event triggering the prepayment requirement under SECTIONS 2.07(f)(i) through and including 2.07(f)(v), the Borrower shall promptly give written notice to the Administrative Agent and upon receipt of such notice, the Administrative Agent shall promptly so notify the Lenders. Each prepayment under this SECTION 2.07(f) shall be applied as follows: FIRST, to reduce in inverse order of maturity the remaining scheduled principal installments of the Term Loan pursuant to SECTION 2.09(c), (ii) SECOND, to the extent of any excess, to reduce permanently the Construction Loan Commitments pursuant to SECTION 2.08(b), and (iii) THIRD, to the extent of any excess, to reduce permanently the Working Capital Loan Commitment pursuant to SECTION 2.08(c).

(vii) PERMANENT REDUCTION. Amounts prepaid under the Term Loan pursuant to this SECTION 2.07(f) may not be reborrowed and will constitute a permanent reduction in the Term Loan Commitment. Each prepayment shall be accompanied by any amount required to be paid pursuant to SECTION 4.05 hereof.

44

(g) MANDATORY PREPAYMENTS OF LOAN OUTSTANDINGS. If for any reason the aggregate amount of all Equipment Advances exceeds fifteen percent (15%) of the Loan Outstandings at any time, the Borrower shall immediately prepay the Loans constituting Equipment Advances in an aggregate amount equal to such excess.

2.08 TERMINATION OR REDUCTION OF CONSTRUCTION LOAN COMMITMENTS OR WORKING CAPITAL COMMITMENTS.

(a) VOLUNTARY TERMINATION OR REDUCTION. The Borrower may, upon notice to the Administrative Agent, terminate the Construction Loan Commitments or Working Capital Loan Commitments, or from time to time permanently reduce the Construction Loan Commitments or Working Capital Loan Commitments; PROVIDED that
(i) any such notice shall be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. five Business Days prior to the date of termination or reduction,
(ii) any such partial reduction of the Construction Loan Commitment shall be in an aggregate amount of $1,000,000 or any whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof, (iii) any such partial reduction of the Working Capital Commitment shall be in an aggregate amount of $500,000 or any whole multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof, (iv) the Borrower shall not terminate or reduce the Construction Loan Commitments if, after giving effect thereto and to any concurrent prepayments hereunder, the Construction Loan Outstandings would exceed the total amount of the Construction Loan Commitments, (v) the Borrower shall not terminate or reduce the Working Capital Loan Commitment, after giving effect thereto and to any concurrent prepayments hereunder, the Working Capital Loan Outstandings would exceed the total amount of the Working Capital Loan Commitment and (vi) if, after giving effect to any reduction of the Working Capital Loan Commitments, the Letter of Credit Sublimit or the Swing Line Sublimit exceeds the amount of the Working Capital Loan Commitments, each applicable Sublimit shall be automatically reduced by the amount of such excess. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify the Lenders of any such notice of termination or reduction of the Construction Loan Commitments or Working Capital Loan Commitments. Any reduction of the Construction Loan Commitments or Working Capital Loan Commitments shall be applied to the Construction Loan Commitment or Working Capital Loan Commitments, as applicable of, each Lender according to its Construction Loan Commitment Percentage or Working Capital Loan Commitments Percentage, as applicable. All Commitment Fees accrued until the effective date of any termination of the Construction Loan Commitments or Working Capital Commitments, as applicable, shall be paid on the effective date of such termination.

(b) EXCESS PROCEEDS. If at any time proceeds ("EXCESS PROCEEDS") remain after the prepayment of Term Loans pursuant to SECTION 2.07(f), the Construction Loan Commitments shall be permanently reduced on the date of the required prepayment under SECTION 2.07(f) by an amount equal to the amount of such Excess Proceeds. Any such reduction of the Construction Loan Commitments shall be applied to the Construction Loan Commitment of each Lender according to its Construction Loan Commitment Percentage.

(c) REMAINING EXCESS PROCEEDS. If at any time Excess Proceeds remain ("REMAINING EXCESS PROCEEDS") after the reduction of the Construction Loan Commitments pursuant to SECTION 2.08(b), the Working Capital Commitments shall be permanently reduced on the date of the required prepayment under SECTION 2.07(f) by an amount equal to the amount of such Remaining Excess Proceeds. Any such reduction of the Working Capital Commitments shall be

45

applied to the Working Capital Commitment of each Lender according to its Working Capital Loan Commitment Percentage.

2.09 REPAYMENT OF LOANS.

(a) REPAYMENT OF CONSTRUCTION LOANS AND WORKING CAPITAL LOANS. The Borrower shall repay to the Lenders (i) on the Construction Loan Maturity Date the aggregate principal amount of Construction Loans and (ii) on the Working Capital Loan Maturity Date the aggregate principal amount of Working Capital Loans outstanding on such date.

(b) REPAYMENT OF SWING LINE LOANS. The Borrower shall repay each Swing Line Loan on the earlier to occur of (i) the date five Business Days after such Loan is made and (ii) the Working Capital Loan Maturity Date.

(c) REPAYMENT OF TERM LOAN. The Borrower shall repay the outstanding principal amount of the Term Loan in consecutive quarterly installments commencing September 30, 2003 as follows (as such installments may hereafter be adjusted as a result of prepayments made pursuant to SECTION 2.07(f)), in each case unless accelerated sooner pursuant to SECTION 9.02:

                                              PRINCIPAL
YEAR               PAYMENT DATE              INSTALLMENT
                                                 ($)
---------------------------------------------------------
2003            September 30, 2003         $ 1,362,500.00
                 December 31, 2003         $ 1,362,500.00
2004              March 31, 2004           $ 1,362,500.00
                   June 30, 2004           $ 1,362,500.00
                September 30, 2004         $ 1,362,500.00
                 December 31, 2004         $ 1,362,500.00
2005              March 31, 2005           $ 1,362,500.00
                   June 30, 2005           $ 1,362,500.00
                September 30, 2005         $ 1,362,500.00
                 December 31, 2005         $ 1,362,500.00
2006              March 31, 2006           $ 1,362,500.00
                   June 30, 2006           $ 1,362,500.00

If not sooner paid, the Term Loan shall be paid in full, together with accrued interest thereon, on the Term Loan Maturity Date.

2.10 REALLOCATION OF CONSTRUCTION LOAN COMMITMENT AND WORKING CAPITAL COMMITMENT. Provided that no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, in the event the Borrower has Construction Loan Outstandings equal or exceeding $70,000,000, the Borrower may, upon thirty (30) days prior written notice by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent,

46

permanently reallocate all or any portion of Working Capital Commitment to the Construction Loan Commitment (any such amount, "REALLOCATED AMOUNT"); PROVIDED that (a) no more than one such notice may be delivered by the Borrower during the term hereof, (b) after giving effect to any such reallocation, the remaining Working Capital Commitment shall equal or exceed an amount equal to the sum of
(i) the Outstanding Amount of Working Capital Loans at such time, (ii) the Outstanding Amount of Swing Line Loans at such time, and (iii) the Outstanding Amount of L/C Obligations at such time, and (c) the Reallocated Amount shall be in an aggregate amount of $2,000,000 or any whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof. The Working Capital Commitments shall be permanently reduced by the amount of the Reallocated Amount and the Construction Loan Commitments shall be permanently increased by amount of the Reallocated Amount.

ARTICLE III.
GENERAL LOAN PROVISIONS

3.01 INTEREST.

(a) Subject to the provisions of subsection (b) below, (i) each Eurodollar Rate Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof for each Interest Period at a rate per annum equal to the Eurodollar Rate for such Interest Period PLUS the Applicable Rate; (ii) each Base Rate Loan (other than Swing Line Loans) shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from the applicable borrowing date at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate PLUS the Applicable Rate; and (iii) each Swing Line Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from the applicable borrowing date at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate PLUS the Applicable Rate.

(b) If any amount payable by the Borrower under any Loan Document is not paid when due (without regard to any applicable grace periods), whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, such amount shall thereafter bear interest at a fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws. Furthermore, while any Event of Default exists, the Borrower shall pay interest on the principal amount of all outstanding Obligations hereunder at a fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws. Accrued and unpaid interest on past due amounts (including interest on past due interest) shall be due and payable upon demand.

(c) Interest on each Loan shall be due and payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date applicable thereto and at such other times as may be specified herein. Interest hereunder shall be due and payable in accordance with the terms hereof before and after judgment, and before and after the commencement of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law.

3.02 FEES. In addition to certain fees described in subsections (i) and
(j) of SECTION 2.05:

(a) COMMITMENT FEES. The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender in accordance with (i) its Construction Loan Commitment Percentage, a

47

commitment fee (the "CONSTRUCTION LOAN COMMITMENT FEE") equal to the Applicable Rate TIMES the actual daily amount by which the Construction Loan Commitments exceed the sum of the Outstanding Amount of Construction Loans and (ii) its Working Capital Loan Commitment Percentage, a commitment fee (the "WORKING CAPITAL LOAN COMMITMENT FEE," and together with the Construction Loan Commitment Fee, the "COMMITMENT FEES") equal to the Applicable Rate TIMES the actual daily amount by which the Working Capital Commitments exceed the sum of (y) the Outstanding Amount of Working Capital Loans (excluding any Outstanding Amount of Swing Line Loans), and (z) the Outstanding Amount of L/C Obligations. The Commitment Fees shall accrue at all times during the Availability Period, including at any time during which one or more of the conditions in ARTICLE V is not met, and shall be due and payable quarterly in arrears on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the first such date to occur after the Closing Date, and on the Construction Loan Maturity Date and the Working Capital Loan Maturity Date. The Commitment Fees shall be calculated quarterly in arrears, and if there is any change in the Applicable Rate during any quarter, the actual daily amount shall be computed and multiplied by the Applicable Rate separately for each period during such quarter that such Applicable Rate was in effect.

(b) OTHER FEES.

(i) The Borrower shall pay to each of the Co-Lead Arrangers and the Administrative Agent for their own respective accounts fees in the amounts and at the times separately agreed upon in writing. Such fees shall be fully earned when paid and shall not be refundable for any reason whatsoever.

(ii) The Borrower shall pay to the Lenders such fees as shall have been separately agreed upon in writing in the amounts and at the times so specified. Such fees shall be fully earned when paid and shall not be refundable for any reason whatsoever.

3.03 COMPUTATION OF INTEREST AND FEES. All computations of interest for Base Rate Loans when the Base Rate is determined by Bank of America's "prime rate" shall be made on the basis of a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be, and actual days elapsed. All other computations of fees and interest shall be made on the basis of a 360-day year and actual days elapsed (which results in more fees or interest, as applicable, being paid than if computed on the basis of a 365-day year). Interest shall accrue on each Loan for the day on which the Loan is made, and shall not accrue on a Loan, or any portion thereof, for the day on which the Loan or such portion is paid, PROVIDED that any Loan that is repaid on the same day on which it is made shall, subject to SECTION 3.05(a), bear interest for one day.

3.04 EVIDENCE OF DEBT.

(a) The Credit Extensions made by each Lender shall be evidenced by one or more accounts or records maintained by such Lender and by the Administrative Agent in the ordinary course of business. The accounts or records maintained by the Administrative Agent and each Lender shall be conclusive absent manifest error of the amount of the Credit Extensions made by the Lenders to the Borrower and the interest and payments thereon. Any failure to so record or any error in doing so shall not, however, limit or otherwise affect the obligation of the Borrower hereunder to pay any amount owing with respect to the Obligations. In the event of any conflict

48

between the accounts and records maintained by any Lender and the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent shall control in the absence of manifest error. Upon the request of any Lender made through the Administrative Agent, the Borrower shall execute and deliver to such Lender (through the Administrative Agent) a Note, which shall evidence such Lender's Loans in addition to such accounts or records. Each Lender may attach schedules to its Note and endorse thereon the date, Type (if applicable), amount and maturity of its Loans and payments with respect thereto.

(b) In addition to the accounts and records referred to in subsection
(a), each Lender and the Administrative Agent shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice accounts or records evidencing the purchases and sales by such Lender of participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans. In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by the Administrative Agent and the accounts and records of any Lender in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent shall control in the absence of manifest error.

3.05 PAYMENTS GENERALLY.

(a) All payments to be made by the Borrower shall be made without condition or deduction for any counterclaim, defense, recoupment or setoff. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all payments by the Borrower hereunder shall be made to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the respective Lenders to which such payment is owed, at the Administrative Agent's Office in Dollars and in immediately available funds not later than 2:00 p.m. on the date specified herein. The Administrative Agent will promptly distribute to each Lender its Construction Loan Commitment Percentage, Working Capital Loan Commitment Percentage or Term Loan Percentage, as applicable (or other applicable share as provided herein), of such payment in like funds as received by wire transfer to such Lender's Lending Office. All payments received by the Administrative Agent after 2:00 p.m. shall be deemed received on the next succeeding Business Day and any applicable interest or fee shall continue to accrue.

(b) If any payment to be made by the Borrower shall come due on a day other than a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next following Business Day, and such extension of time shall be reflected in computing interest or fees, as the case may be.

(c) Unless the Borrower or any Lender has notified the Administrative Agent, prior to the date any payment is required to be made by it to the Administrative Agent hereunder, that the Borrower or such Lender, as the case may be, will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower or such Lender, as the case may be, has timely made such payment and may (but shall not be so required to), in reliance thereon, make available a corresponding amount to the Person entitled thereto. If and to the extent that such payment was not in fact made to the Administrative Agent in immediately available funds, then:

(i) if the Borrower failed to make such payment, each Lender shall forthwith on demand repay to the Administrative Agent the portion of such assumed payment that was made available to such Lender in immediately available funds, together with interest thereon in

49

respect of each day from and including the date such amount was made available by the Administrative Agent to such Lender to the date such amount is repaid to the Administrative Agent in immediately available funds at the Federal Funds Rate from time to time in effect; and

(ii) if any Lender failed to make such payment, such Lender shall forthwith on demand pay to the Administrative Agent the amount thereof in immediately available funds, together with interest thereon for the period from the date such amount was made available by the Administrative Agent to the Borrower to the date such amount is recovered by the Administrative Agent (the "COMPENSATION PERIOD") at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate from time to time in effect. If such Lender pays such amount to the Administrative Agent, then such amount shall constitute such Lender's Loan included in the applicable Borrowing. If such Lender does not pay such amount forthwith upon the Administrative Agent's demand therefor, the Administrative Agent may make a demand therefor upon the Borrower, and the Borrower shall pay such amount to the Administrative Agent, together with interest thereon for the Compensation Period at a rate per annum equal to the rate of interest applicable to the applicable Borrowing. Nothing herein shall be deemed to relieve any Lender from its obligation to fulfill its Commitment or to prejudice any rights which the Administrative Agent or the Borrower may have against any Lender as a result of any default by such Lender hereunder.

A notice of the Administrative Agent to any Lender or the Borrower with respect to any amount owing under this subsection (c) shall be conclusive, absent manifest error.

(d) If any Lender makes available to the Administrative Agent funds for any Loan to be made by such Lender as provided in the foregoing provisions of this ARTICLE III, and such funds are not made available to the Borrower by the Administrative Agent because the conditions to the applicable Credit Extension set forth in ARTICLE V are not satisfied or waived in accordance with the terms hereof, the Administrative Agent shall return such funds (in like funds as received from such Lender) to such Lender, without interest.

(e) The obligations of the Lenders hereunder to make Loans and to fund participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans are several and not joint. The failure of any Lender to make any Loan or to fund any such participation on any date required hereunder shall not relieve any other Lender of its corresponding obligation to do so on such date, and no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to so make its Loan or purchase its participation.

(f) Nothing herein shall be deemed to obligate any Lender to obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner or to constitute a representation by any Lender that it has obtained or will obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner.

3.06 SHARING OF PAYMENTS. If, other than as expressly provided elsewhere herein, any Lender shall obtain on account of the Loans made by it, or the participations in L/C Obligations or in Swing Line Loans held by it, any payment (whether voluntary, involuntary, through the exercise of any right of set-off, or otherwise) in excess of its ratable share (or other share contemplated hereunder) thereof, such Lender shall immediately (a) notify the Administrative Agent of such fact, and (b) purchase from the other Lenders such participations in the Loans made by them and/or such subparticipations in the participations in L/C Obligations or Swing

50

Line Loans held by them, as the case may be, as shall be necessary to cause such purchasing Lender to share the excess payment in respect of such Loans or such participations, as the case may be, pro rata with each of them; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if all or any portion of such excess payment is thereafter recovered from the purchasing Lender under any of the circumstances described in
SECTION 11.06 (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the purchasing Lender in its discretion), such purchase shall to that extent be rescinded and each other Lender shall repay to the purchasing Lender the purchase price paid therefor, together with an amount equal to such paying Lender's ratable share (according to the proportion of (i) the amount of such paying Lender's required repayment to (ii) the total amount so recovered from the purchasing Lender) of any interest or other amount paid or payable by the purchasing Lender in respect of the total amount so recovered, without further interest thereon. The Borrower agrees that any Lender so purchasing a participation from another Lender may, to the fullest extent permitted by law, exercise all its rights of payment (including the right of set-off, but subject to SECTION 11.09) with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were the direct creditor of the Borrower in the amount of such participation. The Administrative Agent will keep records (which shall be conclusive and binding in the absence of manifest error) of participations purchased under this
Section and will in each case notify the Lenders following any such purchases or repayments. Each Lender that purchases a participation pursuant to this Section shall from and after such purchase have the right to give all notices, requests, demands, directions and other communications under this Agreement with respect to the portion of the Obligations purchased to the same extent as though the purchasing Lender were the original owner of the Obligations purchased.

3.07 SECURITY. The Obligations shall be secured as provided in the Security Documents.

ARTICLE IV.
TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY

4.01 TAXES.

(a) Any and all payments by the Borrower to or for the account of the Administrative Agent or any Lender under any Loan Document shall be made free and clear of and without deduction for any and all present or future taxes, duties, levies, imposts, deductions, assessments, fees, withholdings or similar charges, and all liabilities with respect thereto, EXCLUDING, in the case of the Administrative Agent and each Lender, taxes imposed on or measured by its overall net income, and franchise taxes imposed on it (in lieu of net income taxes), by the jurisdiction (or any political subdivision thereof) under the Laws of which the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, is organized or maintains a lending office (all such non-excluded taxes, duties, levies, imposts, deductions, assessments, fees, withholdings or similar charges, and liabilities being hereinafter referred to as "TAXES"). If the Borrower shall be required by any Laws to deduct any Taxes from or in respect of any sum payable under any Loan Document to the Administrative Agent or any Lender, (i) the sum payable shall be increased as necessary so that after making all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section), each of the Administrative Agent and such Lender receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made, (ii) the Borrower shall make such deductions, (iii) the Borrower shall pay the full amount deducted to

51

the relevant taxation authority or other authority in accordance with applicable Laws, and (iv) within 30 days after the date of such payment, the Borrower shall furnish to the Administrative Agent (which shall forward the same to such Lender) the original or a certified copy of a receipt evidencing payment thereof.

(b) In addition, the Borrower agrees to pay any and all present or future stamp, court or documentary taxes and any other excise or property taxes or charges or similar levies which arise from any payment made under any Loan Document or from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document (hereinafter referred to as "OTHER TAXES").

(c) If the Borrower shall be required to deduct or pay any Taxes or Other Taxes from or in respect of any sum payable under any Loan Document to the Administrative Agent or any Lender, the Borrower shall also pay to the Administrative Agent or to such Lender, as the case may be, at the time interest is paid, such additional amount that the Administrative Agent or such Lender specifies is necessary to preserve the after-tax yield (after factoring in all taxes, including taxes imposed on or measured by net income) that the Administrative Agent or such Lender would have received if such Taxes or Other Taxes had not been imposed.

(d) The Borrower agrees to indemnify the Administrative Agent and each Lender for, from and against (i) the full amount of Taxes and Other Taxes (including any Taxes or Other Taxes imposed or asserted by any jurisdiction on amounts payable under this Section) paid by the Administrative Agent and such Lender, (ii) amounts payable under SECTION 4.01(c) and (iii) any liability (including additions to tax, penalties, interest and expenses) arising therefrom or with respect thereto, in each case whether or not such Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. Payment under this subsection (d) shall be made within 30 days after the date the Lender or the Administrative Agent makes a demand therefor.

4.02 ILLEGALITY. If any Lender determines that any Law has made it unlawful, or that any Governmental Authority has asserted that it is unlawful, for any Lender or its applicable Lending Office to make, maintain or fund Eurodollar Rate Loans, or to determine or charge interest rates based upon the Eurodollar Rate, then, on notice thereof by such Lender to the Borrower through the Administrative Agent, any obligation of such Lender to make or continue Eurodollar Rate Loans or to convert Base Rate Loans to Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be suspended until such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the Borrower that the circumstances giving rise to such determination no longer exist. Upon receipt of such notice, the Borrower shall, upon demand from such Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), prepay or, if applicable, convert all Eurodollar Rate Loans of such Lender to Base Rate Loans, either on the last day of the Interest Period therefor, if such Lender may lawfully continue to maintain such Eurodollar Rate Loans to such day, or immediately, if such Lender may not lawfully continue to maintain such Eurodollar Rate Loans. Upon any such prepayment or conversion, the Borrower shall also pay accrued interest on the amount so prepaid or converted. Each Lender agrees to designate a different Lending Office if such designation will avoid the need for such notice and will not, in the good faith judgment of such Lender, otherwise be materially disadvantageous to such Lender.

52

4.03 INABILITY TO DETERMINE RATES. If the Required Lenders determine that for any reason adequate and reasonable means do not exist for determining the Eurodollar Base Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Eurodollar Rate Loan, or that the Eurodollar Base Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Eurodollar Rate Loan does not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of funding such Loan, the Administrative Agent will promptly so notify the Borrower and each Lender. Thereafter, the obligation of the Lenders to make or maintain Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be suspended until the Administrative Agent (upon the instruction of the Required Lenders) revokes such notice. Upon receipt of such notice, the Borrower may revoke any pending request for a Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans or, failing that, will be deemed to have converted such request into a request for a Construction Loan Borrowing or Working Capital Borrowing, as applicable, of Base Rate Loans in the amount specified therein.

4.04 INCREASED COST AND REDUCED RETURN; CAPITAL ADEQUACY.

(a) If any Lender determines that as a result of the introduction of or any change in or in the interpretation of any Law, or such Lender's compliance therewith, there shall be any increase in the cost to such Lender of agreeing to make or making, funding or maintaining Eurodollar Rate Loans or (as the case may be) issuing or participating in Letters of Credit, or a reduction in the amount received or receivable by such Lender in connection with any of the foregoing (excluding for purposes of this subsection (a) any such increased costs or reduction in amount resulting from (i) Taxes or Other Taxes (as to which SECTION 4.01 shall govern), (ii) changes in the basis of taxation of overall net income or overall gross income by the United States or any foreign jurisdiction or any political subdivision of either thereof under the Laws of which such Lender is organized or has its Lending Office, and (iii) reserve requirements utilized in the determination of the Eurodollar Rate), then from time to time upon demand of such Lender (with a copy of such demand to the Administrative Agent), the Borrower shall pay to such Lender such additional amounts as will compensate such Lender for such increased cost or reduction.

(b) If any Lender determines that the introduction of any Law regarding capital adequacy or any change therein or in the interpretation thereof, or compliance by such Lender (or its Lending Office) therewith, has the effect of reducing the rate of return on the capital of such Lender or any corporation controlling such Lender as a consequence of such Lender's obligations hereunder (taking into consideration its policies with respect to capital adequacy and such Lender's desired return on capital), then from time to time upon demand of such Lender (with a copy of such demand to the Administrative Agent), the Borrower shall pay to such Lender such additional amounts as will compensate such Lender for such reduction.

4.05 FUNDING LOSSES. Upon demand of any Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) from time to time, the Borrower shall promptly compensate such Lender for and hold such Lender harmless from any loss, cost or expense incurred by it as a result of:

(a) any continuation, conversion, payment or prepayment of any Loan other than a Base Rate Loan on a day other than the last day of the Interest Period for such Loan (whether voluntary, mandatory, automatic, by reason of acceleration, or otherwise); or

53

(b) any failure by the Borrower (for a reason other than the failure of such Lender to make a Loan) to prepay, borrow, continue or convert any Loan other than a Base Rate Loan on the date or in the amount notified by the Borrower;

including any loss of anticipated profits and any loss or expense arising from the liquidation or reemployment of funds obtained by it to maintain such Loan or from fees payable to terminate the deposits from which such funds were obtained. The Borrower shall also pay any customary administrative fees charged by such Lender in connection with the foregoing.

For purposes of calculating amounts payable by the Borrower to the Lenders under this SECTION 4.05, each Lender shall be deemed to have funded each Eurodollar Rate Loan made by it at the Eurodollar Base Rate used in determining the Eurodollar Rate for such Loan by a matching deposit or other borrowing in the London interbank eurodollar market for a comparable amount and for a comparable period, whether or not such Eurodollar Rate Loan was in fact so funded.

4.06 MATTERS APPLICABLE TO ALL REQUESTS FOR COMPENSATION. A certificate of the Administrative Agent or any Lender claiming compensation under this ARTICLE IV and setting forth the additional amount or amounts to be paid to it hereunder shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. In determining such amount, the Administrative Agent or such Lender may use any reasonable averaging and attribution methods.

4.07 SURVIVAL. All of the Borrower's obligations under this ARTICLE IV shall survive termination of the Aggregate Commitments and repayment of all other Obligations hereunder.

ARTICLE V.
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CREDIT EXTENSIONS

5.01 CONDITIONS OF INITIAL CREDIT EXTENSION. The obligation of each Lender to make its initial Credit Extension hereunder is subject to satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

(a) LOAN DOCUMENTS, CERTIFICATES AND OPINIONS. The Administrative Agent's receipt of the following, each of which shall be originals or facsimiles (followed promptly by originals) unless otherwise specified, each properly executed by a Responsible Officer of the signing Loan Party, each dated the Closing Date (or, in the case of certificates of governmental officials, a recent date before the Closing Date) and each in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and its legal counsel:

(i) executed counterparts of this Agreement, the Security Documents, the Guaranty Agreements and any other applicable Loan Documents, sufficient in number for distribution to the Administrative Agent, each Lender and the Borrower;

(ii) a Note executed by the Borrower in favor of each Lender requesting a Note;

(iii) a certificate of Responsible Officers of each Loan Party certifying as to the incumbency and genuineness of the signature of each officer of each Loan Party executing Loan

54

Documents to which it is a party and certifying that attached thereto is a true, correct and complete copy of (A) the articles or certificate of incorporation or formation of each Loan Party and all amendments thereto, certified as of a recent date by the appropriate Governmental Authority in its jurisdiction of organization, (B) the bylaws or other governing document of each Loan Party as in effect on the Closing Date, (C) resolutions duly adopted by the board of directors or other governing body of each Loan Party authorizing the borrowings contemplated hereunder and the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents to which it is a party, and (D) certificates as of a recent date of the good standing of each Loan Party under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization and, to the extent requested by the Administrative Agent, each other jurisdiction where each Loan Party is qualified to do business;

(iv) (A) a favorable opinion of Frost Brown Todd LLC, counsel to the Loan Parties, addressed to the Administrative Agent and each Lender, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, and (B) a favorable opinion of local counsel to each of the Loan Parties, addressed to the Administrative Agent and each Lender, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, in each jurisdiction where a mortgage (or deed of trust, as applicable) is filed as required under the Loan Documents;

(v) a certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower certifying that either (A) attaching copies of all consents, licenses and approvals required in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by such Loan Party and the validity against such Loan Party of the Loan Documents to which it is a party, and such consents, licenses and approvals shall be in full force and effect (including, without limitation, the consent of all third party owners of each Term Loan Subsidiary with respect to the pledge, by the Borrower or a Subsidiary thereof, of the ownership interests owned thereby in such Term Loan Subsidiary and the Collateral Assignment of each Intercompany Note and all collateral security securing the payment of each such Intercompany Note), or (B) stating that no such consents, licenses or approvals are so required;

(vi) a certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower certifying (A) that the conditions specified in SECTIONS 5.03(a) and
(b) have been satisfied, (B) that since December 31, 2002, there has been no event or circumstance that has had or could be reasonably expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect upon, the operations, business, assets, liabilities (actual or contingent) or financial condition of the Borrower or the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole or in the facts and information regarding such entities as represented to date; and (C) a calculation of the Consolidated Leverage Ratio as of the last day of the fiscal quarter of the Borrower most recently ended prior to the Closing Date;

(vii) evidence that all insurance required to be maintained pursuant to the Loan Documents has been obtained and is in effect;

(viii) an Intercompany Term Loan Note by each Term Loan Subsidiary;

(ix) a mortgage (or deed of trust, as applicable) and/or collateral agreement, as applicable, granting a security interest in all present and future assets and properties of the Term Loan Subsidiary (including, without limitation, accounts receivable, inventory, real property,

55

machinery, equipment, contracts, license rights (subject to the rights of the licensees), and general intangibles to secure the prompt payment of the Intercompany Term Loan Note made thereby;

(x) a Collateral Assignment of each Intercompany Term Loan Note;

(xi) receipt of Borrower's Reorganization Agreement and operating agreement, and the terms and conditions thereof are satisfactory to the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion;

(xii) receipt of IP Holdco's Organization Documents and the amendments requested by the Administrative Agent thereto, and the terms and conditions thereof are satisfactory to the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion;

(xiii) receipt of an amendment to the License Agreement, dated April 1, 1997, between IP Holdco and the Borrower, and the terms and conditions thereof are satisfactory to the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion; and

(xiv) such other assurances, certificates, documents, consents or opinions as the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer, the Swing Line Lender or the Required Lenders reasonably may require.

(b) COLLATERAL.

(i) FILINGS AND RECORDINGS. All filings and recordations that are necessary to perfect the security interests of the Lenders in the Collateral shall have been received by the Administrative Agent and the Administrative Agent shall have received evidence satisfactory to the Administrative Agent that upon such filings and recordations such security interests constitute valid and perfected first priority Liens therein.

(ii) PLEDGED COLLATERAL. The Administrative Agent shall have received (A) original stock certificates or other certificates evidencing the capital stock or other ownership interests pledged pursuant to the Security Documents, together with an undated stock power for each such certificate duly executed in blank by the registered owner thereof and (B) each original promissory note pledged pursuant to the Security Documents.

(iii) LIEN SEARCH. The Administrative Agent shall have received the results of a Lien search (including a search as to judgments, pending litigation and tax matters) made against the Borrower and the Loan Parties under the UCC (or applicable judicial docket) as in effect in any state in which any of its assets are located, indicating among other things that its assets are free and clear of any Lien except for Permitted Liens.

(iv) HAZARD AND LIABILITY INSURANCE. The Administrative Agent shall have received certificates of insurance, evidence of payment of all insurance premiums for the current policy year of each, and, if requested by the Administrative Agent, copies (certified by a Responsible Officer) of insurance policies in the form required under the Security Documents and otherwise in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

56

(v) TITLE INSURANCE. The Administrative Agent shall have received a marked-up commitment for a policy of title insurance, insuring Lenders' first priority Liens and showing no Liens prior to Lenders' Liens other than for ad valorem taxes not yet due and payable, with title insurance companies acceptable to the Administrative Agent on the real property subject to the Security Documents with the final title insurance policy, being delivered within thirty (30) days after the Closing Date. Further, the Borrowers agree to provide or obtain any customary affidavits and indemnities as may be required or necessary to obtain title insurance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(vi) TITLE EXCEPTIONS. The Administrative Agent shall have received copies of all recorded documents creating exceptions to the title policy referred to in SECTION 5.01(b)(v).

(vii) MATTERS RELATING TO FLOOD HAZARD PROPERTIES. The Administrative Agent shall have received a certification form from the National Research Center, or any successor agency thereto, regarding each parcel of real property securing any portion of the Obligations.

(viii) SURVEYS. The Administrative Agent shall have received copies of as-built surveys of a recent date not more than thirty (30) days prior to the Closing Date (or such other date as is acceptable to the Administrative Agent) of each parcel of real property subject to Security Documents certified as of a recent date by a registered engineer or land surveyor. Each such survey shall be accompanied by an affidavit (a "SURVEY AFFIDAVIT") of an authorized signatory of the owner of such property stating that there have been no improvements or encroachments to the property since the date of the respective survey such that the existing survey is no longer accurate. Such survey shall show the area of such property, all boundaries of the land with courses and distances indicated, including chord bearings and arc and chord distances for all curves, and shall show dimensions and locations of all easements, private drives, roadways, and other facts materially affecting such property, and shall show such other details as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request, including, without limitation, any encroachment (and the extent thereof in feet and inches) onto the property or by any of the improvements on the property upon adjoining land or upon any easement burdening the property; any improvements, to the extent constructed, and the relation of the improvements by distances to the boundaries of the property, to any easements burdening the property, and to the established building lines and the street lines; and if improvements are existing, (A) a statement of the number of each type of parking space required by applicable laws, ordinances, orders, rules, regulations, restrictive covenants and easements affecting the improvement, and the number of each such type of parking space provided, and (B) the locations of all utilities serving the improvement.

(ix) ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENTS. The Administrative Agent shall have received a Phase I environmental assessment (such Phase I environmental assessment not to be dated more than two (2) years prior to the Closing Date) and such other environmental report reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent regarding each parcel of real property subject to Security Documents by an environmental engineering firm acceptable to the Administrative Agent showing no environmental conditions or liabilities in violation of Environmental Laws that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

57

(x) OTHER REAL PROPERTY INFORMATION. The Administrative Agent shall have received such other certificates, documents and information as are reasonably requested by the Lenders, including, without limitation, engineering and structural reports, permanent certificates of occupancy and evidence of zoning compliance, each in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(xi) ASSET APPRAISALS. Receipt and review of asset appraisal reports satisfactory to the Administrative Agent prepared no more than twelve
(12) months prior to the Closing Date with respect to (A) all of the real and personal property of the Borrower and the Guarantors (other than the Designated JV Subsidiaries) demonstrating that the aggregate amount of the Term Loans does not exceed the sum of (I) 50% of the net book value of equipment owned by the Borrower and the Guarantors (other than the Designated JV Subsidiaries) and (II) 75% of the aggregate face amount of the applicable Intercompany Term Loan Notes securing the Term Loans, and (B) all of the real and personal property of each Term Loan Subsidiary showing that the amount of the Intercompany Term Loan Notes of such Term Loan Subsidiary does not exceed the sum of (I) 80% of the appraised value of the real property being financed or refinanced by such Intercompany Term Loan Note, and (II) 50% of the net book value of equipment being refinanced by such Intercompany Term Loan Note.

(c) PAYMENT OF FEES. Any fees required to be paid on or before the Closing Date shall have been paid.

(d) ATTORNEYS FEES. Unless waived by the Administrative Agent, the Borrower shall have paid all Attorney Costs of the Administrative Agent to the extent invoiced prior to or on the Closing Date, plus such additional amounts of Attorney Costs as shall constitute its reasonable estimate of Attorney Costs incurred or to be incurred by it through the closing proceedings (provided that such estimate shall not thereafter preclude a final settling of accounts between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent).

(e) FINANCIAL CONDITION CERTIFICATE. The Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent a certificate, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, and certified as accurate by a Responsible Officer, that (A) the Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries are each Solvent, (B) the Borrower's payables are current and not past due, (C) attached thereto are calculations evidencing compliance on a PRO FORMA basis with the covenants contained in SECTION 8.15, and (D) the financial projections previously delivered to the Administrative Agent represent the good faith estimates (utilizing reasonable assumptions) of the financial condition and operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

(f) FINANCIAL STATEMENTS. The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall have received (A) the consolidating balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and the related consolidating statements of income or operations for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002 (the "CONSOLIDATING FINANCIAL STATEMENTS"), (B) the audited consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, shareholders' equity and cash flows for the fiscal years ended December 26, 1999, December 31, 2000, December 30, 2001 and December 31, 2002 (the "CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS," together with the Consolidating Financial Statements, the "AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS"), (C) the unaudited consolidating balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and the related

58

consolidating statements of income or operations for the fiscal quarter ended April 1, 2003 (the "CONSOLIDATING QUARTERLY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS"), and (D) the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, shareholders' equity and cash flows for the fiscal quarter ended April 1, 2003 (the "CONSOLIDATING QUARTERLY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS," together with Consolidating Unaudited Quarterly Financial Statement, the "UNAUDITED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS"), all in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders and prepared in accordance with GAAP, and such other financial information as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request.

(g) NO INJUNCTION, ETC. No action, proceeding, investigation, regulation or legislation shall have been instituted, threatened or proposed before any Governmental Authority to enjoin, restrain, or prohibit, or to obtain substantial damages in respect of, or which is related to or arises out of the Transaction Documents or the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby, or which, in the Administrative Agent's reasonable discretion, would make it inadvisable to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

(h) GOVERNMENTAL AND THIRD PARTY APPROVALS. The Loan Parties shall have received all material governmental, shareholder and third party consents (including Hart-Scott-Rodino clearance) and approvals necessary (as determined in the reasonable discretion of the Administrative Agent) in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and the other transactions contemplated hereby and all applicable waiting periods shall have expired without any action being taken by any Person that could reasonably be expected restrain, prevent or impose any material adverse conditions on any of the Loan Parties or such other transactions or that could seek or threaten any of the foregoing, and no law or regulation shall be applicable which in the reasonable judgment of the Administrative Agent could reasonably be expected to have such effect.

(i) NOTICE OF BORROWING. The Administrative Agent shall have received a Loan Notice or Swing Line Notice, as applicable, from the Borrower, and a Notice of Account Designation specifying the account or accounts to which the proceeds of any Loans are to be disbursed.

(j) OTHER DOCUMENTS. All opinions, certificates and other instruments and all proceedings in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall have received copies of all other documents, certificates and instruments reasonably requested thereby, with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

5.02 ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS FOR EACH CONSTRUCTION LOAN. In addition to the conditions set forth in SECTION 5.01, the obligation of each Lender to make each Construction Loan hereunder is subject each time the Borrower requests a Construction Loan to satisfaction of the following conditions:

(a) Execution and delivery of each of the following, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent:

59

(i) an Intercompany Construction Loan Note by each Guarantor (excluding Guarantors that are wholly-owned Subsidiaries) receiving the proceeds of such Construction Loan;

(ii) a Collateral Assignment of the Intercompany Construction Loan Note delivered in connection with such Construction Loan;

(iii) a mortgage (or deed of trust, as applicable) and/or collateral agreement, as applicable, granting a security interest in all present and future assets and properties of the Guarantor (including, without limitation, accounts receivable, inventory, real property, machinery, equipment, contracts, license rights (subject to the rights of the licensees), and general intangibles to secure the prompt payment of the Guaranty Agreement made thereby; and

(iv) if applicable, all documents required pursuant to SECTION 7.15 of this Agreement.

(b) Receipt by the Administrative Agent of such other usual and customary documents, instruments and certificates for construction credit facilities of this type, including, without limitation, those items listed in
SECTION 5.01(b) with respect to the personal and real property being financed or refinanced with the proceeds of such Construction Loan, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(c) Receipt and review of asset appraisal reports satisfactory to the Agents prepared no more than twelve (12) months prior to the request for such Construction Loan with respect to all of the real and personal property of the Borrower or the applicable Guarantor to be financed or refinanced with the proceeds of such Construction Loan demonstrating that such Construction Loan does not exceed the sum of (i) 80% of the aggregate appraised value of the real property and improvements being financed or refinanced with the proceeds of such Construction Loan, and (ii) 50% of the appraised value of the equipment being financed or refinanced with the proceeds of such Construction Loan.

(d) The Administrative Agent shall have received a Phase I environmental assessment (such Phase I environmental assessment not to be dated more than two (2) years prior to the request for such Construction Loan) and such other environmental report reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent with respect to each parcel of real property of the Borrower or the applicable Guarantor to be financed or refinanced with the proceeds of such Construction Loan by an environmental engineering firm acceptable to the Administrative Agent showing no environmental conditions or liabilities in violation of Environmental Laws that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.03 CONDITIONS TO ALL CREDIT EXTENSIONS. The obligation of each Lender to honor any Request for Credit Extension is subject to the following conditions precedent:

(a) The representations and warranties of the Borrower and each other Loan Party contained in ARTICLE VI or any other Loan Document, or which are contained in any document furnished at any time under or in connection herewith or therewith, shall be true and correct on and as of the date of such Credit Extension, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct as of

60

such earlier date, and except that for purposes of this SECTION 5.03, the representations and warranties contained in subsections (a) and (b) of SECTION 6.05 shall be deemed to refer to the most recent statements furnished pursuant to clauses (a) and (b), respectively, of SECTION 7.01.

(b) No Default or Event of Default shall exist, or would result from such proposed Credit Extension.

(c) The Administrative Agent and, if applicable, the L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender shall have received a Request for Credit Extension in accordance with the requirements hereof.

(d) ADDITIONAL DOCUMENTS. The Administrative Agent shall have received each additional document, instrument, legal opinion or other item reasonably requested by it.

Each Request for Credit Extension submitted by the Borrower shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty that the conditions specified in SECTIONS 5.03(a) and (b) have been satisfied on and as of the date of the applicable Credit Extension.

ARTICLE VI.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

The Borrower represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders that:

6.01 EXISTENCE, QUALIFICATION AND POWER; COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS. The Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries (a) is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company duly organized or formed, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization, (b) has all requisite power and authority and all requisite governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals to (i) own its assets and carry on its business as now being conducted and hereafter proposed to be conducted and (ii) execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party, (c) is duly qualified and is licensed and in good standing under the Laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification or license, and (d) is in compliance with all Laws. The jurisdictions in which the Borrower and its Subsidiaries are organized and qualified to do business as of the Closing Date are described on SCHEDULE 6.01.

6.02 AUTHORIZATION; NO CONTRAVENTION. The execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of each Loan Document to which such Person is party, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other organizational action, and do not and will not (a) contravene the terms of any of such Person's Organization Documents; (b) conflict with or result in any breach or contravention of, or the creation of any Lien (other than a Permitted Lien) under, (i) any Contractual Obligation to which such Person is a party or
(ii) any order, injunction, writ or decree of any Governmental Authority or any arbitral award to which such Person or its property is subject; or (c) violate any Law.

6.03 GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORIZATION; OTHER CONSENTS. No approval, consent, exemption, authorization, or other action by, or notice to, or filing with, any Governmental

61

Authority or any other Person is necessary or required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by, or enforcement against, any Loan Party of this Agreement or any other Loan Document. Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (a) has all Governmental Approvals required by any applicable Law for it to conduct its business, each of which is in full force and effect, is final and not subject to review on appeal and is not the subject of any pending or, to the best of its knowledge, threatened attack by direct or collateral proceeding, (b) is in compliance with each Governmental Approval applicable to it and in compliance with all other applicable Laws relating to it or any of its respective properties and (b) has timely filed all material reports, documents and other materials required to be filed by it under all applicable Laws with any Governmental Authority and has retained all material records and documents required to be retained by it under applicable Law.

6.04 BINDING EFFECT. This Agreement has been, and each other Loan Document, when delivered hereunder, will have been, duly executed and delivered by each Loan Party that is party thereto. This Agreement constitutes, and each other Loan Document when so delivered will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Loan Party, enforceable against each Loan Party that is party thereto in accordance with its terms.

6.05 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS; NO MATERIAL ADVERSE EFFECT.

(a) The Audited Financial Statements (i) were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein; (ii) fairly present the financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the date thereof and their results of operations for the period covered thereby in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein; and (iii) show all indebtedness and other liabilities, direct or contingent, of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the date thereof, including liabilities for taxes, commitments and Indebtedness.

(b) The Unaudited Quarterly Financial Statements (i) were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein, and (ii) fairly present the financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the date thereof and their results of operations for the period covered thereby, subject, in the case of clauses (i) and (ii), to the absence of footnotes and to normal year-end audit adjustments. SCHEDULE 6.05 sets forth all indebtedness and other liabilities, direct or contingent, of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of the date of such financial statements, including liabilities for taxes, commitments and Indebtedness.

(c) Since the date of the Audited Financial Statements, there has been no event or circumstance, either individually or in the aggregate, that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(d) As of the Closing Date and after giving effect to each Credit Extension made hereunder, the Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries will be Solvent.

6.06 LITIGATION. Except as specifically disclosed in SCHEDULE 6.06, there are no actions, suits, investigations or proceedings pending, or overtly threatened in writing, at law, in

62

equity, in arbitration or before any Governmental Authority, by or against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or against any of their properties or revenues that (a) purport to affect or pertain to this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any of the transactions contemplated hereby, or (b) either individually or in the aggregate, if determined adversely, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

6.07 NO DEFAULT. Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary is in default under or with respect to any Contractual Obligation that could, either individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No Default or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

6.08 OWNERSHIP OF PROPERTY; LIENS. Each of the Borrower and each Subsidiary has good record and marketable title in fee simple to, or valid leasehold interests in, all real property necessary or used in the ordinary conduct of its business, and legal title to all of its personal property and assets, including, but not limited to, those reflected on the balance sheets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries delivered pursuant to SECTION 7.01, except those which have been disposed of by the Borrower or its Subsidiaries subsequent to such date which dispositions have been in the ordinary course of business or as otherwise expressly permitted hereunder. The property of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries is subject to no Liens, other than Liens permitted by SECTION 8.01. SCHEDULE 6.08 sets forth a list and explanation thereto of all properties (real estate and improvements) owned by the Borrower or any Guarantor, in fee, lease or ground lease, that will not be subject to a lien in favor of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the Swing Line Lender and the L/C Issuer pursuant to the Security Documents.

6.09 ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE.

(a) Except as set forth on SCHEDULE 6.09 ("DISCLOSED ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS"), the properties owned, leased or operated by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries do not contain, any Hazardous Materials in amounts or concentrations which (i) constitute a violation of applicable Environmental Laws or (ii) could give rise to liability under applicable Environmental Laws;

(b) The Borrower, each Subsidiary and such properties and all operations conducted in connection therewith are in compliance, and have been in compliance, with all applicable Environmental Laws, and there is no contamination at, under or about such properties or such operations which could interfere with the continued operation of such properties or impair the fair saleable value thereof;

(c) Except for Disclosed Environmental Matters, neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary thereof has received any notice of violation, alleged violation, non-compliance, liability or potential liability regarding environmental matters, Hazardous Materials, or compliance with Environmental Laws, nor does the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof have knowledge or reason to believe that any such notice will be received or is being threatened;

(d) Hazardous Materials have not been transported or disposed of to or from the properties owned, leased or operated by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in violation of, or in a manner or to a location which could give rise to liability under, Environmental Laws, nor have

63

any Hazardous Materials been generated, treated, stored or disposed of at, on or under any of such properties in violation of, or in a manner that could give rise to liability under, any applicable Environmental Laws;

(e) No judicial proceedings or governmental or administrative action is pending, or overtly threatened in writing, under any Environmental Law to which the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof is or will be named as a potentially responsible party with respect to such properties or operations conducted in connection therewith, nor are there any consent decrees or other decrees, consent orders, administrative orders or other orders, or other administrative or judicial requirements outstanding under any Environmental Law with respect to Borrower, any Subsidiary or such properties or such operations; and

(f) There has been no release, or to the best of the Borrower's knowledge, threat of release, of Hazardous Materials at or from properties owned, leased or operated by the Borrower or any Subsidiary, now or in the past, in violation of or in amounts or in a manner that could give rise to liability under Environmental Laws.

6.10 INSURANCE. The properties of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries are insured with financially sound and reputable insurance companies reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders not Affiliates of the Borrower, in such amounts, with such deductibles and covering such risks as are customarily carried by companies engaged in similar businesses and owning similar properties in localities where the Borrower or the applicable Subsidiary operates.

6.11 TAXES. The Borrower and its Subsidiaries have filed all Federal, state and other material tax returns and reports required to be filed, and have paid all Federal, state and other material taxes, assessments, fees and other governmental charges levied or imposed upon them or their properties, income or assets otherwise due and payable, except those which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and for which adequate reserves have been provided in accordance with GAAP. Such returns accurately reflect in all material respects all liability for taxes of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the periods covered thereby. Except as set forth on SCHEDULE 6.11, there are no ongoing audits or examinations or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, other investigations by any Governmental Authority of the tax liability of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries. No Governmental Authority has asserted any Lien or other claim against the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof with respect to unpaid taxes which has not been discharged or resolved. The charges, accruals and reserves on the books of the Borrower and any of its Subsidiaries in respect of federal, state, local and other taxes for all Fiscal Years and portions thereof since the organization of the Borrower and any of its Subsidiaries are in the judgment of the Borrower adequate, and the Borrower does not anticipate any additional taxes or assessments for any of such years. There is no proposed tax assessment against the Borrower or any Subsidiary that would, if made, have a Material Adverse Effect.

64

6.12 ERISA COMPLIANCE.

(a) As of the Closing Date, neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate maintains or contributes to, or has any obligation under, any Plans other than those identified on SCHEDULE 6.12.

(b) Each Plan is in compliance in all material respects with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and other Federal or state Laws. Each Plan that is intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code has received a favorable determination letter from the IRS or an application for such a letter is currently being processed by the IRS with respect thereto and, to the best knowledge of the Borrower, nothing has occurred which would prevent, or cause the loss of, such qualification. The Borrower and each ERISA Affiliate have made all required contributions to each Plan subject to Section 412 of the Code, and no application for a funding waiver or an extension of any amortization period pursuant to Section 412 of the Code has been made with respect to any Plan.

(c) There are no pending, or overtly threatened in writing, claims, actions or lawsuits, or action by any Governmental Authority, with respect to any Plan that could be reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There has been no prohibited transaction or violation of the fiduciary responsibility rules with respect to any Plan that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(d) (i) No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur; (ii) no Pension Plan has any Unfunded Pension Liability; (iii) neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to any Pension Plan
(other than premiums due and not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA); (iv) neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability (and no event has occurred which, with the giving of notice under Section 4219 of ERISA, would result in such liability) under Sections 4201 or 4243 of ERISA with respect to a Multiemployer Plan; (v) neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has engaged in a transaction that could be subject to Sections 4069 or 4212(c) of ERISA; and (vi) neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has engaged in a nonexempt prohibited transaction described in Section 406 of the ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code.

6.13 SUBSIDIARIES. As of the Closing Date, the Borrower has no Subsidiaries other than those specifically disclosed in Part (a) of SCHEDULE 6.13 and has no equity investments in any other corporation or entity other than those specifically disclosed in Part(b) of SCHEDULE 6.13. As of the Closing Date, the capitalization of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries consists of the number of shares, authorized, issued and outstanding, of such classes and series, with or without par value, described on SCHEDULE 6.13. All outstanding shares have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable, with no personal liability attaching to the ownership thereof, and not subject to any preemptive or similar rights. The shareholders of the Subsidiaries of the Borrower and the number of shares owned by each as of the Closing Date are described on SCHEDULE 6.13. As of the Closing Date, there are no outstanding stock purchase warrants, subscriptions, options, securities, instruments or other rights of any type or nature whatsoever, which are convertible into, exchangeable for or otherwise provide for or permit the

65

issuance of capital stock of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries, except as described on SCHEDULE 6.13.

6.14 MARGIN REGULATIONS; INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT; PUBLIC UTILITY HOLDING COMPANY ACT.

(a) Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is engaged, principally or as one of its important activities, in the business of "purchasing" or "carrying" any "margin stock" (as each such term is defined or used in Regulation U issued by the FRB), or extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock. No part of the proceeds of any of the Loans or Letters of Credit will be used for purchasing or carrying margin stock or for any purpose which violates, or which would be inconsistent with, the provisions of Regulation T, U or X issued by the FRB.

(b) None of the Borrower, any Person Controlling the Borrower, or any Subsidiary (i) is a "holding company," or a "subsidiary company" of a "holding company," or an "affiliate" of a "holding company" or of a "subsidiary company" of a "holding company," within the meaning of the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935, or (ii) is or is required to be registered as an "investment company" under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

6.15 MATERIAL CONTRACTS. SCHEDULE 6.15 sets forth a complete and accurate list of all Material Contracts of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in effect as of the Closing Date not listed on any other Schedule hereto. Other than as set forth in SCHEDULE 6.15, each such Material Contract is, and after giving effect to the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents will be, in full force and effect in accordance with the terms thereof. Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary (nor, to the knowledge of the Borrower, any other party thereto) is in breach of or in default under any Material Contract in any material respect.

6.16 DISCLOSURE. The Borrower has disclosed to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders all agreements, instruments and corporate or other restrictions to which it or any of its Subsidiaries is subject, and all other matters known to it, that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. No report, financial statement, certificate or other information furnished (whether in writing or orally) by or on behalf of any Loan Party to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and the negotiation of this Agreement or delivered hereunder (as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished) contains any material misstatement of fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; PROVIDED that, with respect to projected financial information, the Borrower represents only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time.

6.17 COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS. Each of the Borrower and each Subsidiary is in compliance in all material respects with the requirements of all Laws and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees applicable to it or to its properties, except in such instances in which (a) such requirement of Law or order, writ, injunction or decree is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted or (b) the failure to comply therewith, either

66

individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

6.18 INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY; LICENSES, ETC. Except as set forth on SCHEDULE 6.18, IP Holdco, a Subsidiary of the Borrower, owns, or possess the non-exclusive right to use, all of the trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights, patents, patent rights, licenses and other intellectual property rights (collectively, "IP RIGHTS") that are reasonably necessary for the operation of the respective businesses of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, without conflict with the rights of any other Person. The Borrower and IP Holdco have not received any notice of any slogan or other advertising device, product, process, method, substance, part or other material now employed, or now contemplated to be employed, by the Borrower or any Subsidiary that infringes upon any rights held by any other Person. No event has occurred which permits, or after notice or lapse of time or both would permit, the revocation or termination of any such rights, and neither IP Holdco, the Borrower nor any Subsidiary thereof is liable to any Person for infringement under applicable Law with respect to any such rights as a result of its business operations.

6.19 EMPLOYEE RELATIONS. Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries has a stable work force in place and is not, as of the Closing Date, party to any collective bargaining agreement nor has any labor union been recognized as the representative of its employees. The Borrower knows of no pending, threatened or contemplated strikes, work stoppage or other collective labor disputes involving its employees or those of its Subsidiaries.

6.20 BURDENSOME PROVISIONS. Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary thereof is a party to any indenture, agreement, lease or other instrument, or subject to any corporate or partnership restriction, Governmental Approval or applicable Law which is so unusual or burdensome as in the foreseeable future could be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Borrower and its Subsidiaries do not presently anticipate that future expenditures needed to meet the provisions of any statutes, orders, rules or regulations of a Governmental Authority will be so burdensome as to have a Material Adverse Effect. No Subsidiary is party to any agreement or instrument or otherwise subject to any restriction or encumbrance that restricts or limits its ability to make dividend payments or other distributions in respect of its capital stock to the Borrower or any Subsidiary or to transfer any of its assets or properties to the Borrower or any other Subsidiary in each case other than existing under or by reason of the Loan Documents or applicable Law.

6.21 TAX SHELTER REGULATIONS. The Borrower does not intend to treat the Loans and/or Letters of Credit and related transactions as being a "reportable transaction" (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.6011-4). In the event the Borrower determines to take any action inconsistent with such intention, it will promptly notify the Administrative Agent thereof. If the Borrower so notifies the Administrative Agent, the Borrower acknowledges that one or more of the Lenders may treat its Committed Loans and/or its interest in Swing Line Loans and/or Letters of Credit as part of a transaction that is subject to Treasury Regulation Section 301.6112-1, and such Lender or Lenders, as applicable, will maintain the lists and other records required by such Treasury Regulation.

67

6.22 SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES, ETC. All representations and warranties set forth in this Article VI and all representations and warranties contained in any certificate, or any of the Loan Documents (including, but not limited to, any such representation or warranty made in or in connection with any amendment thereto) shall constitute representations and warranties made under this Agreement. All representations and warranties made under this Agreement shall be made or deemed to be made at and as of the Closing Date (except those that are expressly made as of a specific date), shall survive the Closing Date and shall not be waived by the execution and delivery of this Agreement, any investigation made by or on behalf of the Lenders or any borrowing hereunder.

ARTICLE VII.
AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

So long as any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, any Loan or other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied, or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding, the Borrower shall, and shall (except in the case of the covenants set forth in SECTIONS 7.01, 7.02, 7.03 and 7.11) cause each Subsidiary to:

7.01 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS. Deliver to the Administrative Agent and each Lender, in form and detail satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders:

(a) as soon as available, but in any event within 90 days after the end of each Fiscal Year of the Borrower, a Consolidated and Consolidating balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such Fiscal Year, the related Consolidated and Consolidating statements of income or operations for such Fiscal Year and the related consolidated statements of shareholders' equity and cash flows for such Fiscal Year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous Fiscal Year, all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP, audited and accompanied by a report and opinion of an independent certified public accountant of nationally recognized standing reasonably acceptable to the Required Lenders, which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and shall not be subject to any "going concern" or like qualification or exception or any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit; and

(b) as soon as available, but in any event within 45 days after the end of each of the first three Fiscal Quarters of each Fiscal Year of the Borrower, a Consolidated and Consolidating balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such Fiscal Quarter, the related Consolidated and Consolidating statements of income or operations for such Fiscal Quarter and for the portion of the Fiscal Year then ended and the related consolidated statements of shareholders' equity and cash flows for such Fiscal Quarter and for the portion of the Fiscal Year then ended, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding Fiscal Quarter of the previous Fiscal Year and the corresponding portion of the previous Fiscal Year, all in reasonable detail and certified by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower as fairly presenting the financial condition, results of operations, shareholders' equity and cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a Consolidated and Consolidating basis in accordance with GAAP, subject only to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes.

68

As to any information contained in materials furnished pursuant to SECTION 7.02(d), the Borrower shall not be separately required to furnish such information under clause (a) or (b) above, but the foregoing shall not be in derogation of the obligation of the Borrower to furnish the information and materials described in subsections (a) and (b) above at the times specified therein.

7.02 CERTIFICATES; OTHER INFORMATION. Deliver to the Administrative Agent and each Lender, in form and detail satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders:

(a) concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Section 7.01(a), a certificate of its independent certified public accountants certifying such financial statements and stating that in the course of its audit (without any obligation to conduct any other independent investigation) no knowledge was obtained of any Default with the terms, covenants, provisions or conditions of Section 8.15 in so far as they relate to accounting matters or, if any such Default shall exist, stating the nature and status of such event;

(b) concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in SECTIONS 7.01(a) and (b), a duly completed Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower;

(c) promptly after any request by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, copies of any detailed audit reports, management letters or recommendations submitted to the Manager of the Borrower by independent accountants in connection with the accounts or books of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, or any audit of any of them;

(d) promptly after the same are available, copies of each annual report, proxy or financial statement or other report or communication sent to the stockholders of the Borrower (excluding customary and routine correspondence regarding distributions or financial statements), and copies of all annual, regular, periodic and special reports and registration statements which the Borrower may file or be required to file with the SEC under Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and not otherwise required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant hereto; and

(e) promptly after the Borrower has notified the Administrative Agent of any intention by the Borrower to treat the Loans and/or Letters of Credit and related transactions as being a "reportable transaction" (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.6011-4), a duly completed copy of IRS Form 8886 or any successor form;

(f) as soon as available, but in any event within thirty (30) days after the end of each calendar month (and, upon the occurrence and during the continuation of a Default, on a more frequent basis if requested by the Administrative Agent), a duly completed certificate (the "MONTHLY REPORTING CERTIFICATE"), in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, setting forth in detail as of the last Business Day of such month (i) the Working Capital Outstandings, the Construction in Progress Amount and the calculations thereof, and (ii) the aggregate amount of Equipment Advances, signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower; and

(g) promptly, such additional information regarding the business, financial or corporate affairs of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, or compliance with the terms of the Loan

69

Documents, as the Administrative Agent or any Lender may from time to time reasonably request.

Documents required to be delivered pursuant to SECTION 7.01(a) or (b) or
SECTION 7.02(d) (to the extent any such documents are included in materials otherwise filed with the SEC) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date (i) on which the Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto on the Borrower's website on the Internet at the website address listed on SCHEDULE 11.02; or (ii) on which such documents are posted on the Borrower's behalf on IntraLinks/IntraAgency or another relevant website, if any, to which each Lender and the Administrative Agent have access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Administrative Agent); PROVIDED that: (i) the Borrower shall deliver paper copies of such documents to the Administrative Agent or any Lender that requests the Borrower to deliver such paper copies until a written request to cease delivering paper copies is given by the Administrative Agent or such Lender and (ii) the Borrower shall notify (which may be by facsimile or electronic mail) the Administrative Agent and each Lender of the posting of any such documents and provide to the Administrative Agent by electronic mail electronic versions (I.E., soft copies) of such documents. Notwithstanding anything contained herein, in every instance the Borrower shall be required to provide paper copies of the Compliance Certificates required by
SECTION 7.02(b) to the Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders. Except for such Compliance Certificates, the Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to request the delivery or to maintain copies of the documents referred to above, and in any event shall have no responsibility to monitor compliance by the Borrower with any such request for delivery, and each Lender shall be solely responsible for requesting delivery to it or maintaining its copies of such documents.

7.03 NOTICES. Promptly notify the Administrative Agent and each Lender:

(a) of (i) the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default, (ii) the occurrence or existence of any event or circumstance that foreseeably will become a Default or Event of Default or (iii) the occurrence of any event which constitutes or which with the passage of time or giving of notice or both would constitute a default or event of default under any Material Contract to which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof or any of their respective properties may be bound;

(b) of any matter that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, including (i) breach or non-performance of, or any default under, a Contractual Obligation of the Borrower or any Subsidiary; (ii) any dispute, litigation, investigation, proceeding or suspension between the Borrower or any Subsidiary and any Governmental Authority; (iii) the commencement of, or any material development in, any litigation or proceeding affecting the Borrower or any Subsidiary, including pursuant to any applicable Environmental Laws; and (iv) any dispute, litigation, investigation, proceeding or suspension between the Borrower or any Subsidiary and any Person.

(c) of the occurrence of any ERISA Event;

(d) of any material change in accounting policies or financial reporting practices by the Borrower or any Subsidiary; and

70

(e) of any of the events described in SECTION 2.07(f).

Each notice pursuant to this Section shall be accompanied by a statement of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein and stating what action the Borrower has taken and proposes to take with respect thereto. Each notice pursuant to SECTION 7.03(a) shall describe with particularity any and all provisions of this Agreement and any other Loan Document that have been breached.

7.04 PAYMENT OF OBLIGATIONS. Pay and discharge as the same shall become due and payable, all its obligations and liabilities, including (a) all tax liabilities, assessments and governmental charges or levies upon it or its properties or assets, unless (i) the same are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP are being maintained by the Borrower or such Subsidiary or (ii) the failure to so pay such liabilities, assessments or levies could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; (b) all lawful claims which, if unpaid, would by law become a Lien upon its property; and (c) all Indebtedness (in an amount equal to or in excess of the Threshold Amount), as and when due and payable, but subject to any subordination provisions contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing such Indebtedness.

7.05 PRESERVATION OF EXISTENCE, ETC. (a) Preserve, renew and maintain in full force and effect its legal existence and good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its organization except in a transaction permitted by
SECTION 8.04 or 8.05; (b) take all reasonable action to maintain all rights, privileges, permits and licenses necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business, except to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (c) preserve or renew all of its registered patents, trademarks, trade names and service marks, the non-preservation of which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

7.06 MAINTENANCE OF PROPERTIES. (a) Maintain, preserve and protect all of its material properties and equipment necessary in the operation of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted; and (b) make all necessary repairs thereto and renewals and replacements thereof except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (c) use the standard of care typical in the industry in the operation and maintenance of its facilities.

7.07 MAINTENANCE OF INSURANCE. In addition to the specific insurance requirements of the Security Documents, maintain with Royal Indemnity Ins. Co., Lexington Insurance Company, Royal Surplus Lines Company, or other financially sound and reputable insurance companies reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders not Affiliates of the Borrower, insurance with respect to its properties and business against loss or damage of the kinds customarily insured against by Persons engaged in the same or similar business, of such types and in such amounts as are customarily carried under similar circumstances by such other Persons and providing for not less than 30 days' prior notice to the Administrative Agent of termination, lapse or cancellation of such insurance and deliver to the Administrative Agent upon its request a detailed list of the insurance then in effect, stating the names of the insurance companies, the amounts and rates of the insurance, the dates of the expiration thereof and the properties and risks covered thereby.

71

7.08 COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS. Except where the failure to comply could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, comply in all material respects with the requirements of all Laws and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees applicable to it or to its business or property, except in such instances in which such requirement of Law or order, writ, injunction or decree is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, and maintain in full force and effect all Governmental Approvals applicable to it or to its business or property.

7.09 ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS. In addition to and without limiting the generality of SECTION 7.08, (a) comply with, and ensure such compliance by all tenants and subtenants with all applicable Environmental Laws and obtain and comply with and maintain, and ensure that all tenants and subtenants, if any, obtain and comply with and maintain, any and all licenses, approvals, notifications, registrations or permits required by applicable Environmental Laws, (b) conduct and complete all investigations, studies, sampling and testing, and all remedial, removal and other actions required under Environmental Laws, and promptly comply with all lawful orders and directives of any Governmental Authority regarding Environmental Laws, and (c) defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, and their respective parents, Subsidiaries, Affiliates, employees, agents, officers and directors, from and against any claims, demands, penalties, fines, liabilities, settlements, damages, costs and expenses of whatever kind or nature known or unknown, contingent or otherwise, arising out of, or in any way relating to the presence of Hazardous Materials, or the violation of, noncompliance with or liability under any Environmental Laws applicable to the operations of the Borrower or any such Subsidiary, or any orders, requirements or demands of Governmental Authorities related thereto, including, without limitation, reasonable attorney's and consultant's fees, investigation and laboratory fees, response costs, court costs and litigation expenses, except to the extent that any of the foregoing directly result from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the party seeking indemnification therefor.

7.10 COMPLIANCE WITH ERISA. In addition to and without limiting the generality of SECTION 7.08, (a) except where the failure to so comply could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (i) comply with all material applicable provisions of ERISA and the regulations and published interpretations thereunder with respect to all Employee Benefit Plans, (ii) not take any action or fail to take action the result of which could be a liability to the PBGC or to a Multiemployer Plan,
(iii) not participate in any prohibited transaction that could result in any civil penalty under ERISA or tax under the Code and (iv) operate each Employee Benefit Plan in such a manner that will not incur any tax liability under
Section 4980B of the Code or any liability to any qualified beneficiary as defined in Section 4980B of the Code and (b) furnish to the Administrative Agent upon the Administrative Agent's request such additional information about any Employee Benefit Plan as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent.

7.11 COMPLIANCE WITH AGREEMENTS. Comply in all respects with each term, condition and provision of all leases, agreements and other instruments entered into in the conduct of its business including, without limitation, any Material Contract; provided, that the Borrower or any such Subsidiary may contest any such lease, agreement or other instrument in good faith through applicable proceedings so long as adequate reserves are maintained in accordance with GAAP.

72

7.12 BOOKS AND RECORDS. (a) Maintain proper books of record and account, in which full, true and correct entries in conformity with GAAP consistently applied shall be made of all financial transactions and matters involving the assets and business of the Borrower or such Subsidiary, as the case may be; and (b) maintain such books of record and account in material conformity with all applicable requirements of any Governmental Authority having regulatory jurisdiction over the Borrower or such Subsidiary, as the case may be.

7.13 INSPECTION RIGHTS. Permit representatives and independent contractors of the Administrative Agent and each Lender to visit and inspect any of its properties, to examine its corporate, financial and operating records, and make copies thereof or abstracts therefrom, and to discuss its affairs, finances and accounts with its directors, officers, and independent public accountants, all at the reasonable expense of the Borrower and at such reasonable times during normal business hours upon reasonable advance notice to the Borrower; PROVIDED, that so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower shall not be required to pay for more than one (1) visit per calendar year; PROVIDED, FURTHER, that when an Event of Default exists the Administrative Agent or any Lender (or any of their respective representatives or independent contractors) may do any of the foregoing at the expense of the Borrower at any time and as often as the Administrative Agent or any such Lender may reasonably desire during normal business hours and without advance notice.

7.14 USE OF PROCEEDS.

(a) Use the proceeds of the Term Loan for the benefit of the Term Loan Subsidiaries, (i) to refinance existing Indebtedness of the Term Loan Subsidiaries, and (ii) for the other purposes described herein, and not in contravention of any Law or of any Loan Document.

(b) Use the proceeds of the Construction Loans for the benefit of the Borrower or any Guarantor, (i) to finance or refinance the construction costs of newly completed and/or existing Restaurants owned by the Borrower or such Guarantor, (ii) to finance or refinance equipment owned by the Borrower or any Guarantor, (iii) to fund Permitted Acquisitions, and (iv) for the other purposes described herein, and not in contravention of any Law or of any Loan Document.

(c) Use the proceeds of the Working Capital Loans, Swing Line Loans and Letters of Credit for the benefit of the Borrower or any Guarantor, (i) for general corporate purposes of the Borrower and the Guarantors, including, without limitation, working capital, capital expenditures in the ordinary course of business, and other lawful corporate purposes, (ii) to refinance existing Indebtedness of the Borrower and the Guarantors which such Restaurants have not yet been completed, (iii) to pay fees and expenses related to the Loans, (iv) to finance the construction costs of Restaurants owned by the Borrower or such Guarantor, and (v) for the other purposes described herein, and not in contravention of any Law or of any Loan Document.

7.15 ADDITIONAL SUBSIDIARIES. Notify the Administrative Agent at the time that (a) any Person becomes a direct or indirect wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Borrower or a Designated JV Subsidiary, and (b) such Person creates, acquires or engages in any business operations or owns assets with a fair market value in excess of $50,000, and promptly thereafter (and in any event within thirty (30) days) cause such Person to (a) become a Guarantor by executing and delivering to the Administrative Agent a counterpart of a Guaranty Agreement or

73

such other document as the Administrative Agent shall deem appropriate for such purpose, (b) deliver to the Administrative Agent a duly executed supplement to each Security Document and comply with the terms of each Security Document, (c) deliver to the Administrative Agent documents of the types referred to in clauses (iii), (v) and (vi) of SECTION 5.01(a) and favorable opinions of counsel to such Person (which shall cover, among other things, the legality, validity, binding effect and enforceability of the documentation referred to in clauses
(a) and (b)) and (d) deliver to the Administrative Agent such other documents and closing certificates as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, all in form, content and scope reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

7.16 REQUIRED JOINT VENTURE DISTRIBUTIONS. Make Required Joint Venture Distributions within forty-five (45) days after the end of each calendar month.

7.17 FURTHER ASSURANCES. Make, execute and deliver all such additional and further acts, things, deeds and instruments as the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders (through the Administrative Agent) may reasonably require to document and consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and to vest completely in and insure the Administrative Agent and the Lenders their respective rights under this Agreement, the Notes, the Letters of Credit and the other Loan Documents.

ARTICLE VIII.
NEGATIVE COVENANTS

So long as any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, any Loan or other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied, or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding, the Borrower shall not, nor shall it permit any Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly:

8.01 LIENS. Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property, assets or revenues, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, other than the following:

(a) Liens pursuant to any Loan Document;

(b) Liens existing on the date hereof and listed on SCHEDULE 8.01 and any renewals or extensions thereof, PROVIDED that the property covered thereby is not increased and any renewal or extension of the obligations secured or benefited thereby is permitted by SECTION 8.03(b);

(c) Liens for taxes not yet due or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Person in accordance with GAAP;

(d) carriers', warehousemen's, mechanics', materialmen's, repairmen's or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business which are not overdue for a period of more than 30 days or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Person;

74

(e) pledges or deposits in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers' compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security legislation, other than any Lien imposed by ERISA;

(f) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts and leases (other than Indebtedness), statutory obligations, surety bonds (other than bonds related to judgments or litigation), performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(g) easements, rights-of-way, restrictions and other similar encumbrances affecting real property which do not in any case materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto or materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the applicable Person;

(h) Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under SECTION 9.01(h) or securing appeal or other surety bonds related to such judgments;

(i) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under SECTION 8.03(e); PROVIDED that (i) such Liens do not at any time encumber any property other than the property financed by such Indebtedness and (ii) the Indebtedness secured thereby does not exceed the cost or fair market value, whichever is lower, of the property being acquired on the date of acquisition;

(j) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under SECTION 8.03(h); PROVIDED that such Liens do not at any time encumber any property other than the property owned by the Joint Venture Subsidiary obligated with respect to such Indebtedness; and

(k) Liens arising solely by virtue of any contractual or statutory or common law provisions relating to banker's liens, rights to set-off or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a creditor depository institution provided that (i) such deposit account is not a dedicated cash collateral account and is not subject to restrictions against access by the Loan Party or any Subsidiary in excess of those set forth by regulations promulgated by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System,
(ii) such deposit account is not intended by the Loan Party or such Subsidiary to provide collateral to the depositary institution and (iii) such deposit account is subject to a control agreement pursuant to the terms of the Security Documents.

8.02 INVESTMENTS. Make any Investments, except:

(a) Investments held by the Borrower or such Subsidiary in the form of cash equivalents or short-term marketable securities;

(b) advances to officers, directors and employees of the Borrower and Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount not to exceed $500,000 at any time outstanding, for travel, entertainment, relocation and analogous ordinary business purposes;

(c) Investments of the Borrower in any wholly-owned Subsidiary and Investments of any Subsidiary in the Borrower;

75

(d) Investments consisting of extensions of credit in the nature of accounts receivable or notes receivable arising from the grant of trade credit in the ordinary course of business, and Investments received in satisfaction or partial satisfaction thereof from financially troubled account debtors to the extent reasonably necessary in order to prevent or limit loss;

(e) Guarantees permitted by SECTION 8.03;

(f) intercompany loans (i) evidenced by (A) an Intercompany Construction Loan Note or (B) an Intercompany Term Loan Notes, and (ii) made by the Borrower to Subsidiary Guarantors, among Subsidiary Guarantors or to the Borrower from its Subsidiaries;

(g) Investments in the form of acquisitions of (i) all or substantially all of the business or a line of business (whether by the acquisition of capital stock, assets or any combination thereof) of any other Person, or (ii) all or any portion of the equity ownership interests of a Joint Venture Subsidiary not owned by the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof (any of the acquisition described in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii), a "PERMITTED ACQUISITION"); PROVIDED that (1) the entity to be acquired (or with respect to which such acquisition is made) is a going concern, (2) the entity to be acquired shall engage in a business or the assets to be acquired shall be used in a business described in SECTION 8.08, (3) the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent prior to the closing date of the acquisition a description of the acquisition, (4) the Borrower shall have certified on or before the closing date of the acquisition, in writing and in a form acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, that the acquisition has been approved (if applicable) by the board of directors or equivalent governing body of the entity to be acquired, (5) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing both before and after giving effect to the acquisition, (6) the Borrower shall have complied with SECTION 7.15, (7) the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent a Compliance Certificate dated as of the closing date of the acquisition demonstrating, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory thereto, the PRO FORMA compliance, immediately before and after the closing date of the acquisition, with each covenant contained in SECTION 8.15, (8) the entity to be acquired is (A) an existing franchisee of the Borrower or Texas Roadhouse Development Corporation, or (B) an existing Joint Venture Subsidiary (or with respect to which such acquisition is made), (9) the Borrower shall have complied with the requirements of SECTION 5.02, and (10) the Borrower shall have obtained the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders prior to the consummation of such acquisition if the aggregate purchase price of all acquisitions (including, without limitation, all cash payments and other obligations assumed or earn out payments) consummated during the term of this Agreement (including, without limitation, such acquisition) exceeds $15,000,000;

(h) Investments in connection with the financing of equipment permitted under SECTION 8.03;

(i) Investments constituting Capital Expenditures permitted under this Agreement;

(j) Investments (i) existing on the date hereof and listed on SCHEDULE 8.02, or (ii) existing on the date hereof in Subsidiaries existing on the date hereof; and

76

(k) Investments of the Borrower in any Joint Venture Subsidiary formed after the Closing Date; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the aggregate amount of all such Investments during the term hereof shall not exceed $5,000,000 in the aggregate; PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the Borrower may not form more than two (2) Joint Venture Subsidiaries in any Fiscal Year during the term hereof that are engaging in any business operations or own assets with a fair market value in excess of $50,000.

8.03 INDEBTEDNESS. Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Indebtedness, except:

(a) Indebtedness under the Loan Documents;

(b) Indebtedness outstanding on the date hereof and listed on SCHEDULE 8.03 and any refinancings, refundings, renewals or extensions thereof; PROVIDED that the amount of such Indebtedness is not increased at the time of such refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension except by an amount equal to a reasonable premium or other reasonable amount paid, and fees and expenses reasonably incurred, in connection with such refinancing and by an amount equal to any existing commitments unutilized thereunder;

(c) Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in the form of intercompany loans permitted in SECTION 8.02(f);

(d) obligations (contingent or otherwise) of the Borrower or any Subsidiary existing or arising under any Swap Contract, PROVIDED that (i) such obligations are (or were) entered into by such Person in the ordinary course of business for the purpose of directly mitigating risks associated with liabilities, commitments, investments, assets, or property held or reasonably anticipated by such Person, or changes in the value of securities issued by such Person, and not for purposes of speculation or taking a "market view;" and (ii) such Swap Contract does not contain any provision exonerating the non-defaulting party from its obligation to make payments on outstanding transactions to the defaulting party;

(e) Indebtedness in respect of capital leases, and purchase money obligations for fixed or capital assets within the limitations set forth in
SECTION 8.01(i); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the aggregate amount of all such Indebtedness at any one time outstanding shall not exceed $3,000,000;

(f) unsecured Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $500,000 at any time outstanding; PROVIDED that the Borrower shall have complied with the requirements of SECTION 2.07(f);

(g) Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries under performance bonds, surety bonds, statutory obligations or appeal bonds or with respect to workers' compensation claims or other bonds permitted under SECTION 8.01(e) or SECTION 8.01(f);

(h) Indebtedness of any Joint Venture Subsidiary formed after the date hereof pursuant to Section 8.02(k); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that (i) such Indebtedness shall not exceed $15,000,000 in the aggregate during the term hereof, (ii) the terms of such indebtedness comply with Section 8.11, (iii) such Indebtedness shall not be secured by Liens on any assets of the Borrower or any other Subsidiary thereof, and (iv) neither the Borrower nor any other Subsidiary

77

thereof shall be directly liable for or provide any other credit support for any such Indebtedness except for Guarantees expressly permitted pursuant to Section 8.03(i); and

(i) Guarantees by (i) the Borrower or any Guarantor in respect of Indebtedness otherwise permitted under Section 8.03(a) through Section 8.03(g), and (ii) the Borrower of Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 8.03(h); PROVIDED that the aggregate amount of all such guarantees permitted by clause
(ii) of this Section 8.03(i) shall not exceed $7,500,000 in the aggregate during the term hereof.

8.04 FUNDAMENTAL CHANGES. Merge, dissolve, liquidate, consolidate with or into another Person, or Dispose of (whether in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or substantially all of its assets (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) to or in favor of any Person, except that, so long as no Default exists or would result therefrom:

(a) any Subsidiary may merge with (i) the Borrower, PROVIDED that the Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving Person, or (ii) any one or more other Subsidiaries, PROVIDED that (x) when any Guarantor is merging with another Subsidiary, such Guarantor shall be the continuing or surviving Person and (y) when any wholly-owned Subsidiary is merging with another Subsidiary, such wholly-owned Subsidiary shall be the continuing or surviving Person;

(b) any Subsidiary may Dispose of all or substantially all of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) to the Borrower or to another Subsidiary; PROVIDED that if the transferor in such a transaction is (x) a Guarantor, then the transferee must either be the Borrower or a Guarantor which has satisfied all relevant requirements of SECTION 7.15 and (y) a wholly-owned Subsidiary, then the transferee must either be the Borrower or a wholly-owned Subsidiary which has satisfied all relevant requirements of SECTION 7.15;

(c) any Guarantor may merge with any other Person in connection with any Permitted Acquisition, PROVIDED that the Guarantor shall be the continuing or surviving Person or the survivor complies with all relevant requirements of
SECTION 7.15 and shall remain a Guarantor; and

(d) the Borrower may, in connection with an initial public offering of equity securities of the Borrower, convert from a limited liability company to a C corporation (whether in the form of a merger, transfer of shares or assets, statutory conversion or otherwise, PROVIDED, that the surviving entity expressly assumes all the obligations of the Borrower under the Loan Documents) (hereinafter, a "CONVERSION"); PROVIDED that (i) the Borrower shall have delivered written notice of any such Conversion to the Administrative Agent at least thirty (30) days (but no more that forty-five (45) days) prior to such Conversion, (ii) the Borrower shall make, execute and deliver all such additional and further acts, things, deeds and instruments as the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders (through the Administrative Agent) may reasonably require to ensure the continued effectiveness of each Loan Document after the Conversion, as well as the continued effectiveness, priority and perfection after the Conversion of the Liens granted by the Borrower pursuant to the Loan Documents in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of itself and the other Lenders, and (iii) any adverse tax consequences with respect to, or otherwise resulting from, the Conversion (including, without limitation, (i) tax consequences to the Borrower from the Conversion, and (ii) reasonably

78

anticipated tax consequences resulting from the Borrower's status as a C corporation rather than a limited liability company following the Conversion) shall not have a Material Adverse Effect on the Borrower.

8.05 DISPOSITIONS. Make any Disposition or enter into any agreement to make any Disposition, except:

(a) Dispositions of obsolete or worn out property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, in the ordinary course of business;

(b) Dispositions of inventory in the ordinary course of business;

(c) Dispositions of equipment or real property to the extent that (i) such property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement property or (ii) the proceeds of such Disposition are reasonably promptly applied to the purchase price of such replacement property;

(d) Dispositions of property by the Borrower or any Subsidiary to the Borrower or to a wholly-owned Subsidiary which has satisfied any relevant requirements of SECTION 7.15; PROVIDED that if the transferor of such property is a Guarantor, the transferee thereof must either be the Borrower or a Guarantor;

(e) Dispositions permitted by SECTION 8.04;

(f) non-exclusive licenses of IP Rights by IP Holdco in the ordinary course of business and substantially consistent with past practice for terms not exceeding five years;

(g) the lease or license of real or personal property by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(h) Dispositions by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries consisting of leases and subleases of real property solely to the extent that such real property is not necessary for the normal conduct of operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries;

(i) other Dispositions of property by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business or as otherwise permitted by the Required Lenders; PROVIDED that the Net Cash Proceeds from each such Disposition shall be applied to the mandatory prepayment of the Loans in accordance with
SECTION 2.07(e);

PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that any Disposition pursuant to clauses (a) through (i) shall be for fair market value.

8.06 RESTRICTED PAYMENTS. Declare or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment, or incur any obligation (contingent or otherwise) to do so, except that as long as no Default or Event of Default is continuing or would result therefrom:

(a) each Subsidiary may make Restricted Payments (including, without limitation, Required Joint Venture Distributions) to the Borrower and to wholly-owned Subsidiaries (and, in

79

the case of a Restricted Payment by a non-wholly-owned Subsidiary, to the Borrower and any Subsidiary and to each other owner of capital stock or other equity interests of such Subsidiary on a pro rata basis based on their relative ownership interests);

(b) the Borrower and each Subsidiary may declare and make dividend payments or other distributions payable solely in the common stock or other common equity interests of such Person;

(c) the Borrower and each Subsidiary may purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire shares of its common stock or other common equity interests or warrants or options to acquire any such shares with the proceeds received from the substantially concurrent issue of new shares of its common stock or other common equity interests;

(d) so long as the Borrower remains a limited liability company, the Borrower may pay cash distributions (such distributions, "TAX DISTRIBUTIONS") on a quarterly or annual basis, as applicable, in any Fiscal Year to its members in an aggregate amount in any Fiscal Year equal to the income tax payable by such members for the immediately preceding Fiscal Year as reasonably determined by the Borrower to be attributable solely to the income of the Borrower for the Fiscal Year to which the Tax Distributions relate; PROVIDED, FURTHER, that upon an initial public offering of equity securities by the Borrower, so long as the Borrower is in compliance with SECTIONS 8.15 and 8.16, the Borrower may pay an additional one-time distribution to its members (regardless of the record or declaration date or dates thereof) in an amount not greater than 50% of the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds of such public offering provided that the Borrower complies with the mandatory principal prepayments required under SECTION 2.07(f)(ii); and

(e) Required Shareholder Distributions to the extent not duplicative of Tax Distributions so long as (i) the Borrower demonstrates PRO FORMA compliance with Section 8.15(b) both before and after giving effect thereto, and
(ii) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom.

8.07 LIMITATIONS ON EXCHANGE AND ISSUANCE OF CAPITAL STOCK. Issue, sell or otherwise dispose of any class or series of capital stock that, by its terms or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or exchangeable, is, or upon the happening of an event or passage of time would be, (a) convertible or exchangeable into Indebtedness or (b) required to be redeemed or repurchased, including at the option of the holder, in whole or in part, or has, or upon the happening of an event or passage of time would have, a redemption or similar payment due.

8.08 CHANGE IN NATURE OF BUSINESS. Engage in any material line of business substantially different from those lines of business conducted by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on the date hereof or any business substantially related or incidental thereto.

8.09 ACCOUNTING CHANGES; ORGANIZATIONAL DOCUMENTS. (a) Change its Fiscal Year end, or make any change in its accounting treatment and reporting practices except as required by GAAP or (b) amend, modify or change its Organizational Documents or the Reorganization Agreement in any manner adverse in any respect to the rights or interests of the Lenders.

80

8.10 TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES. Enter into any transaction of any kind with any Affiliate of the Borrower, whether or not in the ordinary course of business, other than on fair and reasonable terms substantially as favorable to the Borrower or such Subsidiary as would be obtainable by the Borrower or such Subsidiary at the time in a comparable arm's length transaction with a Person other than an Affiliate, provided that the foregoing restriction shall not apply to transactions between or among the Borrower and any of its wholly-owned Subsidiaries or between and among any wholly-owned Subsidiaries.

8.11 BURDENSOME AGREEMENTS. Enter into any Contractual Obligation (other than this Agreement or any other Loan Document) that (a) limits the ability (i) of any Subsidiary to make Restricted Payments to the Borrower or any Guarantor or to otherwise transfer property to the Borrower or any Guarantor,
(ii) of any Subsidiary to Guarantee the Indebtedness of the Borrower or (iii) of the Borrower or any Subsidiary to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist Liens on property of such Person; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this clause (iii) shall not prohibit any negative pledge incurred or provided in favor of any holder of Indebtedness permitted under SECTION 8.03(e) solely to the extent any such negative pledge relates to the property financed by or the subject of such Indebtedness; (b) contains covenants more restrictive than the provisions of Articles VII and VIII; or (c) requires the grant of a Lien to secure an obligation of such Person if a Lien is granted to secure another obligation of such Person.

8.12 USE OF PROCEEDS. Use the proceeds of any Credit Extension, whether directly or indirectly, and whether immediately, incidentally or ultimately, to purchase or carry margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U of the FRB) or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock or to refund indebtedness originally incurred for such purpose.

8.13 IMPAIRMENT OF SECURITY INTERESTS. Take or omit to take any action, which might or would have the result of materially impairing the security interests in favor of the Administrative Agent with respect to the Collateral or grant to any Person (other than the Administrative Agent for the benefit of itself and the Lenders pursuant to the Security Documents) any interest whatsoever in the Collateral, except for Liens permitted under SECTION 8.01 and Dispositions permitted under SECTION 8.05.

8.14 RESTRICTIONS ON CONDUCT OF IP HOLDCO. IP Holdco shall not (a) be permitted to have any Indebtedness, Liens, material liabilities or material assets (other than IP Rights), including, without limitation, a restriction on
(i) the conduct of IP Holdco's business to holding title of all the intellectual property used in the business and operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, which such limitations and restrictions shall be reflected in the organizational documents of IP Holdco if requested by the Administrative Agent, in its sole discretion, and (ii) dispose of, assign, or transfer any of its intellectual property to a third-party during the term of this Agreement (other than non-exclusive licenses to third parties in the ordinary course of business), or (b) amend, modify or change its Organizational Documents in any manner adverse in any respect to the rights or interests of the Lenders.

8.15 FINANCIAL COVENANTS.

81

(a) CONSOLIDATED TANGIBLE NET WORTH. Permit Consolidated Tangible Net Worth at any time to be less than the sum of (i) $20,500,000 PLUS (ii) an amount equal to 75% of the Consolidated Net Income earned in each full fiscal quarter ending after December 31, 2002 (with no deduction for a net loss in any such fiscal quarter) PLUS (iii) an amount equal to 100% of the aggregate increases in Shareholders' Equity of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries after the date hereof by reason of the issuance and sale of capital stock or other equity interests of the Borrower or any Subsidiary (other than issuances to the Borrower or a wholly-owned Subsidiary), including upon any conversion of debt securities of the Borrower into such capital stock or other equity interests; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that Consolidated Tangible Net Worth shall be reduced for any Required Shareholder Distributions and other dividends.

(b) CONSOLIDATED FIXED CHARGE COVERAGE RATIO. At any time, permit the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio to be less than 1.10 to 1.00.

(c) CONSOLIDATED LEVERAGE RATIO. As of any Fiscal Quarter end during any period set forth below, permit the Consolidated Leverage Ratio for the four
(4) consecutive Fiscal Quarter period ending on such date to be greater than the corresponding ratio set forth below:

                                                    Maximum
                                                    Consolidated
Four Fiscal Quarters Ending                         Leverage Ratio
---------------------------                         --------------
Closing Date through June 29, 2004                  3.50 to 1.00
June 30, 2004 through June 28, 2005                 3.25 to 1.00
June 29, 2005 through June 30, 2006                 3.00 to 1.00

8.16 CAPITAL EXPENDITURES. Make or become legally obligated to make, during any period set forth below, any Capital Expenditures in respect of the purchase or other acquisition of any fixed or Capital Assets (excluding normal replacements and maintenance which are properly charged to current operations), except for Capital Expenditures in the ordinary course of business not exceeding in the aggregate for the Borrower and it Subsidiaries the amounts set forth below opposite such period:

                                                    Maximum
                                                    Amount of
                                                    Capital
Fiscal Year Time Periods                            Expenditures
------------------------                            ------------
January 1, 2003 through December 30, 2003           $45,000,000
December 31, 2003 through December 28, 2004         $55,000,000
December 29, 2004 through December 27, 2005         $60,000,000
December 28, 2005 through December 26, 2006         $65,000,000

82

8.17 RESTAURANT EXPENDITURE LIMITATIONS. Make any Investments, loans, advances, purchases, distributions, contributions or any transfers related thereto of more than $3,500,000 in the aggregate for any and all costs, expenses and fees associated with the development, acquisition, construction, training, organizing, opening and any other costs related thereto of any one (1) particular Restaurant.

8.18 CONSOLIDATED NEW UNIT PRE-OPENING COSTS LIMITATIONS. As of any Fiscal Quarter end, permit the average amount of the Consolidated New Unit Pre-Opening Costs for the four (4) consecutive Fiscal Quarters ending on such date to exceed $250,000 per New Unit.

ARTICLE IX.
EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

9.01 EVENTS OF DEFAULT. Any of the following shall constitute an Event of Default:

(a) NON-PAYMENT. The Borrower or any other Loan Party fails to pay (i) when and as required to be paid herein, any amount of principal of any Loan or any L/C Obligation, or (ii) within three (3) Business Days after the same becomes due, any interest on any Loan or on any L/C Obligation, or any Commitment Fee or other fee due hereunder, or (iii) within five (5) days after the same becomes due, any other amount payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document; or

(b) SPECIFIC COVENANTS. The Borrower fails to perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement contained in any of SECTION 7.01, 7.02, 7.03, 7.05, 7.10, 7.11, 7.12, 7.13, 7.15 or 7.16 or ARTICLE VIII; or

(c) OTHER DEFAULTS. Any Loan Party fails to perform or observe any other covenant or agreement (not specified in subsection (a) or (b) above) contained in any Loan Document on its part to be performed or observed and such failure continues for thirty (30) days; or

(d) REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. Any representation, warranty, certification or statement of fact made or deemed made by or on behalf of the Borrower or any other Loan Party herein, in any other Loan Document, or in any document delivered in connection herewith or therewith shall be incorrect or misleading in any material respect when made or deemed made; or

(e) CROSS-DEFAULT.

(i) The Borrower or any Subsidiary (A) fails to make any payment when due (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand, or otherwise) in respect of any Indebtedness or Guarantee (other than Indebtedness hereunder and Indebtedness under Swap Contracts) having an aggregate principal amount (including undrawn committed or available amounts and including amounts owing to all creditors under any combined or syndicated credit arrangement) of more than the Threshold Amount, or (B) fails to observe or perform any other agreement or condition relating to any such Indebtedness or Guarantee or contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto, or any other event occurs, the effect of which default or other event is to cause, or to permit the holder or

83

holders of such Indebtedness or the beneficiary or beneficiaries of such Guarantee (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders or beneficiary or beneficiaries) to cause, with the giving of notice if required, such Indebtedness to be demanded or to become due or to be repurchased, prepaid, defeased or redeemed (automatically or otherwise), or an offer to repurchase, prepay, defease or redeem such Indebtedness to be made, prior to its stated maturity, or such Guarantee to become payable or cash collateral in respect thereof to be demanded; or

(ii) there occurs under any Swap Contract an Early Termination Date (as defined in such Swap Contract) resulting from (A) any event of default under such Swap Contract as to which the Borrower or any Subsidiary is the Defaulting Party (as defined in such Swap Contract) or (B) any Termination Event (as so defined) under such Swap Contract as to which the Borrower or any Subsidiary is an Affected Party (as so defined) and, in either event, the Swap Termination Value owed by the Borrower or such Subsidiary as a result thereof is greater than the Threshold Amount; or

(iii) The Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall default in the payment when due, or in the performance or observance, of any material obligation or condition of any Material Contract unless, but only as long as, the existence of any such default is being contested by the Borrower or any such Subsidiary in good faith by appropriate proceedings and adequate reserves in respect thereof have been established on the books of the Borrower or such Subsidiary to the extent required by GAAP; or

(f) INSOLVENCY PROCEEDINGS, ETC. Any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries institutes or consents to the institution of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or applies for or consents to the appointment of any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator or similar officer for it or for all or any material part of its property; or any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator or similar officer is appointed without the application or consent of such Person and the appointment continues undischarged or unstayed for 60 calendar days; or any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law relating to any such Person or to all or any material part of its property is instituted without the consent of such Person and continues undismissed or unstayed for 60 calendar days, or an order for relief is entered in any such proceeding; or

(g) INABILITY TO PAY DEBTS; ATTACHMENT. (i) The Borrower or any Subsidiary becomes unable or admits in writing its inability or fails generally to pay its debts as they become due, or (ii) any writ or warrant of attachment or execution or similar process is issued or levied against all or any material part of the property of any such Person and is not released, vacated or fully bonded within 30 days after its issue or levy; or

(h) JUDGMENTS. There is entered against the Borrower or any Subsidiary
(i) a final judgment or order for the payment of money in an aggregate amount exceeding the Threshold Amount (to the extent not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which the insurer has not disputed coverage), or
(ii) any one or more non-monetary final judgments that have, or could reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect and, in either case, (A) enforcement proceedings are commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or order, or (B) there is a period of 30 consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement of such judgment, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, is not in effect; or

84

(i) ENVIRONMENTAL. The Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall be subject to Environmental Liability and such liability would be reasonably likely, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(j) ERISA. (i) An ERISA Event occurs with respect to a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan which has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in liability of the Borrower under Title IV of ERISA to the Pension Plan, Multiemployer Plan or the PBGC in an aggregate amount in excess of the Threshold Amount, or (ii) the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate fails to pay when due, after the expiration of any applicable grace period, any installment payment with respect to its withdrawal liability under Section 4201 of ERISA under a Multiemployer Plan in an aggregate amount in excess of the Threshold Amount; or

(k) INVALIDITY OF LOAN DOCUMENTS. Any Loan Document, at any time after its execution and delivery and for any reason other than as expressly permitted hereunder or satisfaction in full of all the Obligations, ceases to be in full force and effect; or any Loan Party or any other Person contests in any manner the validity or enforceability of any Loan Document; or any Loan Party denies that it has any or further liability or obligation under any Loan Document, or purports to revoke, terminate or rescind any Loan Document; or

(l) CHANGE OF CONTROL. There occurs any Change of Control with respect to the Borrower.

9.02 REMEDIES UPON EVENT OF DEFAULT. If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Administrative Agent shall, at the request of, or may, with the consent of, the Required Lenders, take any or all of the following actions:

(a) declare the commitment of each Lender to make Loans and any obligation of the L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions to be terminated, whereupon such commitments and obligation shall be terminated;

(b) declare the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans, all interest accrued and unpaid thereon, and all other amounts owing or payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document to be immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower;

(c) require that the Borrower Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations (in an amount equal to the then Outstanding Amount thereof); and

(d) exercise on behalf of itself and the Lenders all rights and remedies available to it and the Lenders under the Loan Documents or applicable Law;

PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that upon the occurrence of an actual or deemed entry of an order for relief with respect to the Borrower under the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, the obligation of each Lender to make Loans and any obligation of the L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions shall automatically terminate, the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans and all interest and other amounts as aforesaid shall automatically become due and payable, and the obligation of the Borrower to Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations as aforesaid shall

85

automatically become effective, in each case without further act of the Administrative Agent or any Lender.

9.03 APPLICATION OF FUNDS. After the exercise of remedies provided for in SECTION 9.02 (or after the Loans have automatically become immediately due and payable and the L/C Obligations have automatically been required to be Cash Collateralized as set forth in the proviso to SECTION 9.02), any amounts received on account of the Obligations shall be applied by the Administrative Agent in the following order:

FIRST, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities, expenses and other amounts (including Attorney Costs and amounts payable under ARTICLE IV) payable to the Administrative Agent in its capacity as such;

SECOND, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities and other amounts (other than principal and interest) payable to the Lenders (including Attorney Costs and amounts payable under ARTICLE IV), ratably among them in proportion to the amounts described in this clause SECOND payable to them;

THIRD, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid interest on the Loans and L/C Borrowings, ratably among the Lenders in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause THIRD payable to them;

FOURTH, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting unpaid principal of the Loans and L/C Borrowings, ratably among the Lenders in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause FOURTH held by them;

FIFTH, to the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer, to Cash Collateralize that portion of L/C Obligations comprised of the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit; and

LAST, the balance, if any, after all of the Obligations have been indefeasibly paid in full, to the Borrower or as otherwise required by Law.

Subject to SECTION 2.05(c), amounts used to Cash Collateralize the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit pursuant to clause FIFTH above shall be applied to satisfy drawings under such Letters of Credit as they occur. If any amount remains on deposit as Cash Collateral after all Letters of Credit have either been fully drawn or expired, such remaining amount shall be applied to the other Obligations, if any, in the order set forth above.

                              ARTICLE X.
                         ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

10.01    APPOINTMENT AND AUTHORIZATION OF ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT.

(a)      Each Lender hereby irrevocably appoints, designates and authorizes

the Administrative Agent to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement and each other Loan Document and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are

86

expressly delegated to it by the terms of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained elsewhere herein or in any other Loan Document, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or responsibilities, except those expressly set forth herein, nor shall the Administrative Agent have or be deemed to have any fiduciary relationship with any Lender or participant, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or any other Loan Document or otherwise exist against the Administrative Agent. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing sentence, the use of the term "agent" herein and in the other Loan Documents with reference to the Administrative Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any applicable Law. Instead, such term is used merely as a matter of market custom, and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between independent contracting parties.

(b) The L/C Issuer shall act on behalf of the Lenders with respect to any Letters of Credit issued by it and the documents associated therewith, and the L/C Issuer shall have all of the benefits and immunities (i) provided to the Administrative Agent in this ARTICLE X with respect to any acts taken or omissions suffered by the L/C Issuer in connection with Letters of Credit issued by it or proposed to be issued by it and the applications and agreements for letters of credit pertaining to such Letters of Credit as fully as if the term "Administrative Agent" as used in this ARTICLE X and in the definition of "Agent-Related Person" included the L/C Issuer with respect to such acts or omissions, and (ii) as additionally provided herein with respect to the L/C Issuer.

10.02 DELEGATION OF DUTIES. The Administrative Agent may execute any of its duties under this Agreement or any other Loan Document by or through agents, employees or attorneys-in-fact and shall be entitled to advice of counsel and other consultants or experts concerning all matters pertaining to such duties. The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agent or attorney-in-fact that it selects in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct.

10.03 LIABILITY OF ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT. Neither the Syndication Agent nor any Agent-Related Person shall (a) be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by any of them under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the transactions contemplated hereby (except for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct in connection with its duties expressly set forth herein), or (b) be responsible in any manner to any Lender or participant for any recital, statement, representation or warranty made by any Loan Party or any officer thereof, contained herein or in any other Loan Document, or in any certificate, report, statement or other document referred to or provided for in, or received by the Administrative Agent under or in connection with, this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or the validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or for any failure of any Loan Party or any other party to any Loan Document to perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder. Neither the Syndication Agent nor any Agent-Related Person shall be under any obligation to any Lender or participant to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance of any of the agreements contained in, or conditions of, this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or to inspect the properties, books or records of any Loan Party or any Affiliate thereof.

87

10.04 RELIANCE BY ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT.

(a) The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any writing, communication, signature, resolution, representation, notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, telegram, facsimile, telex or telephone message, electronic mail message, statement or other document or conversation believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person or Persons, and upon advice and statements of legal counsel (including counsel to any Loan Party), independent accountants and other experts selected by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under any Loan Document unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence of the Required Lenders as it deems appropriate and, if it so requests, it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Lenders against any and all liability and expense which may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action. The Administrative Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Agreement or any other Loan Document in accordance with a request or consent of the Required Lenders (or such greater number of Lenders as may be expressly required hereby in any instance) and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all the Lenders.

(b) For purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in SECTION 5.01, each Lender that has signed this Agreement shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with, each document or other matter required thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to a Lender unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from such Lender prior to the proposed Closing Date specifying its objection thereto.

10.05 NOTICE OF DEFAULT. The Administrative Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default, except with respect to defaults in the payment of principal, interest and fees required to be paid to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders, unless the Administrative Agent shall have received written notice from a Lender or the Borrower referring to this Agreement, describing such Default and stating that such notice is a "notice of default." The Administrative Agent will notify the Lenders of its receipt of any such notice. The Administrative Agent shall take such action with respect to such Default as may be directed by the Required Lenders in accordance with ARTICLE IX; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that unless and until the Administrative Agent has received any such direction, the Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect to such Default as it shall deem advisable or in the best interest of the Lenders.

10.06 CREDIT DECISION; DISCLOSURE OF INFORMATION BY ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT. Each Lender acknowledges that neither the Syndication Agent nor any Agent-Related Person has made any representation or warranty to it, and that no act by the Syndication Agent or the Administrative Agent hereafter taken, including any consent to and acceptance of any assignment or review of the affairs of any Loan Party or any Affiliate thereof, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by the Syndication Agent or any Agent-Related Person to any Lender as to any matter, including whether the Syndication Agent or any Agent-Related Persons have disclosed material information in their possession. Each Lender represents to the

88

Syndication Agent and the Administrative Agent that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Syndication Agent or any Agent-Related Person and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of and investigation into the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Loan Parties and their respective Subsidiaries, and all applicable bank or other regulatory Laws relating to the transactions contemplated hereby, and made its own decision to enter into this Agreement and to extend credit to the Borrower hereunder. Each Lender also represents that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Syndication Agent or any Agent-Related Person and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit analysis, appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and to make such investigations as it deems necessary to inform itself as to the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Borrower and the other Loan Parties. Except for notices, reports and other documents expressly required to be furnished to the Lenders by the Syndication Agent and the Administrative Agent herein, the Syndication Agent and the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty or responsibility to provide any Lender with any credit or other information concerning the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition or creditworthiness of any of the Loan Parties or any of their respective Affiliates which may come into the possession of the Syndication Agent or any Agent-Related Person.

10.07 INDEMNIFICATION OF ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT. Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, the Lenders shall indemnify upon demand the Syndication Agent and each Agent-Related Person (to the extent not reimbursed by or on behalf of any Loan Party and without limiting the obligation of any Loan Party to do so), pro rata, and hold harmless the Syndication Agent and each Agent-Related Person for, from and against any and all Indemnified Liabilities incurred by it; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that no Lender shall be liable for the payment to the Syndication Agent or any Agent-Related Person of any portion of such Indemnified Liabilities to the extent determined in a final, nonappealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from the Syndication Agent's or such Agent-Related Person's own gross negligence or willful misconduct; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that no action taken in accordance with the directions of the Required Lenders shall be deemed to constitute gross negligence or willful misconduct for purposes of this Section. Without limitation of the foregoing, each Lender shall reimburse the Syndication Agent or the Administrative Agent upon demand for its ratable share of any costs or out-of-pocket expenses (including Attorney Costs) incurred by the Syndication Agent or the Administrative Agent in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery, administration, modification, amendment or enforcement (whether through negotiations, legal proceedings or otherwise) of, or legal advice in respect of rights or responsibilities under, this Agreement, any other Loan Document, or any document contemplated by or referred to herein, to the extent that the Syndication Agent or the Administrative Agent is not reimbursed for such expenses by or on behalf of the Borrower. The undertaking in this Section shall survive termination of the Aggregate Commitments, the payment of all other Obligations and the resignation of the Administrative Agent.

10.08 ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT IN ITS INDIVIDUAL CAPACITY. Bank of America and its Affiliates may make loans to, issue letters of credit for the account of, accept deposits from, acquire equity interests in and generally engage in any kind of banking, trust, financial advisory, underwriting or other business with each of the Loan Parties and their respective Affiliates as

89

though Bank of America were not the Administrative Agent or the L/C Issuer hereunder and without notice to or consent of the Lenders. The Lenders acknowledge that, pursuant to such activities, Bank of America or its Affiliates may receive information regarding any Loan Party or its Affiliates (including information that may be subject to confidentiality obligations in favor of such Loan Party or such Affiliate) and acknowledge that the Administrative Agent shall be under no obligation to provide such information to them. With respect to its Loans, Bank of America shall have the same rights and powers under this Agreement as any other Lender and may exercise such rights and powers as though it were not the Administrative Agent or the L/C Issuer, and the terms "Lender" and "Lenders" include Bank of America in its individual capacity.

10.09 SUCCESSOR ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT. The Administrative Agent may resign as Administrative Agent upon 30 days' notice to the Lenders; provided that any such resignation by Bank of America shall also constitute its resignation as L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender. If the Administrative Agent resigns under this Agreement, the Required Lenders shall appoint from among the Lenders a successor administrative agent for the Lenders, which successor administrative agent shall be consented to by the Borrower at all times other than during the existence of an Event of Default (which consent of the Borrower shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed). If no successor administrative agent is appointed prior to the effective date of the resignation of the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent may appoint, after consulting with the Lenders and the Borrower, a successor administrative agent from among the Lenders. Upon the acceptance of its appointment as successor administrative agent hereunder, the Person acting as such successor administrative agent shall succeed to all the rights, powers and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender and the respective terms "Administrative Agent," "L/C Issuer" and "Swing Line Lender" shall mean such successor administrative agent, Letter of Credit issuer and Swing Line Lender, and the retiring Administrative Agent's appointment, powers and duties as Administrative Agent shall be terminated and the retiring L/C Issuer's and Swing Line Lender's rights, powers and duties as such shall be terminated, without any other or further act or deed on the part of such retiring L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender or any other Lender, other than the obligation of the successor L/C Issuer to issue letters of credit in substitution for the Letters of Credit, if any, outstanding at the time of such succession or to make other arrangements satisfactory to the retiring L/C Issuer to effectively assume the obligations of the retiring L/C Issuer with respect to such Letters of Credit. After any retiring Administrative Agent's resignation hereunder as Administrative Agent, the provisions of this ARTICLE X and SECTIONS 11.04 and 11.05 shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was Administrative Agent under this Agreement. If no successor administrative agent has accepted appointment as Administrative Agent by the date which is 30 days following a retiring Administrative Agent's notice of resignation, the retiring Administrative Agent's resignation shall nevertheless thereupon become effective and the Lenders shall perform all of the duties of the Administrative Agent hereunder until such time, if any, as the Required Lenders appoint a successor agent as provided for above.

10.10 ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT MAY FILE PROOFS OF CLAIM. In case of the pendency of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or other judicial proceeding relative to any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan or L/C Obligation shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the

90

Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on the Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise

(a) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans, L/C Obligations and all other Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Lenders and the Administrative Agent under SECTIONS 2.05(i) and (j), 3.02 and 11.04) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and

(b) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;

and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender to make such payments to the Administrative Agent and, in the event that the Administrative Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders, to pay to the Administrative Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Administrative Agent and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Administrative Agent under SECTIONS 3.02 and 11.04.

Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Administrative Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations or the rights of any Lender or to authorize the Administrative Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender in any such proceeding.

10.11 COLLATERAL AND GUARANTY MATTERS. The Lenders irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent, at its option and in its discretion,

(a) to release any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document (i) upon termination of the Aggregate Commitments and payment in full of all Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations) and the expiration or termination of all Letters of Credit, (ii) that is sold or to be sold as part of or in connection with any sale permitted hereunder or under any other Loan Document, (iii) subject to SECTION 11.01, if approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the Required Lenders, or (iv) that is subject to a capital lease or purchase money obligation, in each case permitted to be incurred pursuant to SECTION 8.03(e), within ten (10) days following receipt of written notice from the Borrower requesting such release and identifying with reasonable specificity the assets subject to such release;

(b) to subordinate any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document to the holder of any Lien on such property that is permitted by SECTION 8.01(i); and

91

(c) to release any Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty Agreements if such Person ceases to be a Subsidiary as a result of a transaction permitted hereunder.

Upon request by the Administrative Agent at any time, the Required Lenders will confirm in writing the Administrative Agent's authority to release or subordinate its interest in particular types or items of property, or to release any Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty Agreements pursuant to this SECTION 10.11.

10.12 OTHER AGENTS; ARRANGERS AND MANAGERS. None of the Lenders or other Persons identified on the facing page or signature pages of this Agreement as a "syndication agent," "documentation agent," "co-agent," "book manager," "lead manager," "arranger," "lead arranger", or "co-lead arranger" shall have any right, power, obligation, liability, responsibility or duty under this Agreement other than, in the case of such Lenders, those applicable to all Lenders as such. Without limiting the foregoing, none of the Lenders or other Persons so identified shall have or be deemed to have any fiduciary relationship with any Lender. Each Lender acknowledges that it has not relied, and will not rely, on any of the Lenders or other Persons so identified in deciding to enter into this Agreement or in taking or not taking action hereunder.

ARTICLE XI.
MISCELLANEOUS

11.01 AMENDMENTS, ETC. No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, and no consent to any departure by the Borrower or any other Loan Party therefrom, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the Required Lenders and the Borrower or the applicable Loan Party, as the case may be, and acknowledged by the Administrative Agent, and each such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that no such amendment, waiver or consent shall:

(a) waive any condition set forth in SECTION 5.01(a) without the written consent of each Lender;

(b) extend or increase the Commitment of any Lender (or reinstate any Commitment terminated pursuant to SECTION 9.02) without the written consent of such Lender;

(c) postpone any date fixed by this Agreement or any other Loan Document for any payment (excluding mandatory prepayments) of principal, interest, fees or other amounts due to the Lenders (or any of them) hereunder or under any other Loan Document without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby;

(d) reduce the principal of, or the rate of interest specified herein on, any Loan or L/C Borrowing, or (subject to clause (iv) of the second proviso to this SECTION 11.01) any fees or other amounts payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that only the consent of the Required Lenders shall be necessary (i) to amend the definition of "Default Rate" or to waive any obligation of the Borrower to pay interest at the Default Rate or (ii) to amend any financial

92

covenant hereunder (or any defined term used therein) even if the effect of such amendment would be to reduce the rate of interest on any Loan or L/C Borrowing or to reduce any fee payable hereunder;

(e) change SECTION 3.06 or SECTION 9.03 in a manner that would alter the pro rata sharing of payments required thereby without the written consent of each Lender;

(f) change any provision of this Section or the definition of "Required Lenders" or any other provision hereof specifying the number or percentage of Lenders required to amend, waive or otherwise modify any rights hereunder or make any determination or grant any consent hereunder, without the written consent of each Lender; or

(g) release any Guarantor from the Guaranty Agreements or all or a material portion of the Collateral or release any Security Document (other than asset sales permitted pursuant to SECTION 8.05, in connection with the incurrence of any Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 8.03(e), and as otherwise specifically permitted or contemplated in this Agreement or the applicable Security Document) without the written consent of each Lender;

and, PROVIDED FURTHER, that (i) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the L/C Issuer in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of the L/C Issuer under this Agreement or any Letter of Credit Application relating to any Letter of Credit issued or to be issued by it; (ii) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Swing Line Lender in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of the Swing Line Lender under this Agreement; (iii) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Administrative Agent in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; and (iv) the Fee Letter may be amended, or rights or privileges thereunder waived, in a writing executed only by the parties thereto. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Defaulting Lender shall have any right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent hereunder, except that the Commitment of such Lender may not be increased or extended without the consent of such Lender.

11.02 NOTICES AND OTHER COMMUNICATIONS; FACSIMILE COPIES.

(a) GENERAL. Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all notices and other communications provided for hereunder shall be in writing (including by facsimile transmission). All such written notices shall be mailed, faxed or delivered to the applicable address, facsimile number or (subject to subsection
(c) below) electronic mail address, and all notices and other communications expressly permitted hereunder to be given by telephone shall be made to the applicable telephone number, as follows:

(i) if to the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender, to the address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified for such Person on SCHEDULE 11.02 or to such other address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number as shall be designated by such party in a notice to the other parties; and

93

(ii) if to any other Lender, to the address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified in its Administrative Questionnaire or to such other address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number as shall be designated by such party in a notice to the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Swing Line Lender.

All such notices and other communications shall be deemed to be given or made upon the earlier to occur of (i) actual receipt by the relevant party hereto and
(ii) (A) if delivered by hand or by courier, when signed for by or on behalf of the relevant party hereto; (B) if delivered by mail, four Business Days after deposit in the mails, postage prepaid; (C) if delivered by facsimile, when sent and receipt has been confirmed by telephone; and (D) if delivered by electronic mail (which form of delivery is subject to the provisions of subsection (c) below), when delivered; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that notices and other communications to the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Swing Line Lender pursuant to ARTICLE II shall not be effective until actually received by such Person. In no event shall a voicemail message be effective as a notice, communication or confirmation hereunder.

(b) EFFECTIVENESS OF FACSIMILE DOCUMENTS AND SIGNATURES. Loan Documents may be transmitted and/or signed by facsimile. The effectiveness of any such documents and signatures shall, subject to applicable Law, have the same force and effect as manually-signed originals and shall be binding on all Loan Parties, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders. The Administrative Agent may also require that any such documents and signatures be confirmed by a manually-signed original thereof; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the failure to request or deliver the same shall not limit the effectiveness of any facsimile document or signature.

(c) LIMITED USE OF ELECTRONIC MAIL. Electronic mail and Internet and intranet websites may be used only to distribute routine communications, such as financial statements and other information as provided in SECTION 7.02, and to distribute Loan Documents for execution by the parties thereto, and may not be used for any other purpose.

(d) RELIANCE BY ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND LENDERS. The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall be entitled to rely and act upon any notices (including telephonic Loan Notices and Swing Line Loan Notices) purportedly given by or on behalf of the Borrower even if (i) such notices were not made in a manner specified herein, were incomplete or were not preceded or followed by any other form of notice specified herein, or (ii) the terms thereof, as understood by the recipient, varied from any confirmation thereof. The Borrower shall indemnify each Agent-Related Person and each Lender for, from and against all losses, costs, expenses and liabilities resulting from the reliance by such Person on each notice purportedly given by or on behalf of the Borrower. All telephonic notices to and other communications with the Administrative Agent may be recorded by the Administrative Agent, and each of the parties hereto hereby consents to such recording.

11.03 NO WAIVER; CUMULATIVE REMEDIES. No failure by any Lender or the Administrative Agent to exercise, and no delay by any such Person in exercising, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights,

94

remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.

11.04 ATTORNEY COSTS, EXPENSES AND TAXES. The Borrower agrees (a) to pay or reimburse the Administrative Agent for all costs and expenses incurred in connection with the development, preparation, negotiation, execution, filing and recording of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and any amendment, waiver, consent or other modification of the provisions hereof and thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby are consummated), and the consummation and administration of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including all Attorney Costs, and (b) to pay or reimburse the Administrative Agent and each Lender for all costs and expenses incurred in connection with the enforcement, attempted enforcement, or preservation of any rights or remedies under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents (including all such costs and expenses incurred during any "workout" or restructuring in respect of the Obligations and during any legal proceeding, including any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law), including all Attorney Costs. The foregoing costs and expenses shall include all search, filing, recording, title insurance and appraisal charges and fees and taxes related thereto, and other out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent and the cost of independent public accountants retained by the Administrative Agent or any Lender and during any "workout" or restructuring in respect of the Obligations and during any legal proceeding, including any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, other outside experts retained by the Administrative Agent or any Lender. All amounts due under this SECTION 11.04 shall be payable within ten Business Days after demand therefor. The agreements in this Section shall survive the termination of the Aggregate Commitments and repayment of all other Obligations.

11.05 INDEMNIFICATION BY THE BORROWER. Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, the Borrower shall indemnify and hold harmless each Agent-Related Person, each Co-Lead Arranger, each Lender and their respective Affiliates, directors, officers, employees, counsel, agents and attorneys-in-fact (collectively the "INDEMNITEES") for, from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, claims, demands, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses and disbursements (including Attorney Costs) of any kind or nature whatsoever which may at any time be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against any such Indemnitee in any way relating to or arising out of or in connection with (a) the execution, delivery, enforcement, performance or administration of any Loan Document or any other agreement, letter or instrument delivered in connection with the transactions contemplated thereby or the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby, (b) any Commitment, Loan or Letter of Credit or the use or proposed use of the proceeds therefrom (including any refusal by the L/C Issuer to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit), or (c) any actual or alleged presence or release of Hazardous Materials on or from any property currently or formerly owned or operated by the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any other Loan Party, or any Environmental Liability related in any way to the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any other Loan Party, or (d) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory (including any investigation of, preparation for, or defense of any pending or threatened claim, investigation, litigation or proceeding) and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto (all the foregoing, collectively, the

95

"INDEMNIFIED LIABILITIES"); PROVIDED that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, claims, demands, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee. No Indemnitee shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by others of any information or other materials obtained through IntraLinks or other similar information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement, nor shall any Indemnitee have any liability for any indirect or consequential damages relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or arising out of its activities in connection herewith or therewith (whether before or after the Closing Date). All amounts due under this SECTION 11.05 shall be payable within ten Business Days after demand therefor. The agreements in this Section shall survive the resignation of the Administrative Agent, the replacement of any Lender, the termination of the Aggregate Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all the other Obligations.

11.06 PAYMENTS SET ASIDE. To the extent that any payment by or on behalf of the Borrower is made to the Administrative Agent or any Lender, or the Administrative Agent or any Lender exercises its right of set-off, and such payment or the proceeds of such set-off or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the Administrative Agent or such Lender in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or otherwise, then (a) to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such set-off had not occurred, and (b) each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent upon demand its applicable share of any amount so recovered from or repaid by the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such payment is made at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate from time to time in effect.

11.07 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.

(a) The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that the Borrower may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of each Lender and no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder except (i) to an Eligible Assignee in accordance with the provisions of subsection (b) of this Section, (ii) by way of participation in accordance with the provisions of subsection (d) of this Section, or (iii) by way of pledge or assignment of a security interest subject to the restrictions of subsections (f) or (i) of this Section (and any other attempted assignment or transfer by any party hereto shall be null and void). Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants to the extent provided in subsection (d) of this Section and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Indemnitees) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

(b) Any Lender may at any time assign to one or more Eligible Assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its

96

Commitment and the Loans (including for purposes of this subsection (b), participations in L/C Obligations and in Swing Line Loans) at the time owing to it); PROVIDED that (i) except in the case of an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender's Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it or in the case of an assignment to a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund (as defined in subsection (g) of this Section) with respect to a Lender, the aggregate amount of the Commitment (which for this purpose includes Loans outstanding thereunder) subject to each such assignment, determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent or, if "Trade Date" is specified in the Assignment and Assumption, as of the Trade Date, shall not be less than $5,000,000 unless each of the Administrative Agent and, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower otherwise consents (each such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); (ii) each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender's rights and obligations under this Agreement with respect to the Loans or the Commitment assigned, except that this clause (ii) shall not apply to rights in respect of Swing Line Loans; (iii) any assignment of a Commitment must be approved by the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Swing Line Lender unless the Person that is the proposed assignee is itself a Lender (whether or not the proposed assignee would otherwise qualify as an Eligible Assignee); and (iv) the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500. Subject to acceptance and recording thereof by the Administrative Agent pursuant to subsection (c) of this Section, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption, the Eligible Assignee thereunder shall be a party to this Agreement and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender's rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of SECTIONS 4.01, 4.04, 4.05, 11.04 and 11.05 with respect to facts and circumstances occurring prior to the effective date of such assignment). Upon request, the Borrower (at its expense) shall execute and deliver a Note to the assignee Lender. Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this subsection shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with subsection (d) of this Section.

(c) The Administrative Agent, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at the Administrative Agent's Office a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments of, and principal amounts of the Loans and L/C Obligations owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the "REGISTER"). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

97

(d) Any Lender may at any time, without the consent of, or notice to, the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, sell participations to any Person (other than a natural person or the Borrower or any of the Borrower's Affiliates or Subsidiaries) (each, a "PARTICIPANT") in all or a portion of such Lender's rights and/or obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and/or the Loans (including such Lender's participations in L/C Obligations and/or Swing Line Loans) owing to it); PROVIDED that (i) such Lender's obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (iii) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender's rights and obligations under this Agreement. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; PROVIDED that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, waiver or other modification described in the first proviso to
SECTION 11.01 that directly affects such Participant. Subject to subsection (e) of this Section, the Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of SECTIONS 4.01, 4.04 and 4.05 to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to subsection (b) of this Section. To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of SECTION 11.09 as though it were a Lender, PROVIDED such Participant agrees to be subject to SECTION 3.06 as though it were a Lender.

(e) A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under SECTION 4.01 or 4.04 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the Borrower's prior written consent. A Participant that would be a Foreign Lender if it were a Lender shall not be entitled to the benefits of SECTION 4.01 unless the Borrower is notified of the participation sold to such Participant and such Participant agrees, for the benefit of the Borrower, to comply with SECTION 11.15 as though it were a Lender.

(f) Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement (including under its Note, if any) to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank; PROVIDED that no such pledge or assignment shall release such Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

(g) As used herein, the following terms have the following meanings:

"ELIGIBLE ASSIGNEE" means (a) a Lender; (b) an Affiliate of a Lender; (c) an Approved Fund; and (d) any other Person (other than a natural person) approved by (i) the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Swing Line Lender, and (ii) unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower (each such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); PROVIDED that notwithstanding the foregoing, "Eligible Assignee" shall not include the Borrower or any of the Borrower's Affiliates or Subsidiaries.

98

"FUND" means any Person (other than a natural person) that is (or will be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business.

"APPROVED FUND" means any Fund that is administered or managed by
(a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.

(h) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any Lender that is a Fund may create a security interest in all or any portion of the Loans owing to it and the Note, if any, held by it to the trustee for holders of obligations owed, or securities issued, by such Fund as security for such obligations or securities, PROVIDED that unless and until such trustee actually becomes a Lender in compliance with the other provisions of this SECTION 11.07, (i) no such pledge shall release the pledging Lender from any of its obligations under the Loan Documents and
(ii) such trustee shall not be entitled to exercise any of the rights of a Lender under the Loan Documents even though such trustee may have acquired ownership rights with respect to the pledged interest through foreclosure or otherwise.

(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if at any time Bank of America assigns all of its Commitment and Loans pursuant to subsection (b) above, Bank of America may, (i) upon 30 days' notice to the Borrower and the Lenders, resign as L/C Issuer and/or (ii) upon 30 days' notice to the Borrower, resign as Swing Line Lender. In the event of any such resignation as L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender, the Borrower shall be entitled to appoint from among the Lenders a successor L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender hereunder; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that no failure by the Borrower to appoint any such successor shall affect the resignation of Bank of America as L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender, as the case may be. If Bank of America resigns as L/C Issuer, it shall retain all the rights and obligations of the L/C Issuer hereunder with respect to all Letters of Credit outstanding as of the effective date of its resignation as L/C Issuer and all L/C Obligations with respect thereto (including the right to require the Lenders to make Base Rate Loans or fund risk participations in Unreimbursed Amounts pursuant to SECTION 2.05(c)). If Bank of America resigns as Swing Line Lender, it shall retain all the rights of the Swing Line Lender provided for hereunder with respect to Swing Line Loans made by it and outstanding as of the effective date of such resignation, including the right to require the Lenders to make Base Rate Loans or fund risk participations in outstanding Swing Line Loans pursuant to SECTION 2.06(c).

11.08 CONFIDENTIALITY. Each of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its and its Affiliates' directors, officers, employees and agents, including accountants, legal counsel and other advisors (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential), (b) to the extent requested by any regulatory authority (including any self-regulatory authority, such as the National Association of Insurance Commissioners), (c) to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process,
(d) to any other party hereto, (e) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under any other Loan Document or any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or

99

thereunder, (f) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section, to (i) any assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement or (ii) any actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any swap or derivative transaction relating to the Borrower and its obligations, (g) with the consent of the Borrower or (h) to the extent such Information (x) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section or (y) becomes available to the Administrative Agent or any Lender on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than the Borrower. For purposes of this Section, "INFORMATION" means all information received from any Loan Party relating to any Loan Party or any of their respective businesses, other than any such information that is available to the Administrative Agent or any Lender on a nonconfidential basis prior to disclosure by any Loan Party, PROVIDED that, in the case of information received from a Loan Party after the date hereof, such information is clearly identified at the time of delivery as confidential. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, "Information" shall not include, and the Administrative Agent and each Lender may disclose without limitation of any kind, any information with respect to the "tax treatment" and "tax structure" (in each case, within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.6011-4) of the transactions contemplated hereby and all materials of any kind (including opinions or other tax analyses) that are provided to the Administrative Agent or such Lender relating to such tax treatment and tax structure; PROVIDED that with respect to any document or similar item that in either case contains information concerning the tax treatment or tax structure of the transaction as well as other information, this sentence shall only apply to such portions of the document or similar item that relate to the tax treatment or tax structure of the Loans, Letters of Credit and transactions contemplated hereby.

11.09 SET-OFF. In addition to any rights and remedies of the Lenders provided by law, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, each Lender is authorized at any time and from time to time, without prior notice to the Borrower or any other Loan Party, any such notice being waived by the Borrower (on its own behalf and on behalf of each Loan Party) to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held by, and other indebtedness at any time owing by, such Lender to or for the credit or the account of the respective Loan Parties against any and all Obligations owing to such Lender hereunder or under any other Loan Document, now or hereafter existing, irrespective of whether or not the Administrative Agent or such Lender shall have made demand under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and although such Obligations may be contingent or unmatured or denominated in a currency different from that of the applicable deposit or indebtedness. Each Lender agrees promptly to notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent after any such set-off and application made by such Lender; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application.

11.10 INTEREST RATE LIMITATION. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any Loan Document, the interest paid or agreed to be paid under the Loan Documents shall not exceed the maximum rate of non-usurious interest permitted by applicable Law (the "MAXIMUM RATE"). If the Administrative Agent or any Lender shall receive interest in an amount that

100

exceeds the Maximum Rate, the excess interest shall be applied to the principal of the Loans or, if it exceeds such unpaid principal, refunded to the Borrower. In determining whether the interest contracted for, charged, or received by the Administrative Agent or a Lender exceeds the Maximum Rate, such Person may, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, (a) characterize any payment that is not principal as an expense, fee, or premium rather than interest, (b) exclude voluntary prepayments and the effects thereof, and (c) amortize, prorate, allocate, and spread in equal or unequal parts the total amount of interest throughout the contemplated term of the Obligations hereunder.

11.11 COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

11.12 INTEGRATION. This Agreement, together with the other Loan Documents, comprises the complete and integrated agreement of the parties on the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersedes all prior agreements, written or oral, on such subject matter. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and those of any other Loan Document, the provisions of this Agreement shall control; PROVIDED that the inclusion of supplemental rights or remedies in favor of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders in any other Loan Document shall not be deemed a conflict with this Agreement. Each Loan Document was drafted with the joint participation of the respective parties thereto and shall be construed neither against nor in favor of any party, but rather in accordance with the fair meaning thereof.

11.13 SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. All representations and warranties made hereunder and in any other Loan Document or other document delivered pursuant hereto or thereto or in connection herewith or therewith shall survive the execution and delivery hereof and thereof. Such representations and warranties have been or will be relied upon by the Administrative Agent and each Lender, regardless of any investigation made by the Administrative Agent or any Lender or on their behalf and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default at the time of any Credit Extension, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as any Loan or any other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding.

11.14 SEVERABILITY. If any provision of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, (a) the legality, validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall not be affected or impaired thereby and (b) the parties shall endeavor in good faith negotiations to replace the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions. The invalidity of a provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

11.15 TAX FORMS.

(a) (i) Each Lender that is not a "United States person" within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code (a "FOREIGN LENDER") shall deliver to the Administrative Agent,

101

prior to receipt of any payment subject to withholding under the Code (or upon accepting an assignment of an interest herein), two duly signed completed copies of either IRS Form W-8BEN or any successor thereto (relating to such Foreign Lender and entitling it to an exemption from, or reduction of, withholding tax on all payments to be made to such Foreign Lender by the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement) or IRS Form W-8ECI or any successor thereto (relating to all payments to be made to such Foreign Lender by the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement) or such other evidence satisfactory to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent that such Foreign Lender is entitled to an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. withholding tax, including any exemption pursuant to
Section 881(c) of the Code. Thereafter and from time to time, each such Foreign Lender shall (A) promptly submit to the Administrative Agent such additional duly completed and signed copies of one of such forms (or such successor forms as shall be adopted from time to time by the relevant United States taxing authorities) as may then be available under then current United States laws and regulations to avoid, or such evidence as is satisfactory to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent of any available exemption from or reduction of, United States withholding taxes in respect of all payments to be made to such Foreign Lender by the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement, (B) promptly notify the Administrative Agent of any change in circumstances which would modify or render invalid any claimed exemption or reduction, and (C) take such steps as shall not be materially disadvantageous to it, in the reasonable judgment of such Lender, and as may be reasonably necessary (including the re-designation of its Lending Office) to avoid any requirement of applicable Laws that the Borrower make any deduction or withholding for taxes from amounts payable to such Foreign Lender.

(ii) Each Foreign Lender, to the extent it does not act or ceases to act for its own account with respect to any portion of any sums paid or payable to such Lender under any of the Loan Documents (for example, in the case of a typical participation by such Lender), shall deliver to the Administrative Agent on the date when such Foreign Lender ceases to act for its own account with respect to any portion of any such sums paid or payable, and at such other times as may be necessary in the determination of the Administrative Agent (in the reasonable exercise of its discretion), (A) two duly signed completed copies of the forms or statements required to be provided by such Lender as set forth above, to establish the portion of any such sums paid or payable with respect to which such Lender acts for its own account that is not subject to U.S. withholding tax, and (B) two duly signed completed copies of IRS Form W-8IMY (or any successor thereto), together with any information such Lender chooses to transmit with such form, and any other certificate or statement of exemption required under the Code, to establish that such Lender is not acting for its own account with respect to a portion of any such sums payable to such Lender.

(iii) The Borrower shall not be required to pay any additional amount to any Foreign Lender under SECTION 4.01 (A) with respect to any Taxes required to be deducted or withheld on the basis of the information, certificates or statements of exemption such Lender transmits with an IRS Form W-8IMY pursuant to this SECTION 11.15(a) or (B) if such Lender shall have failed to satisfy the foregoing provisions of this SECTION 11.15(a); PROVIDED that if such Lender shall have satisfied the requirement of this SECTION 11.15(a) on the date such Lender became a Lender or ceased to act for its own account with respect to any payment under any of the Loan Documents, nothing in this SECTION 11.15(a) shall relieve the Borrower of its obligation to pay any amounts pursuant to SECTION 4.01 in the event that, as a result of any change in any

102

applicable law, treaty or governmental rule, regulation or order, or any change in the interpretation, administration or application thereof, such Lender is no longer properly entitled to deliver forms, certificates or other evidence at a subsequent date establishing the fact that such Lender or other Person for the account of which such Lender receives any sums payable under any of the Loan Documents is not subject to withholding or is subject to withholding at a reduced rate.

(iv) The Administrative Agent may, without reduction, withhold any Taxes required to be deducted and withheld from any payment under any of the Loan Documents with respect to which the Borrower is not required to pay additional amounts under this SECTION 11.15(a).

(b) Upon the request of the Administrative Agent, each Lender that is a "United States person" within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code shall deliver to the Administrative Agent two duly signed completed copies of IRS Form W-9. If such Lender fails to deliver such forms, then the Administrative Agent may withhold from any interest payment to such Lender an amount equivalent to the applicable back-up withholding tax imposed by the Code, without reduction.

(c) If any Governmental Authority asserts that the Administrative Agent did not properly withhold or backup withhold, as the case may be, any tax or other amount from payments made to or for the account of any Lender, such Lender shall indemnify the Administrative Agent therefor, including all penalties and interest, any taxes imposed by any jurisdiction on the amounts payable to the Administrative Agent under this Section, and costs and expenses (including Attorney Costs) of the Administrative Agent. The obligation of the Lenders under this Section shall survive the termination of the Aggregate Commitments, repayment of all other Obligations hereunder and the resignation of the Administrative Agent.

11.16 GOVERNING LAW.

(a) THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA APPLICABLE TO AGREEMENTS MADE AND TO BE PERFORMED ENTIRELY WITHIN SUCH STATE; PROVIDED THAT THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND EACH LENDER SHALL RETAIN ALL RIGHTS ARISING UNDER FEDERAL LAW.

(b) ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT MAY BE BROUGHT IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA SITTING IN NORTH CAROLINA OR OF THE UNITED STATES FOR THE WESTERN DISTRICT OF SUCH STATE, AND BY EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS AGREEMENT, THE BORROWER, THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND EACH LENDER CONSENTS, FOR ITSELF AND IN RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTY, TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THOSE COURTS. THE BORROWER, THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND EACH LENDER IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION, INCLUDING ANY OBJECTION TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OR BASED ON THE GROUNDS OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS, WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE BRINGING OF ANY ACTION

103

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

TEXAS ROADHOUSE HOLDINGS LLC
By: WKT Restaurant Corp., its Manager

By: /s/ Scott M. Colosi
    ----------------------------------
Name: Scott M. Colosi
      --------------------------------
Title: Chief Financial Officer
       -------------------------------


BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent

By: /s/ Laura B. Schmuck
    ----------------------------------
Name: Laura B. Schmuck
      --------------------------------
Title: AGENCY OFFICER,
       ASSISTANT VICE-PRESIDENT
       -------------------------------


BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as a Lender, L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender

By: /s/ Bryan Hulker
    ----------------------------------
Name:  Bryan Hulker
       -------------------------------
Title: Senior Vice President
       -------------------------------


NATIONAL CITY BANK OF KENTUCKY,
as a Lender

By: /s/ Thomas P. Crockett
    ----------------------------------
Name:  Thomas P. Crockett
       -------------------------------
Title: Senior Vice President
       -------------------------------


BANK ONE,
as a Lender

By: /s/ Paul T. Costel
    ----------------------------------
Name:  Paul T. Costel
       -------------------------------
Title: First Vice President
       -------------------------------


U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as a Lender

By: /s/ Toby B. Rau
    ----------------------------------
Name:  Toby B. Rau
       -------------------------------
Title: Vice President
       -------------------------------


PNC BANK N.A.,
as a Lender

By: /s/ Julie S. Springer
    ----------------------------------
Name:  Julie S. Springer
       -------------------------------
Title: Assistant Vice President
       -------------------------------


FIFTH THIRD BANK, KENTUCKY, INC.,
as a Lender

By: /s/ Richard Whipple
    ----------------------------------
Name:  Richard Whipple
       -------------------------------
Title: Assistant Vice President
       -------------------------------


EXHIBIT A

FORM OF LOAN NOTICE

Date: ___________, _____

To: Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is made to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of July 16, 2003 (as amended, restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the "AGREEMENT;" the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined), among Texas Roadhouse Holdings LLC, a Kentucky limited liability company (the "BORROWER"), the Lenders from time to time party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender.

The undersigned hereby requests (select one):

/ / A Borrowing of Construction Loans / / A Borrowing of Working Capital Loans

/ / A conversion or continuation of Loans

1. On ______________________________________ (a Business Day).

2. In the amount of $______________________.

3. Comprised of ___________________________.
[Type of Loan requested]

4. For Eurodollar Rate Loans: with an Interest Period of _______ months.

The Borrowing requested herein complies with the proviso to the first sentence of SECTION 2.01 OR SECTION 2.02 of the Agreement.

TEXAS ROADHOUSE HOLDINGS LLC

By:

Name:
Title:

A-1

EXHIBIT B

FORM OF SWING LINE LOAN NOTICE

Date: ___________, _____

To: Bank of America, N.A., as Swing Line Lender Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is made to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of July 16, 2003 (as amended, restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the "AGREEMENT;" the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined), among Texas Roadhouse Holdings LLC, a Kentucky limited liability company (the "BORROWER"), the Lenders from time to time party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender.

The undersigned hereby requests a Swing Line Loan:

1. On _______________________________________ (a Business Day).

2. In the amount of $ ______________________.

The Swing Line Borrowing requested herein complies with the requirements of the provisos to the first sentence of SECTION 2.06 of the Agreement.

TEXAS ROADHOUSE HOLDINGS LLC

By:

Name:
Title:

B-1

EXHIBIT C

TERM LOAN NOTE

$______________ _____, 2003

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned (the "BORROWER"), hereby promises to pay to __________________________ or registered assigns (the "LENDER"), in accordance with the provisions of the Agreement (as hereinafter defined), the principal amount of each Term Loan from time to time made by the Lender to the Borrower under that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of July __, 2003 (as amended, restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the "AGREEMENT;" the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined), among the Borrower, the Lenders from time to time party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender.

The Borrower promises to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Term Loan from the date of such Term Loan until such principal amount is paid in full, at such interest rates and at such times as provided in the Agreement. Except as otherwise provided in SECTION 2.06(f) of the Agreement with respect to Swing Line Loans, all payments of principal and interest shall be made to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lender in Dollars in immediately available funds at the Administrative Agent's Office. If any amount is not paid in full when due hereunder, such unpaid amount shall bear interest, to be paid upon demand, from the due date thereof until the date of actual payment (and before as well as after judgment) computed at the per annum rate set forth in the Agreement.

This Note is one of the Notes referred to in the Agreement, is entitled to the benefits thereof and may be prepaid in whole or in part subject to the terms and conditions provided therein. This Note is also entitled to the benefits of the Guaranty Agreements and is secured by the Collateral. Upon the occurrence and continuation of one or more of the Events of Default specified in the Agreement, all amounts then remaining unpaid on this Note shall become, or may be declared to be, immediately due and payable all as provided in the Agreement. Term Loans made by the Lender shall be evidenced by one or more loan accounts or records maintained by the Lender in the ordinary course of business. The Lender may also attach schedules to this Note and endorse thereon the date, amount and maturity of its Term Loans and payments with respect thereto.

The Borrower, for itself, its successors and assigns, hereby waives diligence, presentment, protest and demand and notice of protest, demand, dishonor and non-payment of this Note.


THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF

THE STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA.

TEXAS ROADHOUSE HOLDINGS LLC
By: WKT Restaurant Corp., its Manager

By:

Name:
Title:

TERM LOANS AND PAYMENTS WITH RESPECT THERETO

                                                   AMOUNT OF
                                                  PRINCIPAL OR    OUTSTANDING
                                     END OF        INTEREST        PRINCIPAL
           TYPE OF     AMOUNT OF    INTEREST       PAID THIS        BALANCE       NOTATION
DATE      LOAN MADE    LOAN MADE     PERIOD          DATE          THIS DATE      MADE BY
----      ---------    ---------     ------          ----          ---------      -------


CONSTRUCTION LOAN NOTE

$______________ _____, 2003

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned (the "BORROWER"), hereby promises to pay to __________________________ or registered assigns (the "LENDER"), in accordance with the provisions of the Agreement (as hereinafter defined), the principal amount of each Construction Loan from time to time made by the Lender to the Borrower under that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of July 16, 2003 (as amended, restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the "AGREEMENT;" the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined), among the Borrower, the Lenders from time to time party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender.

The Borrower promises to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Construction Loan from the date of such Construction Loan until such principal amount is paid in full, at such interest rates and at such times as provided in the Agreement. Except as otherwise provided in SECTION 2.06(f) of the Agreement with respect to Swing Line Loans, all payments of principal and interest shall be made to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lender in Dollars in immediately available funds at the Administrative Agent's Office. If any amount is not paid in full when due hereunder, such unpaid amount shall bear interest, to be paid upon demand, from the due date thereof until the date of actual payment (and before as well as after judgment) computed at the per annum rate set forth in the Agreement.

This Note is one of the Notes referred to in the Agreement, is entitled to the benefits thereof and may be prepaid in whole or in part subject to the terms and conditions provided therein. This Note is also entitled to the benefits of the Guaranty Agreements and is secured by the Collateral. Upon the occurrence and continuation of one or more of the Events of Default specified in the Agreement, all amounts then remaining unpaid on this Note shall become, or may be declared to be, immediately due and payable all as provided in the Agreement. Construction Loans made by the Lender shall be evidenced by one or more loan accounts or records maintained by the Lender in the ordinary course of business. The Lender may also attach schedules to this Note and endorse thereon the date, amount and maturity of its Construction Loans and payments with respect thereto.

The Borrower, for itself, its successors and assigns, hereby waives diligence, presentment, protest and demand and notice of protest, demand, dishonor and non-payment of this Note.


THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF

THE STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA.

TEXAS ROADHOUSE HOLDINGS LLC
By: WKT Restaurant Corp., its Manager

By:

Name:
Title:

CONSTRUCTION LOANS AND PAYMENTS WITH RESPECT THERETO

                                                   AMOUNT OF
                                                  PRINCIPAL OR    OUTSTANDING
                                     END OF        INTEREST        PRINCIPAL
           TYPE OF     AMOUNT OF    INTEREST       PAID THIS        BALANCE       NOTATION
DATE      LOAN MADE    LOAN MADE     PERIOD          DATE          THIS DATE      MADE BY
----      ---------    ---------     ------          ----          ---------      -------


WORKING CAPITAL LOAN NOTE

$______________ _____, 2003

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned (the "BORROWER"), hereby promises to pay to __________________________ or registered assigns (the "LENDER"), in accordance with the provisions of the Agreement (as hereinafter defined), the principal amount of each Working Capital Loan from time to time made by the Lender to the Borrower under that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of July 16, 2003 (as amended, restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the "AGREEMENT;" the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined), among the Borrower, the Lenders from time to time party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender.

The Borrower promises to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Working Capital Loan from the date of such each Working Capital Loan until such principal amount is paid in full, at such interest rates and at such times as provided in the Agreement. Except as otherwise provided in SECTION 2.06(f) of the Agreement with respect to Swing Line Loans, all payments of principal and interest shall be made to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lender in Dollars in immediately available funds at the Administrative Agent's Office. If any amount is not paid in full when due hereunder, such unpaid amount shall bear interest, to be paid upon demand, from the due date thereof until the date of actual payment (and before as well as after judgment) computed at the per annum rate set forth in the Agreement.

This Note is one of the Notes referred to in the Agreement, is entitled to the benefits thereof and may be prepaid in whole or in part subject to the terms and conditions provided therein. This Note is also entitled to the benefits of the Guaranty Agreements and is secured by the Collateral. Upon the occurrence and continuation of one or more of the Events of Default specified in the Agreement, all amounts then remaining unpaid on this Note shall become, or may be declared to be, immediately due and payable all as provided in the Agreement. Working Capital Loans made by the Lender shall be evidenced by one or more loan accounts or records maintained by the Lender in the ordinary course of business. The Lender may also attach schedules to this Note and endorse thereon the date, amount and maturity of its Working Capital Loans and payments with respect thereto.

The Borrower, for itself, its successors and assigns, hereby waives diligence, presentment, protest and demand and notice of protest, demand, dishonor and non-payment of this Note.


THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF

THE STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA.

TEXAS ROADHOUSE HOLDINGS LLC
By: WKT Restaurant Corp., its Manager

By:

Name:
Title:

WORKING CAPITAL LOANS AND PAYMENTS WITH RESPECT THERETO

                                                   AMOUNT OF
                                                  PRINCIPAL OR    OUTSTANDING
                                     END OF        INTEREST        PRINCIPAL
           TYPE OF     AMOUNT OF    INTEREST       PAID THIS        BALANCE       NOTATION
DATE      LOAN MADE    LOAN MADE     PERIOD          DATE          THIS DATE      MADE BY
----      ---------    ---------     ------          ----          ---------      -------


SWING LINE LOAN NOTE

$2,000,000 ______, 2003

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned (the "BORROWER"), hereby promises to pay to BANK OF AMERICA, N.A. or registered assigns (the "LENDER"), in accordance with the provisions of the Agreement (as hereinafter defined), the principal amount of each Swing Line Loan from time to time made by the Lender to the Borrower under that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of July 16, 2003 (as amended, restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the "AGREEMENT;" the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined), among the Borrower, the Lenders from time to time party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender.

The Borrower promises to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Swing Line Loan from the date of such Swing Line Loan until such principal amount is paid in full, at such interest rates and at such times as provided in the Agreement. All payments of principal and interest shall be made to the Lender for the account of the Lender in Dollars in immediately available funds at the Administrative Agent's Office. Swing Line Loans refinanced as Working Capital Loans in accordance with SECTION 2.06(c) of the Credit Agreement shall be payable by the Borrower as Working Capital Loans pursuant to the Working Capital Notes, and shall not be payable under the Swing Line Note as Swing Line Loans. If any amount is not paid in full when due hereunder, such unpaid amount shall bear interest, to be paid upon demand, from the due date thereof until the date of actual payment (and before as well as after judgment) computed at the per annum rate set forth in the Agreement.

This Note is one of the Notes referred to in the Agreement, is entitled to the benefits thereof and may be prepaid in whole or in part subject to the terms and conditions provided therein. This Note is also entitled to the benefits of the Guaranty Agreements and is secured by the Collateral. Upon the occurrence and continuation of one or more of the Events of Default specified in the Agreement, all amounts then remaining unpaid on this Note shall become, or may be declared to be, immediately due and payable all as provided in the Agreement. Swing Line Loans made by the Lender shall be evidenced by one or more loan accounts or records maintained by the Lender in the ordinary course of business. The Lender may also attach schedules to this Note and endorse thereon the date, amount and maturity of its Swing Line Loans and payments with respect thereto.

The Borrower, for itself, its successors and assigns, hereby waives diligence, presentment, protest and demand and notice of protest, demand, dishonor and non-payment of this Note.


THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF

THE STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA.

TEXAS ROADHOUSE HOLDINGS LLC
By: WKT Restaurant Corp., its Manager

By:

Name:
Title:

SWING LINE LOANS AND PAYMENTS WITH RESPECT THERETO

                                                   AMOUNT OF
                                                  PRINCIPAL OR    OUTSTANDING
                                     END OF        INTEREST        PRINCIPAL
           TYPE OF     AMOUNT OF    INTEREST       PAID THIS        BALANCE       NOTATION
DATE      LOAN MADE    LOAN MADE     PERIOD          DATE          THIS DATE      MADE BY
----      ---------    ---------     ------          ----          ---------      -------


EXHIBIT D
FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

Financial Statement Date: _____,

To: Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is made to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of ___________, 2003 (as amended, restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the "CREDIT AGREEMENT;" the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined), among Texas Roadhouse Holdings LLC, a Kentucky limited liability company (the "BORROWER"), the Lenders from time to time party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender.

The undersigned Responsible Officer hereby certifies as of the date hereof that he/she is the _______________________________________ of the Borrower, and that, as such, he/she is authorized to execute and deliver this Certificate to the Administrative Agent on the behalf of the Borrower, and that:

[USE FOLLOWING PARAGRAPH 1 FOR FISCAL YEAR-END FINANCIAL STATEMENTS]

1. Attached hereto as SCHEDULE 1 are the year-end audited financial statements required by SECTION 7.01(a) of the Credit Agreement for the fiscal year of the Borrower ended as of the above date, together with the report and opinion of an independent certified public accountant required by such section.

[USE FOLLOWING PARAGRAPH 1 FOR FISCAL QUARTER-END FINANCIAL STATEMENTS]

1. Attached hereto as SCHEDULE 1 are the unaudited financial statements required by SECTION 7.01(b) of the Credit Agreement for the fiscal quarter of the Borrower ended as of the above date. Such financial statements fairly present the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP as at such date and for such period, subject only to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes.

2. The undersigned has reviewed and is familiar with the terms of the Credit Agreement and has made, or has caused to be made under his/her supervision, a detailed review of the transactions and condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower during the accounting period covered by the attached financial statements.

3. A review of the activities of the Borrower during such fiscal period has been made under the supervision of the undersigned with a view to determining whether during such fiscal period the Borrower performed and observed all its Obligations under the Loan Documents, and

[SELECT ONE:]
[TO THE BEST KNOWLEDGE OF THE UNDERSIGNED DURING SUCH FISCAL PERIOD, THE

BORROWER PERFORMED AND OBSERVED EACH COVENANT AND CONDITION OF THE LOAN DOCUMENTS APPLICABLE TO IT.]


--OR--

[THE FOLLOWING COVENANTS OR CONDITIONS HAVE NOT BEEN PERFORMED OR OBSERVED

AND THE FOLLOWING IS A LIST OF EACH SUCH DEFAULT AND ITS NATURE AND STATUS:]

4. The representations and warranties of the Borrower contained in ARTICLE VI of the Credit Agreement, or which are contained in any document furnished at any time under or in connection with the Loan Documents, are true and correct on and as of the date hereof, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct as of such earlier date, and except that for purposes of this Compliance Certificate, the representations and warranties contained in subsections (a) and (b) of SECTION 6.05 of the Credit Agreement shall be deemed to refer to the most recent statements furnished pursuant to clauses (a) and (b), respectively, of SECTION 7.01 of the Credit Agreement, including the statements in connection with which this Compliance Certificate is delivered.

5. The financial covenant analyses and information set forth on SCHEDULE 2 attached hereto are true and accurate on and as of the date of this Certificate.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate as of ________________________, _______________.

TEXAS ROADHOUSE HOLDINGS LLC
By: WKT Restaurant Corp., its Manager

By:

Name:
Title:

For the Fiscal Quarter/Year ended ___________________ ("STATEMENT DATE")

SCHEDULE 2
to the Compliance Certificate
($ in 000's)

I. SECTION 8.15 (a) - CONSOLIDATED TANGIBLE NET WORTH COVENANT.

A. Actual Consolidated Tangible Net Worth at Statement Date:

1. Shareholders' Equity of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries: $__________

2. Intangible Assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries: $__________

3. Consolidated Tangible Net Worth (Line I.A.1 LESS Line I.A.2): $__________

B. 75% of Consolidated Net Income for each full fiscal quarter ending after December 31, 2002 (with no deduction for a net loss in any such fiscal quarter): $__________

C. Required Shareholder Distributions and other dividends $__________

D. 100% of the aggregate increases in Shareholders' Equity of the Borrower after the Closing Date by reason of the issuance and sale of capital stock or other equity interests of the Borrower or any Subsidiary (other than issuances to the Borrower or a wholly-owned Subsidiary), including upon any conversion of debt securities of the Borrower into such capital stock or other equity interests: $__________

E. Minimum required Consolidated Tangible Net Worth (Lines ((I.B - I.C) +I.D) PLUS $20,500,000): $__________

F. Excess (deficient) for covenant compliance (Line I.A.3 - I.E): $__________

II. CONSOLIDATED EBITDAR CALCULATION.

A. Consolidated EBITDAR for four consecutive fiscal quarters ending on above date ("SUBJECT PERIOD"):

1. Consolidated Net Income for Subject Period: $__________

2. Consolidated Interest Charges for Subject Period: $__________

3. Provision for income taxes for Subject Period: $__________

4. Depreciation expenses for Subject Period: $__________

5. Amortization expenses for Subject Period: $__________

6. Consolidated EBITDA (Lines II.A .1 + 2 + 3 + 4 + 5): $__________

7. Consolidated Rental Expense for Subject Period: $__________

8. Consolidated EBITDAR (Lines II.A. 6 + II.A. 7): $__________


III. CONSOLIDATED ADJUSTED FUNDED INDEBTEDNESS CALCULATION.

A. Consolidated Adjusted Funded Indebtedness:

1. Outstanding principle amount of all obligations at Statement Date: $__________

2. All purchase money Indebtedness: $__________

3. All direct obligations under letters of credit, bankers acceptances, bank guaranties, and similar instruments: $__________

4. All obligations in respect of deferred purchase price of property or services: $__________

5. Attributable Indebtedness in respect of capital leases: $__________

6. All Guarantees (other than Excluded Guarantees) with respect to outstanding Indebtedness of the types referred to in numbers 1 through 5 above: $__________

7. All Indebtedness of the types referred to in numbers 1 through 6 above of any partnership or joint venture involving the Borrower (other than a joint venture that is itself a corporation or limited liability company) which such partnership or joint venture is not a direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Borrower, in which the Borrower or a Subsidiary is a general partner or joint venturer, unless such Indebtedness is expressly made non-recourse to the Borrower or such Subsidiary: $__________

8. An amount equal to the product of eight times Consolidated Rental Expense for Subject Period: $__________

9. Consolidated Adjusted Funded Indebtedness (Lines
III.A1 + 2 +3 +4 +5 +6 +7 +8): $__________

IV. SECTION 8.15 (c) - CONSOLIDATED LEVERAGE RATIO COVENANT.

A. Consolidated Adjusted Funded Indebtedness at Statement Date (Line III.A.9 above): $__________

B. Consolidated EBITDAR for Subject Period (Line II.A.8 above): $__________

C. Consolidated New United Pre-Opening Costs for Subject Period (up to the maximum amount permitted by SECTION 8.18 of the Credit Agreement) deducted from Consolidated Net Income for Subject Period): $__________

D. Consolidated Leverage Ratio (Line IV.A DIVIDED BY (Line
IV.B + Line IV.C)): _______to 1

Maximum permitted:


                                               MAXIMUM
                                             CONSOLIDATED
FOUR FISCAL QUARTERS ENDING                 LEVERAGE RATIO
----------------------------------------------------------
Closing Date through June 29, 2004           3.50 to 1.00
July 30, 2004 through June 28, 2005          3.25 to 1.00
July 29, 2005 through June 30, 2006          3.00 to 1.00

V. SECTION 8.15 (b) - CONSOLIDATED FIXED CHARGE COVERAGE RATIO COVENANT.

A. Consolidated EBITDAR for Subject Period (Line II.A.8 above): $__________

B. Consolidated Fixed Charges for Subject Period:

1.   Consolidated Interest Charges paid or payable in cash
     for such period:                                      $__________

2.   Amount of scheduled principal payments with respect
     to Indebtedness for such period:                      $__________

3.   Amount equal to the sum of 1/15th of the Construction
     Loan Outstandings as of the last day of such period
     PLUS 1/15th of the Working Capital Outstandings as of
     the last day of such period:                          $__________

4.   Consolidated Rental Expense for such period:          $__________

5.   Dividends and other distributions (including, without
     limitation, Required Shareholder Distributions) paid
     in cash for such period (excluding any dividends and
     distributions to minority owners of Joint Venture
     Subsidiaries):                                        $__________

6.   Amount (a LESS b):                                    $__________

     a. Actual cash dividends and distributions to
        minority owners of Joint Venture Subsidiaries:     $__________

     b. Actual minority ownership expense attributable to
        such minority owners of the Joint Venture
        Subsidiaries:                                      $__________

7.   Assumed Capital Expenditures:                         $__________

8.   Consolidated Fixed Charges (Lines V.B. 1 + 2+ 3 + 4+
     5+ 6 + 7):                                            $__________

C. Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (Line V.A DIVIDED BY V.B.8): $__________

D. Minimum Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of 1.10 to

1.00.


VI. SECTION 8.16 -- CAPITAL EXPENDITURES.

A. Capital Expenditures made during Fiscal Year to date: $__________

                                                      MAXIMUM
                                                   AMOUNT OF CAPITAL
   FISCAL YEAR TIME PERIODS                          EXPENDITURES
   -----------------------------------------------------------------
 January 1, 2003 through December 30, 2003         $         45,000,000
December 31, 2003 through December 28, 2004        $         55,000,000
December 29, 2004 through December 27, 2005        $         60,000,000
December 28, 2005 through December 26, 2006        $         65,000,000


EXHIBIT E

ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION

This Assignment and Assumption (this "ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION") is dated as of the Effective Date set forth below and is entered into by and between
[INSERT NAME OF ASSIGNOR] (the "ASSIGNOR") and [INSERT NAME OF ASSIGNEE] (the

"ASSIGNEE"). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement identified below (the "CREDIT AGREEMENT"), receipt of a copy of which is hereby acknowledged by the Assignee. The Standard Terms and Conditions set forth in Annex 1 attached hereto are hereby agreed to and incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this Assignment and Assumption as if set forth herein in full.

For an agreed consideration, the Assignor hereby irrevocably sells and assigns to the Assignee, and the Assignee hereby irrevocably purchases and assumes from the Assignor, subject to and in accordance with the Standard Terms and Conditions and the Credit Agreement, as of the Effective Date inserted by the Administrative Agent as contemplated below (i) all of the Assignor's rights and obligations as a Lender under the Credit Agreement and any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto to the extent related to the amount and percentage interest identified below of all of such outstanding rights and obligations of the Assignor under the respective facilities identified below (including, without limitation, Letters of Credit, Guarantees and Swing Line Loans included in such facilities) and (ii) to the extent permitted to be assigned under applicable law, all claims, suits, causes of action and any other right of the Assignor (in its capacity as a Lender) against any Person, whether known or unknown, arising under or in connection with the Credit Agreement, any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto or the loan transactions governed thereby or in any way based on or related to any of the foregoing, including, but not limited to, contract claims, tort claims, malpractice claims, statutory claims and all other claims at law or in equity related to the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clause (i) above (the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clauses (i) and
(ii) above being referred to herein collectively as, the "ASSIGNED INTEREST"). Such sale and assignment is without recourse to the Assignor and, except as expressly provided in this Assignment and Assumption, without representation or warranty by the Assignor.

1. Assignor: ______________________________

2. Assignee: ______________________________ [and is an Affiliate/Approved Fund of [IDENTIFY LENDER]]

3. Borrower: Texas Roadhouse Holdings LLC, a Kentucky limited liability company

4. Administrative Agent: Bank of America, N.A.

5. Credit Agreement: The Credit Agreement, dated as of July 16, 2003, among Texas Roadhouse Holding LLC, the Lenders parties thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent

E-1

6. Assigned Interest:

                            Aggregate
                            Amount of                 Amount of              Percentage
                         Commitment/Loans          Commitment/Loans          Assigned of
FACILITY ASSIGNED        FOR ALL LENDERS               ASSIGNED           COMMITMENT/LOANS
-----------------        ---------------          -----------------       ----------------
                        $________________         $________________                      %
                        $________________         $________________                      %
                        $________________         $________________                      %

[7. Trade Date: __________________]

Effective Date: __________________, 20__ [TO BE INSERTED BY ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND WHICH SHALL BE THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF RECORDATION OF TRANSFER IN THE REGISTER THEREFOR.]

The terms set forth in this Assignment and Assumption are hereby agreed to:

ASSIGNOR
[NAME OF ASSIGNOR]

By:

Title:

ASSIGNEE
[NAME OF ASSIGNEE]

By:

Title:
Consented to and Accepted:

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as
Administrative Agent

By:
Title:

E-2

ANNEX 1 TO ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION

Credit Agreement, dated July 16, 2003, among Texas Roadhouse Holding LLC, a Kentucky limited liability company, the lenders, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent]

STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR

ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION

1. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.

1.1. ASSIGNOR. The Assignor (a) represents and warrants that (i) it is the legal and beneficial owner of the Assigned Interest, (ii) the Assigned Interest is free and clear of any lien, encumbrance or other adverse claim and
(iii) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby; and (b) assumes no responsibility with respect to (i) any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Loan Documents or any collateral thereunder, (iii) the financial condition of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person obligated in respect of any Loan Document or (iv) the performance or observance by the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person of any of their respective obligations under any Loan Document.

1.2. ASSIGNEE. The Assignee (a) represents and warrants that (i) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and to become a Lender under the Credit Agreement, (ii) it meets all requirements of an Eligible Assignee under the Credit Agreement (subject to receipt of such consents as may be required under the Credit Agreement), (iii) from and after the Effective Date, it shall be bound by the provisions of the Credit Agreement as a Lender thereunder and, to the extent of the Assigned Interest, shall have the obligations of a Lender thereunder, (iv) it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement, together with copies of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 7.01 thereof, as applicable, and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and Assumption and to purchase the Assigned Interest on the basis of which it has made such analysis and decision independently and without reliance on the Administrative Agent or any other Lender, and (v) if it is a Foreign Lender, attached hereto is any documentation required to be delivered by it pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement, duly completed and executed by the Assignee; and (b) agrees that (i) it will, independently and without reliance on the Administrative Agent, the Assignor or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Loan Documents, and (ii) it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the Loan Documents are required to be performed by it as a Lender.

E-3

2. PAYMENTS. From and after the Effective Date, the Administrative Agent shall make all payments in respect of the Assigned interest (including payments of principal, interest, fees and other amounts) to the Assignee whether such amounts have accrued prior to or on or after the Effective Date. The Assignor and the Assignee shall make all appropriate adjustments in payments by the Administrative Agent for periods prior to the Effective Date or with respect to the making of this assignment directly between themselves.

3. GENERAL PROVISIONS. This Assignment and Assumption shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. This Assignment and Assumption may be executed in any number of counterparts, which together shall constitute one instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Assignment and Assumption by telecopy shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Assignment and Assumption. This Assignment and Assumption shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of North Carolina.

E-4

EXECUTION COPY

EXHIBIT F-1

UNLIMITED SUBSIDIARY GUARANTY

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, and in consideration of any credit and/or financial accommodation heretofore or hereafter from time to time made or granted to TEXAS ROADHOUSE HOLDINGS LLC, a Kentucky limited liability company (the "BORROWER") for the benefit of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (including, without limitation, the Guarantor, as defined below) pursuant to that certain Credit Agreement dated July 16, 2003 (the "CREDIT AGREEMENT"), between the Borrower, each lender party thereto (collectively, the "LENDERS") and BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as administrative agent for the Lenders thereunder (the "ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT"), the undersigned Guarantor (whether one or more the "GUARANTOR", and if more than one jointly and severally) hereby furnishes its guaranty of the Guaranteed Obligations (as hereinafter defined) as follows:

1. GUARANTY. The Guarantor hereby absolutely and unconditionally guarantees, as a guarantee of payment and not merely as a guarantee of collection, prompt payment when due, whether at stated maturity, upon acceleration or otherwise, and at all times thereafter, all "Obligations" as defined in the Credit Agreement, and any and all existing and future indebtedness and liabilities of every kind, nature and character, direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, liquidated or unliquidated, voluntary or involuntary, of the Borrower to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders arising under the Credit Agreement and all instruments, agreements and other documents of every kind and nature now or hereafter executed in connection with the Credit Agreement (including all renewals, extensions and modifications thereof and all costs, attorneys' fees and expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent and the Lenders in connection with the collection or enforcement thereof) (collectively, the "GUARANTEED OBLIGATIONS"). The Administrative Agent's and each of the Lender's books and records showing the amount of the Guaranteed Obligations shall be admissible in evidence in any action or proceeding, and shall be binding upon the Guarantor and conclusive for the purpose of establishing the amount of the Guaranteed Obligations. This Guaranty shall not be affected by the genuineness, validity, regularity or enforceability of the Guaranteed Obligations or any instrument or agreement evidencing any Guaranteed Obligations, or by the existence, validity, enforceability, perfection, or extent of any collateral therefor, or by any fact or circumstance relating to the Guaranteed Obligations which might otherwise constitute a defense to the obligations of the Guarantor under this Guaranty. The obligations of the Guarantor hereunder shall be limited to an aggregate amount equal to the largest amount that would not render its obligations hereunder subject to avoidance under Section 548 of the Bankruptcy Code (Title 11, United States Code) or any comparable provisions of any applicable state law.

2. NO SETOFF OR DEDUCTIONS; TAXES. The Guarantor represents and warrants that it is incorporated or formed and a resident in the United States of America. All payments by the Guarantor hereunder shall be paid in full, without setoff or counterclaim or any deduction or withholding whatsoever, including, without limitation, for any and all present and future taxes. If the Guarantor must make a payment under this Guaranty, the Guarantor represents and warrants that it will make the payment from one of its U.S. resident offices to the Lender so that no withholding tax is imposed on the payment. If notwithstanding the foregoing, the Guarantor


makes a payment under this Guaranty to which withholding tax applies, or any taxes (other than taxes on net income (a) imposed by the country or any subdivision of the country in which the Administrative Agent's or any of the Lender's principal office or actual lending office is located and (b) measured by the United States taxable income the Administrative Agent and the Lenders would have received if all payments under or in respect of this Guaranty were exempt from taxes levied by the Guarantor's country) are at any time imposed on any payments under or in respect of this Guaranty including, but not limited to, payments made pursuant to this Paragraph 2, the Guarantor shall pay all such taxes to the relevant authority in accordance with applicable law such that the Administrative Agent and the Lenders receives the sum they would have received had no such deduction or withholding been made and shall also pay to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, on demand, all additional amounts which the Administrative Agent and the Lenders specify as necessary to preserve the after-tax yield the Administrative Agent and the Lenders would have received if such taxes had not been imposed.

The Guarantor shall promptly provide the Administrative Agent with an original receipt or certified copy issued by the relevant authority evidencing the payment of any such amount required to be deducted or withheld.

3. NO TERMINATION. This Guaranty is a continuing and irrevocable guaranty of all Guaranteed Obligations now or hereafter existing and shall remain in full force and effect until all Guaranteed Obligations and any other amounts payable under this Guaranty are indefeasibly paid and performed in full and any commitments of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders or facilities provided by the Administrative Agent and the Lenders with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations are terminated. At the Administrative Agent's option, all payments under this Guaranty shall be made to an office of the Administrative Agent located in the United States and in U.S. Dollars.

4. WAIVER OF NOTICES. The Guarantor waives notice of the acceptance of this Guaranty and of the extension or continuation of the Guaranteed Obligations or any part thereof. The Guarantor further waives presentment, protest, notice, dishonor or default, demand for payment and any other notices to which the Guarantor might otherwise be entitled.

5. SUBROGATION. The Guarantor shall exercise no right of subrogation, contribution or similar rights with respect to any payments it makes under this Guaranty until all of the Guaranteed Obligations and any amounts payable under this Guaranty are indefeasibly paid and performed in full and any commitments of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders or facilities provided by the Administrative Agent and the Lenders with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations are terminated. If any amounts are paid to the Guarantor in violation of the foregoing limitation, then such amounts shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders and shall forthwith be paid to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders to reduce the amount of the Guaranteed Obligations, whether matured or unmatured.

6. WAIVER OF SURETYSHIP DEFENSES. The Guarantor agrees that the Administrative Agent and the Lenders may, at any time and from time to time, and without notice to the Guarantor, make any agreement with the Borrower or with any other person or entity liable on any of the Guaranteed Obligations or providing collateral as security for the Guaranteed

2

Obligations, for the extension, renewal, payment, compromise, discharge or release of the Guaranteed Obligations or any collateral (in whole or in part), or for any modification or amendment of the terms thereof or of any instrument or agreement evidencing the Guaranteed Obligations or the provision of collateral, all without in any way impairing, releasing, discharging or otherwise affecting the obligations of the Guarantor under this Guaranty. The Guarantor waives any defense arising by reason of any disability or other defense of the Borrower or any other guarantor, or the cessation from any cause whatsoever of the liability of the Borrower, or any claim that the Guarantor's obligations exceed or are more burdensome than those of the Borrower and waives the benefit of any statute of limitations affecting the liability of the Guarantor hereunder. The Guarantor waives any right to enforce any remedy which the Administrative Agent or the Lenders now have or may hereafter have against the Borrower and waives any benefit of and any right to participate in any security now or hereafter held by the Administrative Agent or the Lenders. Further, the Guarantor consents to the taking of, or failure to take, any action which might in any manner or to any extent vary the risks of the Guarantor under this Guaranty or which, but for this provision, might operate as a discharge of the Guarantor.

7. EXHAUSTION OF OTHER REMEDIES NOT REQUIRED. The obligations of the Guarantor hereunder are those of primary obligor, and not merely as surety, and are independent of the Guaranteed Obligations. The Guarantor waives diligence by the Administrative Agent or the Lenders and action on delinquency in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations or any part thereof, including, without limitation any provisions of law requiring the Administrative Agent or the Lenders to exhaust any right or remedy or to take any action against the Borrower, any other guarantor or any other person, entity or property before enforcing this Guaranty against the Guarantor, including but not limited to the benefits of N.C. General Statutes Sections 26-7 through 26-9 inclusive, as amended, or any similar statute.

8. REINSTATEMENT. Notwithstanding anything in this Guaranty to the contrary, this Guaranty shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time any payment of any portion of the Guaranteed Obligations is revoked, terminated, rescinded or reduced or must otherwise be restored or returned upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of the Borrower or any other person or entity or otherwise, as if such payment had not been made and whether or not the Administrative Agent or the Lenders are in possession of or has released this Guaranty and regardless of any prior revocation, rescission, termination or reduction.

9. SUBORDINATION. The Guarantor hereby subordinates the payment of all obligations and indebtedness of the Borrower owing to the Guarantor, whether now existing or hereafter arising, including but not limited to any obligation of the Borrower to the Guarantor as subrogee of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders or resulting from the Guarantor's performance under this Guaranty, to the indefeasible payment in full of all Guaranteed Obligations. If the Administrative Agent so requests, any such obligation or indebtedness of the Borrower to the Guarantor shall be enforced and performance received by the Guarantor as trustee for the Administrative Agent and the Lenders and the proceeds thereof shall be paid over to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders on account of the Guaranteed Obligations, but without reducing or affecting in any manner the liability of the Guarantor under this Guaranty.

3

10. INFORMATION. The Guarantor agrees to furnish promptly to the Administrative Agent any and all financial or other information regarding the Guarantor or its property as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request in writing.

11. STAY OF ACCELERATION. In the event that acceleration of the time for payment of any of the Guaranteed Obligations is stayed, upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of the Borrower or any other person or entity, or otherwise, all such amounts shall nonetheless be payable by the Guarantor immediately upon demand by the Administrative Agent.

12. EXPENSES. The Guarantor shall pay on demand all out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses and the allocated cost and disbursements of internal legal counsel) in any way relating to the enforcement or protection of the Administrative Agent's and each of the Lender's rights under this Guaranty, including any incurred in the preservation, protection or enforcement of any rights of the Lender in any case commenced by or against the Guarantor under the Bankruptcy Code (Title 11, United States Code) or any similar or successor statute. The obligations of the Guarantor under the preceding sentence shall survive termination of this Guaranty.

13. AMENDMENTS. No provision of this Guaranty may be waived, amended, supplemented or modified, except by a written instrument executed by the Administrative Agent and the Guarantor.

14. NO WAIVER; ENFORCEABILITY. No failure by the Administrative Agent or the Lenders to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right, remedy or power hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy or power hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right. The remedies herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law or in equity. The unenforceability or invalidity of any provision of this Guaranty shall not affect the enforceability or validity of any other provision herein.

15. ASSIGNMENT; GOVERNING LAWS; JURISDICTION. This Guaranty shall (a) bind the Guarantor and its successors and assigns, PROVIDED that the Guarantor may not assign its rights or obligations under this Guaranty without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent (and any attempted assignment without such consent shall be void), (b) inure to the benefit of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders and their successors and assigns and the Administrative Agent or the Lenders may, without notice to the Guarantor and without affecting the Guarantor's obligations hereunder, assign or sell their participations in the Guaranteed Obligations and this Guaranty, in whole or in part, and (c) be governed by the internal laws of the State of North Carolina. The Guarantor hereby irrevocably (i) submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any United States Federal or State court sitting in Charlotte, North Carolina in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Guaranty, and
(ii) waives to the fullest extent permitted by law any defense asserting an inconvenient forum in connection therewith. Service of process by the Administrative Agent or the Lenders in connection with such action or proceeding shall be binding on the Guarantor if sent to the Guarantor by registered or certified mail at its address specified below. The Guarantor agrees that the Administrative Agent or the Lenders may disclose to any prospective purchaser and any purchaser of all or part of the Guaranteed Obligations any and all information in the

4

Administrative Agent's or the Lender's possession concerning the Guarantor, this Guaranty and any security for this Guaranty.

16. CONDITION OF THE BORROWER. The Guarantor acknowledges and agrees that it has the sole responsibility for, and has adequate means of, obtaining from the Borrower such information concerning the financial condition, business and operations of the Borrower as the Guarantor requires, and that the Administrative Agent and the Lenders have no duty, and the Guarantor is not relying on the Administrative Agent or the Lenders at any time, to disclose to the Guarantor any information relating to the business, operations or financial condition of the Borrower.

17. SETOFF. If and to the extent any payment is not made when due hereunder, the Administrative Agent or the Lenders may setoff and charge from time to time any amount so due against any or all of the Guarantor's accounts or deposits with the Administrative Agent or the Lenders.

18. OTHER GUARANTEES. Unless otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent and the Guarantor in writing, this Guaranty is not intended to supersede or otherwise affect any other guaranty now or hereafter given by the Guarantor for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders or any term or provision thereof.

19. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. The Guarantor represents and warrants that (a) it is duly organized and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization and has full capacity and right to make and perform this Guaranty, and all necessary authority has been obtained; (b) this Guaranty constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation enforceable in accordance with its terms; (c) the making and performance of this Guaranty does not and will not violate the provisions of any applicable law, regulation or order, and does not and will not result in the breach of, or constitute a default or require any consent under, any material agreement, instrument, or document to which it is a party or by which it or any of its property may be bound or affected; (d) all consents, approvals, licenses and authorizations of, and filings and registrations with, any governmental authority required under applicable law and regulations for the making and performance of this Guaranty have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect; (e) by virtue of its relationship with the Borrower, the execution, delivery and performance of this Guaranty is for the direct benefit of the Guarantor and it has received adequate consideration for this Guaranty; and (f) the financial information, that has been delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders by or on behalf of the Guarantor, is complete and correct in all respects and accurately presents the financial condition and the operational results of the Guarantor and since the date of the most recent financial statements delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, there has been no material adverse change in the financial condition or operational results of the Guarantor.

5

20. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL; FINAL AGREEMENT. TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY APPLICABLE LAW, THE GUARANTOR AND THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT EACH WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY WITH RESPECT TO ANY ACTION, CLAIM, SUIT OR PROCEEDING ON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS GUARANTY. THIS GUARANTY REPRESENTS THE FINAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS, OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES. THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES.

21. LIMITATIONS. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, under no circumstances shall the maximum aggregate liability of the Guarantor hereunder exceed the amount of $100,000,000, plus payment of interest accruing on the guaranteed indebtedness, and fees, charges and costs of collecting the guaranteed indebtedness, including reasonable attorneys' fees. Further this Guaranty shall terminate on July 16, 2006; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, the termination of this Guaranty on said date shall not affect the liability of the Guarantor with respect to obligations created or incurred prior to said date, or extensions or renewals of, interest accruing on, or fees, costs or expenses incurred with respect to obligations on or after said date.

(Signature Page Follows)

6

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned hereby causes this Guaranty to be executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

TEXAS ROADHOUSE OF
BY: TEXAS ROADHOUSE HOLDINGS LLC, ITS BY: WKT RESTAURANT CORP., ITS MANAGER

By:

Name:
Title:

Address:

EXHIBIT F-2

LIMITED SUBSIDIARY GUARANTY
(DESIGNATED JV SUBSIDIARIES)

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, and in consideration of any credit and/or financial accommodation heretofore or hereafter from time to time made or granted to TEXAS ROADHOUSE HOLDINGS LLC, a Kentucky limited liability company (the "BORROWER") for the benefit of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (including, without limitation, the Guarantor, as defined below) pursuant to that certain Credit Agreement dated July 16, 2003 (the "CREDIT AGREEMENT"), between the Borrower, each lender party thereto (collectively, the "LENDERS") and BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as administrative agent for the Lenders thereunder (the "ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT"), the undersigned Guarantor (whether one or more the "GUARANTOR", and if more than one jointly and severally) hereby furnishes its guaranty of the Guaranteed Obligations (as hereinafter defined) as follows:

1. GUARANTY. The Guarantor hereby absolutely and unconditionally guarantees, as a guarantee of payment and not merely as a guarantee of collection, prompt payment when due, whether at stated maturity, upon acceleration or otherwise, and at all times thereafter, of any and all existing and future indebtedness and liabilities of every kind, nature and character, direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, liquidated or unliquidated, voluntary or involuntary, of the Borrower to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders arising under the Credit Agreement and all instruments, agreements and other documents of every kind and nature now or hereafter executed in connection with the Credit Agreement (including all renewals, extensions and modifications thereof and all costs, attorneys' fees and expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent and the Lenders in connection with the collection or enforcement thereof) (collectively, the "GUARANTEED OBLIGATIONS"). The Administrative Agent's and each of the Lender's books and records showing the amount of the Guaranteed Obligations shall be admissible in evidence in any action or proceeding, and shall be binding upon the Guarantor and conclusive for the purpose of establishing the amount of the Guaranteed Obligations. This Guaranty shall not be affected by the genuineness, validity, regularity or enforceability of the Guaranteed Obligations or any instrument or agreement evidencing any Guaranteed Obligations, or by the existence, validity, enforceability, perfection, or extent of any collateral therefor, or by any fact or circumstance relating to the Guaranteed Obligations which might otherwise constitute a defense to the obligations of the Guarantor under this Guaranty.

The liability of the Guarantor under this Guaranty (exclusive of liability under any other guaranties executed by the Guarantor) shall not exceed at any one time the total of (a) the aggregate amount of proceeds received by the Guarantor directly or indirectly from the Borrower of any Constructions Loans, Working Capital Loans, Swing Line Loans or Letters of Credit (all as defined in the Credit Agreement) or any other financial accommodations under the Credit Agreement (collectively, such amount, the "MAXIMUM PRINCIPAL AMOUNT") and (b) all interest, fees, and other costs and expenses of the Borrower relating to or arising out of the Guaranteed Obligations or such part of the Guaranteed Obligations as shall not exceed the foregoing limitation. The Administrative Agent may permit the Guaranteed Obligations of the Borrower to exceed the Maximum Principal Amount, and may apply any amounts received from any source,


other than from the Guarantor, to the unguaranteed portion of the Borrower's indebtedness. Any payment by the Guarantor shall not reduce the maximum obligation of the Guarantor hereunder. The obligations of the Guarantor hereunder shall be limited to an aggregate amount equal to the largest amount that would not render its obligations hereunder subject to avoidance under
Section 548 of the Bankruptcy Code (Title 11, United States Code) or any comparable provisions of any applicable state law.

2. NO SETOFF OR DEDUCTIONS; TAXES. The Guarantor represents and warrants that it is incorporated or formed and a resident in the United States of America. All payments by the Guarantor hereunder shall be paid in full, without setoff or counterclaim or any deduction or withholding whatsoever, including, without limitation, for any and all present and future taxes. If the Guarantor must make a payment under this Guaranty, the Guarantor represents and warrants that it will make the payment from one of its U.S. resident offices to the Lender so that no withholding tax is imposed on the payment. If notwithstanding the foregoing, the Guarantor makes a payment under this Guaranty to which withholding tax applies, or any taxes (other than taxes on net income
(a) imposed by the country or any subdivision of the country in which the Administrative Agent's or any of the Lender's principal office or actual lending office is located and (b) measured by the United States taxable income the Administrative Agent and the Lenders would have received if all payments under or in respect of this Guaranty were exempt from taxes levied by the Guarantor's country) are at any time imposed on any payments under or in respect of this Guaranty including, but not limited to, payments made pursuant to this Paragraph 2, the Guarantor shall pay all such taxes to the relevant authority in accordance with applicable law such that the Administrative Agent and the Lenders receives the sum they would have received had no such deduction or withholding been made and shall also pay to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, on demand, all additional amounts which the Administrative Agent and the Lenders specify as necessary to preserve the after-tax yield the Administrative Agent and the Lenders would have received if such taxes had not been imposed.

The Guarantor shall promptly provide the Administrative Agent with an original receipt or certified copy issued by the relevant authority evidencing the payment of any such amount required to be deducted or withheld.

3. NO TERMINATION. This Guaranty is a continuing and irrevocable guaranty of all Guaranteed Obligations now or hereafter existing and shall remain in full force and effect until all Guaranteed Obligations and any other amounts payable under this Guaranty are indefeasibly paid and performed in full and any commitments of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders or facilities provided by the Administrative Agent and the Lenders with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations are terminated. At the Administrative Agent's option, all payments under this Guaranty shall be made to an office of the Administrative Agent located in the United States and in U.S. Dollars.

4. WAIVER OF NOTICES. The Guarantor waives notice of the acceptance of this Guaranty and of the extension or continuation of the Guaranteed Obligations or any part thereof. The Guarantor further waives presentment, protest, notice, dishonor or default, demand for payment and any other notices to which the Guarantor might otherwise be entitled.

2

5. SUBROGATION. The Guarantor shall exercise no right of subrogation, contribution or similar rights with respect to any payments it makes under this Guaranty until all of the Guaranteed Obligations and any amounts payable under this Guaranty are indefeasibly paid and performed in full and any commitments of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders or facilities provided by the Administrative Agent and the Lenders with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations are terminated. If any amounts are paid to the Guarantor in violation of the foregoing limitation, then such amounts shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders and shall forthwith be paid to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders to reduce the amount of the Guaranteed Obligations, whether matured or unmatured.

6. WAIVER OF SURETYSHIP DEFENSES. The Guarantor agrees that the Administrative Agent and the Lenders may, at any time and from time to time, and without notice to the Guarantor, make any agreement with the Borrower or with any other person or entity liable on any of the Guaranteed Obligations or providing collateral as security for the Guaranteed Obligations, for the extension, renewal, payment, compromise, discharge or release of the Guaranteed Obligations or any collateral (in whole or in part), or for any modification or amendment of the terms thereof or of any instrument or agreement evidencing the Guaranteed Obligations or the provision of collateral, all without in any way impairing, releasing, discharging or otherwise affecting the obligations of the Guarantor under this Guaranty. The Guarantor waives any defense arising by reason of any disability or other defense of the Borrower or any other guarantor, or the cessation from any cause whatsoever of the liability of the Borrower, or any claim that the Guarantor's obligations exceed or are more burdensome than those of the Borrower and waives the benefit of any statute of limitations affecting the liability of the Guarantor hereunder. The Guarantor waives any right to enforce any remedy which the Administrative Agent or the Lenders now have or may hereafter have against the Borrower and waives any benefit of and any right to participate in any security now or hereafter held by the Administrative Agent or the Lenders. Further, the Guarantor consents to the taking of, or failure to take, any action which might in any manner or to any extent vary the risks of the Guarantor under this Guaranty or which, but for this provision, might operate as a discharge of the Guarantor.

7. EXHAUSTION OF OTHER REMEDIES NOT REQUIRED. The obligations of the Guarantor hereunder are those of primary obligor, and not merely as surety, and are independent of the Guaranteed Obligations. The Guarantor waives diligence by the Administrative Agent or the Lenders and action on delinquency in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations or any part thereof, including, without limitation any provisions of law requiring the Administrative Agent or the Lenders to exhaust any right or remedy or to take any action against the Borrower, any other guarantor or any other person, entity or property before enforcing this Guaranty against the Guarantor, including but not limited to the benefits of N.C. General Statutes Sections 26-7 through 26-9 inclusive, as amended, or any similar statute.

8. REINSTATEMENT. Notwithstanding anything in this Guaranty to the contrary, this Guaranty shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time any payment of any portion of the Guaranteed Obligations is revoked, terminated, rescinded or reduced or must otherwise be restored or returned upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of the Borrower or any other person or entity or otherwise, as if such payment had

3

not been made and whether or not the Administrative Agent or the Lenders are in possession of or has released this Guaranty and regardless of any prior revocation, rescission, termination or reduction.

9. SUBORDINATION. The Guarantor hereby subordinates the payment of all obligations and indebtedness of the Borrower owing to the Guarantor, whether now existing or hereafter arising, including but not limited to any obligation of the Borrower to the Guarantor as subrogee of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders or resulting from the Guarantor's performance under this Guaranty, to the indefeasible payment in full of all Guaranteed Obligations. If the Administrative Agent so requests, any such obligation or indebtedness of the Borrower to the Guarantor shall be enforced and performance received by the Guarantor as trustee for the Administrative Agent and the Lenders and the proceeds thereof shall be paid over to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders on account of the Guaranteed Obligations, but without reducing or affecting in any manner the liability of the Guarantor under this Guaranty.

10. INFORMATION. The Guarantor agrees to furnish promptly to the Administrative Agent any and all financial or other information regarding the Guarantor or its property as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request in writing.

11. STAY OF ACCELERATION. In the event that acceleration of the time for payment of any of the Guaranteed Obligations is stayed, upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of the Borrower or any other person or entity, or otherwise, all such amounts shall nonetheless be payable by the Guarantor immediately upon demand by the Administrative Agent.

12. EXPENSES. The Guarantor shall pay on demand all out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses and the allocated cost and disbursements of internal legal counsel) in any way relating to the enforcement or protection of the Administrative Agent's and each of the Lender's rights under this Guaranty, including any incurred in the preservation, protection or enforcement of any rights of the Lender in any case commenced by or against the Guarantor under the Bankruptcy Code (Title 11, United States Code) or any similar or successor statute. The obligations of the Guarantor under the preceding sentence shall survive termination of this Guaranty.

13. AMENDMENTS. No provision of this Guaranty may be waived, amended, supplemented or modified, except by a written instrument executed by the Administrative Agent and the Guarantor.

14. NO WAIVER; ENFORCEABILITY. No failure by the Administrative Agent or the Lenders to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right, remedy or power hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy or power hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right. The remedies herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law or in equity. The unenforceability or invalidity of any provision of this Guaranty shall not affect the enforceability or validity of any other provision herein.

15. ASSIGNMENT; GOVERNING LAWS; JURISDICTION. This Guaranty shall (a) bind the Guarantor and its successors and assigns, PROVIDED that the Guarantor may not assign its rights

4

or obligations under this Guaranty without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent (and any attempted assignment without such consent shall be void), (b) inure to the benefit of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders and their successors and assigns and the Administrative Agent or the Lenders may, without notice to the Guarantor and without affecting the Guarantor's obligations hereunder, assign or sell their participations in the Guaranteed Obligations and this Guaranty, in whole or in part, and (c) be governed by the internal laws of the State of North Carolina. The Guarantor hereby irrevocably
(i) submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any United States Federal or State court sitting in Charlotte, North Carolina in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Guaranty, and (ii) waives to the fullest extent permitted by law any defense asserting an inconvenient forum in connection therewith. Service of process by the Administrative Agent or the Lenders in connection with such action or proceeding shall be binding on the Guarantor if sent to the Guarantor by registered or certified mail at its address specified below. The Guarantor agrees that the Administrative Agent or the Lenders may disclose to any prospective purchaser and any purchaser of all or part of the Guaranteed Obligations any and all information in the Administrative Agent's or the Lender's possession concerning the Guarantor, this Guaranty and any security for this Guaranty.

16. CONDITION OF THE BORROWER. The Guarantor acknowledges and agrees that it has the sole responsibility for, and has adequate means of, obtaining from the Borrower such information concerning the financial condition, business and operations of the Borrower as the Guarantor requires, and that the Administrative Agent and the Lenders have no duty, and the Guarantor is not relying on the Administrative Agent or the Lenders at any time, to disclose to the Guarantor any information relating to the business, operations or financial condition of the Borrower.

17. SETOFF. If and to the extent any payment is not made when due hereunder, the Administrative Agent or the Lenders may setoff and charge from time to time any amount so due against any or all of the Guarantor's accounts or deposits with the Administrative Agent or the Lenders.

18. OTHER GUARANTEES. Unless otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent and the Guarantor in writing, this Guaranty is not intended to supersede or otherwise affect any other guaranty now or hereafter given by the Guarantor for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders or any term or provision thereof.

19. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. The Guarantor represents and warrants that (a) it is duly organized and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization and has full capacity and right to make and perform this Guaranty, and all necessary authority has been obtained; (b) this Guaranty constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation enforceable in accordance with its terms; (c) the making and performance of this Guaranty does not and will not violate the provisions of any applicable law, regulation or order, and does not and will not result in the breach of, or constitute a default or require any consent under, any material agreement, instrument, or document to which it is a party or by which it or any of its property may be bound or affected; (d) all consents, approvals, licenses and authorizations of, and filings and registrations with, any governmental authority required under applicable law and regulations for the making and performance of this Guaranty have been

5

obtained or made and are in full force and effect; (e) by virtue of its relationship with the Borrower, the execution, delivery and performance of this Guaranty is for the direct benefit of the Guarantor and it has received adequate consideration for this Guaranty; and (f) the financial information, that has been delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders by or on behalf of the Guarantor, is complete and correct in all respects and accurately presents the financial condition and the operational results of the Guarantor and since the date of the most recent financial statements delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, there has been no material adverse change in the financial condition or operational results of the Guarantor.

20. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL; FINAL AGREEMENT. TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY APPLICABLE LAW, THE GUARANTOR AND THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT EACH WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY WITH RESPECT TO ANY ACTION, CLAIM, SUIT OR PROCEEDING ON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS GUARANTY. THIS GUARANTY REPRESENTS THE FINAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS, OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES. THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES.

(Signature Page Follows)

6

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned hereby causes this Guaranty to be executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

TEXAS ROADHOUSE OF

BY: TEXAS ROADHOUSE HOLDINGS LLC, ITS

BY: WKT RESTAURANT CORP., ITS MANAGER

By:

Name:
Title:

Address:

EXHIBIT G

INTERCOMPANY NOTE

$_______________ Date: _____________, 200__

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, Borrower promises to pay to the order of Lender _______ ______________________ Dollars ($___________ ) (the "LOAN"). Borrower also promises to pay to the order of Lender interest upon the outstanding principal balance of the Loan at a rate equal to the Interest Rate (except to the extent otherwise set forth below). Borrower shall pay to Lender, on each Payment Date commencing August 1, 2003, all accrued and unpaid interest then outstanding on the Loan. The outstanding principal amount of the Loan shall be repaid in equal consecutive monthly installments on each Payment Date commencing August 1, 2003 based upon a seven (7) year straight-line amortization with the remaining unpaid balance, together with all accrued interest thereon, to be paid in full on the Term Loan Maturity Date.

Borrower may not prepay the principal amount of the Loan unless (i) the Borrower obtains the prior written consent of each Lender and the Administrative Agent (which consent may be withheld in Administrative Agent's sole discretion) and, if such prepayment is consented to by each such Person, such prepayment shall be in the amounts and upon the terms approved by the Administrative Agent, or (ii) one hundred percent (100%) of the aggregate proceeds of such prepayment paid by the Borrower to the Lender is applied by the Lender to pay loans outstanding under the Master Credit Agreement in the manner set forth in SECTION 2.07(f)(vi) of the Master Credit Agreement.

While and so long as no Event of Default is continuing, interest shall accrue, commencing on the date hereof, at the Interest Rate upon the daily principal balance of this Note, based on a three hundred sixty-five (365) day year, for the actual number of days elapsed since the date to which interest has been paid. While and so long as an Event of Default is continuing, interest shall accrue, commencing on the date of the occurrence of the Event of Default, at the applicable Default Interest Rate upon the daily principal balance of this Note, based on a three hundred sixty-five (365) day year, for the actual number of days elapsed since the date on which such Event of Default commenced.

If any sum of principal or interest is not paid within fifteen (15) days after the date when due, then, in addition to and not in lieu of any other rights or remedies available to Lender, Borrower shall pay to Lender, on demand, a late fee in an amount equal to five percent (5%) of such sum.

Payments required hereunder shall be made in lawful money of the United States of America in immediately available funds at Lender's main office. If required payment hereunder shall become due on a Saturday, Sunday, or public holiday under the laws of the Commonwealth of Kentucky, such payment shall be made on the next succeeding business day and such extension of time shall in such case be included in computing interest in connection with such payment.


Lender is authorized to make, from time to time and based upon Lender's records, notations on its records as to the date and amount of each payment of principal and interest received by Lender, the principal balance of this Note, and the date to which interest has been paid.

Any request, notice, or demand by or on behalf of Lender, five (5) days after the date when delivered, or deposited for delivery, postage prepaid, by certified or registered United States mail to Borrower at 6040 Dutchmans Lane, Suite 400, Louisville, Kentucky 40205, shall constitute, but shall not preclude other means of, an effective request, notice, or demand. Borrower waives all notices and demands in connection with the delivery, acceptance, performance, default, or enforcement of this Note (including, without limitation, diligence, demand, protest, presentment, notice of non-payment, notice of demand, notice of protest and notice of dishonor). All provisions of this Note shall be governed by, and interpreted in a manner consistent with, applicable State and United States law. To the extent of any inconsistency or conflict between applicable State and United States law, the provision of law most favoring Lender shall control. Unenforceability of any provision or any application of any provision of this Note in any jurisdiction shall not affect the enforceability of such provision or such application in any other jurisdiction or of any other provision or any other application of any provision of this Note.

Borrower hereby agrees that so long as the Loan shall remain outstanding, Borrower shall not, as of any Fiscal Quarter end, permit the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the four consecutive Fiscal Quarter period ending on such date, to be less than 1.20 to 1.00.

This Note is secured by the Security Documents. Borrower acknowledges that Lender intends to assign its right, title and interest in, to and under this Note and the Security Documents to Administrative Agent, pursuant to the Collateral Assignment, to secure Lender's obligations under the Master Credit Agreement and the agreements, documents and instruments executed and delivered in connection therewith.

Any amendment or waiver of any provision of this Note or any waiver of any right or remedy otherwise available to Lender must be in writing and signed by Lender, and shall be null and void and of no effect unless consented to in writing by Administrative Agent (which consent may be withheld in Administrative Agent's sole discretion). All rights and remedies available to Lender (including, without limitation, any as a secured party pursuant to the provisions of Article 9 of the UCC) shall be cumulative.

At any time during the continuance of any Event of Default, at the option of Lender, in addition to and not in lieu of any other rights or remedies available to Lender at law or in equity, all Obligations, together with costs of collection and reasonable attorneys' fees, shall become due and payable without further notice or demand, and without relief from valuation and appraisement laws.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the obligations of Borrower to Lender under this Note are subject to the limitation that payments of interest to Lender shall not be required to the extent that receipt by Lender of any such payment by Borrower would be contrary to provisions of governmental requirements applicable to Lender which limit the maximum rate of interest which may be charged or collected by Lender.

2

As used in this Note:

"ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT" means Bank of America, N.A., a national banking association, in its capacity as administrative agent (and any successor thereto) for the benefit of the "Lenders," the "Swing Line Lender" and the "L/C Issuer" party to (and as such terms are defined in) the Master Credit Agreement.

"ASSUMED CAPITAL EXPENDITURES" means, for any four (4) quarter period, an amount equal to $30,000.

"ATTRIBUTABLE INDEBTEDNESS" means, on any date, in respect of any capital lease of any Person, the capitalized amount thereof that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person prepared as of such date in accordance with GAAP.

"BORROWER" means the Person executing this Note and its successors and assigns; provided, however, that Borrower may not assign or otherwise transfer any Obligation evidenced by this Note without the prior written consent of each of Lender and Administrative Agent, which consent may be withheld in the sole discretion of either Lender or Administrative Agent.

"CAPITAL EXPENDITURE" means the amount of any purchase or other acquisition which would, in accordance with GAAP, be required to be classified and accounted for as a capital asset on Borrower's balance sheet.

"COLLATERAL ASSIGNMENT" means that certain Collateral Assignment of Note, Mortgage/Deed of Trust, Assignment of Leases and Rents, Collateral Agreement and Fixture Filing, and Collateral Agreement made by Lender in favor of Administrative Agent, dated of even date herewith (as amended, modified, renewed, replaced, restated or extended from time to time), pursuant to which Lender shall assign its right, title and interest in, to and under this Note and the Security Documents to Administrative Agent to secure Lender's obligations under the Master Credit Agreement and the agreements, documents and instruments executed and delivered in connection therewith.

"DEFAULT INTEREST RATE" a rate of interest per annum equal to the Interest Rate plus two percent (2%) per annum

"EBITDA" means, for any period, for Borrower, an amount equal to Net Income for such period PLUS the following to the extent deducted in calculating such Net Income: (a) Interest Charges for such period, (b) the provision for federal, state, local and foreign income taxes payable (but not any tax loss or refund) by Borrower for such period, and (c) the amount of depreciation and amortization expense deducted in determining such Net Income.

"EBITDAR" means, for any period, the sum of EBITDA PLUS Rental Expense for such period.

"EVENT OF DEFAULT" shall mean the failure of Borrower to pay any sums due under this Note when due, or the occurrence of any other event of default under any of the Security Documents.

3

"FISCAL QUARTER" means each of the four periods of thirteen (13) consecutive weeks which make up the Fiscal Year.

"FISCAL YEAR" means the Borrower's Fiscal Year, which is the period of fifty-two (52) consecutive weeks ending on the fifty-second (52) Tuesday of the calendar year.

"FIXED CHARGES" means, for any period, the sum of the following determined for Borrower in accordance with GAAP: (a) Interest Charges paid or payable in cash for such period, (b) the amount of scheduled principal payments with respect to Indebtedness for such period, (c) Rental Expense for such period, and
(d) Assumed Capital Expenditures.

"FIXED CHARGE COVERAGE RATIO" means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) EBITDAR for the period of the four Fiscal Quarters most recently ended TO (b) Fixed Charges for such period.

"GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or such other principles as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession in the United States, that are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination, consistently applied.

"INDEBTEDNESS" means, as to any Person at a particular time, without duplication, all of the following, whether or not included as indebtedness: (a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money and all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, loan agreements or other similar instruments; (b) all direct or contingent obligations of such Person arising under letters of credit (including standby and commercial), bankers' acceptances, bank guaranties, surety bonds and similar instruments; (c) net obligations of such Person under any Swap Contract; (d) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than trade accounts payable in the ordinary course of business); (e) indebtedness (excluding prepaid interest thereon) secured by a lien on property owned or being purchased by such Person (including indebtedness arising under conditional sales or other title retention agreements), whether or not such indebtedness shall have been assumed by such Person or is limited in recourse; (f) capital leases; and (g) all guarantees of such Person in respect of any of the foregoing. For all purposes hereof, the Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any partnership or joint venture (other than a joint venture that is itself a corporation or limited liability company) in which such Person is a general partner or a joint venturer, unless such Indebtedness is expressly made non-recourse to such Person. The amount of any net obligation under any Swap Contract on any date shall be deemed to be the Swap Termination Value thereof as of such date. The amount of any capital lease as of any date shall be deemed to be the amount of Attributable Indebtedness in respect thereof as of such date.

"INTEREST CHARGES" means, for any period, for Borrower, the sum of (a) all interest, premium payments, debt discount, fees, charges and related expenses of Borrower in connection with borrowed money (including capitalized interest) or in connection with the deferred purchase price of assets, in each case to the extent treated as interest in accordance with GAAP, (b) the

4

portion of Rental Expense with respect to such period under capital leases that is treated as interest in accordance with GAAP, and (c) the amount of net settlement obligations of Borrower under any Swap Contract respecting interest rate management and relating to the spread between the fixed interest rate under such Swap Contract and the floating interest rate hedged thereby.

"INTEREST RATE" means a rate of interest per annum equal to the average monthly rate of interest for all "Term Loans," as defined in the Master Credit Agreement, for the month immediately preceding the applicable Payment Date (such interest rate is subject to fluctuation in accordance with the terms and provisions contained in the Master Credit Agreement); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that upon execution of "Swap Contracts," as defined in the Master Credit Agreement, with an aggregate notional principal amount equal to 100% of the outstanding "Term Loans", the average rate of interest per annum for all "Term Loans" shall be calculated after giving effect to such "Swap Contracts".

"LENDER" means Texas Roadhouse Holdings LLC, a Kentucky limited liability company, and its successors and assigns.

"LOAN" has the meaning assigned to that term above.

"MASTER CREDIT AGREEMENT" means that certain Credit Agreement among Lender, Administrative Agent, the "Lenders" party thereto, the "Swing Line Lender" party thereto, and the "L/C Issuer" party thereto, dated July 16, 2003, as amended, modified, renewed, replaced, restated or extended from time to time.

"OBLIGATIONS" means all present or future obligations, indebtedness, and liabilities of Borrower owed to Lender of whatever kind and however evidenced, including, without limitation, all renewals thereof, extensions thereof, restatements thereof, amendments thereto, and substitutions therefor; and "OBLIGATION" means any of the Obligations. Obligations also include, without limitation, the Loan.

"NET INCOME" means, for any period, for Borrower, the net income of Borrower ((excluding (I) extraordinary or one-time gains and (II) extraordinary or one-time non-cash losses) and (including extraordinary or one-time cash losses to the extent not offset by extraordinary or one-time cash gains during the same fiscal period) for that period.

"PAYMENT DATE" means the first business day of each calendar month.

"PERSON" shall be defined as set forth in Article 1 of the UCC.

"RENTAL EXPENSE" shall mean, for any period, for Borrower, the operating lease expense of Borrower determined in accordance with GAAP for leases with an initial term greater than one year, as disclosed in the notes to the consolidated financial statements of the Lender and its Subsidiaries.

"REQUIRED JOINT VENTURE DISTRIBUTIONS" means the required monthly distributions of the maximum amount of "net cash flow" (as defined in the Borrower's operating documents) to

5

its equity holders in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Borrower's operating documents.

"SECURITY DOCUMENTS" means (i) that certain Mortgage/Deed of Trust, Assignment of Leases and Rents, Collateral Agreement and Fixture Filing made by Borrower in favor of or for the benefit of Lender, dated of even date herewith, and/or (ii) that certain Collateral Agreement made by Borrower in favor of Lender, dated of even date herewith, as applicable, as either of such documents may be amended, modified, renewed, replaced, restated or extended from time to time.

"STATE" means the State of North Carolina.

"SWAP CONTRACT" means (a) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, spot contracts, or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement, and (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement, or any other master agreement (any such master agreement, together with any related schedules, a "MASTER AGREEMENT"), including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement.

"SWAP TERMINATION VALUE" means, in respect of any one or more Swap Contracts, after taking into account the effect of any legally enforceable netting agreement relating to such Swap Contracts, (a) for any date on or after the date such Swap Contracts have been closed out and termination value(s) determined in accordance therewith, such termination value(s), and (b) for any date prior to the date referenced in clause (a), the amount(s) determined as the mark-to-market value(s) for such Swap Contracts, as determined based upon one or more mid-market or other readily available quotations provided by any recognized dealer in such Swap Contracts.

"TERM LOAN MATURITY DATE" means June 30, 2010.

"UCC" means the Uniform Commercial Code of the State of North Carolina, as amended; any reference in this Note to any provision of the UCC shall be deemed to incorporate such provision as if fully set forth in this Note.

BORROWER, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO HAVE A JURY PARTICIPATE IN RESOLVING ANY DISPUTE, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE, BETWEEN LENDER AND BORROWER ARISING OUT OF, IN CONNECTION WITH, RELATED TO, OR INCIDENTAL TO THE RELATIONSHIP ESTABLISHED BETWEEN BORROWER AND LENDER IN

6

CONNECTION WITH THIS NOTE OR ANY OTHER AGREEMENT, INSTRUMENT OR DOCUMENT EXECUTED OR DELIVERED IN CONNECTION THEREWITH OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED THERETO. BORROWER SHALL NOT SEEK TO CONSOLIDATE, BY COUNTERCLAIM OR OTHERWISE, ANY ACTION IN WHICH A JURY TRIAL HAS BEEN WAIVED WITH ANY OTHER ACTION IN WHICH A JURY TRIAL CANNOT BE OR HAS NOT BEEN WAIVED. THESE PROVISIONS SHALL NOT BE DEEMED TO HAVE BEEN MODIFIED IN ANY RESPECT OR RELINQUISHED BY LENDER EXCEPT BY WRITTEN INSTRUMENT EXECUTED BY BOTH BORROWER AND LENDER.

(SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS)

7

"BORROWER"

TEXAS ROADHOUSE OF [____________
______], a________________________________

By: Texas Roadhouse Holdings LLC, its

By: WKT Restaurant Corp., its manager

By:
Name:
Title:

ALLONGE

This Allonge forms a part of that certain Intercompany Note dated
______________________, 2003 made by TEXAS ROADHOUSE OF
[_________________________________] payable to the order of Texas Roadhouse Holdings LLC.

Pay to the order of _______________________________________________________

, its successors and/or assigns.

This Assignment is made without representation, recourse or warranty by Assignor except to the extent set forth in that certain Collateral Assignment of Note, Mortgage/Deed of Trust, Assignment of Leases and Rents, Collateral Agreement and Fixture Filing, and Collateral Agreement dated ________________, 200__ made by Assignor in favor of Bank of America, N.A. in its capacity as Administrative Agent.

(Signature Page Follows)

9

TEXAS ROADHOUSE HOLDINGS LLC, a
Kentucky limited liability company, as Assignor
By: WKT Restaurant Corp., its manager

By:

Name:


Title:


EXHIBIT H

STATE OF _______________________

COUNTY OF _____________________

THIS INSTRUMENT PREPARED BY
AND SHOULD BE RETURNED TO:

Corley Holt, Esq.
KENNEDY COVINGTON LOBDELL & HICKMAN, L.L.P
Hearst Tower
214 North Tryon Street, 47th Floor
Charlotte, North Carolina 28202
(704) 331-7436

COLLATERAL ASSIGNMENT OF
NOTE, MORTGAGE/DEED OF TRUST, COLLATERAL AGREEMENT,
AND FIXTURE FILING

This COLLATERAL ASSIGNMENT OF NOTE, MORTGAGE/DEED OF TRUST, COLLATERAL AGREEMENT, AND FIXTURE FILING ("Assignment") is entered into as of July __, 2003, by and between TEXAS ROADHOUSE HOLDINGS LLC, a limited liability company organized under the laws of Kentucky, having an office located at 6040 Dutchmans Lane, Suite 400, Louisville, Kentucky 40205 ("Borrower"), and BANK OF AMERICA, N.A. a national banking association, as Administrative Agent pursuant to, for the benefit of various lenders, the swing line lender and the letter of credit issuer party to, that certain Credit Agreement of even date herewith by and among Borrower, the lenders party thereto, the swing line lender party thereto, the letter of credit issuer party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent (as amended, modified, renewed, replaced, restated or extended from time


to time, the "Credit Agreement"), together with its successors and assigns, having an office at 231 South LaSalle Street, Mail Code: IL1-231-0803, Chicago, Illinois 60697 (in such capacity, "Administrative Agent").

WITNESSETH

WHEREAS, Borrower is the present owner and holder of one or more of those certain Intercompany Notes of even date herewith executed by _________________, a _________________ ("Owner"), payable to the order of Borrower, in the original principal sum of_______________________ and __100 Dollars ($_______________), (as amended, restated, renewed, consolidated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, individually or collectively, the "First Lien Note") in connection with the refinancing of certain real property and improvements thereon and/or personal property, as applicable, situated in the City ___________, County of _______ and State of ___________ as more particularly described on EXHIBIT A annexed hereto and made a part hereof (said real property, and the improvements thereon, being collectively referred to as the "PREMISES"); and

WHEREAS, the obligations of Owner to Borrower under the First Lien Note are secured by (i) that certain Mortgage/Deed of Trust, Collateral Agreement and Fixture Filing from Owner of even date herewith made by Owner as grantor in favor of Borrower as beneficiary to be recorded in the real estate records of ________ County, ________________ (as amended, modified, renewed, restated, replaced or extended from time to time, the "First Lien Mortgage") covering Owner's interest in the Premises and/or (ii) that certain Collateral Agreement of even date herewith made by Owner in favor of Borrower (as amended, modified, renewed, replaced, restated or extended from time to time, the "First Lien Collateral Agreement") covering Owner's interest in the personal property described therein (the "Personal Property"), as applicable, (such First Lien Note, First Lien Mortgage and First Lien Collateral Agreement, together with all other documents and instruments evidencing, securing or pertaining to the advances evidenced by the First Lien Note hereinafter collectively referred to as the "First Lien Documents"); and

WHEREAS, Borrower has agreed to collaterally assign all of Borrower's rights, title and interests in and to the First Lien Documents to Administrative Agent, as security (i) for the Obligations of the Borrower under the Credit Agreement and payment of those certain loans and advances (collectively, the "Loan") made available to Borrower pursuant to the Credit Agreement, and (ii) for the performance of the covenants and obligations of Borrower under and pursuant to the terms and provisions of the Credit Agreement (the Credit Agreement and all other documents and instruments evidencing, governing, guaranteeing or pertaining to the Loan shall hereinafter be referred to collectively as the "Loan Documents").

NOW, WHEREFORE, for an consideration of the sum of TEN AND NO/100 DOLLARS ($10.00) and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged and confessed, and for the mutual and dependent covenants herein contained, and intending to be legally bound, Borrower does hereby agree, represent, warrant and certify as follows:


1. ASSIGNMENT AND SECURITY INTEREST. Borrower has TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED, ENDORSED, PLEDGED, SOLD, GRANTED and CONVEYED and does by these presents TRANSFER, ASSIGN, ENDORSE, PLEDGE, SELL, GRANT and CONVEY, unto Administrative Agent a first priority security interest (the "Security Interest") in and to the First Lien Documents, together with all attendant liens, rights, title, assignments and interests (including security interests) pertaining to or arising from the First Lien Documents, including, but not limited to, the lien and security interest created in and evidenced by the First Lien Mortgage securing the payment of the First Lien Note, and the security interest created in and evidenced by the First Lien Collateral Agreement securing the payment of the First Lien Note, together with all other documents, instruments and certificates or other writings executed or delivered to Borrower in connection with or pertaining to the transactions and indebtedness governed, secured or covered by the First Lien Documents.

2. FIRST LIEN DOCUMENTS. Borrower hereby represents and warrants to Administrative Agent that Borrower has not sold, transferred, pledged, endorsed, conveyed, granted or assigned any of its interests in the First Lien Note or other First Lien Documents, nor any of the liens, assignments, pledges or security interests which secure the First Lien Note. Except as otherwise provided hereinabove, the First Lien Mortgage, the First Lien Collateral Agreement and the other First Lien Documents have not been modified, amended, supplemented, released or terminated in any manner, and Borrower will not agree, acquiesce or consent to, any agreement with Owner to amend, modify, supplement, release, forgive, waive any provisions or conditions of, permit any prepayment under, or terminate any of the First Lien Documents in any manner, without the prior written consent of Administrative Agent, which consent may be withheld, conditioned or granted in the sole discretion of Administrative Agent.

3. PRIORITY OF FIRST LIEN DOCUMENTS. Borrower hereby represents that Borrower has determined that the First Lien Documents create a valid first priority lien and security interest in and to the Premises, and a valid first priority security interest in and to the Personal Property, and as of the date hereof, there are no other liens, security interests or encumbrances affecting the Premises or the Personal Property, including without limitation, any liens, security interests or encumbrances which are subordinate, junior or inferior to the First Lien Documents, except as may be expressly provided for or permitted in the Loan Documents.

4. STATUS OF FIRST LIEN DOCUMENTS. Borrower hereby represents that Borrower has determined that the First Lien Note, the First Lien Mortgage, the First Lien Collateral Agreement, and the other First Lien Documents are in full force and effect, and no uncured breaches or defaults or any defenses to the First Lien Documents presently exist thereunder, and there exists as of this date no event which has occurred or circumstances which currently exist which, but for the passage of time, without cure and/or with the giving of notice, would constitute a default or breach under the First Lien Documents.

5. BORROWER'S REPRESENTATIONS. Borrower has determined that as of the date hereof there are no claims, damages, demands, actions, causes of action or defenses to the enforcement of the First Lien Documents which Owner has or may have against Borrower (or any subsequent holder of the First Lien Note), known or unknown, now existing or that may hereafter arise, directly or indirectly, of any kind or character, or liability (i) arising out of or in


relation to the indebtedness evidenced by the First Lien Note and the other First Lien Documents or the Premises or the Personal Property under or pursuant to common or statutory law, rules or regulations including, but not limited to, state and/or federal law (including but not limited to all usury and environmental laws); (ii) for or because of any and all acts, matters or things done or omitted prior to the date hereof, which relate to any and all claims of any kind or character relating to the First Lien Loan, the First Lien Documents, the Premises and the Personal Property, or otherwise, growing out of or in any way connected with or resulting from conduct, representations, acts, actions, or omissions in connection with any breach of fiduciary duty, sole or concurrent negligence, bad faith, malpractice, intentional or negligent infliction of mental distress, tortious interference with contractual relations, tortious interference with corporate or partnership governance or prospective business advantage, breach of contract, deceptive trade practices, injury to any person or entity of whatever nature, and libel or slander (without admitting or implying that any such claim exists or has any validity); or (iii) arising out of or attributable to any and all conduct, representations, acts, matters, or things done, omitted, or supposed to be done by Borrower prior to the date hereof.

6. CASUALTY/CONDEMNATION PROCEEDS. Borrower has determined that (i) no portion of the Premises has suffered any casualty damage which has not been fully repaired or restored prior to the date hereof, (ii) there are no outstanding insurance proceeds due to Owner as reimbursements for any repairs or restoration made to the Premises; and (iii) no portion of the Premises has been taken or condemned by any governmental authority, nor is Borrower aware of any fact which might lead to or allow any governmental authority to take or condemn any portion of the Premises in the future.

7. PRINCIPAL. The outstanding principal balance of the First Lien Note on the date hereof is $______________. All accrued interest, if any, has been paid through the date hereof.

8. ESCROW ACCOUNTS. Borrower hereby represents and warrants that no escrow accounts for tax and insurance escrow deposits are being held by Borrower pursuant to the First Lien Documents.

9. DELIVERY OF DOCUMENTS. Concurrently herewith Borrower agrees to endorse the First Lien Note to Administrative Agent as follows: "Pay to the order of ______________________________ without recourse, representation or warranty except for such warranties and representations as specified in this Collateral Assignment. Borrower further agrees to deliver to Administrative Agent the original of each of the First Lien Documents concurrently with the execution hereof, together with such conveyance or other documents related thereto as Administrative Agent shall require.

10. SECURITY INTEREST. [Intentionally Omitted].

11. BORROWER'S WARRANTIES, COVENANTS AND FURTHER AGREEMENT.

(a) TITLE. Except for the Security Interest, Borrower has full and complete title to the First Lien Documents free from any lien, pledge, assignment, security interest, encumbrance or claim, and Borrower will, during the term of this Assignment, at Borrower's cost, keep the First Lien Documents free from other liens, pledges, assignments, security


interests, encumbrances or claims, and defend and indemnify Administrative Agent from any action, claim or demand which may affect the Security Interest or Borrower's title or interest in and to the First Lien Documents. This Assignment and any money, account, instrument or document which is, or shall be, included in the First Lien Documents is, and shall be, genuine and legally enforceable and free from any setoff, counterclaim or defense. No notice of bankruptcy or insolvency of Owner has been received by Borrower.

(b) PERFECTION. No financing statement covering the First Lien Documents or any part or proceeds thereof is on file in any public office and, at Administrative Agent's request, Borrower will join in executing all financing statements and other instruments deemed necessary by Administrative Agent to perfect the Security Interest and will pay all costs thereof.

(c) ASSIGNMENT. Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, Borrower will not sell, lease, assign, transfer, encumber, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of all or part of the First Lien Documents or any of its interests therein, except as herein provided or as provided or permitted in the Credit Agreement. Administrative Agent may assign or transfer all or part of its rights in, and obligations, if any, under the Loan, the First Lien Documents and this Assignment.

(d) DELIVERY OF MONEY TO ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT. Except as otherwise provided herein and as otherwise provided in the Loan Documents, upon any Event of Default (as defined herein) or liquidation of the First Lien Documents, Borrower will, upon receipt of any cash remittance in payment of or for the First Lien Documents (exclusive of funds held pursuant to a custodial or trust arrangement), immediately deposit all of same properly endorsed in a special bank account maintained with Administrative Agent over which Administrative Agent alone has power of withdrawal. The funds in said bank account shall be held by Administrative Agent as security for the Loan. Administrative Agent may, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, apply all or part of said collected funds against the Loan.

(e) NOTICE OF CHANGES. Borrower will immediately notify Administrative Agent of any material adverse change of which Borrower has knowledge occurring in or to the First Lien Documents, in the location thereof, or in any fact or circumstance warranted or represented by Borrower to Administrative Agent, or if any default or event of default occurs under any of the First Lien Documents.

(f) BOOKS AND RECORDS. Upon request of Administrative Agent, Borrower will furnish to Administrative Agent copies of all reports by Borrower, Owner or otherwise in connection with the First Lien Documents, the Premises or the Personal Property and all such other information and financial data which Borrower has in its possession or is entitled to receive under the First Lien Documents, as Administrative Agent may reasonably request with respect to the operation, maintenance, use and operation of the Premises, the Personal Property or the First Lien Documents.

12. RIGHTS OF ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT. Borrower hereby appoints Administrative Agent as Borrower's attorney-in-fact, which appointment is coupled with an interest and is thereby irrevocably, from and after the occurrence of an Event of Default, to do any act which Borrower is obligated by this Assignment to do or entitled to do under the First Lien


Documents, to do, to exercise all rights of Borrower in or under the First Lien Documents and to do all things deemed necessary by Administrative Agent to perfect the Security Interest and preserve, collect, enforce and protect the First Lien Documents, all at Borrower's cost and without any obligation on Administrative Agent so to act, including, but not limited to, transferring title into the name of Administrative Agent or its nominee, or receipting for, settling, or otherwise realizing upon the First Lien Documents. Administrative Agent may, in its discretion, endorse as Borrower's agent, any instruments or documents constituting or evidencing the First Lien Documents; contact Owner directly to verify, receive or collect amounts due pursuant to the First Lien Documents; take control of the First Lien Documents; and use cash proceeds of the First Lien Documents, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, to reduce any part of the Loan. Administrative Agent shall not be liable for any act or omission on the part of Administrative Agent, its officers, agents or employees, except for gross negligence or willful misconduct, nor shall Administrative Agent be responsible for depreciation in value of the First Lien Documents or for preservation of rights against third parties. The foregoing rights and powers of Administrative Agent may be exercised after the occurrence of an Event of Default and shall be in addition to, and not a limitation upon, any rights, remedies and powers of Administrative Agent given herein or by law, custom or otherwise.

13. EVENTS OF DEFAULT. An "Event of Default" under this Assignment shall have the same meaning as defined in the Credit Agreement; provided, however, the parties acknowledge that the rights of the Borrower with respect to the First Lien Documents are subject to the terms and conditions thereof and that an Event of Default under this Assignment shall not be a default or event of default under the First Lien Documents, unless such Event of Default separately constitutes a default or event of default under the terms of the First Lien Documents.

14. REMEDIES OF ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT UPON DEFAULT. When an Event of Default occurs, and at any time thereafter, Administrative Agent may exercise any and all of the rights and remedies provided by the Uniform Commercial Code ("Code"), as well as all other rights and remedies possessed by Administrative Agent under this Assignment or otherwise at law or in equity. For purposes of the notice requirements of the Code, Administrative Agent and Borrower agree that notice given at least twenty (20) calendar days prior to the related action hereunder is reasonable. Administrative Agent shall be entitled to immediate possession of all books and records relating to the First Lien Documents and shall have authority to enter upon any premises upon which said items may be situated, and remove same therefrom. Expenses of the Administrative Agent of holding, preparing for sale, selling, or the like, shall include, without limitation, Administrative Agent's reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses. Administrative Agent may use its discretion in applying the proceeds of any disposition of the First Lien Documents. All rights and remedies of Administrative Agent hereunder are cumulative and may be exercised singly or concurrently. The exercise of any right or remedy will not be a waiver of any other.

15. BORROWER CERTIFICATE. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, in the event Administrative Agent shall succeed to the rights and interests of Borrower in and to the First Lien Documents, pursuant to a public sale, private sale, judicial of closure or other proceeding brought by it or by, any other manner, Borrower hereby agrees to execute and deliver to Administrative Agent a certificate (the "Certificate"), which shall be


substantially the form of EXHIBIT B attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference, evidencing such succession in interest by Administrative Agent to Borrower in and to the First Lien Documents. In the event Borrower shall fail execute the Certificate within ten (10) days after being requested to do so by Administrative Agent, Borrower hereby agrees that Administrative Agent, in addition to any other remedy available to Administrative Agent for Borrower's default, shall have the right, but not the obligation, to execute, pursuant to the power of attorney granted to Administrative Agent herein, the Certificate without the consent or joinder of the Borrower in order to evidence Administrative Agent's succession in interest by Administrative Agent to Borrower in and to the First Lien Documents (including the First Lien Documents).

16. INSTITUTION OF FORECLOSURE PROCEEDINGS OR EXERCISE OF CODE REMEDIES. Borrower hereby agrees that Borrower will not, without the prior written consent of Administrative Agent, which consent shall be in the sole discretion of Administrative Agent, institute foreclosure proceedings on the Premises, or exercise its rights under the Code with respect to the Personal Property, following a default by Owner under the First Lien Documents. As a condition to Administrative Agent's consent to the institution of any such foreclosure proceedings or exercise of remedies by Borrower, Administrative Agent shall have the right, at Administrative Agent's sole option, to require Borrower, in connection with Administrative Agent's granting its consent to any such foreclosure proceeding or exercise of remedies, to grant, convey and assign to Administrative Agent a lien and security interest in and to the Premises and the Personal Property, of at least the same dignity and priority as the First Lien Mortgage and the First Lien Collateral Agreement, and Borrower agrees to execute, procure deliver any and all such documents and instruments and take any such actions as Administrative Agent may require, in its sole and absolute discretion, to evidence such lien and security interest.

17. GENERAL.

(a) WAIVER BY ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT. No waiver by Administrative Agent of any right hereunder or of any default by Borrower shall be binding upon Administrative Agent unless in writing executed by Administrative Agent. Failure or delay by Administrative Agent to exercise any right hereunder or waiver of any default of Borrower shall not operate as a waiver of any other right, of further exercise of such right, or of any further default.

(b) PARTIES BOUND. This Assignment shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors, receivers, trustees and assigns where permitted by this Assignment. All representations and warranties and agreements of Borrower are joint and several if Borrower is more than one. This Assignment shall constitute a continuing agreement, applying to all future as well as existing transactions, such future transactions being contemplated by Borrower and Administrative Agent.

(c) GOVERNING LAW. This Assignment shall be construed in accordance with the Code (the definitions of which apply herein) and other applicable laws of the State of [STATE IN WHICH PREMISES LOCATED], and any proceeding hereunder shall be in


______________ County, ______________________ [COUNTY IN WHICH PREMISES
LOCATED].

(d) NOTICE. All notices or other communications required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be considered as properly given if (a) mailed by first class United States mail, postage prepaid, registered or certified with return receipt requested, (b) by delivering same by a commercial expedited delivery service to the intended addressee, or (c) by prepaid telegram, telex or telecopy. Notice so mailed shall be effective upon its deposit. Notice given in any other manner shall be effective upon delivery to the office of the intended addressee. For purposes of notice, the addresses, telexes and telecopier numbers of the parties shall be as set forth in the first paragraph of this Assignment; provided, however, that either party shall have the right to change its address, telex or telecopier number for notice hereunder to any other location within the continental United States by the giving of thirty (30) days' notice to the other party in the manner set forth hereinabove.

(e) MODIFICATION. This Assignment shall not be amended in any way except by a written agreement signed by the parties hereto.

(f) SEVERABILITY. The unenforceability of any provision of this Assignment shall not affect the enforceability or validity of any other provision hereof.

(g) CONSTRUCTION. If there is any conflict between the provisions hereof and the provisions of the Credit Agreement, the terms hereof shall control. The captions here are for convenience of reference only and not for definition or interpretation

(h) WAIVER OF BORROWER. Borrower hereby waives presentment, demand, notice of dishonor, protest, and notice of protest, and all other notices with respect to collection, or acceleration of maturity, of the First Lien Documents and Loan, except as otherwise expressly provided herein or in the Loan Documents.

18. TERMINATION. Upon the full and complete payment to Administrative Agent of all sums owing under, and the performance of all covenants contained in, the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, Administrative Agent shall endorse, without recourse, warranty or representation, the First Lien Note to Borrower and shall execute and record all such documents as shall be necessary to terminate and release this Assignment.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Borrower has executed this Assignment as of the day and year first above written.

BORROWER:

TEXAS ROADHOUSE HOLDINGS LLC

                                 By: WKT Restaurant Corp., its Manager

                                 By:
                                     --------------------------------------
                                 Name:
                                       ------------------------------------
                                 Title:
                                        -----------------------------------

STATE OF KENTUCKY         )
                          )           ACKNOWLEDGMENT
COUNTY OF JEFFERSON       )

Enclosed and acknowledged before me on the ___ day of July, 2003 by ________________________ the duly authorized ________________ of WKT Restaurant Corp., a Kentucky corporation, as Manager of Texas Roadhouse Holdings LLC, a Kentucky limited liability company, Borrower in the foregoing instrument, who, on behalf of said limited liability company, executed the foregoing Collateral Assignment, and acknowledged the signing thereof to be his/her voluntary act and deed and the voluntary act and deed of Borrower for the uses and purposes therein mentioned, and who represented to me to be said person.

IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed my notarial seal, on the day and year last aforesaid.

WITNESS my hand and official stamp or seal this ___ day of July, 2003.


Notary Public


Print Name

My Commission Expires: __________


EXHIBIT A

LEGAL DESCRIPTION


EXHIBIT B

STATE OF _______________________

COUNTY OF _____________________

CERTIFICATE

This CERTIFICATE ("Certificate") is executed as of _____________________, 200_ by Texas Roadhouse Holdings LLC ("Borrower"), in favor of Bank of America, N.A., a national banking association, in its capacity as administrative agent for the benefit of certain parties pursuant to the Credit Agreement (as hereinafter defined (in such capacity, "Administrative Agent").

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, Borrower, Administrative Agent, and certain other parties have entered into that certain Credit Agreement (as amended, modified, renewed, replaced, restated or extended from time to time, the "Credit Agreement") dated _______________, 2003 relating to that certain loan ("Loan") make available by certain lenders party to the Credit Agreement to Borrower in the amount of ONE HUNDRED MILLION AND NO/100 DOLLARS ($100,000,000.00) secured, INTER ALIA, by that certain Collateral Assignment of Note, Mortgage/Deed of Trust, Collateral Agreement and Fixture Filing (as amended, modified, renewed, replaced, restated or extended from time to time, the "Assignment"), dated of even date therewith, recorded in Book ______, Page ______ of the official records of ______________ County, ____________; and

WHEREAS, Administrative Agent has required Borrower to execute this Certificate pursuant to, and in fulfillment of, Borrower's obligations under the Assignment.

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the premises, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged and confessed, Borrower hereby agrees, represents, certifies and warrants, to and for the benefit of Administrative Agent, as follows:

1. SUCCESSION IN INTEREST. Borrower hereby warrants and certifies that Administrative Agent has succeeded to the rights of Borrower under the First Lien Documents (as defined in the Assignment), pursuant to a public sale, private sale, judicial foreclosure or other proceeding brought by Administrative Agent, or by means of any other disposition by Administrative Agent, and that Administrative Agent now owns all right, title and interest in and to the First Lien Documents. As evidenced by execution hereof Borrower no longer owns or claims any right, title or interest in and to such First Lien Documents and hereby waives and relinquishes any and all claims thereto and all rights, titles and interests therein.


2. EFFECT UPON RECORDING. The recording hereof in the Deed Records of ________ County, _________ shall constitute PRIMA FACIE evidence of Administrative Agent's succession to Borrower's rights, titles and interests in and to the First Lien Documents and shall constitute constructive notice to all parties of Administrative Agent's ownership of all rights, titles and interests in and to the First Lien. Documents and the termination of Borrower's rights, titles and interests therein.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Borrower has executed this Certificate as of the day and year first above written.

BORROWER:

TEXAS ROADHOUSE HOLDINGS LLC

                                 By: WKT Restaurant Corp., its Manager

                                 By:
                                     --------------------------------------
                                 Name:
                                       ------------------------------------
                                 Title:
                                        -----------------------------------

STATE OF KENTUCKY         )
                          )           ACKNOWLEDGMENT
COUNTY OF JEFFERSON       )

Enclosed and acknowledged before me on the ___ day of ____, 200_ by ________________________ the duly authorized ________________ of WKT Restaurant Corp., a Kentucky corporation, as Manager of Texas Roadhouse Holdings LLC, a Kentucky limited liability company, Borrower in the foregoing instrument, who, on behalf of said limited liability company, executed the foregoing Collateral Assignment, and acknowledged the signing thereof to be his/her voluntary act and deed and the voluntary act and deed of Borrower for the uses and purposes therein mentioned, and who represented to me to be said person.

IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed my notarial seal, on the day and year last aforesaid.

WITNESS my hand and official stamp or seal this ___ day of ______, 200_.


Notary Public


Print Name

My Commission Expires: __________


EXHIBIT I

FORM OF NOTICE OF ACCOUNT DESIGNATION

Dated as of: _________

Bank of America, National Association
as Administrative Agent
231 South LaSalle Street
Mail Code: IL1-231-08-30
Chicago, Illinois 60697
Attention: Laura Schmuck

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This Notice of Account Designation is delivered to you pursuant to the Credit Agreement dated as of July 16, 2003 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, the "CREDIT AGREEMENT"), by and among Texas Roadhouse Holdings LLC, a Kentucky limited liability company (the "BORROWER"), the lenders who are or may become party thereto, as Lenders (the "LENDERS"), and Bank of America, National Association, as Administrative Agent (the "ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT").

1. The Administrative Agent is hereby authorized to disburse all Loan proceeds into the following account(s):


ABA Routing Number: _________ Account Number: _____________

2. This authorization shall remain in effect until revoked or until a subsequent Notice of Account Designation is provided to the Administrative Agent.

3. Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned thereto in the Credit Agreement.

[Signature Page Follows]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Notice of Account Designation as of the _____ day of __________, 200__.

TEXAS ROADHOUSE HOLDINGS LLC
By: WKT Restaurant Corp., its Manager

By:

Name:
Title:

Exhibit 10.4

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
(GERARD J. HART)

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is entered into as of May 5, 2004 by and between TEXAS ROADHOUSE, INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and GERARD J. HART, a resident of the Commonwealth of Kentucky ("Executive").

RECITALS

A. The Company is preparing for an initial public offering of its shares of Class A Common Stock, $0.001 par value ("Class A Common Stock"), which will be registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "IPO").

B. The Company has entered into an agreement to merge with Texas Roadhouse Management Corp., a Kentucky corporation ("Management Corp."), effective immediately prior to the closing of the IPO, with the Company as the surviving corporation.

C. Executive is currently employed by Management Corp. as its President, pursuant to an Employment Agreement dated March 15, 2000, between Management Corp. and Executive (the "Prior Employment Agreement").

D. Executive has been appointed as the Chief Executive Officer of the Company.

E. The Company desires that the employment of Executive, and Executive wishes such employment, as Chief Executive Officer of the Company following the IPO, to be governed by the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and the respective agreements of the Company and Executive set forth below, the Company and Executive, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

1. EFFECTIVE DATE. The terms and conditions of Executive's employment hereunder shall become effective upon completion and closing of the IPO (the "Effective Date"). Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the terms and conditions of Executive's employment hereunder shall not become effective and this Agreement shall immediately terminate if, prior to the Effective Date, any of the following shall occur: (a) Executive resigns from his employment with the Company, (b) the death or Disability (as defined in Section 10 hereof) of Executive, (c) the Company decides not to proceed with the IPO, (d) if the Company files a Registration Statement on Form S-1 with the Securities and Exchange Commission relating to an IPO, the subsequent withdrawal of such Registration Statement prior to its effectiveness, (e) if the IPO does not close on or prior to September 30, 2004, or (f) Executive's employment is terminated by Management Corp. Neither Executive nor the Company may revoke or cancel this Agreement prior to the Effective Date without written agreement of the other party.


2. EMPLOYMENT. Subject to all the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Executive's period of employment under this Agreement shall be the period (the "Term") commencing on the Effective Date and ending on the last day of the twelfth full fiscal quarter following the Effective Date (the "Third Anniversary Date"), unless the Executive's employment terminates earlier in accordance with Section 9 hereof. Thereafter, if Executive continues in the employ of the Company, the employment relationship shall continue to be at will, terminable by either Executive or the Company at any time and for any reason, with or without cause, and subject to such terms and conditions established by the Company from time to time.

3. POSITION AND DUTIES.

(a) EMPLOYMENT WITH THE COMPANY. While Executive is employed by the Company during the Term, Executive shall be employed as the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, and such other titles as the Company may designate, and shall perform such duties and responsibilities as the Company shall assign to him from time to time, including duties and responsibilities relating to the Company's wholly-owned and partially owned subsidiaries and other affiliates.

(b) PERFORMANCE OF DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES. Executive shall serve the Company faithfully and to the best of his ability and shall devote his full working time, attention and efforts to the business of the Company during his employment with the Company hereunder. While Executive is employed by the Company during the Term, Executive shall report to the Chairman of the Company or to such other person as designated by the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board"). Executive hereby represents and confirms that he is under no contractual or legal commitments that would prevent him from fulfilling his duties and responsibilities as set forth in this Agreement. During his employment with the Company, Executive shall not accept other employment or engage in other material business activity, except as approved in writing by the Board. Executive may participate in charitable activities and personal investment activities to a reasonable extent, and he may serve as a director of business organizations as approved by the Board, so long as such activities and directorships do not interfere with the performance of his duties and responsibilities hereunder.

4. COMPENSATION.

(a) BASE SALARY. While Executive is employed by the Company during the Term, the Company shall pay to Executive a base salary at the rate of Five Hundred Thousand and no/100 Dollars ($500,000.00) per fiscal year, less deductions and withholdings, which base salary shall be paid in accordance with the Company's normal payroll policies and procedures.

(b) INCENTIVE BONUS. Commencing with the first full fiscal quarter following the Effective Date and for each full fiscal quarter thereafter that Executive is employed by the Company during the Term, Executive shall be eligible for a quarterly incentive bonus in an amount up to Seventy Five Thousand and no/100 Dollars ($75,000.00), based upon achievement of defined goals established by the Compensation

- 2 -

Committee of the Board and in accordance with the terms of any incentive plan of the Company in effect from time to time (the "Incentive Bonus"). The level of achievement of the objectives each fiscal quarter and the amount payable as Incentive Bonus shall be determined in good faith by the Compensation Committee. Any Incentive Bonus earned for a fiscal quarter shall be paid to Executive on or before the 90th day following the last day of such fiscal quarter.

(c) STOCK OPTIONS. Pursuant to the First Amended and Restated Equity Incentive Plan of the Company, as of the Effective Date, Executive shall be granted options to purchase 165,000 shares of Class A Common Stock at an exercise price equal to the price per share at which shares of Class A Common Stock are offered to the public in the IPO. The options shall vest in accordance with the following schedule:

             DATE                          AMOUNT VESTING
             ----                          --------------
First Anniversary of the Effective Date     24,000 shares
Second Anniversary of Effective Date        24,000 shares
Third Anniversary of Effective Date        117,000 shares

If a share dividend, share split or share combination shall occur with respect to the Common Shares of Texas Roadhouse Holdings LLC, a Kentucky limited liability company, shall occur prior to the closing of the IPO, or such Common Shares are exchanged for shares of Class A Common Stock in connection with the IPO on a basis other than one-to-one, the amounts set forth in this Section 4(c) shall be correspondingly adjusted.

(d) BENEFITS. While Executive is employed by the Company during the Term, Executive shall be entitled to participate in all employee benefit plans and programs of the Company that are available to executive officers generally to the extent that Executive meets the eligibility requirements for each individual plan or program. The Company provides no assurance as to the adoption or continuance of any particular employee benefit plan or program, and Executive's participation in any such plan or program shall be subject to the provisions, rules and regulations applicable thereto.

(e) EXPENSES. While Executive is employed by the Company during the Term, the Company shall reimburse Executive for all reasonable and necessary out-of-pocket business, travel and entertainment expenses incurred by him in the performance of his duties and responsibilities hereunder, subject to the Company's normal policies and procedures for expense verification and documentation.

(f) VACATIONS AND HOLIDAYS. Executive shall be entitled to be absent from his duties for the Company by reason of vacation for a period of four weeks per calendar year. Executive shall coordinate his vacation schedule with the Company so as not to impose an undue burden on the Company. In addition, Executive shall be entitled to such national and religious holidays as the Board shall approve for all of its employees from time to time.

- 3 -

5. AFFILIATED ENTITIES. As used in Sections 6, 7 and 8 of this Agreement, "Company" shall include the Company and each corporation, limited liability company, partnership, or other entity that is controlled by the Company, or is under common control with the Company (in each case "control" meaning the direct or indirect ownership of 50% or more of all outstanding equity interests).

6. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION. Except as required in the performance of Executive's duties as an employee of the Company or as authorized in writing by the Board, Executive shall not, either during Executive's employment with the Company or at any time thereafter, use, disclose or make accessible to any person any confidential information for any purpose. "Confidential Information" means information proprietary to the Company or its suppliers or prospective suppliers and not generally known (including trade secret information) about the Company's suppliers, products, services, personnel, customers, recipes, pricing, sales strategies, technology, computer software code, methods, processes, designs, research, development systems, techniques, finances, accounting, purchasing, and plans. All information disclosed to Executive or to which Executive obtains access, whether originated by Executive or by others, during the period of Executive's employment by the Company (whether before, during, or after the Term), shall be presumed to be Confidential Information if it is treated by the Company as being Confidential Information or if Executive has a reasonable basis to believe it to be Confidential Information. Executive acknowledges that the above-described knowledge and information constitutes a unique and valuable asset of the Company and represents a substantial investment of time and expense by the Company, and that any disclosure or other use of such knowledge or information other than for the sole benefit of the Company would be wrongful and would cause irreparable harm to the Company. During Executive's employment with the Company, Executive shall refrain from committing any acts that would materially reduce the value of such knowledge or information to the Company. The foregoing obligations of confidentiality shall not apply to any knowledge or information that (i) is now or subsequently becomes generally publicly known, or (ii) is required to be disclosed by law or legal process, other than as a direct or indirect result of the breach of this Agreement by Executive. Executive acknowledges that the obligations imposed by this Section 6 are in addition to, and not in place of, any obligations imposed by applicable statutory or common law.

7. NONCOMPETITION COVENANT.

(a) AGREEMENT NOT TO COMPETE. During Executive's employment with the Company (whether before, during, or after the Term) and during the Restricted Period (as defined below), Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, on his own behalf or on behalf of any person or entity other than the Company, including without limitation as a proprietor, principal, agent, partner, officer, director, stockholder, employee, member of any association, consultant or otherwise, engage in any business that is then competitive with the business of the Company, including without limitation any business that operates one or more restaurants that utilize a steakhouse or roadhouse concept.

(b) AGREEMENT NOT TO HIRE. Except as required in the performance of Executive's duties as an employee of the Company, during Executive's employment with

- 4 -

the Company (whether before, during, or after the Term) and during the Restricted Period, Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, hire, engage or solicit or induce or attempt to induce to cease working for the Company, any person who is then an employee of the Company or who was an employee of the Company during the six (6) month period immediately preceding Executive's termination of employment with the Company.

(c) AGREEMENT NOT TO SOLICIT. Except as required in the performance of Executive's duties as an employee of the Company, during Executive's employment with the Company (whether before, during, or after the Term) and during the Restricted Period, Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, solicit, request, advise, induce or attempt to induce any vendor, supplier or other business contact of the Company to cancel, curtail, cease doing business with, or otherwise adversely change its relationship with the Company.

(d) RESTRICTED PERIOD. "Restricted Period" hereunder means the period commencing on the last day of Executive's employment with the Company and ending on the date that is two years following the last day of the Term.

(e) ACKNOWLEDGMENT. Executive hereby acknowledges that the provisions of this Section 7 are reasonable and necessary to protect the legitimate interests of the Company and that any violation of this Section 7 by Executive shall cause substantial and irreparable harm to the Company to such an extent that monetary damages alone would be an inadequate remedy therefor. Therefore, in the event that Executive violates any provision of this Section 7, the Company shall be entitled to an injunction, in addition to all the other remedies it may have, restraining Executive from violating or continuing to violate such provision.

(f) BLUE PENCIL DOCTRINE. If the duration of, the scope of or any business activity covered by any provision of this Section 7 is in excess of what is determined to be valid and enforceable under applicable law, such provision shall be construed to cover only that duration, scope or activity that is determined to be valid and enforceable. Executive hereby acknowledges that this Section 7 shall be given the construction that renders its provisions valid and enforceable to the maximum extent, not exceeding its express terms, possible under applicable law.

(g) PERMITTED EQUITY OWNERSHIP. Ownership by Executive, as a passive investment, of less than 2.5% of the outstanding shares of capital stock of any corporation listed on a national securities exchange or publicly traded in the over-the-counter market shall not constitute a breach of this Section 7.

8. INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY.

(a) DISCLOSURE AND ASSIGNMENT. As of the Effective Date, Executive hereby transfers and assigns to the Company (or its designee) all right, title, and interest of Executive in and to every idea, concept, invention, and improvement (whether patented, patentable or not) conceived or reduced to practice by Executive whether solely

- 5 -

or in collaboration with others while he is employed by the Company, and all copyrighted or copyrightable matter created by Executive whether solely or in collaboration with others while he is employed by the Company that relates to the Company's business (collectively, "Creations"). Executive shall communicate promptly and disclose to the Company, in such form as the Company may request, all information, details, and data pertaining to each Creation. Every copyrightable Creation, regardless of whether copyright protection is sought or preserved by the Company, shall be a "work made for hire" as defined in 17 U.S.C. Section 101, and the Company shall own all rights in and to such matter throughout the world, without the payment of any royalty or other consideration to Executive or anyone claiming through Executive.

(b) TRADEMARKS. All right, title, and interest in and to any and all trademarks, trade names, service marks, and logos adopted, used, or considered for use by the Company during Executive's employment (whether or not developed by Executive) to identify the Company's business or other goods or services (collectively, the "Marks"), together with the goodwill appurtenant thereto, and all other materials, ideas, or other property conceived, created, developed, adopted, or improved by Executive solely or jointly during Executive's employment by the Company and relating to its business shall be owned exclusively by the Company. Executive shall not have, and will not claim to have, any right, title, or interest of any kind in or to the Marks or such other property.

(c) DOCUMENTATION. Executive shall execute and deliver to the Company such formal transfers and assignments and such other documents as the Company may request to permit the Company (or its designee) to file and prosecute such registration applications and other documents it deems useful to protect or enforce its rights hereunder. Any idea, invention, copyrightable matter, or other property relating to the Company's business and disclosed by Executive prior to the first anniversary of the effective date of Executive's termination of employment shall be deemed to be governed by the terms of this Section 8 unless proven by Executive to have been first conceived and made after such termination date.

(d) NON-APPLICABILITY. Executive is hereby notified that this
Section 8 does not apply to any invention for which no equipment, supplies, facility, Confidential Information, or other trade secret information of the Company was used and which was developed entirely on Executive's own time, unless (i) the invention relates (A) directly to the business of the Company or (B) to the Company's actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development, or (ii) the invention results from any work performed by Executive for the Company.

9. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT.

(a) Executive's employment with the Company shall terminate immediately upon:

(i) Executive's receipt of written notice from the Company of the termination of his employment;

- 6 -

(ii) the Company's receipt of Executive's written resignation from the Company;

(iii) Executive's Disability (as defined below); or

(iv) Executive's death.

(b) The date upon which Executive's termination of employment with the Company occurs shall be the "Termination Date."

10. PAYMENTS UPON TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT.

(a) If Executive's employment with the Company is terminated by reason of:

(i) Executive's abandonment of his employment or Executive's resignation for any reason (whether or not such resignation is set forth in writing or otherwise communicated to the Company);

(ii) termination of Executive's employment by the Company for Cause (as defined below); or

(iii) termination of Executive's employment by the Company without Cause following expiration of the Term; or

the Company shall pay to Executive his then-current base salary through the Termination Date.

(b) If Executive's employment with the Company is terminated by the Company effective prior to the expiration of the Term for any reason other than for Cause (as defined below), then the Company shall pay to Executive, subject to Section 10(i) of this Agreement:

(i) his then-current base salary through the Termination Date;

(ii) any earned and unpaid annual Incentive Bonus for the fiscal quarter immediately preceding the fiscal quarter in which the Termination Date occurs; and

(iii) a crisp $100 bill from W. Kent Taylor.

Any amount payable to Executive pursuant to Section 10(b)(ii) shall be paid to Executive by the Company in the same manner and at the same time that Incentive Bonus payments are made to current employees of the Company, but no earlier than the first normal payroll date of the Company following the expiration of all applicable rescission periods provided by law.

- 7 -

(c) If Executive's employment with the Company is terminated effective prior to the expiration of the Term by reason of Executive's death or Disability, the Company shall pay to Executive or his beneficiary or his estate, as the case may be, his then-current base salary through the Termination Date, any earned and unpaid quarterly Incentive Bonus for the fiscal quarter preceding the fiscal quarter in which the Termination Date occurs and a pro-rated portion of any quarterly Incentive Bonus for the fiscal quarter in which the Termination Date occurs, based on the number of days during such fiscal quarter that Executive was employed by the Company, payable in the same manner and at the same time that Incentive Bonus payments are made to current employees of the Company.

(d) Cause. "Cause" hereunder shall mean:

(i) an act or acts of dishonesty undertaken by Executive and intended to result in substantial gain or personal enrichment of Executive at the expense of the Company;

(ii) unlawful conduct or gross misconduct that is willful and deliberate on Executive's part and that, in either event, is materially injurious to the Company;

(iii) the conviction of Executive of a felony;

(iv) material and deliberate failure of Executive to perform his duties and responsibilities hereunder or to satisfy his obligations as an officer or employee of the Company, which failure has not been cured by Executive within ten days after written notice thereof to Executive from the Company; or

(v) material breach of any terms and conditions of this Agreement by Executive not caused by the Company, which breach has not been cured by Executive within ten days after written notice thereof to Executive from the Company.

(e) "Disability" hereunder shall mean the inability of Executive to perform on a full-time basis the duties and responsibilities of his employment with the Company by reason of his illness or other physical or mental impairment or condition, if such inability continues for an uninterrupted period of 45 days or more during any 360-day period. A period of inability shall be "uninterrupted" unless and until Executive returns to full-time work for a continuous period of at least 30 days.

(f) In the event of termination of Executive's employment, the sole obligation of the Company hereunder shall be its obligation to make the payments called

- 8 -

for by Sections 10(a), 10(b), or 10(c) hereof, as the case may be, and the Company shall have no other obligation to Executive or to his beneficiary or his estate, except as otherwise provided by law.

(g) Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, the Company shall not be obligated to make any payments under Section 10(b)(ii) or
(iii) of this Agreement unless Executive has signed a full release of claims against the Company, in a form and scope to be prescribed by the Board, all applicable consideration periods and rescission periods provided by law shall have expired, and Executive is in strict compliance with the terms of this Agreement as of the dates of the payments.

11. RETURN OF PROPERTY. Upon termination of Executive's employment with the Company, Executive shall deliver promptly to the Company all records, files, manuals, books, forms, documents, letters, memoranda, data, customer lists, tables, photographs, video tapes, audio tapes, computer disks and other computer storage media, and copies thereof, that are the property of the Company, or that relate in any way to the business, products, services, personnel, customers, prospective customers, suppliers, practices, or techniques of the Company, and all other property of the Company (such as, for example, computers, cellular telephones, pagers, credit cards, and keys), whether or not containing Confidential Information, that are in Executive's possession or under Executive's control.

12. REMEDIES. Executive acknowledges that it would be difficult to fully compensate the Company for monetary damages resulting from any breach by him of the provisions of Sections 6, 7, and 8 hereof. Accordingly, in the event of any actual or threatened breach of any such provisions, the Company shall, in addition to any other remedies it may have, be entitled to injunctive and other equitable relief to enforce such provisions, and such relief may be granted without the necessity of proving actual monetary damages.

13. MISCELLANEOUS.

(a) GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be governed by, subject to, and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Kentucky without regard to conflict of law principles. Any action relating to this Agreement shall only be brought in a court of competent jurisdiction in the Commonwealth of Kentucky, and the parties consent to the jurisdiction, venue and convenience of such courts.

(b) JURISDICTION AND LAW. Executive and the Company consent to jurisdiction of the courts of the Commonwealth of Kentucky and/or the federal district courts, Western District of Kentucky, for the purpose of resolving all issues of law, equity, or fact, arising out of or in connection with this Agreement. Any action involving claims of a breach of this Agreement shall be brought in such courts. Each party consents to personal jurisdiction over such party in the state and/or federal courts of Kentucky and hereby waives any defense of lack of personal jurisdiction or FORUM NON CONVENIENS. Venue, for the purpose of all such suits, shall be in Jefferson County, Commonwealth of Kentucky.

- 9 -

(c) ENTIRE AGREEMENT. Except for any written stock option agreement and related agreements between Executive and the Company, this Agreement contains the entire agreement of the parties relating to Executive's employment with the Company and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings with respect to such subject matter including without limitation the Prior Employment Agreement, and the parties hereto have made no agreements, representations or warranties relating to the subject matter of this Agreement that are not set forth herein. As of the Effective Date, the Prior Employment Agreement shall terminate and be of no further force or effect; provided, however, any obligations of Executive or the Company arising under the Prior Employment Agreement prior to the Effective Date shall survive such termination.

(d) NO VIOLATION OF OTHER AGREEMENTS. Executive hereby represents and agrees that neither (i) Executive's entering into this Agreement, (ii) Executive's employment with the Company, nor (iii) Executive's carrying out the provisions of this Agreement, will violate any other agreement (oral, written or other) to which Executive is a party or by which Executive is bound.

(e) AMENDMENTS. No amendment or modification of this Agreement shall be deemed effective unless made in writing and signed by the parties hereto.

(f) NO WAIVER. No term or condition of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been waived, except by a statement in writing signed by the party against whom enforcement of the waiver is sought. Any written waiver shall not be deemed a continuing waiver unless specifically stated, shall operate only as to the specific term or condition waived and shall not constitute a waiver of such term or condition for the future or as to any act other than that specifically waived.

(g) ASSIGNMENT. This Agreement shall not be assignable, in whole or in part, by either party without the prior written consent of the other party, except that the Company may, without the consent of Executive, assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement (i) to any entity with which the Company may merge or consolidate, or (ii) to any corporation or other person or business entity to which the Company may sell or transfer all or substantially all of its assets. After any such assignment by the Company, the Company shall be discharged from all further liability hereunder and such assignee shall thereafter be deemed to be the "Company" for purposes of all terms and conditions of this Agreement, including this
Section 13.

(h) COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, and such counterparts executed and delivered, each as an original, shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

(i) SEVERABILITY. Subject to Section 7(f) hereof, to the extent that any portion of any provision of this Agreement shall be invalid or unenforceable, it shall be considered deleted herefrom and the remainder of such provision and of this Agreement shall be unaffected and shall continue in full force and effect.

- 10 -

(j) SURVIVAL. The terms and conditions set forth in Sections 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 11, 12, and 13 of this Agreement, and any other provision that continues by its terms, shall survive expiration of the Term or termination of Executive's employment for any reason.

(k) CAPTIONS AND HEADINGS. The captions and paragraph headings used in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the construction or interpretation of this Agreement or any of the provisions hereof.

(l) NOTICES. Any notice required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and either delivered in person or sent by first class certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, if to the Company, at the Company's principal place of business, and if to Executive, at his home address most recently filed with the Company, or to such other address or addresses as either party shall have designated in writing to the other party hereto.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Executive and the Company have executed this Agreement as of the date set forth in the first paragraph.

TEXAS ROADHOUSE, INC.

By:
W. Kent Taylor, Chairman

GERARD J. HART


- 11 -

Exhibit 10.5

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
(SCOTT M. COLOSI)

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is entered into as of May 5, 2004 by and between TEXAS ROADHOUSE, INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and SCOTT M. COLOSI, a resident of the Commonwealth of Kentucky ("Executive").

RECITALS

A. The Company is preparing for an initial public offering of its shares of Class A Common Stock, $0.001 par value ("Class A Common Stock"), which will be registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "IPO").

B. The Company has entered into an agreement to merge with Texas Roadhouse Management Corp., a Kentucky corporation ("Management Corp."), effective immediately prior to the closing of the IPO, with the Company as the surviving corporation.

C. Executive is currently employed by Management Corp. as its Chief Financial Officer, pursuant to an Employment Agreement dated November 2002, between Management Corp. and Executive (the "Prior Employment Agreement").

D. Executive has been appointed as the Chief Financial Officer of the Company.

E. The Company desires that the employment of Executive, and Executive wishes such employment, as Chief Financial Officer of the Company following the IPO, to be governed by the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and the respective agreements of the Company and Executive set forth below, the Company and Executive, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

1. EFFECTIVE DATE. The terms and conditions of Executive's employment hereunder shall become effective upon completion and closing of the IPO (the "Effective Date"). Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the terms and conditions of Executive's employment hereunder shall not become effective and this Agreement shall immediately terminate if, prior to the Effective Date, any of the following shall occur: (a) Executive resigns from his employment with the Company, (b) the death or Disability (as defined in Section 10 hereof) of Executive, (c) the Company decides not to proceed with the IPO, (d) if the Company files a Registration Statement on Form S-1 with the Securities and Exchange Commission relating to an IPO, the subsequent withdrawal of such Registration Statement prior to its effectiveness, (e) if the IPO does not close on or prior to September 30, 2004, or (f) Executive's employment is terminated by Management Corp. Neither Executive nor the Company may revoke or cancel this Agreement prior to the Effective Date without written agreement of the other party.


2. EMPLOYMENT. Subject to all the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Executive's period of employment under this Agreement shall be the period (the "Term") commencing on the Effective Date and ending on the last day of the twelfth full fiscal quarter following the Effective Date (the "Third Anniversary Date"), unless the Executive's employment terminates earlier in accordance with Section 9 hereof. Thereafter, if Executive continues in the employ of the Company, the employment relationship shall continue to be at will, terminable by either Executive or the Company at any time and for any reason, with or without cause, and subject to such terms and conditions established by the Company from time to time.

3. POSITION AND DUTIES.

(a) EMPLOYMENT WITH THE COMPANY. While Executive is employed by the Company during the Term, Executive shall be employed as the Chief Financial Officer of the Company, and such other titles as the Company may designate, and shall perform such duties and responsibilities as the Company shall assign to him from time to time, including duties and responsibilities relating to the Company's wholly-owned and partially owned subsidiaries and other affiliates.

(b) PERFORMANCE OF DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES. Executive shall serve the Company faithfully and to the best of his ability and shall devote his full working time, attention and efforts to the business of the Company during his employment with the Company hereunder. While Executive is employed by the Company during the Term, Executive shall report to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company or to such other person as designated by the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board"). Executive hereby represents and confirms that he is under no contractual or legal commitments that would prevent him from fulfilling his duties and responsibilities as set forth in this Agreement. During his employment with the Company, Executive shall not accept other employment or engage in other material business activity, except as approved in writing by the Board. Executive may participate in charitable activities and personal investment activities to a reasonable extent, and he may serve as a director of business organizations as approved by the Board, so long as such activities and directorships do not interfere with the performance of his duties and responsibilities hereunder.

4. COMPENSATION.

(a) BASE SALARY. While Executive is employed by the Company during the Term, the Company shall pay to Executive a base salary at the rate of Two Hundred Ten Thousand and no/100 Dollars ($210,000.00) per fiscal year, less deductions and withholdings, which base salary shall be paid in accordance with the Company's normal payroll policies and procedures.

(b) INCENTIVE BONUS. Commencing with the first full fiscal quarter following the Effective Date and for each full fiscal quarter thereafter that Executive is employed by the Company during the Term, Executive shall be eligible for a quarterly

- 2 -

incentive bonus in an amount up to Twenty Eight Thousand Seven Hundred Fifty and no/100 Dollars ($28,750.00), based upon achievement of defined goals established by the Compensation Committee of the Board and in accordance with the terms of any incentive plan of the Company in effect from time to time (the "Incentive Bonus"). The level of achievement of the objectives each fiscal quarter and the amount payable as Incentive Bonus shall be determined in good faith by the Compensation Committee. Any Incentive Bonus earned for a fiscal quarter shall be paid to Executive on or before the 90th day following the last day of such fiscal quarter.

(c) STOCK OPTIONS. Pursuant to the First Amended and Restated Equity Incentive Plan of the Company, as of the Effective Date, Executive shall be granted options to purchase 50,000 shares of Class A Common Stock at an exercise price equal to the price per share at which shares of Class A Common Stock are offered to the public in the IPO. The options shall vest in accordance with the following schedule:

             DATE                          AMOUNT VESTING
             ----                          --------------
First Anniversary of the Effective Date              None
Second Anniversary of Effective Date        10,000 shares
Third Anniversary of Effective Date         40,000 shares

If a share dividend, share split or share combination shall occur with respect to the Common Shares of Texas Roadhouse Holdings LLC, a Kentucky limited liability company, shall occur prior to the closing of the IPO, or such Common Shares are exchanged for shares of Class A Common Stock in connection with the IPO on a basis other than one-to-one, the amounts set forth in this Section 4(c) shall be correspondingly adjusted.

(d) BENEFITS. While Executive is employed by the Company during the Term, Executive shall be entitled to participate in all employee benefit plans and programs of the Company that are available to executive officers generally to the extent that Executive meets the eligibility requirements for each individual plan or program. The Company provides no assurance as to the adoption or continuance of any particular employee benefit plan or program, and Executive's participation in any such plan or program shall be subject to the provisions, rules and regulations applicable thereto.

(e) EXPENSES. While Executive is employed by the Company during the Term, the Company shall reimburse Executive for all reasonable and necessary out-of-pocket business, travel and entertainment expenses incurred by him in the performance of his duties and responsibilities hereunder, subject to the Company's normal policies and procedures for expense verification and documentation.

(f) VACATIONS AND HOLIDAYS. Executive shall be entitled to be absent from his duties for the Company by reason of vacation for a period of three weeks per calendar year. Executive shall coordinate his vacation schedule with the Company so as not to impose an undue burden on the Company. In addition, Executive shall be entitled

- 3 -

to such national and religious holidays as the Board shall approve for all of its employees from time to time.

5. AFFILIATED ENTITIES. As used in Sections 6, 7 and 8 of this Agreement, "Company" shall include the Company and each corporation, limited liability company, partnership, or other entity that is controlled by the Company, or is under common control with the Company (in each case "control" meaning the direct or indirect ownership of 50% or more of all outstanding equity interests).

6. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION. Except as required in the performance of Executive's duties as an employee of the Company or as authorized in writing by the Board, Executive shall not, either during Executive's employment with the Company or at any time thereafter, use, disclose or make accessible to any person any confidential information for any purpose. "Confidential Information" means information proprietary to the Company or its suppliers or prospective suppliers and not generally known (including trade secret information) about the Company's suppliers, products, services, personnel, customers, recipes, pricing, sales strategies, technology, computer software code, methods, processes, designs, research, development systems, techniques, finances, accounting, purchasing, and plans. All information disclosed to Executive or to which Executive obtains access, whether originated by Executive or by others, during the period of Executive's employment by the Company (whether before, during, or after the Term), shall be presumed to be Confidential Information if it is treated by the Company as being Confidential Information or if Executive has a reasonable basis to believe it to be Confidential Information. Executive acknowledges that the above-described knowledge and information constitutes a unique and valuable asset of the Company and represents a substantial investment of time and expense by the Company, and that any disclosure or other use of such knowledge or information other than for the sole benefit of the Company would be wrongful and would cause irreparable harm to the Company. During Executive's employment with the Company, Executive shall refrain from committing any acts that would materially reduce the value of such knowledge or information to the Company. The foregoing obligations of confidentiality shall not apply to any knowledge or information that (i) is now or subsequently becomes generally publicly known, or (ii) is required to be disclosed by law or legal process, other than as a direct or indirect result of the breach of this Agreement by Executive. Executive acknowledges that the obligations imposed by this Section 6 are in addition to, and not in place of, any obligations imposed by applicable statutory or common law.

7. NONCOMPETITION COVENANT.

(a) AGREEMENT NOT TO COMPETE. During Executive's employment with the Company (whether before, during, or after the Term) and during the Restricted Period (as defined below), Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, on his own behalf or on behalf of any person or entity other than the Company, including without limitation as a proprietor, principal, agent, partner, officer, director, stockholder, employee, member of any association, consultant or otherwise, engage in any business that is then competitive

- 4 -

with the business of the Company, including without limitation any business that operates one or more restaurants that utilize a steakhouse or roadhouse concept.

(b) AGREEMENT NOT TO HIRE. Except as required in the performance of Executive's duties as an employee of the Company, during Executive's employment with the Company (whether before, during, or after the Term) and during the Restricted Period, Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, hire, engage or solicit or induce or attempt to induce to cease working for the Company, any person who is then an employee of the Company or who was an employee of the Company during the six (6) month period immediately preceding Executive's termination of employment with the Company.

(c) AGREEMENT NOT TO SOLICIT. Except as required in the performance of Executive's duties as an employee of the Company, during Executive's employment with the Company (whether before, during, or after the Term) and during the Restricted Period, Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, solicit, request, advise, induce or attempt to induce any vendor, supplier or other business contact of the Company to cancel, curtail, cease doing business with, or otherwise adversely change its relationship with the Company.

(d) RESTRICTED PERIOD. "Restricted Period" hereunder means the period commencing on the last day of Executive's employment with the Company and ending on the date that is two years following the last day of the Term.

(e) ACKNOWLEDGMENT. Executive hereby acknowledges that the provisions of this Section 7 are reasonable and necessary to protect the legitimate interests of the Company and that any violation of this Section 7 by Executive shall cause substantial and irreparable harm to the Company to such an extent that monetary damages alone would be an inadequate remedy therefor. Therefore, in the event that Executive violates any provision of this Section 7, the Company shall be entitled to an injunction, in addition to all the other remedies it may have, restraining Executive from violating or continuing to violate such provision.

(f) BLUE PENCIL DOCTRINE. If the duration of, the scope of or any business activity covered by any provision of this Section 7 is in excess of what is determined to be valid and enforceable under applicable law, such provision shall be construed to cover only that duration, scope or activity that is determined to be valid and enforceable. Executive hereby acknowledges that this Section 7 shall be given the construction that renders its provisions valid and enforceable to the maximum extent, not exceeding its express terms, possible under applicable law.

(g) PERMITTED EQUITY OWNERSHIP. Ownership by Executive, as a passive investment, of less than 2.5% of the outstanding shares of capital stock of any corporation listed on a national securities exchange or publicly traded in the over-the-counter market shall not constitute a breach of this Section 7.

- 5 -

8. INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY.

(a) DISCLOSURE AND ASSIGNMENT. As of the Effective Date, Executive hereby transfers and assigns to the Company (or its designee) all right, title, and interest of Executive in and to every idea, concept, invention, and improvement (whether patented, patentable or not) conceived or reduced to practice by Executive whether solely or in collaboration with others while he is employed by the Company, and all copyrighted or copyrightable matter created by Executive whether solely or in collaboration with others while he is employed by the Company that relates to the Company's business (collectively, "Creations"). Executive shall communicate promptly and disclose to the Company, in such form as the Company may request, all information, details, and data pertaining to each Creation. Every copyrightable Creation, regardless of whether copyright protection is sought or preserved by the Company, shall be a "work made for hire" as defined in 17 U.S.C. Section 101, and the Company shall own all rights in and to such matter throughout the world, without the payment of any royalty or other consideration to Executive or anyone claiming through Executive.

(b) TRADEMARKS. All right, title, and interest in and to any and all trademarks, trade names, service marks, and logos adopted, used, or considered for use by the Company during Executive's employment (whether or not developed by Executive) to identify the Company's business or other goods or services (collectively, the "Marks"), together with the goodwill appurtenant thereto, and all other materials, ideas, or other property conceived, created, developed, adopted, or improved by Executive solely or jointly during Executive's employment by the Company and relating to its business shall be owned exclusively by the Company. Executive shall not have, and will not claim to have, any right, title, or interest of any kind in or to the Marks or such other property.

(c) DOCUMENTATION. Executive shall execute and deliver to the Company such formal transfers and assignments and such other documents as the Company may request to permit the Company (or its designee) to file and prosecute such registration applications and other documents it deems useful to protect or enforce its rights hereunder. Any idea, invention, copyrightable matter, or other property relating to the Company's business and disclosed by Executive prior to the first anniversary of the effective date of Executive's termination of employment shall be deemed to be governed by the terms of this Section 8 unless proven by Executive to have been first conceived and made after such termination date.

(d) NON-APPLICABILITY. Executive is hereby notified that this
Section 8 does not apply to any invention for which no equipment, supplies, facility, Confidential Information, or other trade secret information of the Company was used and which was developed entirely on Executive's own time, unless (i) the invention relates (A) directly to the business of the Company or (B) to the Company's actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development, or (ii) the invention results from any work performed by Executive for the Company.

- 6 -

9. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT.

(a) Executive's employment with the Company shall terminate immediately upon:

(i) Executive's receipt of written notice from the Company of the termination of his employment;

(ii) the Company's receipt of Executive's written resignation from the Company;

(iii) Executive's Disability (as defined below); or

(iv) Executive's death.

(b) The date upon which Executive's termination of employment with the Company occurs shall be the "Termination Date."

10. PAYMENTS UPON TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT.

(a) If Executive's employment with the Company is terminated by reason of:

(i) Executive's abandonment of his employment or Executive's resignation for any reason (whether or not such resignation is set forth in writing or otherwise communicated to the Company);

(ii) termination of Executive's employment by the Company for Cause (as defined below); or

(iii) termination of Executive's employment by the Company without Cause following expiration of the Term; or

the Company shall pay to Executive his then-current base salary through the Termination Date.

(b) If Executive's employment with the Company is terminated by the Company effective prior to the expiration of the Term for any reason other than for Cause (as defined below), then the Company shall pay to Executive, subject to Section 10(i) of this Agreement:

(i) his then-current base salary through the Termination Date;

- 7 -

(ii) any earned and unpaid annual Incentive Bonus for the fiscal quarter immediately preceding the fiscal quarter in which the Termination Date occurs;

(iii) the amount of his then current base salary that Executive would have received from the Termination Date through the earlier of (A) 90 days following such Termination Date and (B) the Third Anniversary Date if his employment with the Company had not been terminated; and

(iv) 25% of the aggregate quarterly Incentive Bonus earned by Executive for the last four full fiscal quarters immediately preceding the fiscal quarter in which the Termination Date occurs, provided, however, if the Termination Date occurs during the fiscal quarter ending on the Third Anniversary Date, the amount payable pursuant to this Section 10(b)(iv) shall be reduced by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days during such fiscal quarter that Executive was employed by the Company and the denominator of which is the number of days in such fiscal quarter.

Any amount payable to Executive pursuant to Section 10(b)(iii) shall be subject to deductions and withholdings and shall be paid to Executive by the Company in the same periodic installments in accordance with the Company's regular payroll practices commencing on the first normal payroll date of the Company following the expiration of all applicable rescission periods provided by law. Any amount payable to Executive pursuant to
Section 10(b)(ii) shall be paid to Executive by the Company in the same manner and at the same time that Incentive Bonus payments are made to current employees of the Company, but no earlier than the first normal payroll date of the Company following the expiration of all applicable rescission periods provided by law. Any amount payable to Executive pursuant to Section 10(b)(iv) shall be paid to Executive by the Company on the same date as any payment would be made pursuant to Section 10(b)(ii) if Executive were entitled to such payment.

(c) If Executive's employment with the Company is terminated effective prior to the expiration of the Term by reason of Executive's death or Disability, the Company shall pay to Executive or his beneficiary or his estate, as the case may be, his then-current base salary through the Termination Date, any earned and unpaid quarterly Incentive Bonus for the fiscal quarter preceding the fiscal quarter in which the Termination Date occurs and a pro-rated portion of any quarterly Incentive Bonus for the fiscal quarter in which the Termination Date occurs, based on the number of days during such fiscal quarter that Executive was employed by the Company, payable in the same manner and at the same time that Incentive Bonus payments are made to current employees of the Company.

- 8 -

(d) Cause. "Cause" hereunder shall mean:

(i) an act or acts of dishonesty undertaken by Executive and intended to result in substantial gain or personal enrichment of Executive at the expense of the Company;

(ii) unlawful conduct or gross misconduct that is willful and deliberate on Executive's part and that, in either event, is materially injurious to the Company;

(iii) the conviction of Executive of a felony;

(iv) material and deliberate failure of Executive to perform his duties and responsibilities hereunder or to satisfy his obligations as an officer or employee of the Company, which failure has not been cured by Executive within ten days after written notice thereof to Executive from the Company; or

(v) material breach of any terms and conditions of this Agreement by Executive not caused by the Company, which breach has not been cured by Executive within ten days after written notice thereof to Executive from the Company.

(e) "Disability" hereunder shall mean the inability of Executive to perform on a full-time basis the duties and responsibilities of his employment with the Company by reason of his illness or other physical or mental impairment or condition, if such inability continues for an uninterrupted period of 45 days or more during any 360-day period. A period of inability shall be "uninterrupted" unless and until Executive returns to full-time work for a continuous period of at least 30 days.

(f) In the event of termination of Executive's employment, the sole obligation of the Company hereunder shall be its obligation to make the payments called for by Sections 10(a), 10(b), or 10(c) hereof, as the case may be, and the Company shall have no other obligation to Executive or to his beneficiary or his estate, except as otherwise provided by law.

(g) Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, the Company shall not be obligated to make any payments under Section 10(b)(ii), (iii) or (iv) of this Agreement unless Executive has signed a full release of claims against the Company, in a form and scope to be prescribed by the Board, all applicable consideration periods and rescission periods provided by law shall have expired, and Executive is in strict compliance with the terms of this Agreement as of the dates of the payments.

- 9 -

11. RETURN OF PROPERTY. Upon termination of Executive's employment with the Company, Executive shall deliver promptly to the Company all records, files, manuals, books, forms, documents, letters, memoranda, data, customer lists, tables, photographs, video tapes, audio tapes, computer disks and other computer storage media, and copies thereof, that are the property of the Company, or that relate in any way to the business, products, services, personnel, customers, prospective customers, suppliers, practices, or techniques of the Company, and all other property of the Company (such as, for example, computers, cellular telephones, pagers, credit cards, and keys), whether or not containing Confidential Information, that are in Executive's possession or under Executive's control.

12. REMEDIES. Executive acknowledges that it would be difficult to fully compensate the Company for monetary damages resulting from any breach by him of the provisions of Sections 6, 7, and 8 hereof. Accordingly, in the event of any actual or threatened breach of any such provisions, the Company shall, in addition to any other remedies it may have, be entitled to injunctive and other equitable relief to enforce such provisions, and such relief may be granted without the necessity of proving actual monetary damages.

13. MISCELLANEOUS.

(a) GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be governed by, subject to, and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Kentucky without regard to conflict of law principles. Any action relating to this Agreement shall only be brought in a court of competent jurisdiction in the Commonwealth of Kentucky, and the parties consent to the jurisdiction, venue and convenience of such courts.

(b) JURISDICTION AND LAW. Executive and the Company consent to jurisdiction of the courts of the Commonwealth of Kentucky and/or the federal district courts, Western District of Kentucky, for the purpose of resolving all issues of law, equity, or fact, arising out of or in connection with this Agreement. Any action involving claims of a breach of this Agreement shall be brought in such courts. Each party consents to personal jurisdiction over such party in the state and/or federal courts of Kentucky and hereby waives any defense of lack of personal jurisdiction or FORUM NON CONVENIENS. Venue, for the purpose of all such suits, shall be in Jefferson County, Commonwealth of Kentucky.

(c) ENTIRE AGREEMENT. Except for any written stock option agreement and related agreements between Executive and the Company, this Agreement contains the entire agreement of the parties relating to Executive's employment with the Company and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings with respect to such subject matter including without limitation the Prior Employment Agreement, and the parties hereto have made no agreements, representations or warranties relating to the subject matter of this Agreement that are not set forth herein. As of the Effective Date, the Prior Employment Agreement shall terminate and be of no further force or effect; provided,

- 10 -

however, any obligations of Executive or the Company arising under the Prior Employment Agreement prior to the Effective Date shall survive such termination.

(d) NO VIOLATION OF OTHER AGREEMENTS. Executive hereby represents and agrees that neither (i) Executive's entering into this Agreement, (ii) Executive's employment with the Company, nor (iii) Executive's carrying out the provisions of this Agreement, will violate any other agreement (oral, written or other) to which Executive is a party or by which Executive is bound.

(e) AMENDMENTS. No amendment or modification of this Agreement shall be deemed effective unless made in writing and signed by the parties hereto.

(f) NO WAIVER. No term or condition of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been waived, except by a statement in writing signed by the party against whom enforcement of the waiver is sought. Any written waiver shall not be deemed a continuing waiver unless specifically stated, shall operate only as to the specific term or condition waived and shall not constitute a waiver of such term or condition for the future or as to any act other than that specifically waived.

(g) ASSIGNMENT. This Agreement shall not be assignable, in whole or in part, by either party without the prior written consent of the other party, except that the Company may, without the consent of Executive, assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement (i) to any entity with which the Company may merge or consolidate, or (ii) to any corporation or other person or business entity to which the Company may sell or transfer all or substantially all of its assets. After any such assignment by the Company, the Company shall be discharged from all further liability hereunder and such assignee shall thereafter be deemed to be the "Company" for purposes of all terms and conditions of this Agreement, including this
Section 13.

(h) COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, and such counterparts executed and delivered, each as an original, shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

(i) SEVERABILITY. Subject to Section 7(f) hereof, to the extent that any portion of any provision of this Agreement shall be invalid or unenforceable, it shall be considered deleted herefrom and the remainder of such provision and of this Agreement shall be unaffected and shall continue in full force and effect.

(j) SURVIVAL. The terms and conditions set forth in Sections 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 11, 12, and 13 of this Agreement, and any other provision that continues by its terms, shall survive expiration of the Term or termination of Executive's employment for any reason.

(k) CAPTIONS AND HEADINGS. The captions and paragraph headings used in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the construction or interpretation of this Agreement or any of the provisions hereof.

- 11 -

(l) NOTICES. Any notice required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and either delivered in person or sent by first class certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, if to the Company, at the Company's principal place of business, and if to Executive, at his home address most recently filed with the Company, or to such other address or addresses as either party shall have designated in writing to the other party hereto.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Executive and the Company have executed this Agreement as of the date set forth in the first paragraph.

TEXAS ROADHOUSE, INC.

By:
W. Kent Taylor, Chairman

SCOTT M. COLOSI


- 12 -

Exhibit 10.6

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
(STEVEN L. ORTIZ)

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is entered into as of May 5, 2004 by and between TEXAS ROADHOUSE, INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and STEVEN L. ORTIZ, a resident of the Commonwealth of Kentucky ("Executive").

RECITALS

A. The Company is preparing for an initial public offering of its shares of Class A Common Stock, $0.001 par value ("Class A Common Stock"), which will be registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "IPO").

B. The Company has entered into an agreement to merge with Texas Roadhouse Management Corp., a Kentucky corporation ("Management Corp."), effective immediately prior to the closing of the IPO, with the Company as the surviving corporation.

C. Executive is currently employed by Management Corp. as its Executive Vice President of Operations, pursuant to an Employment Agreement dated January 1, 1999, between Management Corp. and Executive (the "Prior Employment Agreement").

D. Executive has been appointed as the Chief Operating Officer of the Company.

E. The Company desires that the employment of Executive, and Executive wishes such employment, as Chief Operating Officer of the Company following the IPO, to be governed by the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and the respective agreements of the Company and Executive set forth below, the Company and Executive, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

1. EFFECTIVE DATE. The terms and conditions of Executive's employment hereunder shall become effective upon completion and closing of the IPO (the "Effective Date"). Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the terms and conditions of Executive's employment hereunder shall not become effective and this Agreement shall immediately terminate if, prior to the Effective Date, any of the following shall occur: (a) Executive resigns from his employment with the Company, (b) the death or Disability (as defined in Section 10 hereof) of Executive, (c) the Company decides not to proceed with the IPO, (d) if the Company files a Registration Statement on Form S-1 with the Securities and Exchange Commission relating to an IPO, the subsequent withdrawal of such Registration Statement prior to its effectiveness, (e) if the IPO does not close on or prior to September 30, 2004, or (f) Executive's employment is terminated by Management Corp. Neither Executive nor the Company may revoke or cancel this Agreement prior to the Effective Date without written agreement of the other party.


2. EMPLOYMENT. Subject to all the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Executive's period of employment under this Agreement shall be the period (the "Term") commencing on the Effective Date and ending on the last day of the twelfth full fiscal quarter following the Effective Date (the "Third Anniversary Date"), unless the Executive's employment terminates earlier in accordance with Section 9 hereof. Thereafter, if Executive continues in the employ of the Company, the employment relationship shall continue to be at will, terminable by either Executive or the Company at any time and for any reason, with or without cause, and subject to such terms and conditions established by the Company from time to time.

3. POSITION AND DUTIES.

(a) EMPLOYMENT WITH THE COMPANY. While Executive is employed by the Company during the Term, Executive shall be employed as the Chief Operating Officer of the Company, and such other titles as the Company may designate, and shall perform such duties and responsibilities as the Company shall assign to him from time to time, including duties and responsibilities relating to the Company's wholly-owned and partially owned subsidiaries and other affiliates.

(b) PERFORMANCE OF DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES. Executive shall serve the Company faithfully and to the best of his ability and shall devote his full working time, attention and efforts to the business of the Company during his employment with the Company hereunder. While Executive is employed by the Company during the Term, Executive shall report to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company or to such other person as designated by the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board"). Executive hereby represents and confirms that he is under no contractual or legal commitments that would prevent him from fulfilling his duties and responsibilities as set forth in this Agreement. During his employment with the Company, Executive shall not accept other employment or engage in other material business activity, except as approved in writing by the Board. Executive may participate in charitable activities and personal investment activities to a reasonable extent, and he may serve as a director of business organizations as approved by the Board, so long as such activities and directorships do not interfere with the performance of his duties and responsibilities hereunder.

4. COMPENSATION.

(a) BASE SALARY. While Executive is employed by the Company during the Term, the Company shall pay to Executive a base salary at the rate of Four Hundred Thousand and no/100 Dollars ($400,000.00) per fiscal year, less deductions and withholdings, which base salary shall be paid in accordance with the Company's normal payroll policies and procedures.

(b) INCENTIVE BONUS. Commencing with the first full fiscal quarter following the Effective Date and for each full fiscal quarter thereafter that Executive is employed by the Company during the Term, Executive shall be eligible for a quarterly

- 2 -

incentive bonus in an amount up to Fifty Thousand and no/100 Dollars ($50,000.00), based upon achievement of defined goals established by the Compensation Committee of the Board and in accordance with the terms of any incentive plan of the Company in effect from time to time (the "Incentive Bonus"). The level of achievement of the objectives each fiscal quarter and the amount payable as Incentive Bonus shall be determined in good faith by the Compensation Committee. Any Incentive Bonus earned for a fiscal quarter shall be paid to Executive on or before the 90th day following the last day of such fiscal quarter.

(c) STOCK OPTIONS. Pursuant to the First Amended and Restated Equity Incentive Plan of the Company, as of the Effective Date, Executive shall be granted options to purchase 120,000 shares of Class A Common Stock at an exercise price equal to the price per share at which shares of Class A Common Stock are offered to the public in the IPO. The options shall vest in accordance with the following schedule:

             DATE                          AMOUNT VESTING
             ----                          --------------
First Anniversary of the Effective Date        24,000 shares
Second Anniversary of Effective Date           24,000 shares
Third Anniversary of Effective Date            72,000 shares

If a share dividend, share split or share combination shall occur with respect to the Common Shares of Texas Roadhouse Holdings LLC, a Kentucky limited liability company, shall occur prior to the closing of the IPO, or such Common Shares are exchanged for shares of Class A Common Stock in connection with the IPO on a basis other than one-to-one, the amounts set forth in this Section 4(c) shall be correspondingly adjusted.

(d) BENEFITS. While Executive is employed by the Company during the Term, Executive shall be entitled to participate in all employee benefit plans and programs of the Company that are available to executive officers generally to the extent that Executive meets the eligibility requirements for each individual plan or program. The Company provides no assurance as to the adoption or continuance of any particular employee benefit plan or program, and Executive's participation in any such plan or program shall be subject to the provisions, rules and regulations applicable thereto.

(e) EXPENSES. While Executive is employed by the Company during the Term, the Company shall reimburse Executive for all reasonable and necessary out-of-pocket business, travel and entertainment expenses incurred by him in the performance of his duties and responsibilities hereunder, subject to the Company's normal policies and procedures for expense verification and documentation.

(f) VACATIONS AND HOLIDAYS. Executive shall be entitled to be absent from his duties for the Company by reason of vacation for a period of four weeks per calendar year. Executive shall coordinate his vacation schedule with the Company so as not to impose an undue burden on the Company. In addition, Executive shall be entitled

- 3 -

to such national and religious holidays as the Board shall approve for all of its employees from time to time.

5. AFFILIATED ENTITIES. As used in Sections 6, 7 and 8 of this Agreement, "Company" shall include the Company and each corporation, limited liability company, partnership, or other entity that is controlled by the Company, or is under common control with the Company (in each case "control" meaning the direct or indirect ownership of 50% or more of all outstanding equity interests).

6. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION. Except as required in the performance of Executive's duties as an employee of the Company or as authorized in writing by the Board, Executive shall not, either during Executive's employment with the Company or at any time thereafter, use, disclose or make accessible to any person any confidential information for any purpose. "Confidential Information" means information proprietary to the Company or its suppliers or prospective suppliers and not generally known (including trade secret information) about the Company's suppliers, products, services, personnel, customers, recipes, pricing, sales strategies, technology, computer software code, methods, processes, designs, research, development systems, techniques, finances, accounting, purchasing, and plans. All information disclosed to Executive or to which Executive obtains access, whether originated by Executive or by others, during the period of Executive's employment by the Company (whether before, during, or after the Term), shall be presumed to be Confidential Information if it is treated by the Company as being Confidential Information or if Executive has a reasonable basis to believe it to be Confidential Information. Executive acknowledges that the above-described knowledge and information constitutes a unique and valuable asset of the Company and represents a substantial investment of time and expense by the Company, and that any disclosure or other use of such knowledge or information other than for the sole benefit of the Company would be wrongful and would cause irreparable harm to the Company. During Executive's employment with the Company, Executive shall refrain from committing any acts that would materially reduce the value of such knowledge or information to the Company. The foregoing obligations of confidentiality shall not apply to any knowledge or information that (i) is now or subsequently becomes generally publicly known, or (ii) is required to be disclosed by law or legal process, other than as a direct or indirect result of the breach of this Agreement by Executive. Executive acknowledges that the obligations imposed by this Section 6 are in addition to, and not in place of, any obligations imposed by applicable statutory or common law.

7. NONCOMPETITION COVENANT.

(a) AGREEMENT NOT TO COMPETE. During Executive's employment with the Company (whether before, during, or after the Term) and during the Restricted Period (as defined below), Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, on his own behalf or on behalf of any person or entity other than the Company, including without limitation as a proprietor, principal, agent, partner, officer, director, stockholder, employee, member of any association, consultant or otherwise, engage in any business that is then competitive with the business

- 4 -

of the Company, including without limitation any business that operates one or more restaurants that utilize a steakhouse or roadhouse concept.

(b) AGREEMENT NOT TO HIRE. Except as required in the performance of Executive's duties as an employee of the Company, during Executive's employment with the Company (whether before, during, or after the Term) and during the Restricted Period, Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, hire, engage or solicit or induce or attempt to induce to cease working for the Company, any person who is then an employee of the Company or who was an employee of the Company during the six (6) month period immediately preceding Executive's termination of employment with the Company.

(c) AGREEMENT NOT TO SOLICIT. Except as required in the performance of Executive's duties as an employee of the Company, during Executive's employment with the Company (whether before, during, or after the Term) and during the Restricted Period, Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, solicit, request, advise, induce or attempt to induce any vendor, supplier or other business contact of the Company to cancel, curtail, cease doing business with, or otherwise adversely change its relationship with the Company.

(d) RESTRICTED PERIOD. "Restricted Period" hereunder means the period commencing on the last day of Executive's employment with the Company and ending on the date that is two years following the last day of the Term.

(e) ACKNOWLEDGMENT. Executive hereby acknowledges that the provisions of this Section 7 are reasonable and necessary to protect the legitimate interests of the Company and that any violation of this Section 7 by Executive shall cause substantial and irreparable harm to the Company to such an extent that monetary damages alone would be an inadequate remedy therefor. Therefore, in the event that Executive violates any provision of this Section 7, the Company shall be entitled to an injunction, in addition to all the other remedies it may have, restraining Executive from violating or continuing to violate such provision.

(f) BLUE PENCIL DOCTRINE. If the duration of, the scope of or any business activity covered by any provision of this Section 7 is in excess of what is determined to be valid and enforceable under applicable law, such provision shall be construed to cover only that duration, scope or activity that is determined to be valid and enforceable. Executive hereby acknowledges that this Section 7 shall be given the construction that renders its provisions valid and enforceable to the maximum extent, not exceeding its express terms, possible under applicable law.

(g) PERMITTED EQUITY OWNERSHIP. Ownership by Executive, as a passive investment, of less than 2.5% of the outstanding shares of capital stock of any corporation listed on a national securities exchange or publicly traded in the over-the-counter market shall not constitute a breach of this Section 7.

- 5 -

8. INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY.

(a) DISCLOSURE AND ASSIGNMENT. As of the Effective Date, Executive hereby transfers and assigns to the Company (or its designee) all right, title, and interest of Executive in and to every idea, concept, invention, and improvement (whether patented, patentable or not) conceived or reduced to practice by Executive whether solely or in collaboration with others while he is employed by the Company, and all copyrighted or copyrightable matter created by Executive whether solely or in collaboration with others while he is employed by the Company that relates to the Company's business (collectively, "Creations"). Executive shall communicate promptly and disclose to the Company, in such form as the Company may request, all information, details, and data pertaining to each Creation. Every copyrightable Creation, regardless of whether copyright protection is sought or preserved by the Company, shall be a "work made for hire" as defined in 17 U.S.C. Section 101, and the Company shall own all rights in and to such matter throughout the world, without the payment of any royalty or other consideration to Executive or anyone claiming through Executive.

(b) TRADEMARKS. All right, title, and interest in and to any and all trademarks, trade names, service marks, and logos adopted, used, or considered for use by the Company during Executive's employment (whether or not developed by Executive) to identify the Company's business or other goods or services (collectively, the "Marks"), together with the goodwill appurtenant thereto, and all other materials, ideas, or other property conceived, created, developed, adopted, or improved by Executive solely or jointly during Executive's employment by the Company and relating to its business shall be owned exclusively by the Company. Executive shall not have, and will not claim to have, any right, title, or interest of any kind in or to the Marks or such other property.

(c) DOCUMENTATION. Executive shall execute and deliver to the Company such formal transfers and assignments and such other documents as the Company may request to permit the Company (or its designee) to file and prosecute such registration applications and other documents it deems useful to protect or enforce its rights hereunder. Any idea, invention, copyrightable matter, or other property relating to the Company's business and disclosed by Executive prior to the first anniversary of the effective date of Executive's termination of employment shall be deemed to be governed by the terms of this Section 8 unless proven by Executive to have been first conceived and made after such termination date.

(d) NON-APPLICABILITY. Executive is hereby notified that this
Section 8 does not apply to any invention for which no equipment, supplies, facility, Confidential Information, or other trade secret information of the Company was used and which was developed entirely on Executive's own time, unless (i) the invention relates (A) directly to the business of the Company or (B) to the Company's actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development, or (ii) the invention results from any work performed by Executive for the Company.

- 6 -

9. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT.

(a) Executive's employment with the Company shall terminate immediately upon:

(i) Executive's receipt of written notice from the Company of the termination of his employment;

(ii) the Company's receipt of Executive's written resignation from the Company;

(iii) Executive's Disability (as defined below); or

(iv) Executive's death.

(b) The date upon which Executive's termination of employment with the Company occurs shall be the "Termination Date."

10. PAYMENTS UPON TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT.

(a) If Executive's employment with the Company is terminated by reason of:

(i) Executive's abandonment of his employment or Executive's resignation for any reason (whether or not such resignation is set forth in writing or otherwise communicated to the Company);

(ii) termination of Executive's employment by the Company for Cause (as defined below); or

(iii) termination of Executive's employment by the Company without Cause following expiration of the Term; or

the Company shall pay to Executive his then-current base salary through the Termination Date.

(b) If Executive's employment with the Company is terminated by the Company effective prior to the expiration of the Term for any reason other than for Cause (as defined below), then the Company shall pay to Executive, subject to Section 10(i) of this Agreement:

(i) his then-current base salary through the Termination Date;

- 7 -

(ii) any earned and unpaid annual Incentive Bonus for the fiscal quarter immediately preceding the fiscal quarter in which the Termination Date occurs; and

(iii) a crisp $100 bill from W. Kent Taylor.

Any amount payable to Executive pursuant to Section 10(b)(ii) shall be paid to Executive by the Company in the same manner and at the same time that Incentive Bonus payments are made to current employees of the Company, but no earlier than the first normal payroll date of the Company following the expiration of all applicable rescission periods provided by law.

(c) If Executive's employment with the Company is terminated effective prior to the expiration of the Term by reason of Executive's death or Disability, the Company shall pay to Executive or his beneficiary or his estate, as the case may be, his then-current base salary through the Termination Date, any earned and unpaid quarterly Incentive Bonus for the fiscal quarter preceding the fiscal quarter in which the Termination Date occurs and a pro-rated portion of any quarterly Incentive Bonus for the fiscal quarter in which the Termination Date occurs, based on the number of days during such fiscal quarter that Executive was employed by the Company, payable in the same manner and at the same time that Incentive Bonus payments are made to current employees of the Company.

(d) Cause. "Cause" hereunder shall mean:

(i) an act or acts of dishonesty undertaken by Executive and intended to result in substantial gain or personal enrichment of Executive at the expense of the Company;

(ii) unlawful conduct or gross misconduct that is willful and deliberate on Executive's part and that, in either event, is materially injurious to the Company;

(iii) the conviction of Executive of a felony;

(iv) material and deliberate failure of Executive to perform his duties and responsibilities hereunder or to satisfy his obligations as an officer or employee of the Company, which failure has not been cured by Executive within ten days after written notice thereof to Executive from the Company; or

(v) material breach of any terms and conditions of this Agreement by Executive not caused by the Company, which breach has not been cured by Executive within ten

- 8 -

days after written notice thereof to Executive from the Company.

(e) "Disability" hereunder shall mean the inability of Executive to perform on a full-time basis the duties and responsibilities of his employment with the Company by reason of his illness or other physical or mental impairment or condition, if such inability continues for an uninterrupted period of 45 days or more during any 360-day period. A period of inability shall be "uninterrupted" unless and until Executive returns to full-time work for a continuous period of at least 30 days.

(f) In the event of termination of Executive's employment, the sole obligation of the Company hereunder shall be its obligation to make the payments called for by Sections 10(a), 10(b), or 10(c) hereof, as the case may be, and the Company shall have no other obligation to Executive or to his beneficiary or his estate, except as otherwise provided by law.

(g) Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, the Company shall not be obligated to make any payments under Section 10(b)(ii) or
(iii) of this Agreement unless Executive has signed a full release of claims against the Company, in a form and scope to be prescribed by the Board, all applicable consideration periods and rescission periods provided by law shall have expired, and Executive is in strict compliance with the terms of this Agreement as of the dates of the payments.

11. RETURN OF PROPERTY. Upon termination of Executive's employment with the Company, Executive shall deliver promptly to the Company all records, files, manuals, books, forms, documents, letters, memoranda, data, customer lists, tables, photographs, video tapes, audio tapes, computer disks and other computer storage media, and copies thereof, that are the property of the Company, or that relate in any way to the business, products, services, personnel, customers, prospective customers, suppliers, practices, or techniques of the Company, and all other property of the Company (such as, for example, computers, cellular telephones, pagers, credit cards, and keys), whether or not containing Confidential Information, that are in Executive's possession or under Executive's control.

12. REMEDIES. Executive acknowledges that it would be difficult to fully compensate the Company for monetary damages resulting from any breach by him of the provisions of Sections 6, 7, and 8 hereof. Accordingly, in the event of any actual or threatened breach of any such provisions, the Company shall, in addition to any other remedies it may have, be entitled to injunctive and other equitable relief to enforce such provisions, and such relief may be granted without the necessity of proving actual monetary damages.

13. MISCELLANEOUS.

(a) GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be governed by, subject to, and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Kentucky without

- 9 -

regard to conflict of law principles. Any action relating to this Agreement shall only be brought in a court of competent jurisdiction in the Commonwealth of Kentucky, and the parties consent to the jurisdiction, venue and convenience of such courts.

(b) JURISDICTION AND LAW. Executive and the Company consent to jurisdiction of the courts of the Commonwealth of Kentucky and/or the federal district courts, Western District of Kentucky, for the purpose of resolving all issues of law, equity, or fact, arising out of or in connection with this Agreement. Any action involving claims of a breach of this Agreement shall be brought in such courts. Each party consents to personal jurisdiction over such party in the state and/or federal courts of Kentucky and hereby waives any defense of lack of personal jurisdiction or FORUM NON CONVENIENS. Venue, for the purpose of all such suits, shall be in Jefferson County, Commonwealth of Kentucky.

(c) ENTIRE AGREEMENT. Except for any written stock option agreement and related agreements between Executive and the Company, this Agreement contains the entire agreement of the parties relating to Executive's employment with the Company and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings with respect to such subject matter including without limitation the Prior Employment Agreement, and the parties hereto have made no agreements, representations or warranties relating to the subject matter of this Agreement that are not set forth herein. As of the Effective Date, the Prior Employment Agreement shall terminate and be of no further force or effect; provided, however, any obligations of Executive or the Company arising under the Prior Employment Agreement prior to the Effective Date shall survive such termination.

(d) NO VIOLATION OF OTHER AGREEMENTS. Executive hereby represents and agrees that neither (i) Executive's entering into this Agreement, (ii) Executive's employment with the Company, nor (iii) Executive's carrying out the provisions of this Agreement, will violate any other agreement (oral, written or other) to which Executive is a party or by which Executive is bound.

(e) AMENDMENTS. No amendment or modification of this Agreement shall be deemed effective unless made in writing and signed by the parties hereto.

(f) NO WAIVER. No term or condition of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been waived, except by a statement in writing signed by the party against whom enforcement of the waiver is sought. Any written waiver shall not be deemed a continuing waiver unless specifically stated, shall operate only as to the specific term or condition waived and shall not constitute a waiver of such term or condition for the future or as to any act other than that specifically waived.

(g) ASSIGNMENT. This Agreement shall not be assignable, in whole or in part, by either party without the prior written consent of the other party, except that the Company may, without the consent of Executive, assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement (i) to any entity with which the Company may merge or consolidate, or (ii) to any corporation or other person or business entity to which the Company may sell

- 10 -

or transfer all or substantially all of its assets. After any such assignment by the Company, the Company shall be discharged from all further liability hereunder and such assignee shall thereafter be deemed to be the "Company" for purposes of all terms and conditions of this Agreement, including this Section 13.

(h) COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, and such counterparts executed and delivered, each as an original, shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

(i) SEVERABILITY. Subject to Section 7(f) hereof, to the extent that any portion of any provision of this Agreement shall be invalid or unenforceable, it shall be considered deleted herefrom and the remainder of such provision and of this Agreement shall be unaffected and shall continue in full force and effect.

(j) SURVIVAL. The terms and conditions set forth in Sections 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 11, 12, and 13 of this Agreement, and any other provision that continues by its terms, shall survive expiration of the Term or termination of Executive's employment for any reason.

(k) CAPTIONS AND HEADINGS. The captions and paragraph headings used in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the construction or interpretation of this Agreement or any of the provisions hereof.

(l) NOTICES. Any notice required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and either delivered in person or sent by first class certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, if to the Company, at the Company's principal place of business, and if to Executive, at his home address most recently filed with the Company, or to such other address or addresses as either party shall have designated in writing to the other party hereto.

* * * * *

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Executive and the Company have executed this Agreement as of the date set forth in the first paragraph.

TEXAS ROADHOUSE, INC.

By:
W. Kent Taylor, Chairman

STEVEN L. ORTIZ



Exhibit 10.7

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
(W. KENT TAYLOR)

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is entered into as of May 5, 2004 by and between TEXAS ROADHOUSE, INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and W. KENT TAYLOR, a resident of the Commonwealth of Kentucky ("Executive").

RECITALS

A. The Company is preparing for an initial public offering of its shares of Class A Common Stock, $0.001 par value ("Class A Common Stock"), which will be registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "IPO").

B. The Company has entered into an agreement to merge with Texas Roadhouse Management Corp., a Kentucky corporation ("Management Corp."), effective immediately prior to the closing of the IPO, with the Company as the surviving corporation.

C. Executive has been appointed as Chairman of the Company.

D. The Company desires that the employment of Executive, and Executive wishes such employment, as Chairman of the Company following the IPO, to be governed by the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and the respective agreements of the Company and Executive set forth below, the Company and Executive, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

1. EFFECTIVE DATE. The terms and conditions of Executive's employment hereunder shall become effective upon completion and closing of the IPO (the "Effective Date"). Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the terms and conditions of Executive's employment hereunder shall not become effective and this Agreement shall immediately terminate if, prior to the Effective Date, any of the following shall occur: (a) Executive resigns from his employment with the Company, (b) the death or Disability (as defined in Section 10 hereof) of Executive, (c) the Company decides not to proceed with the IPO, (d) if the Company files a Registration Statement on Form S-1 with the Securities and Exchange Commission relating to an IPO, the subsequent withdrawal of such Registration Statement prior to its effectiveness, (e) if the IPO does not close on or prior to September 30, 2004, or (f) Executive's employment is terminated by Management Corp. Neither Executive nor the Company may revoke or cancel this Agreement prior to the Effective Date without written agreement of the other party.

2. EMPLOYMENT. Subject to all the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Executive's period of employment under this Agreement shall be the period (the "Term") commencing on the Effective Date and ending on the last day of the twelfth full fiscal


quarter following the Effective Date (the "Third Anniversary Date"), unless the Executive's employment terminates earlier in accordance with Section 9 hereof. Thereafter, if Executive continues in the employ of the Company, the employment relationship shall continue to be at will, terminable by either Executive or the Company at any time and for any reason, with or without cause, and subject to such terms and conditions established by the Company from time to time.

3. POSITION AND DUTIES.

(a) EMPLOYMENT WITH THE COMPANY. While Executive is employed by the Company during the Term, Executive shall be employed as Chairman of the Company, and such other titles as the Company may designate, and shall perform such duties and responsibilities as the Company shall assign to him from time to time, including duties and responsibilities relating to the Company's wholly-owned and partially owned subsidiaries and other affiliates.

(b) PERFORMANCE OF DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES. Executive shall serve the Company faithfully and to the best of his ability and shall devote his full working time, attention and efforts to the business of the Company during his employment with the Company hereunder. While Executive is employed by the Company during the Term, Executive shall report to the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board"). Executive hereby represents and confirms that he is under no contractual or legal commitments that would prevent him from fulfilling his duties and responsibilities as set forth in this Agreement. During his employment with the Company, Executive shall not accept other employment or engage in other material business activity, except as approved in writing by the Board. Executive may participate in charitable activities and personal investment activities to a reasonable extent, and he may serve as a director of business organizations as approved by the Board, so long as such activities and directorships do not interfere with the performance of his duties and responsibilities hereunder.

4. COMPENSATION.

(a) BASE SALARY. While Executive is employed by the Company during the Term, the Company shall pay to Executive a base salary at the rate of Three Hundred Thousand and no/100 Dollars ($300,000.00) per fiscal year, less deductions and withholdings, which base salary shall be paid in accordance with the Company's normal payroll policies and procedures.

(b) INCENTIVE BONUS. Commencing with the first full fiscal quarter following the Effective Date and for each full fiscal quarter thereafter that Executive is employed by the Company during the Term, Executive shall be eligible for a quarterly incentive bonus in an amount up to Fifty Thousand and no/100 Dollars ($50,000), based upon achievement of defined goals established by the Compensation Committee of the Board and in accordance with the terms of any incentive plan of the Company in effect from time to time (the "Incentive Bonus"). The level of achievement of the objectives each fiscal quarter and the amount payable as Incentive Bonus shall be determined in

- 2 -

good faith by the Compensation Committee. Any Incentive Bonus earned for a fiscal quarter shall be paid to Executive on or before the 90th day following the last day of such fiscal quarter.

(c) BENEFITS. While Executive is employed by the Company during the Term, Executive shall be entitled to participate in all employee benefit plans and programs of the Company that are available to executive officers generally to the extent that Executive meets the eligibility requirements for each individual plan or program. The Company provides no assurance as to the adoption or continuance of any particular employee benefit plan or program, and Executive's participation in any such plan or program shall be subject to the provisions, rules and regulations applicable thereto.

(d) EXPENSES. While Executive is employed by the Company during the Term, the Company shall reimburse Executive for all reasonable and necessary out-of-pocket business, travel and entertainment expenses incurred by him in the performance of his duties and responsibilities hereunder, subject to the Company's normal policies and procedures for expense verification and documentation.

5. AFFILIATED ENTITIES. As used in Sections 6, 7 and 8 of this Agreement, "Company" shall include the Company and each corporation, limited liability company, partnership, or other entity that is controlled by the Company, or is under common control with the Company (in each case "control" meaning the direct or indirect ownership of 50% or more of all outstanding equity interests).

6. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION. Except as required in the performance of Executive's duties as an employee of the Company or as authorized in writing by the Board, Executive shall not, either during Executive's employment with the Company or at any time thereafter, use, disclose or make accessible to any person any confidential information for any purpose. "Confidential Information" means information proprietary to the Company or its suppliers or prospective suppliers and not generally known (including trade secret information) about the Company's suppliers, products, services, personnel, customers, recipes, pricing, sales strategies, technology, computer software code, methods, processes, designs, research, development systems, techniques, finances, accounting, purchasing, and plans. All information disclosed to Executive or to which Executive obtains access, whether originated by Executive or by others, during the period of Executive's employment by the Company (whether before, during, or after the Term), shall be presumed to be Confidential Information if it is treated by the Company as being Confidential Information or if Executive has a reasonable basis to believe it to be Confidential Information. Executive acknowledges that the above-described knowledge and information constitutes a unique and valuable asset of the Company and represents a substantial investment of time and expense by the Company, and that any disclosure or other use of such knowledge or information other than for the sole benefit of the Company would be wrongful and would cause irreparable harm to the Company. During Executive's employment with the Company, Executive shall refrain from committing any acts that would materially reduce the value of such knowledge or information to the Company. The foregoing obligations of confidentiality shall not apply to any knowledge

- 3 -

or information that (i) is now or subsequently becomes generally publicly known, or (ii) is required to be disclosed by law or legal process, other than as a direct or indirect result of the breach of this Agreement by Executive. Executive acknowledges that the obligations imposed by this
Section 6 are in addition to, and not in place of, any obligations imposed by applicable statutory or common law.

7. NONCOMPETITION COVENANT.

(a) AGREEMENT NOT TO COMPETE. During Executive's employment with the Company (whether before, during, or after the Term) and during the Restricted Period (as defined below), Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, on his own behalf or on behalf of any person or entity other than the Company, including without limitation as a proprietor, principal, agent, partner, officer, director, stockholder, employee, member of any association, consultant or otherwise, engage in any business that is then competitive with the business of the Company, including without limitation any business that operates one or more restaurants that utilize a steakhouse or roadhouse concept.

(b) AGREEMENT NOT TO HIRE. Except as required in the performance of Executive's duties as an employee of the Company, during Executive's employment with the Company (whether before, during, or after the Term) and during the Restricted Period, Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, hire, engage or solicit or induce or attempt to induce to cease working for the Company, any person who is then an employee of the Company or who was an employee of the Company during the six (6) month period immediately preceding Executive's termination of employment with the Company.

(c) AGREEMENT NOT TO SOLICIT. Except as required in the performance of Executive's duties as an employee of the Company, during Executive's employment with the Company (whether before, during, or after the Term) and during the Restricted Period, Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, solicit, request, advise, induce or attempt to induce any vendor, supplier or other business contact of the Company to cancel, curtail, cease doing business with, or otherwise adversely change its relationship with the Company.

(d) RESTRICTED PERIOD. "Restricted Period" hereunder means the period commencing on the last day of Executive's employment with the Company and ending on the date that is two years following the last day of the Term.

(e) ACKNOWLEDGMENT. Executive hereby acknowledges that the provisions of this Section 7 are reasonable and necessary to protect the legitimate interests of the Company and that any violation of this Section 7 by Executive shall cause substantial and irreparable harm to the Company to such an extent that monetary damages alone would be an inadequate remedy therefor. Therefore, in the event that Executive violates any provision of this Section 7, the Company shall be entitled to an injunction, in addition to all the other remedies it may have, restraining Executive from violating or continuing to violate such provision.

- 4 -

(f) BLUE PENCIL DOCTRINE. If the duration of, the scope of or any business activity covered by any provision of this Section 7 is in excess of what is determined to be valid and enforceable under applicable law, such provision shall be construed to cover only that duration, scope or activity that is determined to be valid and enforceable. Executive hereby acknowledges that this Section 7 shall be given the construction that renders its provisions valid and enforceable to the maximum extent, not exceeding its express terms, possible under applicable law.

(g) PERMITTED EQUITY OWNERSHIP. Ownership by Executive, as a passive investment, of less than 2.5% of the outstanding shares of capital stock of any corporation listed on a national securities exchange or publicly traded in the over-the-counter market shall not constitute a breach of this Section 7.

8. INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY.

(a) DISCLOSURE AND ASSIGNMENT. As of the Effective Date, Executive hereby transfers and assigns to the Company (or its designee) all right, title, and interest of Executive in and to every idea, concept, invention, and improvement (whether patented, patentable or not) conceived or reduced to practice by Executive whether solely or in collaboration with others while he is employed by the Company, and all copyrighted or copyrightable matter created by Executive whether solely or in collaboration with others while he is employed by the Company that relates to the Company's business (collectively, "Creations"). Executive shall communicate promptly and disclose to the Company, in such form as the Company may request, all information, details, and data pertaining to each Creation. Every copyrightable Creation, regardless of whether copyright protection is sought or preserved by the Company, shall be a "work made for hire" as defined in 17 U.S.C. Section 101, and the Company shall own all rights in and to such matter throughout the world, without the payment of any royalty or other consideration to Executive or anyone claiming through Executive.

(b) TRADEMARKS. All right, title, and interest in and to any and all trademarks, trade names, service marks, and logos adopted, used, or considered for use by the Company during Executive's employment (whether or not developed by Executive) to identify the Company's business or other goods or services (collectively, the "Marks"), together with the goodwill appurtenant thereto, and all other materials, ideas, or other property conceived, created, developed, adopted, or improved by Executive solely or jointly during Executive's employment by the Company and relating to its business shall be owned exclusively by the Company. Executive shall not have, and will not claim to have, any right, title, or interest of any kind in or to the Marks or such other property.

(c) DOCUMENTATION. Executive shall execute and deliver to the Company such formal transfers and assignments and such other documents as the Company may request to permit the Company (or its designee) to file and prosecute such registration applications and other documents it deems useful to protect or enforce its

- 5 -

rights hereunder. Any idea, invention, copyrightable matter, or other property relating to the Company's business and disclosed by Executive prior to the first anniversary of the effective date of Executive's termination of employment shall be deemed to be governed by the terms of this Section 8 unless proven by Executive to have been first conceived and made after such termination date.

(d) NON-APPLICABILITY. Executive is hereby notified that this
Section 8 does not apply to any invention for which no equipment, supplies, facility, Confidential Information, or other trade secret information of the Company was used and which was developed entirely on Executive's own time, unless (i) the invention relates (A) directly to the business of the Company or (B) to the Company's actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development, or (ii) the invention results from any work performed by Executive for the Company.

9. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT.

(a) Executive's employment with the Company shall terminate immediately upon:

(i) Executive's receipt of written notice from the Company of the termination of his employment;

(ii) the Company's receipt of Executive's written resignation from the Company;

(iii) Executive's Disability (as defined below); or

(iv) Executive's death.

(b) The date upon which Executive's termination of employment with the Company occurs shall be the "Termination Date."

10. PAYMENTS UPON TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT.

(a) If Executive's employment with the Company is terminated by reason of:

(i) Executive's abandonment of his employment or Executive's resignation for any reason (whether or not such resignation is set forth in writing or otherwise communicated to the Company);

(ii) termination of Executive's employment by the Company for Cause (as defined below); or

- 6 -

(iii) termination of Executive's employment by the Company without Cause following expiration of the Term; or

the Company shall pay to Executive his then-current base salary through the Termination Date.

(b) If Executive's employment with the Company is terminated by the Company effective prior to the expiration of the Term for any reason other than for Cause (as defined below), then the Company shall pay to Executive, subject to Section 10(i) of this Agreement:

(i) his then-current base salary through the Termination Date;

(ii) any earned and unpaid annual Incentive Bonus for the fiscal quarter immediately preceding the fiscal quarter in which the Termination Date occurs; and

(iii) a crisp $100 bill from the Board.

Any amount payable to Executive pursuant to Section 10(b)(ii) shall be paid to Executive by the Company in the same manner and at the same time that Incentive Bonus payments are made to current employees of the Company, but no earlier than the first normal payroll date of the Company following the expiration of all applicable rescission periods provided by law.

(c) If Executive's employment with the Company is terminated effective prior to the expiration of the Term by reason of Executive's death or Disability, the Company shall pay to Executive or his beneficiary or his estate, as the case may be, his then-current base salary through the Termination Date, any earned and unpaid quarterly Incentive Bonus for the fiscal quarter preceding the fiscal quarter in which the Termination Date occurs and a pro-rated portion of any quarterly Incentive Bonus for the fiscal quarter in which the Termination Date occurs, based on the number of days during such fiscal quarter that Executive was employed by the Company, payable in the same manner and at the same time that Incentive Bonus payments are made to current employees of the Company.

(d) Cause. "Cause" hereunder shall mean:

(i) an act or acts of dishonesty undertaken by Executive and intended to result in substantial gain or personal enrichment of Executive at the expense of the Company;

(ii) unlawful conduct or gross misconduct that is willful and deliberate on Executive's part and that, in either event, is materially injurious to the Company;

- 7 -

(iii) the conviction of Executive of a felony;

(iv) material and deliberate failure of Executive to perform his duties and responsibilities hereunder or to satisfy his obligations as an officer or employee of the Company, which failure has not been cured by Executive within ten days after written notice thereof to Executive from the Company; or

(v) material breach of any terms and conditions of this Agreement by Executive not caused by the Company, which breach has not been cured by Executive within ten days after written notice thereof to Executive from the Company.

(e) "Disability" hereunder shall mean the inability of Executive to perform on a full-time basis the duties and responsibilities of his employment with the Company by reason of his illness or other physical or mental impairment or condition, if such inability continues for an uninterrupted period of 45 days or more during any 360-day period. A period of inability shall be "uninterrupted" unless and until Executive returns to full-time work for a continuous period of at least 30 days.

(f) In the event of termination of Executive's employment, the sole obligation of the Company hereunder shall be its obligation to make the payments called for by Sections 10(a), 10(b), or 10(c) hereof, as the case may be, and the Company shall have no other obligation to Executive or to his beneficiary or his estate, except as otherwise provided by law.

(g) Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, the Company shall not be obligated to make any payments under Section 10(b)(ii) or
(iii) of this Agreement unless Executive has signed a full release of claims against the Company, in a form and scope to be prescribed by the Board, all applicable consideration periods and rescission periods provided by law shall have expired, and Executive is in strict compliance with the terms of this Agreement as of the dates of the payments.

11. RETURN OF PROPERTY. Upon termination of Executive's employment with the Company, Executive shall deliver promptly to the Company all records, files, manuals, books, forms, documents, letters, memoranda, data, customer lists, tables, photographs, video tapes, audio tapes, computer disks and other computer storage media, and copies thereof, that are the property of the Company, or that relate in any way to the business, products, services, personnel, customers, prospective customers, suppliers, practices, or techniques of the Company, and all other property of the Company (such as, for example, computers, cellular telephones, pagers, credit cards, and keys), whether or not containing Confidential Information, that are in Executive's possession or under Executive's control.

- 8 -

12. REMEDIES. Executive acknowledges that it would be difficult to fully compensate the Company for monetary damages resulting from any breach by him of the provisions of Sections 6, 7, and 8 hereof. Accordingly, in the event of any actual or threatened breach of any such provisions, the Company shall, in addition to any other remedies it may have, be entitled to injunctive and other equitable relief to enforce such provisions, and such relief may be granted without the necessity of proving actual monetary damages.

13. MISCELLANEOUS.

(a) GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be governed by, subject to, and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Kentucky without regard to conflict of law principles. Any action relating to this Agreement shall only be brought in a court of competent jurisdiction in the Commonwealth of Kentucky, and the parties consent to the jurisdiction, venue and convenience of such courts.

(b) JURISDICTION AND LAW. Executive and the Company consent to jurisdiction of the courts of the Commonwealth of Kentucky and/or the federal district courts, Western District of Kentucky, for the purpose of resolving all issues of law, equity, or fact, arising out of or in connection with this Agreement. Any action involving claims of a breach of this Agreement shall be brought in such courts. Each party consents to personal jurisdiction over such party in the state and/or federal courts of Kentucky and hereby waives any defense of lack of personal jurisdiction or FORUM NON CONVENIENS. Venue, for the purpose of all such suits, shall be in Jefferson County, Commonwealth of Kentucky.

(c) ENTIRE AGREEMENT. Except for any written stock option agreement and related agreements between Executive and the Company, this Agreement contains the entire agreement of the parties relating to Executive's employment with the Company and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings with respect to such subject matter, and the parties hereto have made no agreements, representations or warranties relating to the subject matter of this Agreement that are not set forth herein.

(d) NO VIOLATION OF OTHER AGREEMENTS. Executive hereby represents and agrees that neither (i) Executive's entering into this Agreement, (ii) Executive's employment with the Company, nor (iii) Executive's carrying out the provisions of this Agreement, will violate any other agreement (oral, written or other) to which Executive is a party or by which Executive is bound.

(e) AMENDMENTS. No amendment or modification of this Agreement shall be deemed effective unless made in writing and signed by the parties hereto.

(f) NO WAIVER. No term or condition of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been waived, except by a statement in writing signed by the party against whom enforcement of the waiver is sought. Any written waiver shall not be deemed a continuing waiver unless specifically stated, shall operate only as to the specific term or

- 9 -

condition waived and shall not constitute a waiver of such term or condition for the future or as to any act other than that specifically waived.

(g) ASSIGNMENT. This Agreement shall not be assignable, in whole or in part, by either party without the prior written consent of the other party, except that the Company may, without the consent of Executive, assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement (i) to any entity with which the Company may merge or consolidate, or (ii) to any corporation or other person or business entity to which the Company may sell or transfer all or substantially all of its assets. After any such assignment by the Company, the Company shall be discharged from all further liability hereunder and such assignee shall thereafter be deemed to be the "Company" for purposes of all terms and conditions of this Agreement, including this
Section 13.

(h) COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, and such counterparts executed and delivered, each as an original, shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

(i) SEVERABILITY. Subject to Section 7(f) hereof, to the extent that any portion of any provision of this Agreement shall be invalid or unenforceable, it shall be considered deleted herefrom and the remainder of such provision and of this Agreement shall be unaffected and shall continue in full force and effect.

(j) SURVIVAL. The terms and conditions set forth in Sections 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 11, 12, and 13 of this Agreement, and any other provision that continues by its terms, shall survive expiration of the Term or termination of Executive's employment for any reason.

(k) CAPTIONS AND HEADINGS. The captions and paragraph headings used in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the construction or interpretation of this Agreement or any of the provisions hereof.

(l) NOTICES. Any notice required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and either delivered in person or sent by first class certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, if to the Company, at the Company's principal place of business, and if to Executive, at his home address most recently filed with the Company, or to such other address or addresses as either party shall have designated in writing to the other party hereto.

* * * * *

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.]

- 10 -

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Executive and the Company have executed this Agreement as of the date set forth in the first paragraph.

TEXAS ROADHOUSE, INC.

By:
Gerard J. Hart, Chief Executive Officer

W. KENT TAYLOR




QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 23.2


Independent Auditors' Consent

The Board of Directors
Texas Roadhouse, Inc.:

        We consent to the use of our report included herein and to the reference to our firm under the headings "Experts," "Summary—Summary Historical and Pro Forma Combined Financial and Operating Data—Historical Combined Financial and Operating Data" and "Selected Historical and Pro Forma Combined Financial and Operating Data—Historical Combined Financial and Operating Data" in the prospectus. Our report refers to the adoption of the provisions of the Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets," in 2002.

/s/   KPMG LLP      
Louisville, Kentucky
May 6, 2004




QuickLinks

Independent Auditors' Consent